Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-3626 - Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Fire Training FacilityCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK Lellani I. Brown, MMC January 8, 2009 Bernard Bros., Inc. 610 Ilex Street San Fernando, CA 91340 Subject: Santa Ana Heights Fire Station No. 7 (C -3626) To Whom It May Concern: On January 8, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work of the subject project and. authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Labor & Materials Bond. was released on February 15, 2008. The Surety for the contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America and the bond number is 6409672. Enclosed is the Faithful Performance Bond. Sincerely, Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk enclosure 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE -FRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 BOND NO, 6409672 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 51,667.00 I being at the rate of $ 12.651$6.60!$7.15!$6.60 thousand of the Contract price. k WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, awarded to SERNARDS BROS., INC., hereinafter designated as the "Principal', a j contract for construction of SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY, Contract No. 3626 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3626 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, We, the Principal, and safeco insurance Company of America duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of Califomia as Surety (hereinafter "Surety'), are held and firmly bound unto the CRY of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million, Four Hundred Ninety -Five Thousand and 001100 Dollars a ($6,495,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors Qand administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. E is 0 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shalt be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attomeys .fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no Change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal In full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from ifs obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHERE=OF, this instrument has been duty executed by the Principal and Surety ab4� named, on the 13th day of April 2006. ,5U7r 'b.914l6t, VIU?Y25,11dW- INC, (Principal) Authorized Signature/T919 Safeco Insurance Company of Amedca Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 818 9564338 Telephone t rL� _.. • . - is . Lisa L. Thornton, Attorney in Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 20 0. State of California County of Los Angeles On AM 1120 before me, M. Gonzales, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. 1 • 1 / 7GONIZALES = COMM #1605728 a "a NOTARY PUBLIC CAUFORNIA S LOS ANGELES COUNTY ;..� My Ccnre Exwzs 0ao0er 5. 2009' 1 • 1 / 4 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK LaVonne M. Harkless, MMC February 15, 2008 Bernards Bros. Inc. 610 Ilex Street San Fernando, CA 91340 Subject: Santa Ana Heights Fire Station No. 7 (C -3626) To Whom It May Concern: On January 8, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work of the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on January 11, 2008, Reference No. 2008000016101. The Surety for the contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America, and the bond number is 6409672. Enclosed is the Labor & Materials Payment Bond. Since ly, LaV nn . H ess, MMC City Clerk cc: Public Works Department encl. 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT §[A_ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING ]FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 BOND NO. 6409672 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of Caldomia, by motion adopted, has awarded to SERNARDS EROS., INC., hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for construction of SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY, Contract No. 3626 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3526 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: I I NOW, THEREFORE. We the undersigned Principal, and, l 1 Safe InsumnceConpanyofAmenca duly 01Jtholi2ed to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, {referred to herein as " Surey) are (� held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million, Four Hundred �J Ninety -Five Thousand and DOM00 Dollars ($6,495,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport r , Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind IL71 ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that 0 the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other suppries, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 17 0 .i The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et. seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obiklations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal an$ Surety, on the 13th day of April , 2006. INC. Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 8189564338 Telephone Authoriaed Signaturerritle C4;§re Lisa L Thornton, Attorney in Pact print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST 13E ATTACHED is 0 .0 State of California County of Los Angeles On OR I'T2W before me, M Gonzales, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. :. M. GONZALES = C0 MM. 01605728 9 NO ?ARV PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA N LOS ANGELES COON V s \ \\ r,1p Comm Exprtes Occahe� 5, 2009 M. Gonzales SAFEC�__ KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: POWER .4FEC0INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY Giro nEE of OFFICE: SAFECOO � of AMEwcA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185 No. 8681 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint NN!! f4% Y;; fttNRNltk} NttiNRR4fi % %k ;ttitl;NktNF}tiittiftti %LISA L. THORNCON; Los Antides. d' mat; t; tN{ Y%% i} i} Nf} kN%k ; } }f {ttti%fft ;{1 {ttfiftNikk its true and lawful attomey(s)-in -fad, with full allthatty to execute on its behat fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character Issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents title Ist day of February , 2000 16 16w R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Artde V. Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for trot purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each Thaw authority to appoint individuals as atomeys-in -fed or under other appropriate Was with authority to f'1 execute on belurt of the company fidefity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of is business... On any ILJI instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond ar mMeutakirhg of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shat not be necessary to the vaftly of any such instrument or undertaking:' Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any ceriticate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out. (1) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By-Laws, and pt) A copy of the power- ofatorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and pit) Certifying that said powerof- atlomey appointment is in ful force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." 1, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the BY -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Paver of Atiomey issued pursuant thereto, are true and coned, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still In full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this MAMIn It= = day of I,I I I 1 S- 0974JSAEF 7198 U SEAL ]if IN S R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY 0 Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation. 2/1/00 PDF 0 0 CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California 1� County of O I Q! Id �i ss. Vii' Dam personally appeared personally known to me X proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person) whose namA(c (Bi bre subscribed to the wiW2 instrument and acknowledged to me a h she/they executed the same in hi her /their uthorized capacity�$sj, and that by Oher /their signaturgKon the instrument the persoMN, or the entity upon behalf of which the person(+gl. acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Place Noary Seal Above 94AATum of Notary Pub9c OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this corm to another document. Description of Attached Document ��� �` Title or Type of Document: Bi Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer (� Signer's Name: y Individual 1 Ulu -p��isi le Top of thumb he e Corporate Officer — Title( s ) U : Q ❑ Partner —❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: CJCA htA{rt 9 1999 rk99,al Notary Aeexietin• 93%) De Sam A ,P.O.r 2r92• CMaraM, CA 913132 -we aXz6Melaola M P .NO.E4W emdu.COHTa6Fee1Afp89& 7 RECEIVED RELEASE OF STOP NOTICE M MAR 12 PM rt. 10 QF TO: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH i ;;;' {C` {;( 3300 NEWPORT BLVD NEWPORT BIEACH You are hereby notified that the undersigned claimant releases that certain Stop Notice dated 02/15/07 , in the amount of 1,428.92 against CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH as owner or public body and as prime contractor in connection with the work of improvement known as 20401 ACACIA STREET in the City of NEWPORT BEACH County of ORANGE State of California. Date 03/09/07 Name of M VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, state: I am the Agent of the claimant named in the foregoing Release; I have read said Release of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my own knowledge. I certify (or declare) under State of California that the Executed on 03/09/07 of perjury under the laws of the a is true and correct. aif Corpna, California. Agent) STOP NOTICE 909911?e(California Civil Code Section 3103) NOTICE TO CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 NEWPORT BLVD NEWPORT BEACH (If Private Job -file with responsible officer or person at office or branch of construction lender administering the construction funds or with the owner -CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3156 -3175) (IF Public Job -file with office of controller,auditor,or other y'yblic disbursing officer whose duty it is to make payments undkl- provQior9DDf the contract -CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3179 -3214) -, m ?rn C? Prime Contractor: PHIL RADO INC. Urnards Sub Contractor (If Any): Owner or Public Body: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ran Improvement known as 20401 ACACIA STREET M County of ORANGE Q State of California. �^ Robertson's, Claimant, a Partnership, furnished certain labor service, equipment or materials used in the above described work of improvement. The name of the person or company to whom claimant furnished service, equipment, or materials is PHIL RADO INC. The kind of materials furnished or agreed to be furnished by claimant was ready mix concrete, rock and /or sand materials. Total value of labor,service,material to be furnished ...... $ 1,428.92 Total value of labor,service,materials actually furnished..$ 1,428.92 Credit for materials returned, if any ......................$ 0.00 Amount paid on account, if any .. ..........................$ 0.00 Amount due after deducting all just credits and offsets .... $ 1,428.92 YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED to withhold sufficient monies held by you on the above described project to satisfy claimant's demand in the amount of $ 1,428.92 and in addition thereto sums sufficient to cover interest court costs and reasonable costs of litigation, as provided by law. A bond (CIVIL CODE SECTION 3083) is not attached.(Bond required with Stop Notice served on construction lenders on private jobs -bond not required on public jobs or on Stop Notice "served on owner on private jobs) Dated 02/15/07 Name and address of Claimant ROBERTSON'S O. B x 3600 951- 878 24U X JJJJJJ 951- By Au orizea A VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, state: I am the agent of he claimant named in the foregoing Stop Notice; I have read said claim of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the same is true of my knowledge. I certify (or declare) under penalryf perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foreg }s rue fo correct. Executed on 02/15/07 at Cor a, e,4o al'fornia. Signature of claimant /Agent (� VJvN-�, qVjvYbr n� y� NfD Q,�K� vim. �Ph a{AM'l CITY CLERK ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NOTICE INVITING BIDS Prequalified contractors may submit bids to the City Clerk at 3300 Newport Boulevard, P.O. Box 1768, Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 until 11:00 a.m. on the 4`h day of April, 2006, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for: ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY Title of Project ' 3626 Contract No. $ 4,900,000 Architect's Estimate 1 F 11 11 1 =8 ion G. Badum Works Director Subcontractors and suppliers may obtain bid documents from SABP Reprographics at 17922 Sky Park Circle, Suite H, Irvine (949)756 -1001 Only Pregualified General Building Contractors may bid this project For technical information, contact Rubio Medina, Architect at (949) 488 -0933 For general information, contact Lloyd Dalton, Project Manager at (949) 644 -3328 I ! • 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ISANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY ICONTRACT ..................................................................................... .............................11 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND .................................................... .............................17 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND ................................................ .............................19 PROPOSAL.................................................................................... ...........................PR -1 ISPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................. ...........................SP -1 I I I I 1 2 CONTRACT NO. 3626 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS ............................... Cover .......................................................... INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ........................................................ ..............................3 BIDDER'S BOND .............................................................................. ..............................5 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) ..................................... ..............................6 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ......................................................... ..............................7 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES ......................................................... ..............................8 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA ........................................... ..............................9 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ............................................. .............................10 ICONTRACT ..................................................................................... .............................11 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND .................................................... .............................17 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND ................................................ .............................19 PROPOSAL.................................................................................... ...........................PR -1 ISPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................. ...........................SP -1 I I I I 1 2 I 1 9 0 I H CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The following documents shall be completed, executed and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS BID OPENING DATE (if any) NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. ' 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register ' Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to tallow the comparison of total bid prices. 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and ' figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder ' errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. ' 7. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The ' securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. ' 3 n H H H H 1 H 1 1 1 _ • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The following documents shall be completed, executed and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS BID OPENING DATE (if any) NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL AS ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. 7. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 1 • • ' 8. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which ' the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703 -4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 inclusive). 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 at seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act ". ' 10. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. ' For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. ' The signature below represents that the above has been reviewed. ' LICENSE NO.: 302007 CLASS: B, A Contractor's License No. & Classification BERNARDS BROS. INC. ' Bidder. /` q L , //,- ✓( 'Authorized Signature itle CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT ' APRIL 4, 2006 Date E L 1 4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY -CONTRACT NO. 3626 BIDDER'S BOND ' We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of ' Newport Beach, a charter city, in the principal Sum of Ten Percent of the Bid Amount Dollars ($ 10% ), to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of SANTA ' ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY, Contract No. 3626 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and. the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) orescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award ", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, ' it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. ' Witness our hands this 24th day of March , 20000060., Bernards Bros. Inc. ' Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized Signature/Title Charles E. Glidden, Vice President ' Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 818 956 -4338 ' Telephone 1 1 Lisa L. Thornton, Attorney in Fact Print Name and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) j 1 L� 1 I H 1 • • CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of LOS ANGELES ss. On APRIL 4, 2006 Dale before me, EILEEN ROE, NOTARY PUBLIC Name and Title of Of icor (e.g., 'Jane Doe, Notary P0,ficl personally appeared CHARLES E. GLIDDEN Name(s) 0Sl9nerys) l7.EEl1 a0E CorrrrY■bn # 14509!1 Mokiry hb/C - rn■brNo La�AfrpeN� Catrry rlyca■r■. �r Dac 7. T00 14 personally known to me ❑ proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personX whose namel)4(gare subscribed to the witT-011 Instrument and acknowledged to me l xecuted the same in i 7 uthorized capacity{ies}; an that by i� S +er<tY+e r signatureW on the instrument the person(p), or the entity upon behalf of which the persona) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and offic' I seal. ftralum of Nooiq Pubfic OPTIONAL Though the infornoadon below is not required by law, k may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this lonn to anoher document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: BIDDER'S BOND Document Date: MARCH 24, 2006 Number of Pages: 1 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: LISA L. THORNTON Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer Signer's Name: CHARLES E. GLIDDEN 1:1 ■ ■ ■ Individual VICE PRESIDENT Corporate Officer — Title(s): Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ General Attorney -in -Fad Trustee Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer Is Representing: BERNARDS BROS. INC. 01M National Notary Aeeocia6on -9 De SOb AUB. P.O.& 24M -Chat rlh, CA 9131324o2•w»w.natbnalnoury.aq flIGHT THUTABPRINT OF SIGNER Pr .No. 5807 R.Mer; Call Td4F. lAl 7 &6827 H C 1 I� L 1 I P n n CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of Los Angeles On MAR -2 4 2006 before me, M.R. Mayberry Notary Public, personally appeare i p�Thorn�ton personally known to me (or proved to me on the b�f ofs factttS ory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M. R. MAYBERRY = N COMMA 91389419 y, Q e NOTAF" PUBUf, CALIFORNIA W I LOS ANGELES COUNTY My e0R1R. (dplroa Ppp 19; P996 � M.R. Mayberry 1 r 5 A F E C O'� POWER SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA 1 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185 No. 9681 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 1 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoiwsssrs asrrw+ a+ s++ r+++ ssrrsaesr+ a +r + +rr++sasrrrararrr ++r + + +rLISA L. THORNfON; Los Angeles, CElifamiaaaaaararr++ rs+++ r++ w+ +r + + + +srrwsrrar +rrssrr +rrrrerr+ 1 its true and lawful attomey(s }in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents 1 this 1st day of February , 2000 M 1 RA PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE 1 Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as a8omeys -in -fact or under other appropriate Was with authority to 1 execute on behalf of Ore company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On arty Instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal. Or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument Or undertaking" 1 Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. -On any aerfificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out ' C) The provisions of Ailicle V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (i) A copy of the powerof- attorney appointment executed pursuant thereto, and ( iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is In full force and effect One signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and One seal of One Company may be a facsimile thereof." i, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certiy that One foregoing extracts of One By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct and that both the By -Laws, Ore Resolution and One Power of Attorney are still to full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of acrd corporation this day of i MAR 0 1 1 1 S- 09741SAEF 7/98 1 ^^°eee SEAL R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY ® Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation. 211/00 POF Cewyile = M = = = M M = = = = M = moge O3 � - Company Profile SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WA 98185 -0001 800 - 332 -3226 Former Names for Company Old Name: SELECTIVE AUTO & F INS CO AMER Effective Date: 11 -02 -1953 Agent for Service of Process DAWN JEWORSKI, 120 VANTIS SUITE 130 AL1SO VIEJO, CA 92656 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC #: NA1C Group #: California Company ID #: Date authorized in California: License Status: Company Type: State of Domicile: 24740 0163 1442 -3 October 07, 1953 UNLIMITED- NORMAL Property & Casualty WASHINGTON Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the http:// cdinswww.insurance,ca.gov /pls /wu co prof /idb co prof utl.get co prof?p E1D =3361 04/04/2006 is n U M CWnyMle M M M M M M M M M M M M M M&ge MW M glossary. AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY CREDIT FIRE LIABILITY MARINE MISCELLANEOUS PLATE GLASS SPRINKLER SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action. Documents Company Perfomanc e &,Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? He1p.Me Find a Company Roresentative in My Area htt p:// cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov /pls /wu co prof/idb co prof utl.get co prof?p EID =3361 04/04/2006 • u ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 1 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. 1 Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. 0 I F 1 1 The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number I¢OAX6/ Sand Ana 3 DEMOLITION #Mpto Sctrl�u ! 4 EARTHWORK /Ut rl :5ag4,4n4 5 LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION paMOr`�°T 7 SITE CONCRETE ' BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder 1 1 Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. 0 0 The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number jJArpµwu 11 REINFORCING STEEL R -obi -f !~•1ze$...es, i?dL raMOU�t% 12 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE J �mp�GpL Gfr • YP'i"��`�S'o`� 14 A- MASONRY 8 Soe, 121 3t e (iris —YELP} �i'EFt -/ �yU9�i��M 15 STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS METALS BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder l Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT • 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) ' State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. 11 1 1 I Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number C /V 16 STEEL + McC ,;land, IYwinek(e 17 ROUGH CARPENTRY T U s' + µOS +e r CASEWORK 18 & FINISH CARPENTRY 211 onnrrnr� BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT I I I i 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone #t Item Total Bid Number R SHEET METAL Crpwi7P� ( �fG��H Partc 22 FLASHING & i METAL ROOFING SD CA-L OVOKR-E)Fp DK, BI- FOLDING 0"4e 27 APPARATUS BAY DOORS SQSRtof Vn-f&1 io ALUMINUM WINDOWS, 28 ENTRANCES & GLASS A 8,05f We4- 1ers,l6 GYPSUM BOARD 30 & COLD METAL FRAMING BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT i 0 i • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) 1 State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that ' portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No ' changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) 1 Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number t -uck_ -err, V"ntAy$ 31 TILE C G �a „+t VaI u 32 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS �� { 1rV�R �ryl�'i RESILIENT �✓ 3re 1 33 FLOORING �C i vrp & CARPET 34 — RA+NTAG- BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Id Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he/she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. ' The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No ' changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) IJ I 1 t.0 LI I 0- .&. P Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number I an k- 6ffcuw115 -ki FUEL toronA 36 STORAGE TANKS FIRE 37 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 38 PLUMBING �,,6r, eith SITE ad 39 UTILITIES BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) 1 State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State . law and /or the Standard Soecifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. 1 L� 1 61�_ I 1 I The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Name, Bid Description of Work Percent of Address, Telephone # Item Total Bid Number Cir �(a4in .4-tr� Nfl�w� 40 HVAC ?, P.el i nil Sari Cl -ew- 1 e 41 ELECTRICAL BLecQsoe,IZiuersi�e 14 b g4av►e Ve-V1 tes r T -0 . eMtckt �An '� Li `�o(_1_44e Cancr_z4e oieya 1-2-6 BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder / /C- -r '/ - ` 6 11 -�� g Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT I� ! • L r r 1 r r r r r r r CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) LOS ) ss. County of ANGELES ) CHARLES E. GL I DDEN being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is VICE PRESIDENT of BERNARDS BROS. INC. , the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of C ifomia that the foregoing is true and correct. r- BERNARDS BROS. INC. Subscribed and sworn to before me this C � -� . �-r `* Authorized Signature /Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 4TH day of APRIL Obu,z) AC./ - Notary Public EILEEN ROE My Commission Expires: 12/07/2007 [SEAL] R , 2006. I • • I I I I u J I J I ', LJ II I J 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidders name BERNARDS BROS. INC. Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance /bond type): BROKER: AON RISK SERVICES, INC. OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA INSURANCE SERVICES 707 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, SUITE 6000 VJ /l1 \4LLLJ, V 213) 630 -3200 SURETY: SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY 330 NORTH BRAND BOULEVARD GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA 91203 (818) 956 -4338 -- INSURANCE: ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY — 4 EMBARCADERO CENTER. SUITE 2000 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 _ (415) 490 -9625 ! CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders name BERNARDS BROS. INC. The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any: Addendum No. Date Received ' tkM- 1 1 MARCH 30, 2006 l<<E- 9 I I i 1 1 I I i I I I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Facility Contract No. 3626 ADDENDUM NO. 1 DATE: March 30, 2006 Public Works Director TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS Bidders shall sign this Addendum No. 1 and attach it to the bid proposal. No bid will be considered unless this signed Addendum No. 1 is attached. I have carefully examined this Addendum No. I and have included full payment therefor in my Proposal. CHARLES E. GLIDDEN,VICE PRESIDENT,BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder's Name (Printed) BERNARDS BROS. INC. Firm's Name APRIL 4, 2006 Date ' Authorized Signature & Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ADDENDUM NO. 1 rPROPOSALS shall be submitted on the attached sheet titled 'PROPOSAL'. SPECIFICATIONS shall be revised as follows: 1. Delete specification section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors - in its entirety. 2. Delete specification section 12493 - Vertical Louver Blinds - in its entirety. 3. Delete specification section 09445 - Terrazzo Tile - in its entirety. ' 4. Section 02210 — Subsurface Investigation: Delete section 1.02 -A2 and replace with the following: 'A Geotechnical Investigation is available for purchase at SABP Reprographics (949) 756- 1001.' 5. Section 02225— Demolition: Revise section 1.01 -C '...removal —refer to included report for hazardous materials supplied by Owner.' to read: ,...removal —An Asbestos Survey Report for existing structures is available for purchase at SABP Reprographics (949) 756- 1001.' 6. Section 02521 — Architectural Concrete Paving: Remove reference to 'Landscape Drawings' and replace with the word 'Drawings'. 7. Section 02521 — Architectural Concrete Paving: Manufacturer of ' concrete paving under this section to be Lithocrete. 8. Section 06400 — Architectural Casework: Revise section 2.01 E to read: 'All products specified in this section to be provided by a single manufacturer unless noted otherwise'. 9. Section 09680 — Carpet: Revise section 2.03 -A2 - carpet to be style number 43410 'Serene Beauty. 10. Section 10110 —Visual Display Products: Revise section 2.01A -2 to be 2.01A -3. Add section 2.01A -2 to read as follows: 'Equal products from Polyvision.' 11. Section 10350 — Flagpoles: Revise section 2.01A -2 to be 2.01A -3. Add section 2.01A -2 to read as follows: 'Equal products from Pole Tech and Morgan- Francis.' DRAWINGS shalt be revised as follows: 1. Sheets A -3.0: Fan at Workout Room (115) to be Casablanca Fan Company's Bel Air model, weathered copper finish with dark cherry blades. Provide manufacturer's Inteli -Touch wall control. 2. Sheet C -5: Keynote 5 remove the reference to 'Landscape Architect's Plans' and replace with the following: 'Architect's Plans'. Remove reference to thickness of concrete sidewalk. Thicknesses of colored concrete sections are to be per the manufacturer. All other sidewalk thickness sections to be as noted on the Civil Drawings. 0 • 3. Sheet C -5: Remove reference to concrete fence and replace with the following: 'Concrete fence to be per Landscape Architect's Plans'. 4. Sheet T -1.0: Add sheet E -2.1 Site Photometric Plan to Sheet Index. 5. Sheet T -1.1: To Deferred Approvals add the following deferred approval to the list: 'Mechanical equipment connections to roof.' 6. Sheet T -11: To Deferred Approvals add the following deferred approval to the list: 'Above ground fuel tank.' 7. Sheet A -1.0: delete callout 03300.A from site plan and replace with 10400.D. Keynote 10400.13 to read: 'Concrete monument sign. Refer to detail 44/A -1.1.' 8. Sheet A -1.0: Revise callout 02820.A to be 02825.A. Keynote 02825.A to read: 'Simulated wood concrete split rail fence.' 9. Sheet A -2.1: Door 43 sill to be 12' -8" A.F.F. 10. Sheet A -2.3: Add note 6 to Rooms 103. Remove note 6 from Rooms 106 and 107. 11. Sheet A -3.0: Wall between Station Office (Room 112) and Workout (Room 115) to be full height to underside of structure. Sound insulation to run full height of wall. 12. Sheet A -7.0: Door 39 to have the following details: Head /Jamb to be details 24/A -7.2; Threshold to be detail 54/A -7.1. 13. Sheet A -7.0: Add note 14 to the following doors: 30, 31, 32, 38, and 39. add note 14 to Door Notes to read: 'Doors to receive wood trim on Rooms 101 and 108 side as specked in Section 06200.' 14. Sheet A -7.2: Detail 52 and 53 structural components are to be as shown on the Structural Drawings. 15. Sheet A -9.1: Replace detail 42 with attached Drawing No. AA -1. 16. Sheet S -3.1: Revise wall elevation 23 per attached Drawing No. SA -1. Provide similar opening at wall elevation 6 on sheet at location dimensioned on sheet A -2.0 at Room 105. Verify opening height with Engineer. 17. Sheet P -1.1: Fixture FT -1 in the Plumbing Equipment Schedule - add the following to the Description: 'Convault is a City of Newport Beach Fire Department standard; no substitutions will be considered.' 18. Sheet P -2.0: Detail D note at sampling box - remove reference to EMWD and replace with the word 'local'. 19. Sheet P -4.0: Detail references to sheet P -3.0 to be changed to sheet P -2.0. 20. Sheet P -5.0: Detail references to sheet P -3.0 to be changed to sheet P -2.0. 21. Sheet E -5.0: Add receptacles to Room 105 per attached Drawing No, EA -1. 22. Sheet E -7.0: Add TV and telephoneldata outlets to Room 105 per attached Drawing No. EA -2. 23. Sheet E -10.0: Add spare circuits 37 and 39 to Panel EA for Room 105 as shown on attached Drawing No. EA -3. ' •CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY r CONTRACT NO. 3626 1 i PROPOSAL To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 3626 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefor the following lump sum prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION PRICE IN FIGURES Lump Mobilization Sum 2. Lump Construct Santa Ana Heights Fire Sum Station and Fire Training Facility TOTAL PRICE IN WORDS ' Date: 1� L_J 1 I Telephone and Fax Numbers License No(s). and Classification(s) TOTAL PRICE IN FIGURES Dollars and Cents Bidder Bidder's Authorized Signature and Title Bidder's Address Within ten calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the Lump Sum construction items in his proposal. The Engineer will use said Schedule to calculate monthly progress payments during the term of construction and to pay for actual units of completed work. -s n m q� M CL g o _ o �y�l7R w N 0 fD - _7 - S � rn o 6 N o D rDv°'n cn N W M 0 x CD a r m my =z Z = U3- CD O D �T° y o � � 21 W D z �0 9 Ncn v W o S * . j rn o 6 v m oo cn N W Z x CD a CD z o w 43' -0" 40" 0 9 Ncn v CD y 0 0) S * . j D C WALL ELEVATION $ 4" SCALE: 3/32".=V-0"I 2$ 11 14'-4" 7 4 AT 6 BETWEEN S6.4 S6_2 TRUSS 562 TRUSS 5' -4" 6' -4 43' -0" 40" 12 4'-010'. 9 12 � F S, LEDGER F ° 56.3 51 V. C£bGER 5- LEDGER F.S. 0 A E 6 SIM. I o VERTICAL B AL NTIREWALL S6.3 LOW ROOF 56.3 WALL ELEVATION $ 4" SCALE: 3/32".=V-0"I 2$ 11 E, ACCENT ILE (Wf02) ACCENT TILE BAND (Wf01) 0 FlELD ILE OR SOLID SURFACE ACCENT ILE (Wi01) WAINSCOT PATTERN 1" rrmdesigngroup III creating environments people enjoy" 3765 South Ifp"2 St, Sh 102, San 4Ya 461spo, r"310i P.(605) SOV94 I F: 166515434608 I w AndWp.com FiiaYmmMUI�a .Nw.�++K++mI+�fMSw'.NE. uAS.um�Iwks.Umu City of Newport Beach Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Facility ADDENDUM #1 D ETA[ L 42/A -9.1 Drawing No.AA -1 Sheet No A -9.1 i By RM Checked RM Date 31/MARCH/06 Job No. 4004513 Scale 1 "=T-0" 1 i . 1 • - 1 m 1 IL LOBBY City of Newport ADDENDUM Santa Ana Heights Fire Station mdesigngmup and Training Facility y POWER PLAN ,.:.... 1. Drawing No. i ■ 1 1 11 v TAINING +80 \\ STORAGE 103 N TRAINING & EOC Fl-02-1 it ELEC S/V EOC F1-0-4] S A O 105 +80"' \ \ 1 S]RR 1 +60 6 f_ ERR S � ° 7 5c City of Newport Beach Sheet No E7 Santa Ana Heights Fire Station By GLP rrmdesigngroup and Training Facility Checked GLP ' ADDENDUM #1 Date 03 -2 o.Mrg.��ro�nwwlY ALERTING 1 SIGNAL PLAN 9 -06 3M CKU.. 8[, 81e 102, san wufbispo,cA 90101 Job No. 172.004 P. (805) 5136& � F (865) 5d8�809 � wrr.mndesgn.mm Drawing No. EA -2 Scale 1 /8" = 1'-0" ■ Q[� Y S CD 0 N Sc a ' Q PANEL: LOCAM IIMNG EC LLLCIRICAL ROOM SURFACE Pk MVMTIG£ BUS W99: Ar RAND 120/206 225A L0. 48000 3P, 0 SUO PAID Cow WOE (CCk N: NON- COt89N10U5 L : LQW C NtJ0t5 R: DEMNOAM RECFPT71CIFS K NICNEN € E i ^ A i� N s w ND. VA LM0 LOAD OESCFWM W IYPE CN. I C. 0, 1 083 C. & TYPE CN. W LIIN DEMI fON VA LOAD C/7 N0. A 9 C M R L TA P A 0 C % X % X % % X % % X % % X X X % X % % TR P l R M A 0 C 1 1000 9OO RECLTOpFS RWLG 101,108,107! 108 N 8 20 1 20 1 1 N 0 &FR1T0R SET IWIERY 1000 1000 2 3 RECEPTACLES ROOMS 101,1 107 A 108 N 5 10 1 20 1 1 N OE7EIVM SET WATER 4 5 tOW RECEPIAGIES ROOM WIRELESS RECPPIALIES WRFIESS N N 6 20 20 1 1% 20 1 1 N FUEL UtSPF7W 1200 0 7 1080 9OO 1000 1000 20 1 1 N FUEL 0I5PECDNT 1TW 380 8 9 ROCFPM0IFS N 5 5 20 1 20 1 1 N FRY01TNMi CONIROUER 11 720 RECEPTICIES PROJBCfOR M 4 20 1 2D 1 SPARE 13 RFFRIGERATTNI 0 1 20 1% 20 1 SPARE IS GAPMM 05P= N 1 20 1 20 1 SPARE 16 11 1000 ICE 4i1Q11 COFFEE MIA:R N N 1 1 20 20 1 1 ZD 1 1 N FUEL RERIRN PIAAP 750 18 (n 91 -n = X > /� —i !1 `� C CL= O T m N = Z 19 ROOD 360 20 3 1 N FUEL SUPPLY PUMP 540 540 999 715 20 21 RECPGCIES N 2 2D 1 — N 22 23 72D REMIIMALS NAG POLE 1161115 - • N L 4 2 20 20 1 1 — — N 510 24 25 380 i2OO 1075 810 900 36D 760 20 1 6 1 L WOR%OUT RODM 25 27 MONMENT SIGN - + L 1 20 1 2D 1 8 1 L DFPICE CM JM M ROOM 28 29 WCIIEN, OMWh DAY -ROOM L 31 -w --1 20 1 12 L CARROOR STEP UWM 216 30 31 SPIRE 20 1 20 1 SPARE 1145 32 33 E%IFIOOR f1MOS - + L 9 20 1 20 1 22 1 L RESTRDM J4 35 E%IERpR 1101115 - + L 10 20 1 20 1 10 l ROBBY 48B 36 37 P.ECEPfA©E55 RWM 105 x 2 20 1 SPACE 38 39 RECEPTAME3 ROOM 105 N 2 20 1 SPNCE 40 41 SPARE 20 1 SPARE 42 m m Z aw 553D 51&5 PRASE TOE115 PHASE TOWS 3739 3770 3195 QO C) = O C CO) f7l r v n W D /m� D n. rD V / z n m O Told Plawt k Total PAau & TOM Plan C-.1 WMRW O VIA PHOTOCELL W, TddYOCIT Wr 3 8839 9300 6690 416 PM COMIM VA CODE 11 18890 COLA$CIED VA 'CODE 79E COLINFCNO VA CWE 0 CMEM VA 0 TOTAL WNOCIED Wk 26.7 OA DEMWO 1Nk TOTAL ANUMM RVk 26.7 MR PANEL AMPS: 74.2 AWS W 823 7 1 o a° v Z ° V o m O 0 W to d m CD D 0 CD ° z a ° w m rn -0 01 Contractor License # 302007 . «"—"-g c9NTRACTO_RS $TALLICENSE BOARD. DISCLAIMER A license status check provides information taken from he CSLB license data base. Before relying on this information, You should be aware of the following limitations: • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B &P 7124,6). If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and /or legal action information. • Per B &P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. • Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. • Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license data base. Extract Date: 04/04/2006 * * * Business Information * * * BERNARDS BROS INC 610 ILEX STREET SAN FERNANDO, CA 91340 Business Phone Number: (818) 898 -1521 Entity: Corporation Issue Date: 01/20/9975 Expire Date: 03/31/2007 * * * License Status * * * This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. http: / /www2.cslb.ca.gov /CSLB LIBRARY /License+Detail.asp ?LicNum= 302007 All IAA Flnnc 0 40 I♦ LlIIIIIIIIse LOW M I♦ I♦ = I♦ = ;♦ IIIIIIIII r I♦ * * * Classifications * * * Class Description FA GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR © GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR * * * Bonding Information * * * jage =3 CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number 6398075 in the amount of $10,000 with the bonding company SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA. Effective Date: 01/23/2006 Contractor's Bonding History BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(1): The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) DOUGLAS DEAN BERNARDS certified that he /she owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock/equity of the corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required. Effective Date: 01/01/1980 * * * Workers Compensation Information * * * This license has workers compensation insurance with the ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY NAIC #11150 Policy Number: 71WC12025501 Effective Date: 06/30/2005 Expire Date: 06/30/2006 WorkerS.Componsation Histo r Personnel List http: / /www2.cslb.ca.gov /CSLB LIBRARY /License+Detail.asp ?LieNum= 302007 04/04/2006 I♦ is 0 � s a I CJ 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date shown on the "Notification of Award" to the successful bidder: • CONTRACT WITH REQUIRED INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS • LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND • FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND ' The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance ' Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within ten (10) working days after the date shown on the Notification of Award to the successful ' bidder. The Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. ' Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. Insurance companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned ' Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. Coverages shall be provided as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. Certificates of Insurance and additional insured ' endorsements shall be on the insurance company's forms, fully executed and delivered with the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all contract documents have been received and approved by the City. n, 1 10 n • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 ' CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this day of , 2006, by and between the CITY OF ' NEWPORT BEACH, hereinafter "City," and BERNARDS BROS., INC., hereinafter "Contractor," is made with reference to the following facts: ' WHEREAS, City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY 3626 Contract No. ' WHEREAS, Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, City and Contractor agree as follows: ' A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non - Collusion Affidavit, Faithful Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment ' Bond, Permits, General Conditions, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 3626, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements) and this Agreement, and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents "). The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. B. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project: All of the work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract ' Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. 1 11 i • C. COMPENSATION As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full payment the sum of Six Million, Four Hundred Ninety-Five Thousand and 001100 Dollars ($6,495,000.00). This compensation includes: (1) Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, (2) Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the work, (3) Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City. D. NOTICE OF CLAIMS Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. E. WRITTEN NOTICE Any written notice required to be given under the Contract Documents shall be performed by depositing the same in the U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, directed to the address of Contractor and to City, addressed as follows: CITY CONTRACTOR City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 Attention: Lloyd Dalton (949) 644 -3328 Bernards Bros., Inc. 618 San Fernando Road San Fernando, CA 91340 818 - 898 -1521 818 -898 -4909 Fax F. LABOR CODE 3700 LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor, by executing this Contract, hereby certifies: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Code, and I will comply with such ' provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract." G. INSURANCE Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less than A:VII and insurers must be a California Admitted Insurance Company. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and with original ' endorsements effecting coverage required by this Contract. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that 12 11 1 P 11 1 0 0 insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by City before work commences. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in Contractor's bid. 1. Minimum Scope of Insurance Coverage shall be at least as broad as: a) Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage "occurrence" form number CG 0002 (Edition 11/85) or Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Edition 1/73) covering Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability. b) Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0002 0287 covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto" and endorsement CA 0029 1288 Changes in Business Auto and Truckers Coverage forms - Insured Contract. c) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability insurance. 2. Minimum Limits of Insurance Coverage limits shall be no less than: a) General Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. c) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability. 3. Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. At the option of City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions as respects City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. 13 11 i • 1 4. Other Insurance Provisions 1 The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: a) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages 1 i. City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including the insured's general 1 supervision of Contractor; products and completed operations of Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor. The coverage shall contain no 1 special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its officers, officials, employees or volunteers. 1 c) All Coverages Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, rescinded by either party, 1 reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City. 1 All of the executed documents referenced in this contract must be returned within ten (10) working days after the date on the "Notification of Award," so that the City may review and approve all insurance and bonds documentation. 1 5. Acts of God 1 Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7105, Contractor shall not be responsible for the repairing and restoring damage to Work, when damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the Contract 1 14 ii. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and/or primary 1 source of recovery as respects City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's 1 insurance and shall not contribute with it. iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and 1 volunteers. iv. Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom ' claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. v. The insurance afforded by the policy for contractual liability shall include 1 liability assumed by contractor under the indemnification /hold harmless provision contained in this Contract. 1 b) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work 1 performed by Contractor for City. 1 c) All Coverages Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, rescinded by either party, 1 reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City. 1 All of the executed documents referenced in this contract must be returned within ten (10) working days after the date on the "Notification of Award," so that the City may review and approve all insurance and bonds documentation. 1 5. Acts of God 1 Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7105, Contractor shall not be responsible for the repairing and restoring damage to Work, when damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the Contract 1 14 amount provided that the Work damaged is built in accordance with the plans and specifications. ' 6. Right to Stop Work for Non - Compliance City shall have the right to direct the Contractor to stop work under this Agreement and /or withhold any payment(s), which become due to Contractor hereunder until Contractor demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this article. H. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY ' 1. City and all officers, employees and representatives thereof shall not be responsible in any manner: for any loss or damages that may happen to the Work or any part thereof; for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work, for injury to or death of any person either workers or the public; or for damage to property from any cause arising from the construction of ' the work by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by it. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or ' death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's work on the Project, or the work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by the Contractor. 3. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend City, its officers and employees from and against (1) any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all acts or omissions of Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Contract; (2) use of improper materials in construction of the Work; or, (3) any and all claims asserted by Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers on the project, and shall include reasonable attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in ' defending any such claim. Contractor shall not be required to indemnify City from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees. ' 4. To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. ' 5. Nothing in this article, nor any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for in H.3, above. t6. The rights and obligations set forth in this Article shall survive the termination of this Contract. I. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the ' Project Site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' J. CONFLICT If there is a conflict between provisions of this Contract and any other Contract Document, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. ' 15 I lJ 0 0 K. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed the day and year first written above. 1 1 C I APPROVED AS TO FORM: AAR N C. HARP Assistant City Attorney 16 CITY OF NEWPO BEACH A Municipal Co oraR ti By: G Mayor BERNARDS BROS., INC. By. 1 1- '(Corporate Officer) Title: U 10Q /�� arts ldC.u�.!( ,{� / Print Name. Chayles G, ��ddem By: I �, ' / (Fi ancial Office�r)� y Title: V t u Tus 1delA.f /� Print Name: Score b. SDIQ(c� ATTEST: ' a / 7/ . � CITY CLERK 1 1 C I APPROVED AS TO FORM: AAR N C. HARP Assistant City Attorney 16 CITY OF NEWPO BEACH A Municipal Co oraR ti By: G Mayor BERNARDS BROS., INC. By. 1 1- '(Corporate Officer) Title: U 10Q /�� arts ldC.u�.!( ,{� / Print Name. Chayles G, ��ddem By: I �, ' / (Fi ancial Office�r)� y Title: V t u Tus 1delA.f /� Print Name: Score b. SDIQ(c� dWrniMWineWarcXM M M M M M M M M M M 0 a Mudamm r0 Pn DISCLAIMER: The information displayed here is current as of MAY 05, 2006 and is updated weekly. It is not a complete or certified record of the Corporation. Corporation BERNARDS BROS. INC. Number: C0727333 =jDate Filed: 12/6/1974 Status: active Jurisdiction: California Address 610 ILEX STREET SAN FERNANDO, CA 91340 Agent for Service of Process JEFFREY G. BERNARDS 610 ILEX STREET SAN FERNANDO, CA 91340 Blank fields indicate the information is not contained in the computer file. If the status of the corporation is "Surrender ", the agent for service of process is automatically revoked. Please refer to California Corporations Code Section 2114 for information relating to service upon corporations that have surrendered. M Map= I M http: // kepler. ss. ca. gov/ corpdata/ ShowAlIList ?QueryCorpNumber= C0727333 &printer =yes 05/10/2006 • • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ' §ANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT NO. 3626 BONE) NO. 6409672 ' LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND ' WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, has awarded to SERNARDS BROS., INC., hereinafter designated as the ` Principat; a contract for construction of SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING ' FACILITY, Contract No. 3626 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specificatJons and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. ' WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3525 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: ' NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, Safeco Insurance Company of America duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, as surety, (referred to herein as "Surety') are ' held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million, Four Hundred Ninety -Five Thousand and 001100 Dollars ($6,495,000.00) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to IW10 of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport ' Heath under the terms of the Contract, for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severalty, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that 0 the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of ' employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce ' the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 1� 1 17 I. . • • ' The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 31181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action ' to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et. seq. of the Civil Code of the State of Califomla. ' And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on ' this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is ' agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. ' IN ITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the above named Principal an 'Surety, on the 13th day of April ,2006- 3M7rD.Wild, Vta - Wrd-w+ BERNARDS OS_, INC. (Principal) Authorized Signature/Title ' Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety CN#;; ' 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale. CA 91203 Lisa L. Thornton, Attorney in Fact ' Address of Surety Print Name and Idle 818 956 -4338 ' Telephone ' NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 1 1 ,8 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • • CALIFORNIA ALL- PYU,RP,OSE`.ACKN'OWLEDG_MENTA State of California County of Los Angeles On ,App MW before me, M. Gonzales, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. GONZALES x COMM. 01605728 9 i9 j''M NOTARYP SLIC-CALIWRNIA N LOSANGELESCUUS u �,,,_., Hp Carr Ex0u:50c!e0ar 5.2U09 M. Gonzales ' 0 S A 0- POWER S SAFECO NCECOMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY H HOME OFFICE: SAFECO KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 'That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint s+ assrrrarraswrraa* ra++ srs+ asaastsstt +sr +rssrstsaaraaat +rr ++s+LiSA L. THORNfON; Los Angeles, Califontianr+ sense++ rrrstsrts :sr+srssrtrsr +taaswrr+rarar ++ss Its true and lawful aftomey(s)-in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bands or undertakings and other documents of a similar character ' Issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested thew Presents this 1st day of February 2000 RA PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE ' Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: *Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as ahomays- in-fac or under other appropriate Nos with authority to ' execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of Its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or In any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. 'On any ceff"Ite executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (l) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the ey -Laws, and (1i) A copy of the power- of- etomey appointment executed pursuant thereto, and ( iii) Certifying that said power-of- atomey appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the eehttfyN officer may be by facsimlie, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof" 'I, RA. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby ce" that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Atomey ace still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereMo set my hand and affixed the facsimile mat of said corporation this 131 (�" day of ' 5- 0974 /SAEF 7198 11 SEAL 11 /01 N-1 SEAL• RA PIERSON, SECRETARY ® Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation. 211100 POF ' CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT 1 L1 I 1 1 1 State of California ss. Count of On owe personally appeared III personally known to me X proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persortN whose nam ft (ire subscribed to the wi� instrument and acknowledged to me� h she /they executed the s me in hi her /their authorized capacit�, and that by Qer/their signaturgeon the instrument the persoft, or the entity upon behalf of which the personK acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above 94Adfium or Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer n „(J Signer's Name: (� Individual Via Prasid e Top of thumb here Corporate Officer— Titie(s): yi�f' ❑ Partner —❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: y�1�p Signer Is Representing: Roo r niardS 0 1999 NeIIpW NO" Aesocl - 939a W Solo Am. P.O. llot 2402 -ChaC .CA 9131&2102•v XnllwakMp ,; Roo. No. SW neooJoc Cell Td4. 1A0D8r6elRr ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HEIGHT ' SANTA qNA -4 FIRE STATION AND Flit€ TRAINING FAC}LITY CONTRACT NO. 3626 ' BOND NO, 6409672 ' FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 5,.667.60 ' being at the rate of $ 12.6W$8.80/$T 161$6.60 thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion ' adopted, awarded to BERNARDS BROS., INC., hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for construction of SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY, Contract No. 3626 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, ' drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3626 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and safeco Insurance Company of America duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Six Million, Four Hundred Ninety -Five Thousand and 00/700 Dollars ($6,495,000 -0e) lawful money of the United Slates of America, said Sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principars heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its pat, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, Its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. 19 0 0 As a part of the obligsbon secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in ' this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attomeys .fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this i lond. ' Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of Ame, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the worst to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, ' and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the wore or to the specifications. ' This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City. ' In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety aho a named, on the 13th day Of April 2006. �eo�r h. 914l61, UiaPQstden BE ROS., INC. (Principal) Authorized Signature(fnle ' Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety (40nature ' 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 visa L. Thornton. Attorney in Fact Address of Surety Print Name and Tltie 818 956.4338 Telephone NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 1 20 C� i `CALl00R ' fi4 ALiL =P h'RP,7' C'FCNOWLED;GMEN,T, State of California County of Los Angeles On Iva@ before me, M. Gonzales, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M. GONZALES = COMM. 4160 728 >t NOTARY PUBUC•CALLFORN�A I LOSANGELES COUNTY N My COMT LAP-rs OCiaber5.2009 M. Gonzales M CoWnyoile = M = = = = = = M = = M Company Profile SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WA 98185 -0001 800 - 332 -3226 Former Names for Company Old Name: SELECTIVE AUTO & F INS CO AMER Effective Date: 11 -02 -1953 Agent for Service of Process DAWN JEWORSKI, 120 VANTIS SUITE 130 ALISO VIEJO, CA 92656 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC #: NAIC Group #: California Company ID #: Date authorized in California: License Status: Company Type: State of Domicile: 24740 0163 1442 -3 October 07, 1953 UNLIMITED- NORMAL Property & Casualty WASHINGTON Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact M@ageM3 M The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the loss http:/ /cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov /pls /wu co prof/idb co prof ud.get co proi?p EID =3361 05/10/2006 0 0 ' SCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ' y SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT NO. 3626 PROPOSAL ' To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard t Newport Beach, California 92663 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the ' Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 3626 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefor tthe following lump sum prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION PRICE IN FIGURES 1. Lump Mobilization $ W Sum 2. Lump Construct Santa Ana Heights Fire $ 6/ Z9� ppQ,Da Sum Station and Fire Training Facility ' $ �� 49S OOD,eo TOTAL PRICE IN FIGURES 1 TOTAL PRICE IN WORDS S 17r Jul illion F6urAuac� red ' Date: APRIL 4, 2006 1 11 11 U j TELEPHONE: (818) 898 - 1521 FAX: (818) 898 - 4909 Bidders Telephone and Fax Numbers ��pp n r�o1(dtrf F� �e iGL 0U Sct n cl Dollars and Cents #302007 CLASS: B, A Bidder's License No(s), and Classification(s) Bidder BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidders Authorized Signature and Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT Bidder's Address 618 SAN FERNANDO ROAD SAN FERNANDO, CALIFORNIA 91340 Within ten calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the Lump Sum construction items in his proposal. The Engineer will use said Schedule to calculate monthly progress payments during the term of construction and to pay for actual units of completed work. 1 1 1 1 2 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i� M 3 3 3 3 3 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3626 INTRODUCTION OPPORTUNITY TO PERFORM 2ND CONTRACT FOR CITY PART 1 - -- GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE 2 -9 SURVEYING 2 -9.3 Survey Service 2 -9.6 Survey Monuments SECTION 3 CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing SECTION 5 UTILITIES 5 -7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE SECTION 6 PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6 -7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General 6 -7.2 Working Days 1 1 1 1 2 7 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 i� M 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 6 -7.4 Working Hours 6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SECTION 7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 -5 PERMITS 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK 7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water 7 -8.6 Water Pollution Control 7 -8.8 Steel Plates 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7 -10.1 Traffic and Access 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets 7 -10.4 Public Safety 7- 10.4.1 Safety Orders 7 -15 CONTRACTOR LICENSES 7 -16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDSIAS BUILT DRAWINGS SECTION 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9 -3 PAYMENT 9 -3.1 General N 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 i'5 7 7 7 8 8 8 11 PART 3--- CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 EARTHWORK 300 -1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300 -1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 300 -1.5 Solid Waste Diversion 302 -5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302 -5.1 General 302 -5.4 Tack Coat SECTION 303 CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303 -5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS AND DRIVEWAYS 303 -5.1 Requirements 303 -5.1.1 General N 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 i'5 7 7 7 8 8 8 11 0 0 SECTION 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATTION 308 -1 GENERAL ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Last saved by mlocey03 /07/2006 11:32 AM f:\ users \pbw\ shared \contraacts�nastersMasters for contract set up\mastef specs index.doc • • SP 1 OF 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND FIRE TRAINING CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3626 INTRODUCTION All work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accord with (1) these Special Provisions, including the ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS attached hereto; (2) the Plans (Drawing No. B- 5187 -S); (3) the City's Design Criteria, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, (2004 edition); (4) the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2003 edition, including supplements); (5) the Newport Beach Municipal Code; and (6) the Building Permit (Plan Check #2495 - 2005). Copies of the Design Criteria, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings may be purchased at the Public Works Department. Copies of the Standard Specifications may be purchased from Building News, Inc., 1612 South Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA 92802, (714) 517 -0970. OPPORTUNITY TO PERFORM 2N° CONTRACT FOR CITY A 2nd City of Newport Beach construction contract, Newport Coast Community Center, will be bid within seven days before bids are opened for Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Facility. The community center site is located at Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, within a ten minute drive (four miles) from the fire station site. In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, that firm may provide input to the City of Newport Beach as to which project to begin construction upon first. The City of Newport Beach will then delay the Notice to Proceed for the second project as needed to accommodate the Contractor's schedule to commence work on both projects, but not to exceed 25 working days. ' In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, the number of consecutive working days allowed to complete all work under each contract shall remain as specified in Section 6 -7.1 of each project's Special Provisions. Award of both contracts to one firm shall not be a cause for leniency in completing both contracts within the prescribed number of consecutive working days or extension of the number of consecutive working days allowed to complete all work under each contract. The 0 0 SP2OF9 Contractor shall staff each project team as needed to complete all work on each contract within the number of consecutive working days specified for each project. In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, liquidated damages shall then remain at $1500 per calendar day for each project, as specified in Section 6 -9 of each project's Special Provisions. The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2-- -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE. Add to this section: "The work necessary for the completion of this contract includes demolishing, clearing and grubbing two parcels of their improvements; preparing and submitting a satisfactory Water Quality Control Plan; obtaining Building Permits; and grading, staking and constructing utility connections, street improvements, a fire station, a parking lot, irrigation and landscaping systems, utility connections to a training tower foundation, etc., at 20401 Acacia Street." 2 -9 SURVEYING 2 -9.3 Survey Service. Add to this section: "The City will verify the Contractor's ' construction staking as required to construct the improvements. The Contractor shall notify the City at lease two working days before the date that stakes must be verified." ' 2 -9.6 Survey Monuments. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall, inspect the project for existing survey monuments. In the event that survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor during construction, the ' Contractor shall retain the services of a California licensed engineer or surveyor to restore the affected survey monuments at the Contractor's sole expense. The Contractor's engineer or surveyor shall also file the required Corner Records with the County of Orange upon monument restoration. SECTION 3 - -- CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK ' • • SP3OF9 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup. Replace this section with, "(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the ' Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............. ............................... 20 2) Materials ........ ............................... 15 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent shall be added for compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3- 3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. ' This Section only applies to work in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Proposal." ' SECTION 4 - -- CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements ' 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing. All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor ' shall furnish the Engineer full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48 hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed his work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for ' by the Contractor. SECTION 5 - -- UTILITIES 5 -7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE. The Contractor shall coordinate the adjustment of Costa Mesa Sanitary District (CMSD), Irvine Ranch Water District (IRWD), Southern 1 • • SP4OF9 California Edison, The Gas Company, Pacific Bell, and cable facilities to finish grade with the appropriate utility company. SECTION 6 - -- PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ' 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Add to this section: "The time of completion as specified in Section 6 -7 shall commence on the date of the 'Notice to Proceed." No work shall begin until a "Notice to Proceed" has been issued, a pre- construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of work has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit the schedule of work to the Engineer for approval at least five working days prior to commencing any work. Said schedule shall be bar chart or CPM style. The Engineer will review the schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the schedule to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If work falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional work until he has exerted extra effort to meet his original schedule and has demonstrated that ' he will be able to maintain his approved schedule in the future. Such stoppages of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job." 6 -7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall complete all work under the Contract within 265 consecutive working days after the date on the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall ensure the availability of all material prior to the start of work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work." 6 -7.2 Working Days. Revise 3) to read: "any City holiday, defined as January 16t t the third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day), the third Monday in February (President's Day), the last Monday in May (Memorial Day), July 4th the first Monday in September (Labor Day), November 11th (Veterans Day), the fourth Thursday in November (Thanksgiving), December 24th, (Christmas Eve — half day), December 25th (Christmas), and December 3151 (New Year's Eve — half day). If January 1 st, July 4th, November 11th or December 25th falls on a Sunday, the following Monday is a holiday." 6 -7.4 Working Hours. Normal working hours are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 P.M. Monday through Friday. 1 ' • i SP5OF9 Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, he must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:30 P.M. to 6:30 P.M. ' on weekdays or 8:00 A.M. to 6 P.M. on Saturday only. A request for working during any of these hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right ' to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $123.90 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Revise sentence three to read: "For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6 -7 -1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of $1500. Revise paragraph two, sentence one, to read: "Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1500 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of construction operations." SECTION 7--- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 -5 PERMITS. Replace this section with: "As a component of his contract services, the Contractor shall obtain permits to demolish and construct the buildings specified in the plans from the City of Newport Beach's Building Department. Plans for said permits are `permit ready' (Plan Check #2495 - 2005). City of Newport Beach building permit and construction inspection fees will be waived. 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall give Costa Mesa Sanitary District and Irvine Ranch Water District seven calendar days advance notice of the time work on their facilities must take place. The times and dates of any utility shut downs shall be coordinated through the Engineer. The Engineer must approve of any nighttime work in advance. ' 7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add to this section: "The Contractor ' shall make arrangements for power and water use during construction and will be solely responsible to pay for such use. This includes providing for power and water use until the Building Department grants occupancy for Santa Ana Heights Fire Station." 7 -8.6 Water Pollution Control. Add to this section, "Surface runoff water, including all water used during sawcutting operations, containing mud, silt or other deleterious 0 SP6O1`9 material due to the construction of this project shall be treated by filtration or retention in settling basin(s) sufficient to prevent such material from migrating into any catch basin, ' Newport Harbor, the beach, or the ocean." 7 -8.8 Steel Plates. The City can provide a limited quantity of steel plates. These ' plates may be obtained for a rental charge of $15.00 per plate per week or part thereof. In addition the Contractor shall deposit $100 for the use of the City's lifting eye fitting and for the use of trench plates. The Contractor shall obtain plates from and return plates to the City's Utilities Yard at 949 West 16th Street. To determine the number of plates available and to reserve the plates, the Contractor must call the City's Utilities Superintendent, Mr. Ed Burt, at (949) 718 -3402. 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7 -10.1 Traffic and Access. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall provide traffic control and access in accordance with Section 7 -10 of the Standard Specifications and the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, which is published by Building News, Inc." 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Delete the first paragraph and add the following: "The Contractor shall obtain areas for storing equipment and materials. Construction materials and equipment may be stored in streets, roads, or sidewalk areas if approved in advance by the Engineer. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of storage areas, and upon completion of work shall restore the areas to their preconstruction conditions." ' 7 -10.4 Public Safety 7- 10.4 -1 Safety Orders. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall be solely ' and completely responsible for conditions of the job -site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. The Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. The right of the Engineer or the City's Representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site." 7 -15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES. At the time of the award and until completion of work, the Contractor shall possess a General Building Contractor B License. At the start of work and until completion of work, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall possess a Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. 7 -16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS /AS BUILT DRAWINGS. A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain "As- Built" drawings of all work as the job progresses. A 1 ' • • SP7OF9 separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up -to -date and reviewed to the Engineer each time a progress payment is requested. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall provide "As- Built" corrections upon a copy of the Plans. The "As- Built' correction plans shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final payment or release of any bond. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. SECTION 9 - -- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9 -3 PAYMENT ' 9 -3.1 General. Revise paragraph two to read: `The Lump Sum bid prices in the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing labor, materials, tools, and ' equipment and doing all the work to complete the Lump Sum items of work in place, and no other compensation will be allowed therefor. PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - -- EARTHWORK 300 -1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300 -1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 300 -1.3.1 General. Add to this section: `The work shall be done in accordance with Section 300 -1.3.2 of the Standard Specifications except as modified and supplemented herein. Joins to existing pavement lines shall be full depth sawcuts. Final removal between the sawcut lines may be accomplished by the use of jackhammers or sledgehammers. Pavement breakers or stompers will not be permitted on the job. The Engineer must approve final removal accomplished by other means. ' The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each week." • • SP8OF9 300 -1.5 Solid Waste Diversion. Non- reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer on a form provided by the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. 302 -5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302 -5.1 General. Add to this section: "Asphalt concrete (A.C.) shall be III- C3 -AR- 4000." 302 -5.4 Tack Coat. Add to this section: "Prior to placing asphalt concrete, a tack coat of Type SS -1h asphaltic emulsion at a rate not to exceed 1/10 gallon per square yard shall be uniformly applied to existing A.C. and P.C.C. surfaces and edges against which asphalt concrete is to be placed." SECTION 303 - -- CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303 -5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS AND DRIVEWAYS 303 -5.1 Requirements 303 -5.1.1 General. Add to this section: "Sidewalk and curb access ramps shall be opened to pedestrian access on the day following concrete placement. In addition, all forms shall be removed, irrigation systems shall be repaired, and backfill or patchback shall be placed within 72 hours following concrete placement. Newly poured P.C.C. improvements subject to vehicle loads shall not be opened to vehicle traffic until the concrete has cured to a minimum strength of 2,000 psi." SECTION 308 - -- LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION INSTALLATION 308 -1 General. Add to this section: "The Contractor is responsible for clearing and grubbing, pruning and removing tree roots that interfere with the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that no tree roots are pruned or cut that could compromise the stability of the tree. The Contractor shall arrange to meet for this work with the City's Urban Forester, Mr. John Conway at (949) 644 -3083 a minimum of five workdays prior to beginning the work. The Contractor shall describe his method of pruning and removing minor tree roots that may be encountered during construction. The Urban Forrester will decide at that time if a formal submittal is required for review by the City. Fi I I I I SP9OF9 If the Contractor encounters large tree roots, he shall cease work at that location and immediately contact the City's Urban Forrester for inspection. Upon inspection, the Urban Forrester may require the Contractor to formally submit a plan for removing the large roots to the City for review. The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS which augment, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAO AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 00010 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 — GENERAL CONDITIONS f ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 ' 01100 Summary "P6g�.dj 01200 Price and Payment Procedures ���OfCAI�E ' 01300 Administrative Requirements 01325 Construction Progress Schedule 01400 Quality Requirements 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01525 Field Offices ' 01600 Produce Requirements 01700 Execution Requirements ' 01780 Closeout Submittal 01820 Demonstration and Training ' 01825 Supporting from Building Structure DIVISION 2 — SITEWORK ' 02210 Subsurface Investigation 02225 Demolition ' 02230 Site Clearing 02300 Earthwork 02320 Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting ' 02820 Ornamental Steel Gates 02476 Automatic Irrigation System 02480 Landscape Planting 02510 Water Distribution System (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02521 Architectural Concrete Paving 02539 Sanitary Sewer System (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02550 Natural Gas Distribution System (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02630 Storm Drainage System (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02750 Site Concrete (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02760 Paving Specialties (See current edition of 'Greenbook' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) ' TABLE OF CONTENTS r rADIS 00010 -2 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4*3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 02770 Concrete Curbs, Gutters and Sidewalks (See current edition of'Greenbook' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as adopted by the City of Newport Beach) 02825 Woodcrete Fence 02835 Gate Operators DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 03100 Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03356 Concrete Floor Finishing 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete DIVISION 4 — MASONRY 04230 Concrete Masonry Units 04730 Simulated Stone Veneer DIVISIONS — METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05310 Steel Decking 05400 Cold Farmed Metal Framing 05500 Metals Fabrications 05515 Aluminum Ladders DIVISION 6 — WOODS AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06400 Architectural Casework 06650 Solid Surface Materials DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07110 Membrane Waterproofing 07210 Building Insulation 07410 Preformed Metal Roof 07450 Fiber Cement Siding 07510 Built -Up Asphalt Roofing 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07710 Prefabricated Gutters and Downspouts 07720 Roof Hatch 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08210 Plastic Laminate Wood Doors 00010 -2 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST AND TRAINING FACILITY w MARCH, 2006 00010-3 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 08350 Bi -Fold Apparatus Bay Doors 08360 Overhead Doors 08400 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts ' 08520 Aluminum Windows 08800 Glazing ' DIVISION 9 — FINISHES 09120 Ceiling and Suspension System ' 09250 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09300 Ceramic Tile ' 09400 Terrazzo Tile 09510 Acoustical Units ' 09650 Resilient Flooring 09680 Carpet ' 09900 Paints and Coatings 09950 Wall Carpet ' 09986 Plastic Coated Wall Panels DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES ' 10110 10171 Visual Display Products Toilet Partitions 10200 Metal Louvers ' 10350 Flagpoles 10501 Turnout Racks 10523 Fin: Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories 10800 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 'DIVISION 11 —EQUIPMENT 11130 Television Mounting Brackets ' 11450 Residential Equipment DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS ' 12490 Vertical Louver Blinds DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13200 Above Ground Fuel Storage Tanks DIVISION 14— CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL — 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15011 Supplementary Mechanical Requirements 15030 Requirements for Electrical Equipment ' TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 MARCH, 2006 15051 15055 15056 15130 15135 15140 15190 15250 15305 15411 15414 15420 15440 15458 15459 15481 15488 15576 15782 15870 15891 15910 15932 15990 DIVISION 16 16010 16110 16114 16133 16140 16141 16170 16415 16426 16450 16470 16500 00010 -4 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S Earthwork for Mechanical Systems Basic Piping Materials Escutcheons, Dielectric Fittings, Unions and Strainers Access Doors and Panels Meters and Gages Supports and Anchors Mechanical Identification Mechanical Insulation Automatic Fire Service Mains Water Distribution Piping Sanitary Sewer System Drainage and Vent Systems Plumbing Fixtures Water Heaters Interceptors (Sand and Grease) Compressed Air Systems Natural Gas Systems Double Wall Gas Vents Rooftop Heating and Cooling Units Power and Gravity Ventilators Metal Ductwork Ductwork Assemblies Air Outlets and Inlets Testing, Adjusting and Balancing - ELECTRICAL General Electrical Requirements Conduit and Raceways Cable Trays Cabinets Wiring Devices Nameplates and Warning Signs Switches: Disconnects and Safety Transfer Switch Service and Distribution Switchboards Grounding System Panelboards Lighting Fixtures TABLE OF CONTENTS , CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5167 -S 16622 Generator Set 16931 Contactors, Relays and Timeswitches END OF SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 00010-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 14M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8-5187-S SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Facility. B. Project Location: 20401 Acacia Street, Newport Beach, CA C. Owner's Name: City of Newport Beach. D. The Project consists of the construction of a new fire station and associated on and off site work. Included in the work is the demolition of existing on and off site features. E. Hazardous materials abatement including necessary permits to governing agencies having jurisdiction. F. Methods for shoring and protection of existing on and off site features. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in General Conditions and Notice Inviting Bids. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. Scope of demolition and removal work is shown on drawings and specified in Section 02225. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. Owner will award contracts for supply and insta Nation of pre- fabricated burn tower and fire alerting system which will commence on a later date and constructed at time of construction of fire station. 1.06 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion. B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owners operations. C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy. 1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Provide access to and from site as required bylaw and by Owner: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporally altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SUMMARY ' 01100 - 1 ' PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01200-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH �ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STARI AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be ' considered. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner - Contractor Agreement. ' C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with numberand title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization. D. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. For unit cost ' Allowances, identify quantities taken from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost to achieve the total for the item. E. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead ' and profit. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment. ' 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. ' B. Present required information in typewritten form. C. Form: AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet ' including continuation sheets when required. D. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. ' E. F. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show ' application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.04 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710. ' B. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a document, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe changes in the Work, and will designate method of ' determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change in Work. ' PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01200-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 *13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Proposal Request: Architect may issue a document which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 10 days. D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01600. E. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: 2. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. G. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract on AIA G701. 1.05 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION 01200 -2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FAClL.WY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. E. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01325 - Construction Progress Schedule: Form. content, and administration of schedules. B. Section 01700 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. C. Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals: Project record documents. 1.03 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Project Coordinator: Construction Manager. B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for field offices and sheds, for construction access, traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. D. Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra- project communications; submittals, reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution of ambiguities and conflicts. E. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. F. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator. G. Make the following types of submittals to Architect through the Project Coordinator: 1. Requests for interpretation. 2. Requests for substitution. 3. Shop drawings, product data, and samples. 4. Test and inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions and field reports. 6. Applicationsfor payment and change order requests. 7. Progress schedules. 8. Coordination drawings. 9. Closeout submittals. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Owner will schedule a meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: 1. Owner. 2. tA^,rc,,hiiit8e�ctt. ADMI NI STRATIVEl2k8 l�{EMENTS 01300-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner - Contractor Agree ment. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Owner and Architect. 6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 7. Scheduling. D. Record minutes and distribute copies within 7 days after meeting to participants, with one copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at minimum bi- monthly intervals. B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Owner, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Maintenance of progress schedule. 7. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 8. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 9. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 10. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 11. Other business relating to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within 7 days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 1. Attendees taking exception to meeting minutes must do so in writing within 5 days of receipt. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE -See Section 01325 3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. C. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. D. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01780 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION ' 01300 -2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Certificates. 3. Test reports. 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. ' 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. No action will be taken. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. When the fallowing are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout: ' 1. Project record documents. 2. Operation and maintenance data. 3. Warranties. 4. Bonds. ' 5. Other types as indicated. B. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion. ' 3.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than 8 -1l2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies ' which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect. 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 36 x 48 inches: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by ' Architect. B. Documents for Information: Submit three copies. C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make one reproduction of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. ' 3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with approved form. ' B. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and specification section number, as appropriate on each copy. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of ' information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. F. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor. G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be ' detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. H. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. ' ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01300-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY , CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S I. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report ' any inability to comply with requirements. K. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. END OF SECTION 01300 -4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FeESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S SECTION 01325 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preliminary schedule. B. Construction progress schedule, with network analysis diagrams and reports. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01100 -Summery: Work sequence. 1.03 REFERENCES A. M -H (CPM) - CPM in Construction Management -Project Management with CPM, O'Brien, McGraw -Hill Book Company; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days after date of Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned ' operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. 1.05 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Diagram Sheet Size: Maximum 22 x 17 inches or width required. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE A. Prepare preliminary schedule in the form of a horizontal bar chart. Ll I 3.02 NETWORK ANALYSIS A. Prepare network analysis diagrams and supporting mathematical analyses using the Critical Path Method. B. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence of work; how start of a given activity depends on completion of preceding activities, and how completion of the activity may restrain start of subsequent activities. C. Mathematical Analysis: Tabulate each activity of detailed network diagrams, using calendar dates, and identify for each activity: 1. Preceding and following event numbers. 2. Activity description. 3. Estimated duration of activity, in maximum 15 day intervals. 4. Earliest start date. 5. Earliest finish date. 6. Actual start date. 7. Actual finish date. 8. Latest start date. 9. Latest finish date. 10. Total and free float; float time shall accrue to Owner and to Owner's benefit. 11. Monetary value of activity, keyed to Schedule of Values. 12. Percentage of activity completed. 13. Responsibility. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01325-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO.4 *13 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS Fl RE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Analysis Program: Capable of accepting revised completion dates, and recomputation of all dates and float. E. Required Reports: List activities in sorts or groups: 1. By preceding work item or event number from lowest to highest. 2. By amount of float, then in order of early start. 3.03 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Architect at each submittal. B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule. C. After review, revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 10 days. 3.04 UPDATING SCHEDULE A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work. D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes. 3.05 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor's project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, Architect, Owner, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. END OF SECTION 01325 -2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE ' QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ISDESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. References and standards. B. Mock -ups. ' C. Control of installation. D. Testing and inspection services. E. Manufacturers' field services. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. B. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code. ' C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform ' specified testing. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufactu rer. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 403 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 3.02 MOCK -UPS A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections. B. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Accepted mock -ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work. D. Where mock -up has been accepted by Architect and is specified in product specification sections to be removed, remove mock -up and clear areawhen directed to do so. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate. with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non - conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 7. Submit reports of all testsAnspections specified. C. Limits on TestingAnspection Agency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be testedlnspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be testedAnspected. c. To facilitate testsAnspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing /inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re- testing required because of nonconformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. Payment for re testing will be charged to the Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Price. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES 01400 -2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ' tCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-518 7-S A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, as applicable, and to initiate instructions ' when necessary. B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 [1 ' QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01400-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* *RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telephone and facsimile service. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Security requirements. F. Vehicular access and parking. G. Waste removal facilities and services. H. Project identification sign. I. Field offices. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01525- Field Offices. 1.03 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, water, heating and cooling, and ventilation required for construction purposes. B. Use trigger - operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. 1.04 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field office at time of project mobilization. B. Provide, maintain and pay for facsimile service and a dedicated telephone line to field office at time of project mobilization. 1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. S. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.06 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights -of -way. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.07 FENCING A. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1.08 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, and Ownees operations from unauthorized TEMPORAPOP,401@tq*i;ANgrdWt -ROLS 01500-1 lJ 01500 -2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40041 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH VION MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S 1.09 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. ' B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. D. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off -site parking. 1.10 WASTE REMOVAL ' A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. ' C. If materials to be recycled or re -used on the project must be stared on -site, provide suitable non - combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the ' structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. D. Open free -fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. ' 1.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Erect on site at location indicated. B. No other signs are allowed without Owner permission except those required bylaw. 1.12 FIELD OFFICES - See Section 01525 A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture, drawing rack and drawing display table. B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons. C. Provide separate private office similarly equipped and furnished, for use of Architect and Owner. D. Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet from existing and new structures. 1.13 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, priorto Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION lJ 01500 -2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S SECTION 01525 FIELD OFFICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary field offices for use of Architect. B. Temporary field offices for use of Contractor. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01100 -Summary:. B. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary sanitary facilities, temporary telephone service, and temporary facsimile service. C. Section 01500 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Parking and access to field offices. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION A. Portable or mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised above ground, securely fixed to foundations, with steps and landings at entrance doors. B. Construction: Structurally sound, secure, weather tight enclosures for office. Maintain during progress of Work; remove when no fonder needed. C. Temperature Transmission Resistance of Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Compatible with occupancy requirements. D. Exterior Materials: Weather resistant, finished in one color. E. Interior Materials in Offices: Sheet type materials for walls and ceilings, prefinished or painted; resilient floors and bases. F. Lighting for Offices: 50 fc at desk top height, exterior lighting at entrance doors. G. Fire Extinguishers: Appropriate type fire extinguisherat each office. 2.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL A. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating: Automatic equipment to maintain comfort conditions. 2.03 Contractor OFFICE AND FACILITIES A. Size: For Contractor's needs and to provide space for project meetings. B. Telephone: As specified in Section 01500. C. Furnishings in Meeting Area: Conference table and chairs to seat at least eight persons; racks and files for Contract Documents, submittals, and project record documents. D. Other Furnishings: Contractor's option. E. Equipment: Six adjustable band protective helmets for visitors, one 10 inch outdoor weather thermometer. 2.04 OWNER AND ARCHITECTIENGINEER OFFICE A. Area: Minimum 150 sq ft, minimum dimension 8 ft. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide drainage away from buildings. FIELD OFFICES 01525-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install office spaces ready for occupancy 15 days after date fixed in Notice to Proceed. B. Employee Residential Occupancy: Not allowed on Owner's property. 3.03 MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING A. Weekly janitorial services for offices; periodic cleaning and maintenance for offices. 3.04 REMOVAL A. At completion of Work remove buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas. END OF SECTION 01525-2 FIELD OFFICES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • O DESIGN GROUP NO. 4DD4513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Procedures for Owner - supplied products. F. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specificallyfor this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's full line of colors, textures, and patterns. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2.02 PRODUCTOPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. C. Unless the Specifications state that no substitution is permitted, whenever in the Contract Documents, any specific article, device, equipment, product, material, fixture, patented process, form, method, or type of construction is indicated or specified by name, make, trade name, or catalogue number, with or without the words'or equal', such specification shali be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating description of material. process. or article desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the words 'or equal'. 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B, Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt priorto final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION 011600-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIREPTION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' A. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. 1. The burden of proof as to the equality of any material, process or article shall rest with the Contractor, and the Contractor shall submit all data substantiating a request for an 'or equal' substitution item as provided in Section 3400 of the Public Contract Code. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product 1 Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for ' the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. D. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. ' 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 OWNER - SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient ' items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receiveand unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1 F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01600 -2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01600-3 1 1 l_1 ■ 1 I I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Cutting and patching. C. Surveying for laying out the work. D. Cleaning and protection. E. Starting of systems and equipment. F. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel. G. Closeout procedures, except payment procedures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2W6 A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. B. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures. C. Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties and bonds. D. Section 02225 - Demolition: Demolition of whole structures and parts thereof; site utility demolition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work. 1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work. 2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents. 3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record. C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. 2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in CALIFORNIA and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specific service on Project licensed in CALIFORNIA. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-1 • ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400313 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' B. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. ' C. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. , D. Pest Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work. E. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing , or invading premises. 1.06 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are , compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work ' which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. , F. Coordinate completion and clean -up of work of separate sections. G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of ' Owner's activities. PART PRODUCTS ' 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. , B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. ' C. Product Substitution•. For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01600. PART3 EXECUTION , 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent ' work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached. ' C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections. 01700 -2 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5787 -S D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over - ordering or misfabrication. E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations. F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. ' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. I B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate priorto applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner priorto applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. Verify locations of survey control points priorto starting work. B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. C. Protect survey control points priorto starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means: 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations; and 2. Grid or axis for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations; and H. Periodically verify layouts by same means. 1. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. ' 3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. ' C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. ' D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or ' EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S non - conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Employorginal insta Ile rto perform cutting for wea the r exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. H. Make neat transitions. Patchwork to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. 3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas priorto start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash /rubbish from site periodically and dispose off -site; do not burn or bury. 3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials. F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.08 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start -up of various equipment and systems. B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. 01700 -4 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S t C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E. Execute start -up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. ' F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. See Section 01820 -Demonstration and Training. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 3.11 FINAL CLEANING A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. D. Clean filters of operating equipment. ' E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste, surplus materials, trashlrubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ' A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. B. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion. C. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's review. D. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to Owner - occupied areas. E. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete. IF. Complete items of work determined by Architect's final inspection. END OF SECTION 1 ' EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01700-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Project Record Documents. B. Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Contract closeout procedures. C. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. D. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. 2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance. 3. Submit 1 copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission. 4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection. C. Warranties and Bonds: 1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with Owner's permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance. 2. Make other submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. 3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01780 -1 , RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH WON MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S ' C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction. D. Record information concurrent with construction progress. E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: 1. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. F. Record Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: 1. Field changes of dimension and detail. 2. Details not on original Contract drawings. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. ' B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. ' D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES ' A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish: B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning ' agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. ' 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System: 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. ' 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Operating Procedures: Include start -up, break -in, and routine normal operating instructions ' and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, And emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. ' C. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. D. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. F. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. G. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. ' H. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections. 3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. ' 01780B2 Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 QM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8 -112 x 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic: covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Consultants, and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of the volume. 3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. C. Co- execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents. END OF SECTION CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 01780-3 1 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 01820 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures; except 1. Make all submittals specified in this section, and elsewhere where indicated for commissioning purposes, directly to the Commissioning Authority. 2. Submit one copy to the Commissioning Authority, not to be returned. 3. Make commissioning submittals on time schedule specified by Commissioning Authority. 4. Submittals indicated as "Draft' are intended for the use of the Commissioning Authority in preparation of overall Training Plan; submit in editable electronic format, Microsoft ' Word 2003 preferred. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Instructor Qualificalions; Familiarwith design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and /or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment. ' 2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessa ry qua lification s. ' PART PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION END OF SECTION 1 C ' DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01820-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 W DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 01825 SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE PART 1GENERAL 1.01 CONDITIONS& REQUIREMENTS: A. The requirements of this Section relate to various requirements of the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications,- Drawings and all modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract. Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements shall be that of the Contractor. Refer to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements. 1.02 DESCRIPTION: A. This section provides guidelines and limitations for supporting all mechanical, electrical, plumbing, equipment or architectural items from the building structure, and for seismic bracing for aii such items. B. Design and install all support and bracing systems except as noted. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design systems to not overstress the building structure. C. The Contractor is not required to design support and bracing for items for which the contract documents provide specific attachment, support, and bracing. Seismic bracing is not required for the following items: 1. Gas piping less than 1" inside diameter. 2. Piping in boiler and mechanical equipment rooms less than 1.25" inside diameter. 3. All other piping less than 2.5" inside diameter, unless racked together. 4. All piping and duct suspended by individual hangers 12" or less in length. 5. All rectangle air handling ducts less than 6 square feet in cross sectional area. 6. All round air handling ducts less than 28" in diameter. 7. All electrical conduits less than 2.5" inside diameter, unless racked together. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design and install all support systems to comply with the seismic zone 4 requirements of the 1997 Uniform Building Code (UBC) Chapter 16, B. For seismic bracing design and gravity support design use the services of a professional engineer licensed in California. C. For seismic bracing for mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems, refer to the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA), "Seismic Restraint Manual: Guidelines For Mechanical Systems" for guidelines. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods. B. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Architect, prior to deviating from the requirements given below. C. For all seismic bracing systems and gravity support systems, submit structural calculations and details prepared and signed by the Contractor's licensed professional engineer which include all resultant forces applied to the building structure. Do not overstress the building structure. Calculations will be reviewed for compliance with design criteria only. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Fumish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations given below. Use materials as specified in the various sections and as appropriate to the use. SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE 01825-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE RION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' B. Channel framing systems: as specified in Section 05500. C. All exterior materials: hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GUIDELINES & LIMITATIONS: ' A. The General Contractor shall coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that no combination of loads exceeds the limitations given below. B. Steel Structure: 1. Make no attachments to metal decking without written approval from the Architect. If requested, inserts shall be provided where concrete fill occurs or stiffeners welded where roof insulation occurs. Submit supported weights and details as required for such approval. 2. Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span. 3. At both the floor and the roof for open web steel joists, attachments may be at the upper or the lower truss chord (horizontal members at top and bottom of truss). Hang ' no loads from web members (the diagonal and vertical members between chords), including the end diagonal member where the lower chord is discontinuous. 4. Make the point of attachment at a panel point of the truss girders or joists (The panel ' points are the intersections of the horizontal chords with the diagonal or vertical web members). 5. Do no welding on any trusses. Use bolted or clamped type connections. ' 6. At all members (W beams and truss girders) hang all loads greater than 40 pounds concentric. At floor and roof open web steel joists, hang only concentric loads, not one side loaded. 7. Attach no loads greater than the following without specific approval of Architect: ' a. Wide flange floor framing: 500 pounds point load, 1000 pounds total for a single span. b. Wide flange roof framing: 300 pounds point load, 600 pounds total for a single ' span. c. Open web joists floor framing: 250 pounds point load, 500 pounds total for a single span. d. Open web joists roof framing: 250 pounds point load, 500 pounds total for a single span. C. In applying formulae (32 -1) or (32 -2) from the 1997 UBC the value for "Ip" (importance factor) ' shall be assumed to be no less than 1.5, unless a higher value is required by the UBC. D. Design and instal seismic bracing so as not to ground out vibration and sound isolation items. ' E. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 01825-2 SUPPORTING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • QM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004E13 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B - 5187 -S SECTION 02210 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Soils investigation at the site and use of data resulting from that investigation. 1.02 SOILS INVESTIGATION REPORT A. General: 1. A soils investigation report has been prepared for the site of this Work by Geotechnical Profefssionals, Inc. GPI Project Number 2002.1, dated May 13, 2005. 2. The soils investigation report is included for reference only. B. Use of Data: 1, This report was obtained only for the Architect's use in design and is not a part of the Contract Documents. 2. The report is available for bidder's information only, but is not a warranty of subsurface conditions. 3. Bidders should visit the site and acquaint themselves with existing conditions. 4. Prior to bidding, bidders may make their own subsurface investigations to satisfy themselves as to site and subsurface conditions, but such investifations m ay be performed only under time schedule and arrangements approved in advance by the Owner. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A construction soil engineer will be retained by the Owner to observe performance of work in connection with excavating, trenching, filling, backfilling and grading and to perform compaction tests. END OF SECTION SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 02210-1 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH F&ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 02225 DEMOLITION ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Building demolition__ B. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures. C. Hazardous material abatement and removal - refer to included report for hazardous materials supplied by Owner. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01100 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises. B. Section 01100 - Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re -use by Contractor. C. Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal. ' D. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation. ' E. Section 01700 -Execution Requirements: Project conditions; protection of benchmarks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products. 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. 29 CFR 1926 -U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. B. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; ' 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Site Plan: Showing: 1. Areas for temporary construction and field offices. ' C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction. ' 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01700. PART 2 PRODUCTS — NOT USED ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SCOPE A. Remove paving and curbs as required to accomplish new work. B. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling. C. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as required so that required rough grade elevations do not subside within one year after completion. 3.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of DEMOUTICNacent structures and the public. 02225-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT#3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Obtain required permits. 2. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 3. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 4. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 5. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 6. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 7. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property. B. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner. C. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 1. Provide bracing and shoring. 2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. 1 Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. D. Hazardous Materials: Comply with 29 CFR 1926 and state and local regulations. E. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials. 1. Dismantle existing construction and separate materials. 2. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse. F. Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface. 3.03 EXISTING tJfILITIES A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days priorwritten notification to Owner. E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or takeoffs that are in use without at least 3 days priorwritten notification to Owner. F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary. G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities. 3.04 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave skein clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind -blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION 02225 -2 DEMOLITION ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA ON TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 02230 SITE CLEARING PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Clear and grub the site as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 Earthwork, 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Public Works Association Southern California Chapters "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. 1. Part 3 — Construction Methods, Section 300 Earthwork. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. A Geotechnical Engineer will be retained by the Owner to observe performance of work in connection with Site Clearing, Grading, Excavation and Fill, Utility Trenching, Subgrade and Roadbed preparation, and perform compaction tests. B. Re- adjust work performed that does not meet technical or design requirements, but make no deviation from the contract documents without specific and written approval from the Architect. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Part I — General Provisions, Section 4 — Control of Materials.. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of ' this Section, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. B. Herbicide— Provide a dry, free - flowing, dust -free chemical compound, soluble in water, capable of inhibiting growth of vegetation, and approved for use on this work by ' governmental agencies having jurisdiction and the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper execution of the work. Do not proceed ' until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PROTECTION ' A. Protect existing utilities indicated or made known. B. Protect trees and shrubs, where indicated to remain, by providing a fence around the tree or shrub a sufficient distance away and of sufficient height so trees and shrubs will not be damaged in any way as part of this work. C. Protection of persons and property: 1. Barricade open depressions and holes occurring as part of this work, and post warning ' lights on property adjacent to or within public access. 2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. ' SITE CLEARING 02230-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 13 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by operations under this Section. D. Use means necessary to prevent dust from becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors, and to other work being performed on or near the site. E. Maintain access to the site at all times. 3.03 CLEARING A. Clearing and Grubbing 1. Remove all surface rocks, debris, trash, tree stumps, roots, and other vegetation within the extent of construction as indicated by the drawings. Do not remove vegetation in other areas. 2. Grub soils to a depth adequate to remove all deleterious material from the working area of the site. 3. Do not leave any root greater than one inch in diameter and larger in the ground to a depth of at least 12 inches below the exsiting ground surface or subgrade or themew greaded surface, whichever is lower except as specifically approved by the Engineer. Treat root remaining in the soil with a weed killer approved by the Architect. B. Removal of Debris: Remove all debris from the site in a legal manner and leave the site in a neat and orderly condition subject to the approval of the Contractor. Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on the job site. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. General: 1. Remove brush, grass, roots, trash, and other material from clearing operations. 2. Dispose of away from the site in a legal manner. 3. Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on the job site. B. Do not burn debris at the site. 3.05 UTILITIES A. Coordinate with utility companies and agencies as required. B. Protect existing utilities to remain. Do not interrupt service. C. Where utility cutting, capping, or plugging is required, perfonn such work in accordance with requirements of the utility company or government agency having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 02230 -2 SITE CLEARING ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAVI AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grading to site elevations shown, filling, backfilling and excavating as show on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02320 -Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting B. Section 02230 - Site Clearing 1.03 REFERENCES A. In addition to complying with all current applicable codes and regulations, including Appendix Chapter 33 of the Uniform Building Code, comply with applicable sections of the following: ' B. American Public Works Association Southern California Chapters "Greenbook" Standard Specific Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. 1. Part 3 — Construction Methods, Section 300 — Earthwork. ' C. City of Newport Beach Standard Improvement Specifications and Drawings. D. The Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared for this project. ' E. All of the above specifications shall be consulted. The most restrictive specification shall apply. ' 1.04 PROJECT/ SITE CONDITIONS A. General: 1. Contractor shall verify existing grades and dimensions before starting any grading operations. If any discrepancy exists, the Owners Authorized Representative shall be notified immediately. 2. Use all means necessary to protect all existing features, products, or items designated ' to remain, as well as all work of this Section. In the event of damage, repair or replace immediately to the approval of and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Protect trees and shrubs, where indicated to remain. 4. All existing benchmarks shall be protected and maintained throughout the course of the work. Monuments or stakes disturbed or destroyed during the course of the work shall be re- established without expense to the Owner. 5. Work shall be conducted as to avoid injury' to persons and damage to adjacent ' property. This includes, but is not necessarily limited to: a. Provide appropriate shoring, bracing, and barriers b. Barricade open depressions and holes occurring as part of this work, and post ' warning lights on property adjacent to or within public access. c. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. d. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining washout and other hazards created by operations under this Section. 6. An effort has been made to define the location of underground facilities within the job site. However, all existing utilities and other underground structures may not be shown on the drawings and their location where shown is approximate. Contractor shall assume sole and complete responsibility for locating all underground utilities and related facilities and for protection of same during the course of the construction. ' Contact Underground Service Alert U.S.A. of Southern California (800) 642 -2444 two working days prior to the start of construction for assistance from the respective utilities. All utilities not a member of U.S.A. must also be notified. ' EARTHWORK 02300-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 7. Any hauling permits required by the local jurisdiction must be obtained and paid for under this contract. Off -site, all local codes and ordinances must be followed. 8. Maintain access to the site at all times. 9. Erosion Control: If the permanent erosion control has not been established before the onset of the rainy season (October 15th) or if the construction occurs during the period between October 15th and April 15th, then erosion control devices shall be provided and available on -site. The Contractor is responsible for the placement of such devices, at no cost to the Owner. 1.06 PROTECTION AND SAFETY A. General: 1. Perform all work in accordance with all current regulations, including safety requirements of the California Administrative Code, Title 8, and California Labor Code, Div. 5, Part 3. 2. Comply with all current regulations of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA). 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use equipment adequate in s¢e, capacity, and numbers to accomplish the work in a timely manner. B. General: Equipment and methods used shall be subject to the Geotechnical Engineer's inspection, test and approval. C. Samples: Samples of all materials used shall be supplied and submitted for the Geotechnical Engineer's approval wherever specified or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. D. Testing: 1. The Ownerwill retain and pay a qualified Geotechnical Engineerto observe performance of work in connection with Site Clearing, Excavation, Fill, Utility Trenching, Subgrade and Roadbed preparation, and to perform compaction tests. 2. The Geotechnical Engineer shall take all field samples and do all laboratory testing necessary to insure compliance of the work to these Specifications or as required by the Engineer or other regulatory agencies. The Geotechnical Engineer shall submit results of all testing done during the course of the work to the Engineer and Contractor. 3. Notify testing laboratory a minimum of 48 hours in advance of testing required to satisfy requirements of this section. 4. Should testing specified above show work which does not satisfy these Specifications, the Contractor shall pay, through the Owner, for all additional tests required to determine the extent of work that is not satisfactory and for all additional tests necessary to demonstrate compliance with these specifications. E. Certification Upon Completion of the Work: Contractor shall certify in writing to the Owner and the Engineer that all earthwork was performed in accordance with this specification and as shown on drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Fill and Backfill Materials: Import soils shall be equal to, or better than, the on -site sails in strength, expansion, compressibility, and soil chemistry characteristics. In general, import material should be free of organic matter and deleterious substances, have 100% passing a two inch sieve, 60% to 100% passing a #4 sieve, no more than 20% passing a #200 sieve, an Expansion Index less than 20, a Liquid Limit less than 35, and a Plasticity Index less than 12. Import soils can be evaluated prior to their use, but will not be prequalified by the Geotechnical Engineer. Approval of import soils will be given only after the material is on the project, either in -place, or stockpiled in adequate quantity to complete the 02300-2 EARTHWORK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH F&ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 20D6 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 project. 2. Shrinkage because of excavation and compaction of the upper site soils is expected to be approximately 17 percent of any excavated of scarified site soils. This estimate is based upon compactive effort needed to produce an average degree of compaction of approximately 92 percent and may vary depending on Contractor methods. Losses from site clearing and grubbing operations may affect quantity calculations and shall also be taken in to account. The grading contractor shall verify shrinkage and earthwork yardage estimates. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CONDITIONS A. Inspection of Site: The Contractor shall priorto the bid, visit the site and personally determine the existing conditions, nature of materials to be encountered and all other facts concerning or affecting the work to be done under the Section. B. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper elimination of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Contractor shall verify, in field, all elevations, flow lines, points of connections. Any discrepancies shall be called to the Architect's attention before proceeding with the work 3.02 ROUGH EXCAVATION A. General: 1. Make all cuts in long uniform passes. 2. Edges of cut areas shall be benched so that the resulting overall slope (top to toe) does not exceed 2 horizontal to 1 vertical. B. Site Preparation 1. All vegetation, uncompacted fill, trash piles, pavements, abandoned underground utilities, and other debris shall be removed from the proposed grading areas. Underground utilities (water, sewer, stormdrain, electric, gas, cable, eta) are anticipated within or adjacent to the proposed construction area. These utilities shall be identified and relocated as required prior to performing excavations for any site grading or foundation excavations. All strippings and debris shall be removed form the site in order to preclude their incorporation in site fill or remedial excavation backfill. Depressions resulting from such removals shall have debris and loose soils removed and filled with suitable soils placed as recommended below. 2. Any active or abandoned water well shall be capped and abandoned in accordance with state law. Casings shall be cut off at least five feet below grade and the upper five feet shall be replaced with compacted soil. 3. Any seepage pits (i.e. cesspools) shall be removed in their entirety including any brick lining and any liquids or sediment remaining at the bottom of the pits. The void resulting from removal of the seepage pits shall be backfilled with suitable soils placed as recommended below. This may require ramping and/ or laying back side slopes to an angle to allow safe entry of personnel and equipment. Alternatively, seepage pit excavations may be backfilled with a low- cement concrete slurry mix or 'self - compacting' gravel to within 5 feet of proposed final grade or proposed footing elevations. The final five feet should consist of compacted engineered fill as described below. 4. In order to minimize potential settlement problems associated with structures supported on a non- uniform thickness of compacted fill, the geotechnical engineer shall be consulted for site grading recommendations relative to backfiiling large and /ordeep depressions resulting from removals under Item I. 5. To provide a more uniform bearing for the proposed structure foundations and slab -on grade construction, provide the following: a. Native soils and existing artificial fill beneath the proposed building areas, shall be EARTHWORK excavated to the deeper depth of either: 1) a minimum of two feet below th02300-3 e RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40Pd513 MARCH, 2006 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S bottom of proposed footings, 2) four feet below existing grade, or 3) four feet below pad elevation. Remedial excavations shall be performed to a distance of at lest five feet laterally beyond the building perimeter. The base of the remedial excavation across the building pad shall be a level elevation. Foundation plans and details shall be checked carefully during grading to establish the actual bottom of footing elevations in the field. b. All existing fill within the proposed building areas and traffic- bearing pavement areas shall be removed. The depth of fig was reported to be approximately four to sic feet in the northeast portion of the fire station. It should be realized that other areas of fill and deeper depths of fill material may be encountered at the time of grading. c. All exposed ground surfaces (subgrades) at the base of the remedial excavations shall be tested to verify that an "in -place dry density" ( "IPD ") of at least 100 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) is present If this density does not exist at the specified depth, additional excavation will be required until suitable subgrade densities are found. d. The bottom of the remedial excavation shall then be scarified (ripped) 6 inches and recompacted. e. The excavated soils may be reused to backfill the remedial excavations provided they are processed to remove any deleterious materials and debris, and are properly moisture conditioned and compacted. During replacement of the excavated soils in the remedial excavations, and recompaction of the scarified soils, the soils shall be moisture conditioned to near optimum moisture content and be uniformly compacted to at least 90% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557 test procedures using mechanical compaction equipment. To aid in the compaction operation, fig should be placed in lifts not exceeding sox inches compacted thickness. Compaction shall be verified by testing. f. The geotechnical consultants representative shall review the site grading prior to scarification of the bottom of the remedial excavation. Local variations in soil conditions may warrant increasing the depth of remedial excavation. Any deeper areas of loose soils shall be removed and be replaced as compacted, engineered fig. 6. Soils beneath any proposed traffic -bearing rigid pavement (Portland cement concrete), including a minimum lateral distance of at lest tow feet beyond pavement edges, shall be excavated a minimum of two feet below the existing grade or finished subgrade, whichever is lower. The bottom of the remedial excavation shall then be scarified (tipped) 6 inches. The scarified and excavated soils shall be moisture conditioned to nearoptimum moisture content and be uniformly compacted. The lower one to two feet may be compacted to at least 90% of maximum dry density, however, the upper one foot of soil beneath traffic - bearing pavement shall be compacted to at least 95% of maximum dry density using mechanical compaction equipment. Compaction shall be verified by testing, 7. Soils beneath any proposed exterior non - traffic bearing concrete flatwork (sidewalks, patios, walkways, etc.), including a minimum lateral distance of at least two feet beyond flatwork edges, shall be excavated a minimum of 12 inches below the existing grade or finished subgrade, whichever is lower. The bottom of the remedial soils shall be moisture conditioned to near optimum moisture content and be uniformly compacted to at least 90% of maximum dry density using mechanical compaction equipment. Compaction shall be verified by testing. C. Excavation: 1. Excavate existing material to plan and depth locations shown on drawings and defined in this specification. Surface shall be free of ruts, hummocks, and other uneven surface features. 2. All pumping areas, soft spots, organic deposits, and other unsuitable soils shall be removed as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. Voids created shall be scarified, compacted and filled per 3.05 below. 02300-4 EARTHWORK ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 19DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAIN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 3. Do not excavate beyond line and depth shown on drawings and as required by this specification. All over - excavation shall be replaced with fill material and compacted per 3.05 below, at no cost to the Owner. 4. All excavated surfaces shall be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer prior to proceeding with scarification and compaction, and prior to proceeding with fill placement. ' 5. Excavation at Paving Base Areas: Excavate all existing material as required to achieve specified finish grade and pavement assembly. Overexcavate, scarify and compact per thee specifications. 3.03 EXCAVATING A. Perform excavating of every type of material encountered within the limits of the Work to the lines, grades, and elevations indicated and specified herein. B. Standard construction techniques should be sufficient for site excavations. All excavations shall be made in accordance with applicable regulations (including CAL/OSHA). Project safety is the responsibility of the Contractor and the Owner. The Owner and The Architect ' will not be responsible for project safety. C. Unshored, unsurcharged, open excavations may be cut vertically to a maximum depth of no more than four feet. Excavations extending between four and ten feet deep shall be shored or sloped back from the base of the excavation to at least a one horizontal to one vertical (1 H:1 V) slope or flatter. If excavations dry cut, sloughing will occur. No excavation shall be made with a 1:1 line projected outward from the toe of any existing footing or structure. ' D. During the time excavations are open, no heavy grading equipment or other surcharge loads (i.e. excavation spoils) shall be allowed within a horizontal distance form the top of any slope equal to the depth of the excavation (both distances measured from the top of the ' excavation slope). E. Adequate measures shall be taken to protect any structural foundations, pavements, or utilities adjacent to any excavations. ' F. Surplus Materials: Dispose of unsatisfactory excavated materials, and surplus satisfactory excavated material, away from the site at disposal areas arranged and paid for by the ' Contractor. G. Excavation of Rock: 1. Where rocks, boulders, granite, or similar material is encountered, and where such material cannot be removed or excavated by conventional earth moving or ripping equ ipment, take required steps to proceed with the general grading operations of the Work, and remove or excavate such material by means which will neither cause additional cost to the Owner nor endanger buildings or structures whether on or off the ' site. 2. Do not use explosives without written permission from the Architect. ' H. Excavate and backfill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times. I. Ditches and Gutters 1. Cut accurately to the cross sections, grades, and elevations shown 2. Maintain excavations free from detrimental quantities of leaves, sticks, trash, and other debris until completion of the Work. 3. Dispose of excavated materials as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Geotechnical Engineer; except do not, in any case, deposit materials less than T -0° from the edge of a ditch. J. Unauthorized Excavation: 1. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific instruction from the Geotechnical Engineeror the Engineer. 2. Under footings, foundations, or retaining walls: EARTHWORK 02300 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40D4513 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S a. Fill unauthorized excavation by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom, without altering the required top elevations. b. When acceptable to the Geotechnical Engineer, lean concrete fill may be used to bring bottom elevations to proper position. 3. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations, unless otherwise directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.04 FILLING AND BACKFILLING A. Backfill excavations as promptly as progress of the Work permits, but not until: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade; 2. Inspecting, testing, approving, and recording locations of underground utilities; 3. Concrete formwork is removed; 4. Shoring and bracing are removed, and voids have been backfilled with satisfactory materials; 5. Trash and debris have been removed; and 6. Horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls. 3.05 FILL PLACEMENT A. General: 1. Spread and thoroughly blend and fill materials, including backfill, after achieving proper moisture content. 2. Lifts shall not exceed eight (8) inches in uncompacted thickness. 3. Prior to compaction, bring fill to proper moisture content ( +/- 3% of optimum) by aeration or moistening. 4. Compact each lift to uniform compaction throughout each lift. 5. All tests shall be performed by the Geotechnical Engineer in accordance with ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2922 and D 3017. 6. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or containing frost or ice. 7. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, to required elevations. 8. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures by carrying the material uniformly around the structures to approximately the same elevation in each lift. 9. All fill shall be placed under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer in accordance with these specifications. 3.06 PROCEDURES A. Utilities: 1. Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor prior to excavating. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. All existing utility facilities to remain shall be raised or lowered as necessary to match finish grade. 3. If active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not interrupted. 4. If service is interrupted as a result of Work under this Section, immediately restore service by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Architect and secure instructions. 6. Dc not proceedwith permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are received from the Architect. B. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of this Work, and post warning lights on property adjacent to or with public access. 2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise 02300 -6 required. EARTHWORK ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, washout, and other hazards created by operations under this Section. C. Dewatering: 1. Remove all water, including rain water, encountered during trench and substructure work to an approved location by pumps, drains, and other approved methods. ' 2. Keep excavations and site construction area free from water. 3.07 DUST CONTROL A. Dust control is to be maintained by an appropriate moisture content at all times upon commencementof work, including periods of suspension of work, until final acceptance of the project by the City of Newport Beach. Dust control shall be maintained to the satisfaction of the City of Newport Beach. B. Water trucks or sprinkler systems shall be used in sufficient quantities to prevent airborne dust from leaving the construction site. ' C. All dirt stockpiles shall be sprayed at least twice per day. Spraying should occur in the morning and in the afternoon after completion of daily activities. If wind speeds exceed 15 MPH, the frequency of spraying shall be increased. 3.08 COMPACTING A. Control soil compaction during construction to provide the minimum percentage of density ' specified for each area as determined according to ASTM D1557, B. Provide not less than the following maximum densityof soil material compacted at optimum moisture content for the actual density of each layer of soil material in place, and as ' approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 1. Structures: a. All compact soils beneath the proposed new building section shall be compacted to a minimum 95% of maximum density. b. Lawn and Unpaved Areas: 1) Compact the top 8" of subgrade and each layer of Till material or backfill material at 90% of maximum density. ' c. Walks: 1) Compact the top 12" of subgrade and each layer of fill material or backfill material at 95% of maximum density. ' d. Pavements: 1) Compact the top 12" of subgrade and each layer of fill material or backfill material at 95% of maximum density. ' C. Moisture Control: 1. Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture - conditioned before compacting, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layerof soil material to ' prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compacting operations. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compacting to the specified density. 3. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compacting may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value as determined by moisture - density relation tests approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.09 DRAINAGE CONTROLS A. Provide all necessary temporary apparatus, pumps, curbs, or ditches as required to divert or convey water from any source away from the work. Do not allow water from any source to accumulate within or damage earthwork. 3.10 FINISH SITE GRADING( PROTECTION EARTHWORK 02300-7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. General: 1. Grade all surfaces on the site where indicated and within the construction areas to elevations indicated and as required to insure proper drainage and disposal of surface water. Shape grades to drain away from buildings at minimum 2% slope, as shown on drawings, or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. After grading is completed, and the Geotechnical Engineer has finished observation of the work, no further excavation or filling shall be done except with the review of, and under the observation of, the Geotechnical Engineer. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent erosion of the freshly graded areas during construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed. 3.11 FINISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Part I — General Provisions, Section 2 -9, Surveying. 3.12 TOLERANCES A. Earthwork: 1. All rough grading shall be placed to a vertical tolerance of plus or minus one -tenth (.1) foot. 2. All rough grading shall be placed to a horizontal tolerance of plus or minus one -half (5) foot. 3.13 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. Secure the Geotechnical Engineer's inspection and approval of subgrades and fill layers before subsequent construction is permitted thereon. B. Provide at least the following tests to the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer: 1. At paved areas, at least one field density test for every 2000 sq ft of paved area, but not less than three tests; 2. In each compacted fill layer, one field density test for every 2000 sq It of overlaying paved area, but not less than three tests. C. If, in the Geotechnical Engineer's opinion, based on reports of the testing laboratory, subgrade or fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional compacting and testing under the provisions of Section 4, Control of Materials. 3.14 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Newly Graded Areas: 1. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion, and keep free from trash and weeds; 2. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to the specified tolerances. B. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify the surface, reshape, and compact to the required density priorto further construction. 3.15 CERTIFICATION A. Upon completion of this portion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to the Engineer a written report from the Geotechnical Engineer certifying that the compaction requirements have been obtained. State in the report the area of the fill or embankment, the compaction density obtained, and the type or classification of fill material placed. END OF SECTION 02300-8 EARTHWORK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 02320 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Trenching, backfilling and compacting as required for installation of underground utilities 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 A. Section 02210 -Subsurface Investigations B. Section 02230 - Site Clearing C. Section 02300 - Earthwork A. American Public Works Association Southern California Chapter's "Greenbook" Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. B. City of Newport Beach Standard improvement Specifications and Drawings, latest edition. C. The Geotechnical Eginering Report and the Geotechnical Engineer. D. All of the above specifications shall be consulted. The most restrictive specification shall apply. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Complying with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, comply with the recommendations of the Geotechnical Engineer. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 4, Control of Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 Soil Materials A. Fill and backfill materials: 1. Provide soil materials free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no rocks or lumps over 2" in greatest dimension. 2. Stormdrain backfill material shall be Class I graded or crushed stone or crushed pea gravel with little or no fines per ASTM D2321. The material shall meet the minimum standards listed below: Sieve Size Percentage Passing Sieve 3/4" 90-100 117' 30-60 3/8" 0 -20 No. 4 0 -10 No. 200 0 -5 3. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer, and is that material removed from excavations or imported from off -site borrow areas, predominantly granular, non - expansive soils, free from roots and other deleterious matter. 4. Do not permit rocks having a dimension greater than 1" in the upper 12" of fill. 5. Cohesionless Material Used for Structural Backfill: Provide sand free from organic material and other foreign matter, and as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 6. Bedding material shall meet the minimum standards listed below: Sand Equivalent 20 Sieve Size Percentage Passing Sieve ' TRENCHING, BACKFILLMG AW COMPACTING 100 02320-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 No. 4 No. 200 2.02 OETHERMATERIALS 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S BO -100 0 -15 A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 FURNISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES A. Comply with pertinent provision of Part I — General Provisions, Section 2 -9, Surveying.. 3.03 Procedures A. Utilities: 1. Unless shown to be removed, protect active utility lines shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor priorto trenching. If damaged, repair or replace at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. if active utility lines are encountered, and are not shown on the Drawings or otherwise made known to the Contractor, promptly take necessary steps to assure that service is not interrupted. 3. If service is interrupted as a result of work under this Section, immediately restore service by repairing the damaged utility at no additional cost to the Owner. 4. If existing utilities are found to interfere with the permanent facilities being constructed under this Section, immediately notify the Achitect and secure instructions. 5. Do not proceed with permanent relocation of utilities until written instructions are received from the Architect. B. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Barricade open holes and depressions occurring as part of the Work, and post warning lights on property adjacent to or with public access. 2. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. 3. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, washout, and other hazards created by operations under this Section. C. Dewatering: 1. Remove all water, including rain water, encountered during trench and substructure work to an approved location by pumps, drains, and other approved methods. 2. Keep excavations and site construction area free from water. D. Maintain access to adjacent areas at all times. 3.04 TRENCHING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 02300, Earthwork, and the provisions of this Section. B. Provide sheeting and shoring necessary for protection of the Work and for the safety of personnel. 1. Prior to backfilling, remove all sheeting. 02320-2 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FWESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA NAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 2. Do not permit sheeting to rennin in the trenches except when, in the opinion of the Architect, field conditions or the type of sheeting or methods of construction such as use of concrete bedding are such as to make removal of sheeting impracticable. In such cases, the Architect may permit portions of sheeting to be cut off and remain in the trench. C. Open Cut: 1. Excavate for utilities by open cut 2. If conditions at the site prevent such open cut, and if approved by the Architect, trenching may be used 3. Short sections of a trench may be tunneled if, in the opinion of the Architecr, the conductor can be installed safely and backfill can be compacted properly into such tunnel. ' 4. Where it becomes necessary to excavate beyond the limits of normal excavation lines in order to remove boulders or other interfering objects, backfill the voids remaining after removal of the objects as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 5. When the void is below the subgrade for the utility bedding, use suitable earth materials ' and compact to the relative compaction directed by the soil engineer, but in no case to a relative compaction less than 90 %. 6. When the void is in the side of the utility trench or open cut, use suitable earth or sand ' compacted, or consolidated as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, but in no case to a relative compaction less than 90 %. 7. Remove boulders and other interfering objects, and backfill voids left by such removals, at no additional cost to the Owner. 8. Excavating for appurtenances: a. Excavate for manholes and similar structures to a distance sufficient to leave at least 12" clear between outer surfaces and the embankment or shoring that may be used to hold and protect the banks. b. Overdepth excavation beyond such appurtenances that has not been directed will be considered unauthorized. Fill with sand, graved, or lean concrete as directed by ' the Geotechnical Engineer, and at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Trench to the minimum width necessary for proper installation of the utility, with sides as nearly vertical as possible. Accurately grade the bottom to provide uniform bearing for the ' utility. E. Depressions 1. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after the trench has been graded. Provide uniform bearing for the pipe on prepared bottom of the trench. 2. Except where rock is encountered, do not excavate below the depth indicated or specified. ' 3. Where rock is encountered, excavate rods to a minimum overdepth of 4 inches below the trench depth indicated or specified. F. Where utility runs traverse public property or are subject to governmental or utility company jurisdiction, provide depth, bedding, over, and other requirements as set forth by legally constituted authority having jurisdiction, but in no case less than the depth shown in the Contract Documents. ' G. Cover: 1. Provide minimum trench depth indicated below to maintain a minimum cover over the top of the installed item below the finish grade or subgrade: ' a. Areas Subject to Vehicular Traffic: 1) Sanitary sewers: 48 "; 2) Storm drains: 36 ". b. Areas Not Subject to Vehicular Traffic. 1) Sanitary sewers: 30 "; 2) Storm drains: 18 ". c. AIIAreas: TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02320-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4tH7A513 � CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT#3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1) Waterlines: 30"; 2) Natural gas lines: 24 "; 3) Electrical cables: 42 "; 4) Electrical ducts: 36 ". d. Where the minimum cover is not provided, encase the pipes in concrete as indicated. Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2,500 psi. e. Concrete Encased: 1) Pipe sleeves for water and gas lines: 24 "; 2) Sanitary sewers and storm drains: 12"; 3) Electrical ducts: 24 ". 2. Where utilities are under a concrete structure slab or pavement, the minimum depth need only be sufficient to completely encase the conduit or pipe sleeve, and electrical long- radius rigid metal conduit riser, provided it will not interferewith the structural integrity of the slab or pavement. 3.05 BEDDING A. Comply with Part 3 — Construction Methods, Section 306 -1.2, Installation of Pipe.. B. Bedding material, approved by the Geotechnical Engineer and meeting the minimum standards listed in Section 2.01.5 above, shall be deposited and compacted to 90% relative compaction in the trench uniformly on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench and to a depth of 12 inches over the top of the pipe. For pipes larger than 48" diameter, bedding material shall be placed up to spring -line. 3.06 BACKFILLING A. General 1. Do not completely backfill trenches until required pressure and leakage tests have been performed, and until the utilities systems as installed conform to the requirements specified in the pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 2. Except as otherwise specified or directed for special conditions, backfill trenches to the ground surface with selected material approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Reopen trenches that have been improperly backfilled, to a depth as required for proper compaction. Refill and compact as specified, or otherwise correct to the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer. 4. Do not allow or cause any of the Work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed by work of this Section prior to required inspections, tests, and approvals. 5. Should any of the Work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been approved, uncover all such Work and, after approvals have been made, refill and compact as specified, all at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Lower Portion of Trench: 1. Deposit approved backfill and bedding material in layers of 6" maximum thickness, and compact with suitabletampers to the minimum density directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Take special care in backfilling and bedding operations to not damage pipe and pipe coatings. C. Remainder of Trench: 1. Except for special materials for pavements, backfill the remainder of the trench with material free from stones larger than 4" or 34 the layered thickness, whichever is smaller, in any dimension. 2. Deposit backfill materials in layers not to exceed 6 inches in thickness, and compact each layer to the minimum density directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. It shall be compacted to a relative compaction of 90% for the remainder of the trench, except that the top 12" shall be brought to 95% compaction. The backfill under and around any and all pipes shall be thoroughly consolidated before atnhhy additi(oeneatl material is placed. 02320 -4 Adjacent to Buildings: Mechanically compact acEVl M�ia,tigAf tILLfN�,IdA COMPACTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Consolidation of backfill by jetting with water is not be permitted, when specifically approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, in areas other than building and pavement areas. 3.07 TEST FOR DISPLACEMENT OF SEWERS AND STORMDRAINS A. Check sewers and stormdrains to determine whether displacement has occurred after the trench has been backfilled to above the pipe and has been compacted as specified. B. Flash a light between manholes or, if the manholes have not yet been constructed, between the locations of the manholes, by means of a flashlight or by reflecting sunlight with a mirror. C. If the illuminated interior of the pipe line shows poor alignment, displaced pipes, or any other defects, correct the defects to the specified conditions and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.08 PIPEJACKING A. The Contractor may, at his option, install steel pipe casings, tongue - and -groove reinforced concrete pipes, and steel pipes under existing roads or pavements by jacking into place using procedures approved by the governmental agencies having jurisdiction and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.09 TUNNELING OPERATIONS A. The Contractor may, at his option, tunnel pipes into position using procedures approved by the Geotechnical Engineer and the governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 3.10 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. The Geotechnical Engineerwill inspect and approve open cuts and trenches before installation of utilities, and will make the following tests: 1. Assure that trenches are not backfilled until all tests have been completed; 2. Check backfllling for proper layerthickness and compaction; 3. Verify that test results conform to the specified requirements, and that suff icient tests are performed; 4. Assure that defective work is removed and properly replaced. END OF SECTION ' TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 02320-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 9 OM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 02480 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PART GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and the Provisions of Bid and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, shall apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all material, labor, equipment and services necessary for the furnishing and installation of a complete planting installation, as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. The work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Finish grading of landscaped areas. 2. Soil amendment. 3. Sub - drains. 4. Drain rock. 5. Planting. 6. Sand and soil mix. 7. Decorative bark. 8. Root control barrier. 9. Maintenance through Final Acceptance. 10. Warranty replacement. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02476 - Automatic Irrigation System 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Site Soil: All existing soil on the site. B. Imported Topsoil: All topsoil imported to the site to meet finish grade requirements in the planting areas. C. Soil Mix: Homogenous mixture of specific components for use as a planting medium. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Laboratory: Recognized laboratory for soil and plant disease analysis for ornamental horticulture, approved by the Engineer. Testing laboratory is to perform all work in accordance with the current methods of the Association of Official Chemists. 1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable provisions of the following: 1. Nomenclature: "An Annotated Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California, Washington, and Oregon ", Mathias and McClintock, California Agricultural Experimental Station Extension Service, University of California, 1979, Publication No. 4091. 2. Staking and Guying Procedures: "Staking Landscape Trees', University of California Extension Publication #2576. 3. Pruning Procedures: "Pruning Landscape Trees', University of California Extension Publication #2574. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 — Supplemental General Requirements. Review or acceptance, as specified, by the Engineer is required prior to commencement of work. LAND8CAITaRip*ffII%bmit the following to the Ownerfor acceptance: 02486-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Drain Rock: One -half cubic foot. 2. Wood Bark Mulch: One -half cubic foot. 3. Root Control Barrier: One square foot sample panel, accompanied by product data. ' C. Product Data: Submit the following product information to the Owner for acceptance: 1. Tree Ties: Manufacturer's literature. 2. Guy anchors, turn buckles, cable and cable clamps: Manufacturer's literature. 3. Turf. Dealer's guaranteed analysis of content including statement of seed composition, moisture and percentage of purity and germination of each variety. Submit separate analyses for seed and sod. D. Test Reports: Provide the following tests and submit the results to the Engineer: Test reports are to be the test number specified, as provided by Soil and Plant Laboratory, Santa Ana, CA, or approved equal. 1. Existing Site Soil: Provide tests upon request by the Engineer. Test A05, for agricultural suitability, fertility, particle size analysis; including recommendations for soil amendment, and fertilization during the maintenance period. 2. Import Soil: Submit test reports of representative sample(s) for approval priorto delivery and for every 100 yards delivered to the site. Test A05, for agricultural suitability, fertility, particle size analysis; including recommendations for soil amendment, and fertilization during the maintenance period. . 3. Organic Amendments, Fir Bark: Test A08: Partial organic amendment evaluation. 4. All Other Fertilizers and Amendments: For standard products, submit manufacturer's analysis. For all other products, submit analysis by testing laboratory. 5. Sand: Test A-02, agricultural suitability; Test A -20 -1: Particle size, US sieve system, percent by weight. E. Herbicides: Submit manufacturer's analysis. The Engineer must approve schedule for application of herbicides. F. Soil Mix: Submit separate one - gallon samples of each accepted soil mix component and one -ounce samples of the fertilizers to the Engineer. Samples will be combined in the specified proportion by the testing laboratory, and tested to establish standards to which all batches of soil mix used on the job shall conform. Thereafter, submit test of a representative sample from every batch mixed, minimum one report for every 100 yards ' mixed. Test A01: Agricultural fertility. 1.08 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Fertilizers and Amendments: Store fertilizers and amendments, bark mulch, soil mixes, and other materials which could stain concrete and similar surfaces in such a manner that staining does not occur. ' B. Plants: Maintain all plant material in a healthy growing condition priorto and during planting operations. Protect plants at all times from sun and drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immediately upon delivery shall be kept in the shade, well protected and watered. ' Plant material delivered to the site must be planted within 3 days of site delivery. Plants that cannot be installed on this work schedule shall be returned to the grower until installation requirements can be met. 1.09 SBUSTITIONS, ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS A. General: Submit proposals for substitutions in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 Specification Sections. Acceptance by the Engineer is required prior to proceeding with the work under this Section. B. The Engineer reserves the right to substitute plant material of sizes similar to material specified, as the work progresses, at no additional cost to the Owner. ' 1.10 WARRANTY A. General: Become familiar with the anticipated growing conditions prior to commenoementof '02480-2 work. Notify the Engineer immediately in writing of any conditions that �AbtW rVIAANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S proper execution of the warranty responsibilities specified. Failure to so notify the Engineer constitutes acceptance of the growing conditions. Any removal, repair or replacement of plant material required by unsuitable conditions found after work has begun shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Requirements: 1. Plant Material: Warrant that all plant material under this Contract will be vigorous, healthy, free of dead or dying branches and branch tips, bearing foliage of normal density and color, and will otherwise comply with the specifications in PART 2 PRODUCTS of this Section, for a period of one year from date of Final Acceptance. Any delay in completion of planting operations, which extends the planting into more than one growing season, shall extend the warranty period correspondingly. 2. Replacements: Without cost to the Owner, in a timely manner and as directed by the Engineer, replace all plants not meeting the requirements above during and at the end of the warranty period. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same species in size and shall complywith all requirements of this specification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLANTS A. General: Plants shall be nursery grown in accordance with good horticultural practices under climatic conditions similar to those of project for at least one year unless otherwise approved by Owner. B. Acclimatization: The Contractor is responsible for supplying plant material that has been properly acclimated and conditioned, in accordance with good horticultural practices, for the exposure, wind and humidity levels, soil conditions, etc., encountered at the project site and in the proposed plant location. C. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate his acclimatization schedule with the Engineer as to allow an adequate conditioning period for the plant material priorto the approved date of planting commencement. Notify the Engineer in writing prior to proceeding with any acclimatization work if approved work schedule allows insufficient time to acclimate the material. D. Quality: Plants shall be superior in form, compactness and symmetry; sound, healthy and vigorous, well branched and densely foliated when in leaf; free of disease, insect pests, eggs or larvae, and free from physical damage or adverse conditions that would prevent thriving growth. E. Size: 1. Plants shall conform to container sizes specified on plans. 2. Plants larger than specified may be used it approved by the Engineer, and if provided at no additional cost to the Owner. If larger plants are approved, the root ball shall be in proportion to the size of the plant; irrigation system shall also be adjusted as required to accommodate larger plants per industry standard, in accordance with Section 02476 — Automatic Irrigation System. F. Species: Tag each plant priorto delivery to the site; label with genus, species and variety. Any plants not so identified will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. Replace all plant material determined by the Ownerwithin two years following the final acceptance of the project, to be untrue to the species, clone and /or variety specified, to the equal condition of adjacent plants at the time of replacement, at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Root Ball: 1. Do not supply any bare root or ball and burlapped stock unless approved by the Engineer. 2. Sizes: Supply material in container sizes specified on the plans. 3. Material: Root ball shall consist of a soil or soil mix that is compatible with the soil or soil mix into which the plant will be planted, and that provides for thorough drainage, LANDSCAPE PI-MM' and adequate moisture and nutrient retention. Having sufficient densit MOO ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE PION AND TRAINING FACILITY t CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S firmness that when planted, the plant will stand upright and stable without need for additional support. 4. Containers: All plant material shall have been grown in the containers in which delivered for at least sic months, but not over two years. Containers for trees shall be constructed to the specified dimensions in such a mannerthat the resultant root ball will approximate the slopes into which the individual tree(s) is to be planted. H. Trunks and Branches: Do not prune plants before delivery. All trunks are to be straight and of uniform taper, larger at the bottom unless otherwise specified. Plants with damaged or crooked leaders, or multiple leaders, unless specified, will be rejected. Plants with ' abrasions of the bark, sun scalds, disfiguring knots, or fresh cuts of limbs over 3M inch, which have not completely callused, will be rejected. Any plant unable to stand upright without support will be rejected. I. Do all work necessary to bring and maintain material in conformance with the requirements of this Section. 2.02 GRASS A. Sod: One year old, dense with grass having been mowed at one -inch height before lifting from field. B. Grown on fumigated soil. C. Sod is to be in vigorous condition, dark green in color, free of disease, weeds and harmful insects. D. Grass mixture to be 90% fescue and 10% blue grass. Sod shall be: "Marathon' as available from AG Sod Farms Inc., (800)- 233 -5254, or accepted equal. 2.03 SOILS AND BACKFILL A. General: All soils to be used in areas to be planted on the project shall be free of rocks over one inch in diameter, and free of foreign debris. Soil shall be free from sub -soil, refuse, plants or roots, clods, weeds, viable weed seeds, sticks, solvents, petroleum products, concrete, base rock, or other deleterious or extraneous material. Soil shall be free of soil -borne diseases, and capable of sustaining healthy plant life. B. Imported Topsoil: 1. Topsoil shall be fertile, friable soil of loamy character, containing an amount of organic matter normal to the region. All imported topsoil used on the job shall be from the same source. 2. Make all arrangements for obtaining and testing imported topsoil. Submit test results of a representative sample of the proposed supply for approval by the Engineer well in advance of its scheduled delivery to the site. The approved sample will establish the standards to which all imported topsoil used on the job must conform. 3. Do all work necessary to bring imported topsoil to standards specified above. 4. Transport imported topsoil directly from source to final position. If stockpiling is required, the Engineerwill designate locations and amounts of stockpiles. 5. The Engineer reserves the right to take additional samples of imported topsoil at the site. If subsequent testing proves material to be at variance with the approved sample, remove rejected soil from the site and replace immediately at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Soil Mix: The following ingredients, thoroughly blended into a homogeneous mix: Amount Ingredient 0.5 cubic yards Nitrogen Stabilized Fine Fir Bark as Specified 1 cubic yard Imported Topsoil as Specified 3 pounds Single Superphosphate 0 -20 -0 1 pound Calcium Nitrate 15.5 -0 -0 1 pound Iron Sulfate 8 pounds Kaiser 65 Dolomite Lime 02480-4 LANDSCAPE PLANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • *M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 5pounds Tri- CHumate 2.04 SOIL ADDITIVES A. Nitrogen Stabilized Fine Fir Bark: Meeting the following specifications: 1. Particle Size (dry weight basis): Sieve Size Percent Passing 6.35 mm (1/4 inch) 95-100 2.38 mm (No. 8, 8 mesh) 50-80 500 micron (No. 35, 32 mesh) 0-25 2. Organic Content Determined by ash analysis. Minimum 92% based on dryweight. 3. Nitrogen: Minimum 0.8% nitrogen based on dryweight. 4. Salinity: Maximum saturation extract conductivity 3.5 millimhos per cm at 25 degrees centigrade. 5. Iron: Minimum 0.08% dilute acid soluble Fe based dry weight, if iron treated. 6. Bulk Density: 400 pounds per cubic yard. 2.05 FERTILIZERS AND AMENDMENTS A. Mycorrhizal Inoculum in Paks: 7 -gram paks with a blend of endo and ecto fungi, with humic acids manufactured by Tri -C Enterprises, LLC., Chino, CA, and available through, Target Specialty, United Greenmark, Normac, Ewing Irrigation, or Hydro-scape Products, B. Commercial Grade Fertilizers: Granular type as available from Best Products or approved equal. C. Ammonium Sulfate: 21 -0 -0. Caution: Ammonium sulfate fertilizer will burn leaves if applied to wet foliage. Apply to and around dry foliage only, and follow with an immediate and thorough watering -in by irrigation. D. Iron Sulfate: Ferric sulfate, containing minimum 18% to 20% iron expressed as elemental. Caution: Iron sulfate will stain concrete, granite, stucco and tile surfaces. Avoid contact between these surfaces and any soil mix containing iron sulfate. After iron sulfate application, broom or air blow all such surfaces free of material before any water application including any impending rains. E. Calcium Carbonate Lime: Ground oyster shell flour type. F. Tri-C Humate: An organic granular soil conditioner w /minimum 40% humic acids; includes minerals, carbon, and organic matter. G. Tri -C 6- 2 -4w/5% S: A soil conditioner and fertilizer blend w/ minimum 20 % humic acids. NPK ratio of 6 -2-4, with an additional 5% Sulfur. 2.06 MATERIALS A. General: All materials supplied shall be free of deleterious and extraneous substances including contaminants detrimental to plant growth, such as excess salts, boron, solvents, etc. B. Drain Rock: 3/4 -inch diameter river rods or approved equal. C. Guying and Staking Materials: 1. Tree Stakes: Steel tree stakes shall be "The Reddy Stake System" as available from Decorations for Generations, Inc., Screw Tight Post, Turlock CA (209- 634 - 7791), or accepted equal. 2. Stakes for Sodding: 1 x 1 x 6" pine, or 6" lengths of lath. 1 Guying Cable: 1 x 19 aircord, diameter as specified under Execution. 4. Turnbuckles: Galvanized, size as specified under Execution. 5. Cable Clamps: Galvanized or copper, size as required. 6. Plastic Guy Markers: 1/2 -inch diameter x 16 -inch long white PVC pipe. 7. Guy Anchors: "Universal Ground Anchors ", as manufactured by Laconia Malleable Iron Company, Laconia, NH, Duckbill Anchor as manufactured by Foresight Industries, Inc., LANDSCAPE PLN nn, CO, Model 88 -1313-1, or approved equal. 02480-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE IRTION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 8. Rubber Guy Covers: 1/2 -inch diameter black rubber tubing. Minimum length 6 inches longer than circumference of limb the guy cover is attached to. D. Water: Clean, potable and free of deleterious matter. E. Pre - Emergent Herbicide: For all on -grade ground cover and shrub areas, provide "Surflan A.S." as manufactured by Elanco Products Co., Indianapolis, IN, with no acceptable substitutions. Apply per manufacturer's instructions. F. Tree Paint: "Tree Seal" by Morrison, "Flexiblac 3230" as manufactured by Samuel Cabot, Inc., Boston, MA, Ortho "Pruning Seal ", or approved equal. G. Anti - Desiccant: For retarding excessive loss of plant moisture and inhibiting wilt, sprayable, water insoluble vinyl - vinyledine complex which will produce a moisture regarding barrier. Forming at temperatures commonly encountered out-of -doors during planting season. Film thus formed shall have a mvt (moisture vapor transmission rate) of not more than 10 grams per 24 hours at 70 percent humidity. Furnish evidence that the material can be used safely on plants specified. H. Hardware: 1. All hardware required for fabrication and erection including brackets, hangers, hinges, fasteners, and nails to be hot -dip galvanized. 2. Screws, nuts, bolts and washers to be stainless steel. Root Control Barrier: "Deep Root Control Barrier', stock number U624 -2 as manufactured by Deep Root Corp., 15040 Golden West Circle, Westminister, CA 92683 (714) 898 -0563, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Pre- Construction Conference: Schedule a pre - construction conference with the Engineerat least 7 days before beginning work under this Section. Submit written request for conference at least 7 days priorto proposed time of conference. Purpose of this conference is to review questions Contractor may have regarding the work, administrative procedures during construction and project work schedule. B. Progress Observations: In addition to the installation observations specified below, the Engineerwill make periodic progress observations. C. Installation Observations: Specifically requested the following observations: 1. Observation of subgrade prior to placement of fill soil. 2. Observation of planter backfill and finish grading prior to planting. 3. Observation of lath- staked plant material. 4. Observation of plant material upon delivery to the site. 5. Observation of layout and placement of plant material at time of planting. 6. Observation of staking / guying procedures. 7. Observation of sod / seed bed. D. Maintenance Observations: For the purpose of establishing the 90 -day maintenance period and observing completion of the work of this Section through Final Acceptance. Four separate field visits occurring chronologically as follows: 1. Observation for Maintenance Period Commencement. 2. 30 -Day Progress Observation. 3. 60 -Day Progress Observation. 4. Final Maintenance Observation. 3.02 ORDERING, REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE OF PLANT MATERIAL A. Ordering: 1. Within 30 days after award of contract, submit written certification to the Engineerof the quantity and species of plant material ordered, and the nursery(s) supplying the 02480-6 material. LANDSCAPE PLANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 em DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. The Contractor is responsible for providing all plant material in the quantities and sizes specified on the drawings, and for making all arrangements in advance that may be required to obtain these materials. If any material specified will be unavailable at the time of planting, submit written verification to the Engineer along with the bid. B. Review of Plant Material: Before planting operations begin, the Engineer shall review all plant materials for conformance to the design intent of the Contract Documents. Submit written request for review of plant material at least 10 days prior to commencementof planting operations. Review by the Engineer does not waive the Owner's right of rejection during planting or any time thereafter. C. Rejection of Material: The Engineer reserves the right to review and reject plant material at any time, and at the place of growth, for nonconformance to the Specifications. Do not instal plant material that has not been reviewed at the project site by the Engineer. 3.03 FINISH GRADING A. General: All areas to be planted on the project shall be free of rocks over one inch in diameter to a depth of 8" minimum below finish grade, and free of foreign debris, subsoil, refuse, plants or roots, clods, weeds, sticks, solvents, petroleum products, concrete, base rock, or other deleterious or extraneous material. Areas to be planted shall be free of soil -borne diseases and capable of sustaining healthy plant life. Do all work necessary to bring site soil and import soil to compliance with these requirements. Remove from the project site and dispose of in a legal manner any soils and material not meeting these requirements. Subject to acceptance of the Engineer, all soil and material not meeting these requirements shall be the property of the Contractor. B. Surface Drainage: Contractor is responsible for proper surface drainage of planted areas. Report in writing to the Engineer any discrepancies in the Contract Documents, obstructions on the site, or any other conditions that the Contractor feels prevent establishing proper drainage, and obtain the Engineer's instructions prior to proceeding with the work affected. C. Final Contouring: 1. Handle and place the soil to depths required. Remove all rocks and clods over one inch in diameter. Provide for surface drainage and cut all necessary drain swales. 2. Work soil sufficiently so that after rolling and after full settlement has occurred, the site will be graded to within ±010 of afoot from the lines, grades and elevations shown, and as may be directed by the Engineer. Finished surface shall be smooth and uniform and shall be free of depressions that retain standing water or any surface irregularities that would impede proper drainage. Unless otherwise noted, all soil finish grades shall be 1 -1/2 inches below finish grade of adjacent walks, pavements and curbs, and top of wall elevations. D. Erosion Repair: Repair all erosion damage that occurs until Final Acceptance. Take all measures necessary to prevent erosion occurring during work under this Section. Provide and amend replacement soil in accordance with this Section. E. Cross -Rip: Cross -rip all planting areas to a minimum depth of 12 inches. F. Fill Areas: The Engineer will observe all subgrade prior to placement of fill soil. Thoroughly scarify and cross -rip all areas to receive fill to a depth of 12 inches prior to placement of fill. 3.04 SOIL AMENDMENT A. General: 1. Soil amendments and fertilizers shall be provided as recommended in the required soil tests performed by the approved testing laboratory. 2. After finish grading operations are completed, obtain required soils test and submit test report results to the Engineer for review. Sampling procedures and number of samples shall be as recommended by the Testing Laboratory and reflect the scope, scale and complexity of the project and soil conditions present. LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02480-7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE OTION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. After soils tests are completed, rototill top 6 inches of soil with recommended amendments and fertilizers as required in at least 2 perpendicular directions, and with soil at the proper moisture content so that all clods greater than 1 inch diameter will be broken up resulting in a homogenous blend of amended soil. 4. The following soil amendments and fertilizers are to be used for bid pricing only, actual amendments and fertilizers to be used will be determined from soils test report recommendations. ■ B. Site Soil: Amend the surface 6 inches by thoroughly blending the following amendments per 1000 square feet. Amount Ingredient 3 cubic yards Nitrogen Stabilized Fine Fir Bark 50 pounds Tri -C Humate 15 pounds 12 -12 -12 Commercial Fertilizer as Specified 15 pounds Soil Sulfur 100 pounds Agricultural Gypsum C. Additional Amendments: Soil amendment recommendations will vary for planting areas if ' imported topsoil is required to establish finish grade. Provide all additional amendments as may be required by subsequent soil testing of approved imported topsoil and as directed by the Engineer. 3.06 SOILS FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. General: Keep a record of where each batch of imported topsoil delivered is deposited in the landscape; mark graphically on a separate, clean set of black line prints. B. Deficient Soils: Remove all soils determined by the Engineer to be deficient and provide all additional amendments as directed by the Engineer to modify deficient soils at no additional ' cost to the Owner. 3.06 HANDLING OF PLANT MATERIAL A. General: do not bind or handle any plant in such a way that would result in damage to the plant material. Lift and handle plants only from bottom of root ball. B. Access: The Contractor shall be responsible for accessing and installing all plant material ' at the job site. The Contractor shall inspect the job site and become familiar with the accessing requirements and restrictions. Plant material shall be carefully bound with clear plastic wrap, burlap or other lightweight fabric as required to allow access. Care should be exercised to prevent damage or breakage to limbs, and ropes or other lines should not be allowed to damage bark. At the time of submitting bid, the Contractor shall notify the Owner, in writing, of any conditions that would prevent the accessing and installation of the specified plant material. C. Container Stock: 1. General: Do not lift or handle container plants by tops, stems, or trunks at any time. 2. Boxed Stock: Remove bottom of box prior to placement of plant in planting pit. Cut bands and remove box sides just prior to backfilling. 3. Canned Stock: Remove canned stock carefully after cans have been cut on two sides with acceptable cutter. Do not use spade to cut cans. D. Anti- Desiccant: At Contractor's option, spray all evergreen and deciduous plant material in full leaf with anti - desiccant, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply an adequate film over trunks, branches, twigs and foliage. Take precautions as necessary to ' prevent damage, particularly from sun scald. 3.07 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIAL A. General: The Engineer will review for conformance to the design intent of the Contract Documents locations of all plants in the field prior to planting. Notify the Engineer and schedule layout review sufficiently in advance of planting to allow for review and adjustment '02480-8 LANDSCAPE PLANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #6- 5187 -9 without disrupting construction schedule. B. Trees: Layout tree locations shown on the drawings using a 3 -foot lath (or other acceptable method), color -coded to indicate each species. The Engineerwill review locations of trees in the field, as denoted by lath stakes, after trees are delivered to the site, but before placement and positioning. After placement of trees in approved locations, but before final planting, notify Engineerto review final positioning of trees. C. Other Plant Material: Layout all other plant material where shown on the drawings. D. Adjustments: The Engineer reserves the right to make minor adjustments in the layout of all plant material; adjust irrigation system as necessary. 3.08 EXCAVATION OF PLANTING PITS ON -GRADE A. General: Excavate plant pits by hand or with a.backhoe; use of augers will not be permitted. Prior to planting and backfill, scarify the sides and bottom of the pit as required to eliminate any glazed surfaces. Excavate container -grown tree, shrub, and vine holes to the following dimensions: 1. 1, 5, and 15 gallon containers: Two times the size of the root ball in width and depth. 2. 24 -inch boxes and larger. Large enough to allow one foot of space around the ball in all directions. B. Excess Soil: Transport and dispose of off -site in a legal manner any excess excavated soil. C. Obstructions: If rocks, underground construction work, tree roots or other unknown obstructions are encountered in the excavation of plant holes, alternate locations may be selected by Engineer. Report all such conditions in writing to the Engineer. If a change in the location of the planting pit is unacceptable to the Engineer, the original planting pit shall be over - excavated to remove the obstructions to a minimum dimension of 12" beyond the sides and bottom of the tree pit as typically specified. Obtain the Engineers instructions prior to proceeding with the work affected. 3.09 DETRIMENTAL SOILS AND DRAINAGE A. General: Prior to planting, test -drain all planting areas as follows: 1. Plant Pits: Fill with 12 inches of water. Water should drain completely in 48 hours. 2. Plant Beds: Irrigate until soil is saturated. Saturated condition should not remain after 24 hours. B. Drainage Chimneys: 1. General: For plant pits failing the initial drainage test, provide drainage chimneys as shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Neatly auger drainage chimneys to a depth directed by the Engineer. Remove loose soil from hole and plant pit. Locate chimneys at perimeter of plant pit. Repeat test for proper drainage. 3. Once required drainage test has been passed, backfill chimneys with drain rock, flush with bottom of pit. Cover chimneys with soil separator. C. Failure of Drainage Test: report in writing to the Engineer all areas not passing these tests and all soil conditions that the Contractor considers detrimental to growth of plant material. State condition and proposal and cost estimate for correcting the condition. Obtain the Engineer's instructions prior to proceeding with the work affected. Repeat drainage testing and correction of conditions in this manner as necessary until tests are passed. Failure to perform drainage tests and /orto notifythe Engineerin writing of the conditions specified above renders the Contractor responsible for all plant failure that occurs as a result of inadequate drainage or detrimental soil conditions, as determined by the Engineer. 3.10 PLANTING OPERATIONS A. General: Do not plant any material that has not been reviewed by the Engineer upon delivery to the project site or that has been rejected for any reason. Do not plant under unfavorable weather conditions. LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02480 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' B. Container Stock: After removing plants from their containers, disentangle any small roots that encircle the container. Do not cut or otherwise disturb the root ball. Inspect all plants for rootbound condition; do not install rootbound plants or plants found to have cracked or broken root balls when taken from the container. C. Bac kfilling: Backfill plant pits as shown on the drawings and specified herein. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until backfill has been tamped solidly around the root ' ball. When plant holes have been backfilled approximately 2/3 full, water thoroughly, saturating root ball, before installing remainder of backfill to top of hole, eliminating air pockets. D. Tri -C Myco Paks: Place paks evenly in plant pit, directly next to roots, when backfilled 2/3 according to the following schedule: ' 1 Gallon 5 Gallon 15 Gallon 24" Box 36" Box 1 pak 2 -3 paks 6 -8 paks 10 -12 paks 16 -18 paks 48" Box 60" Box 72" Box 84" Box 96" Box 20 -22 paks 25 -28 paks 32 -34 paks 40 -42 paks 46 -48 paks ' E. Top -dress Fertilizing: When plant installation is complete, fertilize all planting areas (excluding lawn areas) with top -dress fertilizer at the rate of 4 lbs. per 100 square feet. F. Mulching: Mulch all planting areas (excluding lawn areas) with 2 -inch layer of shredded ' cedar bark mulch unless otherwise shown. Spread mulch uniformly to forma smooth cover free of bare spots and mounds. G. Settlement: As shown on the drawings, the crowns of all plants shall be at least 1/2 inch ' above the surrounding grade after all settlement has occurred. H. Watering Basins: Form a watering basin, an excavated ring around the root ball of the plant for each tree and shrub. Do not form watering basins in lawn areas. I. Watering: Thoroughly water all plants immediately after planting, taking care to avoid erosion. 3.11 STAKING AND GUYING A. General: Complete staking and guying immediately after planting. Perform in accordance with reference standards, unless otherwise shown on the drawings or directed by the ' Engineer. Securely stake or guy all trees planted on the site using staking or guying type shown on the drawings. The Engineer reserves the right to make modifications to staking and guying procedures as required to accommodate field conditions at no additional cost to ' the Owner. B. Staking: Stake trees as shown on the drawings. ' C. Guying: Plants shall typically be guyed at 3 points of branching with guys spaced evenly around and outside the perimeter of the root ball. Final number and positioning of guys are to be as directed by the Engineer. Cover guys with rubber guy covers at points of contact with the bark, positioned at crotches, and fasten to approved guy anchor. Provide one ' turnbuckle for each guy wire. Provide one white guy marker positioned above the turnbucIde for each guy. ' 3.12 PRUNING A. Pruning: Prune plants only at the direction of the Engineerand according to reference standards to preserve the natural character of the plant. Remove all deadwood, suckers ' and broken or badly bruised branches. Remove sucker basal and lateral growth to prevent resprouting; retain normal side branching. Use only disinfected, sharp tools. Improperly pruned trees will be subject to rejection by the Engineer. Apply tree seal to cuts over one inch diameter in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 02480-10 LANDSCAPE PLANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.13 GROUND COVER PLANTING A. Finish Grading: Place and amend soil or planter backfill, and do all work to provide the correct finish grades in the planting areas as specified. B. Pre - emergent herbicide Application: Apply pre•emergent herbicide, Surflan A.S. at the rate of 5 -1J3 pounds per acre applied in 25 gallons of water to all shrub areas. Apply beforewood bark mulch application. C. Mulching: Apply shredded cedar bark mulch to all planter areas at least 2- inches deep covering all exposed soil areas (excluding lawn areas). Herbicide activity is enhanced when wood bark mulch is applied over the herbicide and irrigated. D. Planting: Plant ground cover plants through wood bark mulch and erosion control fabric at the specified triangular spacings. Make planting hole with a hand mattock avoiding mixing surface applied herbicide into planting hole. E. Activation of Herbicide: After planting, irrigate with at least one inch of water to activate the herbicide. Water carefully taking care to avoid erosion. Repair erosion occurring from careless watering immediately. Remove, repair and replace adjacent planting and soil damaged by careless watering and translocation of herbicide. 3.14 INSTALLATION OF DRAIN ROCKAND/ OR GRAVEL MULCH A. Install where and to depths shown on the drawings. Do all work required to ensure the drain rock is clean and free of sticks, clods, and other deleterious matter before it is placed. 3.15 LAWN INSTALLATION A. Sodding: 1. Sodding shall take place immediately after soil conditioning and fine grading. Care shall be exercised to keep sod from drying, and it shall be installed the same day it is received. 2. Unroll the sod fitting each strip tightly to the preceding strip avoiding overlap. Do not stretch the sod. Stagger end joints in a running bond pattern. 3. Following placement of sod, roll with a 200 -pound roller to make certain that no air space is left beneath the sod. Water lightly, allow to dry and roe a second time at right angles to the first rolling. 4. Keep sod fairly well watered the first two weeks to ensure rooting into base soil. Frequency of watering will depend upon temperature. Be sure edges do not dry out. 5. Mow to a height of not less than 2 inches. Adjust any raised areas or depressions in the sod to form even finish grade. 3.16 MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain all plant and planting areas from time of delivery, through Installation and the 90 -day maintenance period until Final Acceptance. B. Schedule: Submit a proposed maintenance work schedule to the Engineer in writing for review at least 30 days prior to commencement of maintenance work. All maintenance work shall be done at times approved by the Engineer so as not to conflict with the operation of the project. C. Maintenance Procedures: 1. General: Maintenance of new planting consists of, but is not limited to: Watering, cultivating, fertilizing, weeding, mulching; restaking, tightening and repairing guys; resetting plants to proper grades or upright positions; restoring watering basins; providing such sprays and invigorants as are necessary to keep the planting free of insects and disease and in thriving condition; restoring finish grades by replenishing planter areas with soil; replacing eroded soil, or soil made sterile by herbicidal application, with approved and tested imported topsoil; repairing damage to jute mesh; taking precautions as necessary to prevent sun scald damage. LANDSCAPE PLANTING 02480-11 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. Protection: Protect planting areas and plants against damage until Final Acceptance. Maintenance also Includes temporary fences, barriers, and signs as required for protection. If any plant becomes damaged or injured, treat or replace as directed by the ' Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Fertilization: Including, but not necessarily limited to the following applications: a. All Planting Areas: Apply T6 -C 6- 2- 4 -w /5 %S soil condition & fertilizer at the rate ' of 8 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 45 days after commencement of the landscape maintenance period. b. All Planting Areas: Apply Tri -C 6- 2- 4 -w/5 %S soil condition & fertilizer at the rate ' of 8 pounds per 1,000 square feet, 90 days after commencement of the landscape maintenance period (orjust before contract ends). D. Observation for Maintenance Period Commencement: Make request for observation after all plant material is installed and after first lawn cutting and after all irrigation work and other work of this Section is completed. Maintenance period shall begin upon observation and review by the Engineer and shall continue for a minimum of 90 days until Final Acceptance. ' E. 30 -day Progress Maintenance Observation: 1. General: Notify the Engineer and request 30 days after commencement of landscape maintenance period for a progress maintenance observation. All items determined to be deficient during the observation for maintenance period commencement shall be ' completed prior to the meeting. In addition, prior to this meeting, furnish the Engineer with the following information: a. An as -built "Record Drawing" of all plantings installed, as specified. ' b. All supplier invoices for the nursery stock, commercial fertilizers, soil amendments, mulches and herbicides as shown and specified, and as installed. c. Maintenance schedule for fertilization, irrigation, and for cutting of all lawn areas. t d. Failure to submit the above items to the Owner may result in the delay of the 30 -day progress maintenance observation and the extension of the 90-day maintenance period. e. Notify the Engineer priorto the 30 -day progress maintenance observation of any conditions that impede proper plant establishment and /orgrowth. F. 60 -Day Progress Maintenance Observation: Notify the Engineer60 days after ' commencement of the landscape maintenance period and request the 60-day maintenance observation. Prior to this observation, all items determined to be deficient during the 30 -day progress maintenance observation shall be completed. In addition, priorto this meeting, furnish the Engineerwith the following information: ' 1. All supplier invoices for the commercial fertilizers installed as shown and specified for the 45 -day application (Section 3.16C.3a). 3.17 FINAL OBSERVATION ' A. General: Notify the Engineer and request final observation 90 days after commencement of the landscape maintenance period, and after all work of this Section, Section 02476 and ' previously identified deficiencies have been corrected. In addition, prior to this meeting, furnish the Engineerwith the following information: 1. All supplier invoices for the commercial fertilizers installed as shown and specified for the 90 -day application (Section 3.16C.3b). B. Termination of Observation: During the final observation, any landscape item previously identified as deficient in the 30 -day or the 60 -day progress maintenance observations, and determined by the Engineerto be still deficient, shall automatically terminate the final observation and result in the extension of the maintenance period an additional 30 days at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION '02480-12 LANDSCAPE PLANTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 1M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3526, PLAN #B-51 87-S SECTION 02521 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide architectural concrete paving and finishes as indicated on the Landscape Drawings, furnish and install necessary materials, labor, equipment and services specified herin and needed for a complete and proper installation.. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Section 07920 — Sealants and calking. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed; submit: C. Shop drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings for reinforcing steel and accessories in accordance with ACI standards. 2. Paving jointing and pour sequence plan — submit plans indicating the following: a. Proposed layout of contraction, construction and isolation joints. Clearly delineate the three different joint types. b. Layout of paving types as indicated on drawing paving schedule. Give overall dimensions of each paving type. c. Indicate sequence of paving pour installation on concrete pour sequence drawing. D. Statement of mix design: Submit (1) copy of Statemen of Mix Design prepared by batch plant servicing the Work for each load delivered to the project. Statement of Mix Design to contain the following information: 1. Name, address and telephone number of batch plant preparing statement of mix design. 2. Date of mix design. 3. Project location. 4. Contractor requesting load delivery. 5. Mix design number. 6. Integral colors used. 7. Gradations for sand and aggregate. 8. Material weights, specific gravity and absolute volumes. 9. Basis of testing. 10. Water/cement ration. 11. PSI rating. 12. Signature of testing laboratory manager. 13. Signed and stamped from registered project structural engineer. E. Provide extra stock surface seeded aggregate: 1. One (1) pound sample of each aggregate specified. 2. One (100) pound sealed bag of each aggregate specified for use by Owner in future repairs of damaged architectural concrete paving. F. Provide extra stock washed concrete sand: One (50) pound sealed bag of washed concrete sand similar to type used during installation of architectural concrete paving. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING 02521 -1 ' FIRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S *ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Quality control to be maintained by licensed installers approved by the manufacturer throughout the duration of the project. ' C. For each finish specified use aggregate from same source for each paving type. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.01 FINISHES A. Provide smooth, sandy texture concrete finish in tan color range. 1. Submit for review and approval of the Architect, 3 samples of each texture and color ' range. Revise and submit final color and texture sample which will become basis of work installed under this section. 2.02 PORTLAND CEMENT ' A. Type I, IA, 11, IIA, III, IIIA, IV and V cements, conform to ASTM C150. B. Use same brand of cement from single source throughout entire project. ' 2.03 WASHED CONCRETE SAND A. Clean, hard and durable washed concrete sand conforming to ASTM C33. ' B. Use same sand from single source throughout project. 2.04 COURSED AGGREGATE ' A. Clean, hard and durable course aggregate conforming to ASTM C33. B. Use same aggregate from single source throughout entire project. ' 2.05 WATER A. Free from deleterious materials such as oils, acids and organic matter. 2.06 ADMIXTURES A. Integral concrete coloring admixture: Refer to Landscape drawings for color type. Acceptable manufacturers are: ' 1. L.M. Scofield; (800) 800.9900; 2. Colorfull by Admixtures, Inc; (26) 357.3263; 3. QC; (800) 453.8213. ' B. Air entrainment admixtures conforming to ASTM C260. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Grace Construction Products: Daravair(800) 433.0020; 2. Master Builders, Inc.: Micro- Air(800) 628.9990; 3. Other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. ' C. Water reducing admixtures conforming to ASTM C494 type A. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Grace Construction Products: WRDA (800) 433.0020; ' 2. Master Builders, Inc: Micro -Air (800) 628.9990; 3. Other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. D. Shrinkage reducing admixtures conforming to ASTM C157. Acceptable manufacturers are: ' 1. Grace Construction Products: Eclipse (800) 433.0020; 2. Other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. 2.07 READY MIXED CONCRETE ' A. Batched, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. 2.08 REINFORCING 02521A2 Reinforcing steel to conform to ASTM A615 and be cleaAfWtI fF€EbfJf2YBt,WN @RFNT( @r4 lhIG CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * 14M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S B. Tie Wire: 16 gauge plain cold -drawn steel conforming to ASTM A82, clean and free of rust, dirt, grease or oils. C. Supports for reinforcement: 1. Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars in place, D. Polypropylene fiber reinforcements. 100% virgin multifilament polypropylene fibers complying with ASTM C 1116— Type III. Application rate to be 1121b. /cy of mix. Acceptable manufacturers are: 1. Fibermesh Fibermix Stealth —' /" long; (423) 892.8080; 2. Grace Construction Products: Micro fiber (800) 433.0020; 3. Other manufacturers when approved in advance by the Architect. 2.09 ISOLATION JOINT MATERIALS A. Refer to section 07920 —Sealants and calking. 2.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINT DOWELS A. %" diameter rebar, free of dirt, grease and oils. Encase 50% of each dowel in a speed dowel plastic sleeve to allow parallel lateral movement of each dowel. Speed dowel to be provided by Greenstreak at (800) 325.9504 or equal when approved in advance by Architect. 2.11 FLY ASH A. ASTM C618 — type F. 2.12 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B. Minimum 4" layer of graded washed concrete sand compacted to 95% relative compaction is placed over subgrade prior to placing concrete. Subgrade to meet requirements of soil's investigation report. C. Screed sand to a smooth plane. D. Utilities and irrigation lines are to be buried and compacted below bottom of sand layer. E. Keep sand damp prior to placing concrete. 3.02 FORMING A. Contractor to be responsible for design and engineering of form work as welt as its construction. Work to conform to recommended practice for concrete form work (ACI 347), latest edition. B. Do not exceed 20'x20' in a formed construction area. C. Form lumber is to be new #2 or better grade wood. Do not use used form lumber. D. Perform form layout with a digital electronic transit for line layout accuracy. E. Allow forms to remain in place long enough to allow concrete to set properly. Remove forms when appropriate. 3.03 DESIGN OF MIXES AND PROPORTIONING ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING 02521 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400' MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Proportion and mix of cement, aggregate, admixture and water to attain required plasticity and strength in accordance with current edition of ACI Manual of Concrete Practice and PCA 'Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures.' B. Concrete mixtures to be designed by an approved commercial testing laboratory, using approved materials to obtain specified minimum compressive strength. C. Concrete mix criteria: 1. Slump: 5" with a slump differential between successibe batches. Obtain approval from Architect if slump is outside these parameters. 2. Minimum PSI rating at 28 days: 2,500. 3. Cement quantity per yard of mix: a. Minimum: 6 sack. b. Maximum: 7 sack. 4. Water /cement ratio: 0.65 -0.67. 5. Sand: 70% of total mix. 6. Pea gravel: 30% of total mix. 7. Admixtures: a. Air entrainment: Do not exceed 2%. b. Shrinkage reducing: Do not exceed 2% by weight of cement. 8. Non-chloride accelerators: Do not use corrosive accelerators such as calcium chloride. 9. Concrete delivery: Use of concrete loads exceeding 90 minutes from time of batch plant must be approved by the Architect. Batch plant to guarantee that single source is used for cement, sand and aggregate for entire project. 3.04 JOINTING A. Refer to ACI 302 'Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction' for work under this section. B. Construction and contracting joints: 1. Sawcut construction and contraction joints in locations indicated on drawings. 2. Perform jointing with anew diamond tip circular saw. 3. Joint width: Per drawings — do not exceed 3/16° in width. 4. Depth of sawcuts: 1 /4th depth of slab. Decorative sawcuts to be as shown on drawings. 5. Sawcut joints in a straight line with no overcutting. 6. Use a hand tool to Sawcut up to vertical edges such as walls, steps, curbs and columns. No cutting into vertical surfaces will be allowed. C. Isolation joint calking: 1. Install isolationjoint calking as specified under section 07920 — sealants and calking. 3.05 CURING A. After initial Lithocrete aggregate exposure, continuously sprinkle or fog paving with water for minimum 7.days. 3.06 SEALING A. Seal or surface of paving using Lithocrete Sealer or others approved in advance by the Architect. END OF SECTION 02521-4 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE PAVING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 10M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 02476 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART IGENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and the Provisions of Bid and Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, shall apply to the work specified in this Section. fl[rY��] �Ya:ITlil GIB A. Provide all material, labor, equipment transportation, and services necessary for the furnishing and installation of the complete automatic sprinkler irrigation system as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. The work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Trenching, stockpiling excavation materials and refilling trenches. 2. Providing a complete system including piping, valves, fittings, sprinkler heads, emitters, automatic controls and final adjustment of heads to ensure complete coverage. 3. Line voltage connections to all irrigation controllers; low voltage control wiring from controller to remote control valves. 4. Cleanup, inspection and approval. 5. Furnish and install items to be attached td, or embedded in, concrete work. 6. Automatic controller assembly and installation including electrical enclosure and panel, and concrete pad. 7. Submittals, tests, as -built and record drawings. 8. Erosion control and repair of damage due to overwatering and erosion. 9. Warranty replacement. 10. Water meter and water supply line installation. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02480 - Landscape Planting 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REQUIREMENTS A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: All work and materials shall be in full conformance with the latest rules and regulations of the City of Newport Beach Plumbing and Electric codes. 1. Manufacturer's Directions: Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturers of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications. 2. Underwriters Laboratories: Electrical wiring, controls, motors, and devices shall be UL listed, and so labeled. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Complete product list shall be submitted prior to performing any work. Product list shall conform to the requirements of Section 01300. B. Record Drawings: 1. Provide and keep up to date and complete "Record Drawings' of the work of this Section. "Record Drawings" shall conform to the requirements of Division 1 Specification Sections. 2. Dimension from two permanent points of reference, building comers, sidewalk, or road intersections, etc., the location of the following items: a. Connection to existing water lines. b. Connection to existing electrical power. c. Gate valves. d. Routing and /or directional turns of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension max. 100' along routing). AUTOMATIC IRftATfI lr#Mtrol valves. 02476-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' f. Routing of control wiring. g. Quick coupling valves. h. Other related equipment as directed by the Architect. ' C. Detail Drawings: Submit detailed drawings for Owner approval, for all assemblies not detailed on the drawings. ' D. Controller Charts: 1. Provide one controller chart for each controller supplied. The chart shall show the area controlled by the automatic controller and shall be the maximum size that the controller doorwill allow. 2. The chart is to be a reduced drawing of the actual "as- built" system. However, in the event the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a size that will be readable when reduced. The chart shall be a black line ' or blue line ozalid print and a different color shall be used to indicate the area of coverage for each station. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed between two pieces of plastic, each piece being a minimum of 10 mils. These charts shall be completed and approved by the Engineer prior to final observation of the irrigation system. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: ' 1. Prepare and deliver to the Engineer, within 10 calendar days priorto completion of construction, two hardcover binders with three rings containing the following information: a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer's representative. b. Catalog and part sheets on every material and equipment installed under this contract. c. Guarantee statement. 1 d. Complete operating and maintenance instruction on all major equipment. 2. In addition to the above - mentioned maintenance manuals, provide the Owner's maintenance personnel with instructions for major equipment and show evidence in ' writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. F. Equipment to be Furnished: ' 1. Supply as part of this contract the following tools: a. Two keys for opening valve boxes. b. One 36 -inch soil probe, Oakfield Model B. ' c. Two keys for each automatic controller. d. One quick - coupler key and matching hose swivel and globe valve for every five, or fraction thereof, valves installed. 2. Before final observation the above - mentioned equipment shall be turned over to the ' Engineer. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling of PVC Pipe and Fittings: The Contractor is cautioned to exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, storing and installation of PVC pipe and fittings. All PVC pipe shall be transported in a vehicle that allows the length of pipe to lie flat so as not to subject it to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point. Any section of pipe that has been dented or damaged will be discarded and if installed, shall be replaced with new piping. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Engineer. In the event this notification is not performed, the irrigation contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary. '012486 82J6STITUTIONS AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * IRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B - 5187 -S A. Procedure: Submit information in conformance with the requirements of Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Provide descriptive catalog literature, performance charts and flowcharts for each item to be substituted. 1.09 WARRANTY A. The warranty for the sprinkler irrigation system shall be made in accordance with the following form. B. A copy of the warranty form shall be included in the operations and maintenance manual. C. The warranty form shall be retyped onto the Contractor's letterhead and contain the following information: WARRANTY FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby warrant that the sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and work quality, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specification. We agree to repair or replace any defects in material or work quality that may develop during the period of one year from the date of acceptance, except those that may be caused by ordinary wear and tear, unusual abuse or neglect. We also agree to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing of such defects at no additional cost to the Owner. We shall make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time, as determined by the Owner, after receipt of written notice. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within a reasonable time after receipt of written noticefrom Owner, we authorize the Ownerto proceedto have said repairs or replacements made at our expense, and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT: Contractor: PHONE NO.: ADDRESS: BY: DATE OF ACCEPTANCE: BY: PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use only new materials of brands and types noted on drawings, specked, or approved equals. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Water Service Supply Lines Piping and Fittings: From meter to backfiow prevention unit shall be PVC schedule 80 solvent weld type. B. Main Line Piping and Fittings: Sizes 2 112 inches and smaller shall be Schedule 40 PVC, C. Lateral lines (buried): Shall be PVC Schedule 40. D. Lateral lines (surface): Shall be PVC Schedule 40. E. All pipe and fittings shall conform to specific requirements as follows: 1. PVC (Solvent Weld): a. Pipe: Manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound in accordance with ASTM D1784 or ASTM D2241, cell classification 12454B, hydrostatic design stress rating not less than 2,000 psi. b. Fittings (solvent weld or thread): Standard weight, schedule40, sidegated, injection molded PVC complying with ASTM D1784, cell classification 134548, AUTOMATIC IRRIGATi f giPgjftads when required. 02476 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY.OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE 9TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' c. Fittings slip type may be used, but must be similar in all respects to those manufactured by Cal Am Manufacturing Company and installed in accordance with their recommendations. ' 2. PVC nipples shall be Schedule 80 with molded threads. 3. All PVC pipe must bear the following markings: a. Manufacturer's name. In Nominal pipe size. c. Schedule or class. d. Pressure rating in AST (not required on drip tubing). ' e. NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) approval (not required on drip tubing). f. Date of extrusion. 4. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent -weld pipe and fittings shall be of type and installation method prescribed by the manufacturer. ' 5. Brass Pipe and Fittings: a. Brass pipe shall be 85% red brass, American National Standard Institute (ANSI), Schedule 40 screwed pipe. b. Fittings shall be medium brass, screwed 125 -pound class. 2.03 ELECTRICAL (HIGH VOLTAGE) A. All high voltage electrical service required for automatic controller and other equipment noted ' on drawing for irrigation system will be provided by others. 2.04 ELECTRICAL (LOW VOLTAGE) A. Connections between controller and remote control valves shall be made with direct burial AWG -UH, 600 -volt wire, insulation thickness 3/64 inch, utilizing low- density high molecular weight polyethylene insulation. B. Splices, where permitted, shall be waterproofed using Rain Bird, Pen -Tite Connectors or fusible heat shrinking tubing, and housed in a box. Boxes for other irrigation use may be utilized for this purpose. ' C. Wire sizing shall be minimum of #14 "UP' 600 volt underground wiring, unless a shielded cable is used in which case #18 wire may be used. Common wires to be white in color, and all others a different color. 2.05 QUICK COUPLING VALVES A. As Specified on Drawings ' B. Two -piece type brass body, 150 -pound class, with 1 -inch female threads opening at base permitting operation with a special connecting device (coupler) designed for this purpose. 1. Coupler threads: Lug type. 2. Hinge cover: Provide with rubber -like vinyl cover. 2.06 CHECKVALVES 1 A. Antfdrain Valve: Plastic construction, with soft composition disc, stainless steel internal parts. Spring tension adjustable from 4 psi to 15 psi. Valve may be an integral part of sprinkler head. ' 2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTION UNITS A. As Specified in Drawings B. Backflow Preventer: Designed to operate on a "reduced pressure" principle; equipped with gate valves and field test cocks. C. Wye strainers at backfiow prevention units shall be 125# class cast brass with 40 -mesh ' morel screen, unless otherwise noted on drawing. 2.08 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER 02476A4 As Specified in Drawings AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 1* 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Type: Fully automatic operation, capable of operating the numberof stations and type indicated on drawings. 1. Wall mount type in a housing with locking hinged cover. 2. Automatic controller enclosure shall be made of vandal- resistant 3116 -inch steel plate and 10 gauge metal, with hinged door. The enclosure shall be sirnilar to the LeMeur Type "A" or acceptable equal, and shall be painted inside and outside with two coats of rust - resistant paint priorto the installation of the automatic controller. The Engineer shall approve color and type of paint. 2.09 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. As Specified in Drawings B. Valve Type: Spring loaded, packless diaphragm activated, normally closed type with brass body, equipped with flow control and pressure regulation capabilities where noted. C. Valve Solenoid: 24 volt ac, 4.5 watt maximum, 500 milli -amp maximum surge, corrosion -proof, stainless steel construction, epoxy encapsulated to form a single integral unit, and equipped with a 24 -volt Irritrol DC latching solenoid. D. Provide bleeder valve to permit operation in the field without power at the controller. 2.10 SPRINKLER HEADS AND DRIP EMITTERS A. As Specified in Drawings B. Sprinklers shall be similar in all respects to type noted on drawing. C. Where noted, pop-up type body shall be used, with height as noted in legend on drawing. D. When noted, body shall be equipped with a built -in check valve. 2.11 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes for remote control valves shall be 14" x 19" of plastic material with bolt -down cover. NDS No. 113BCDB or approved equal. B. Valve box for gate valves shall be 10 inches round of plastic material with bolt -down cover, NDS No. 111 BCB or approved equal. C. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor is responsible for providing an optimum water supply to all plants and trees by the irrigation system, including uniform coverage of all planting areas by the spray system. Report to the Engineer all conditions preventing compliance with these requirements, and obtain the Engineer's instructions prior to proceeding with the work affected. Failure to report to the Engineer constitutes acceptance of this requirement by the Con tractor. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Engineer in advance for the following observation meetings, according to the time indicated: 1. Pre -job conference: 7 days. 2. Backflow assembly location: 48 hours. 3. Pressure supply line installation and testing: 48 hours. 4. Automatic controller location: 48 hours. 5. Control wire installation: 48 hours. 6. Lateral line and sprinkler installation: 48 hours. 7. Coverage test: 48 hours. 8. Final site review: 7 days. AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02476-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. When observations have been conducted by other than the Engineer, show evidence in writing of when and by whom these observations were made. C. No site observations will commence without "As -Built" record prints on site and available to Engineer. D. Final Observation: 1. The Contractor shall operate each system in its entirety for the Engineer at time of Observation for Maintenance Period Commencement as noted in 3.01 Field Quality Control of Section 02480. Any items deemed not acceptable by the Engineer, or not in compliance with these specifications and drawings, shall be reworked to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall show evidence to the Engineer that the Owner has received all accessories, charts, record drawings, and equipment as required before final observation can occur. 3.03 WATER SUPPLY ' A. Sprinkler irrigation system shall be connected to water supply points of connection as indicated on the drawings. B. Connections shall be made at approximate locations as shown on drawings. Contractor is responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions. 3.04 LAYOUT A. Drawings: 1. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. Due to the scale of drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc., which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc., as may be required. 2. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions and receive Engineer's approval priorto proceeding with work under this section. B. Coordination: Coordinate installation of irrgation system, including pipe, so there will be no interference with utilities or other construction or difficulty in planting trees, shrubs, and ground covers. The Contractor shall carefully check all grades to satisfy him that he may safely proceed before starting work on the irrigation system. ' C. All piping or equipment shown diagrammatically on drawings outside planting areas shall be installed inside planting areas whenever possible. ' D. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out water service supply line & mainline, lateral, routing and location of sprinkler heads. E. The Engineer shall approve all layouts priorto installation. ' 3.05 INSTALLATION A. General: ' 1. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be installed incomplete accord with manufacturer instructions for it. 2. Line Clearance: Parallel and perpendicular lines of other trades shall have a minimum clearance of 6 inches from each other. ' B. Trenching: 1. Excavate trenches to required depths. Follow approved layout for each system. 2. Trench bottom shall be flat to ensure piping is supported continuously on an even grade. 3. Where lines occur under paved areas, consider dimension to be below the subgrade. 4. Provide minimum coverage as follows: a. Water Service Supply Line 02476-6 b. Mainline (2 -1/2 inches and smaller): AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B - 5187 -5 c. Lateral lines: 12 inches. d. Control wire: 18 inches. C. Backfilling: 1. Buried pipe in trenches shall be center loaded only until all required tests are performed. Trenches shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for backfilling, consisting of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand or other approved materials, free from large clods of earth or stones. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted in landscaped areas to a dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil in planting areas. Backfill will conform to adjacent grades without dips, sunken areas, humps or other surface irregularities. 2. A fine granular material backfill will be initially placed on all lines. No foreign matter larger than 112 inch in size will be permitted in the initial backfill. 3. Flooding of trenches will be permitted only with approval of the Engineer. 4. If settlement occurs and subsequent adjustments in pipe, valves, sprinkler heads, lawn or planting, or other construction are necessary, the Contractor shall make all required adjustments without cost to the Owner. D. Assemblies: 1. Routing of sprinkler irrigation lines as indicated on the drawings is diagrammatic. Install lines (and various assemblies) in such a manner as to conform with the details per plans. 2. Install no multiple assemblies in plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. 3. Install all assemblies specified herein in accordance with respective detail. In absence of detail drawings or specification pertaining to specific items required to complete work, perform such work in accordance with best standard practice with prior approval from Engineer. 4. PVC pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, dust and moisture before installation. Installation and solvent welding methods shall be as recommended by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. 5. On PVC to metal connections, the Contractor shall work the metal connections first. Teflon tape or approved equal shall be used on all threaded PVC to PVC, and on all threaded PVC to metal joints. Light wrench pressure is all that is required. Where threaded PVC connections are required, use threaded PVC adapters into which the pipe may be welded. 6. Quick Coupling Valves: Unless otherwise indicated, locate valves within 12 inches of hardscape. 7. Backflow Prevention Unit and Controllers: Verify exact location with the Engineer. Install at minimum height permitted by local code. E. Electrical Supply: 1. Low voltage wiring shall be placed in the same ditch and placed on bottom side of main lines. 2. Wire is to be taped a maximum 12 feet on center. 3. Provide a 12 -inch expansion loop at each connection and directional change. 4. Use a continuous wire between controller and remote control valves. Except as otherwise approved, do not splice wire at any point. All approved splices shall be enclosed in an acceptable box. 5. Each controller shall be provided with separate ground wire. F. Automatic Controller: 1. Install as per manufacturer's instructions. Remote control valves shall be connected to controller in numerical sequence as shown on the drawings. 2. Controller shall be mounted inside yard storage room on a wall. G. Flushing of System: 1. After all new sprinkler pipelines and risers are in place and connected, all necessary diversion work has been completed, and prior to installation of sprinkler heads, the AUTOMATIC IRMgXftVb"1stMII be opened and full head of water used to flush out the systeft476 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE PTION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN # &5187 -S 2. Sprinkler heads shall be installed only after flushing of the system has been accomplished to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer. H. Sprinkler Heads: 1. Install the sprinkler heads as designated on the drawings and in accordance with their respective detail. 2. Spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum indicated on the drawings. In no case shall the spacing exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer. Valve Boxes: 1. All buried valves and equipment shall be installed with a proper box as specified in PART 2 — PRODUCTS. 2. Fill area under box with a minimum of 1 cubic feet of pea gravel before box is installed. 3. Identification tags shall be attached to each remote control valve, showing number that corresponds with controller sequence. Tags shall be manufactured of polyurethane Behr Desopaid, yellow in color with black letters 2 -3/4 inches by 2 -1/4 inches. 4. All boxes shall be permanently marked on top, designating type of equipment installed as noted in drawing. 3.06 TEMPORARY REPAIRS A. The Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as necessary to keep the sprinkler system equipment in operating condition. The exercising of this right by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the terms of the warranty as herein specified. 3.07 SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT A. The Contractor shall adjust all sprinkler heads and valves for optimum performance and to prevent as much as possible any overspray onto walks and roadways. No spray is permitted on buildings. B. If it is determined that adjustments in the irrigation equipment will provide proper and more adequate coverage, the Contractor shall make such adjustments prior to planting. Adjustments may include changes in nozzle sizes or degrees of arc, as required. C. All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finished grades unless otherwise designated on the plans and at height and distance from walks, buildings, etc., as noted. 3.08 SYSTEM TESTING A. Test all pressure lines under hydrostatic pressure of 150 - pounds per square inch, and prove watertight. B. Testing of pressure main lines shall occurpriorto installation of electrical control valves, quick couplers or any other equipment that might prevent a proper test from being performed. C. All piping under paved areas shall be tested under hydrostatic pressure of 150- pounds per square inch, and proved watertight, priorto paving. D. Sustain pressure in lines for not less than 2 hours. If leaks develop, replace joints and repeat test until entire system is proven watertight. E. All hydrostatic tests shall be made only in the presence of the Engineer, or other duly authorized representative of the Owner. No pipe shall be completely backfilled until it has been inspected, tested and approved in writing. F. Furnish necessary force pump and all other test equipment. t02476 -8 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 em DESIGN GROUP N0, 4004613 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S G. When the sprinkler irrigation system is completed, perform a coverage test in the presence of the Engineer to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. Furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from plans, or where the system has been willfully installed as indicated on the drawings when it is obviously inadequate, without bringing this to the attention of the Engineer. This test shall be accomplished before any ground cover is planted. H. Upon completion of each phase of work, entire system shall be tested and adjusted to meet site requirements. I. Low voltage wire under paving shall be tested for continuity, priorto paving. 3.09 MAINTENANCE A. The entire sprinkler irrigation system shall be under full automatic operation for a period of seven days prior to any planting. B. The Engineer reserves the right to waive or shorten the operation period. 3.10 CLEANUP A. Cleanup shall be performed as each portion of the work progresses. B. Refuse and excess dirt shall be removed from the site, all walks and paving shall be broomed or washed down, and any damage sustained to the work of others shall be repaired and work returned to its original condition. 3.11 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Train Owners maintenance personnel in proper operation of all major equipment. B. Provide written evidence of the person or persons so trained to the Engineer. END OF SECTION AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02476-9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-518 7-S SECTION 02820 ORNAMENTAL STEEL GATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES . A. Ornamental steel gates. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02835 - Gate Operators 1.03 SUBMITTALS RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material specifications, manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of gates and attachments to adjoining work. 1. Gate elevations indicating the finish grade along the length of the gates. 2. Gate hardware including hinges, latches, and details of structure of gates. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's standard limited warranty of 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. All selected materials listed in this section are based on the products of Builders Fence Company (www.buildersfence.com) as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be considered under the provisions of Section 01030 B. Decorative Steel Double Swing Gates 1. Style: Heavy "Regal" model 2. Height: 6-0 ", or as shown on Drawings. 3. Posts: 4" x 4 ", 11 gauge tube steel, with welded plate caps. 4. Top and Vertical Rails: 2" x 2 ", 11- gauge, tube steel. 5. Bottom Rail: 2" x 4 ", 11- gauge, tube steel 6. Pickets: 3/4" x 3/4 ", 16 -gauge steel tube, at 4 -3/4" on -center 7. Double Swing Gates: As shown on drawings, verify width. 8. Jambs: a. Secure to steel plate at masonry wall jambs as applicable and as shown on Drawings. b. Secure to 4" x 4" tube steel post as applicable and as shown on Drawings. 9. Gate Hardware: Drop bar for inactive side of double gate, gate hinges, gate latch and lock, and all other hardware necessary to provide an operational and secure gate assembly. As shown on Drawings. 10. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer standard color line. 11. Finish: Galva Guard It hot - dipped galvanized and polyurethane painted. After fabrication materials are hot dip galvanized and finished with one spray coat high solids primer and one spray coat gloss polyurethane. Provide touch up paint by manufacturer and to match color selected by Architect for fences and gates. 12. Fabrication: Pickets, rails, and fence ends shall be precut to specified lengths and welded into modules. Fence ends and posts shall be supplied with post caps. 13. Perforated Steel Screen at vehicle access gates: Refer to item 2.02. 14. Coordinate with gate operator. ORNAMENTAL STEEL GATES 02820-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 41X74513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5167 -S 15. The engineering of the structure of the gates will be the responsibility of the Gate Manufacturer. C. Decorative Steel Single Swing Gates 1. Style: Heavy "Regal" model 2. Height 6-0 ", or as shown on Drawings. 3. Posts: 4" x 4 ", 11 gauge tube steel, with welded plate caps. 4. Top and Vertical Rails: 2" x 2 ", 11- gauge, tube steel. 5. Bottom Rail: 2" x 4 ", 11- gauge, tube steel 6. Pickets: 3/4" x 3/4 ", 16 -gauge steel tube, at 4 -3/4" on- center. 7. Single Swing Gates: As shown on drawings, verify width. 8. Jambs: a. Secure to steel plate at masonry wall jambs as applicable and as shown on Drawings. b. Secure to 4" x 4" tube steel post as applicable and as shown on Drawings. 9. Gate Hardware: Drop bar for inactive side of double gate, gate hinges, gate latch and lock, and all other hardware necessary to provide an operational and secure gate assembly. As shown on Drawings. 10. Color. To be selected by Architect from manufacturer standard color line. 11. Finish: Galva Guard II hot - dipped galvanized and polyurethane painted. After fabrication materials are hot dip galvanized and finished with one spray coat high solids primer and one spray coat gloss polyurethane. Provide touch up paint by manufacturer and to match color selected by Architect for fences and gates. 12. Fabrication: Pickets, rails, and fence ends shall be precut to specified lengths and welded into modules. Fence ends and posts shall be supplied with post caps. 13. The engineering of the structure of the gates will be the responsibility of the Gate Manufacturer. 2.02 PERFORATED STEEL SCREENS A. Manufacturer: This product is based on the products of McNichols as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be considered under the provisions of Section 01030. B. Perforated Steel Screen: 'W diameter round holes, 'W staggered rows, pattern, 23% open area. C. Contractor to provide all attachments and sealers necessary to provide a complete screening device. D. Colorand finish to match gate system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that adjacent surfaces are ready to recieve work. Commencement of work indicates acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set gate post(s) at recommended opening pertaining to gate size(s) as specified in Drawings. B. Install male hinges to posts and female hinges to gates at a proper height setting that ensures the minimum recommended 2 inch ground clearance and instal gate by fitting female hinges to male counterparts. END OF SECTION 02820 -2 ORNAMENTAL STEEL GATES ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ♦ ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 02825 WOODCRETE FENCE 'PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION 1 -GENERAL A. This specification states the conditions and requirements applicable to brand precast concretefences Woodcrete®, Fencestone® and Brickcrete® and Cedarcrete. B. Specifications and drawings supplement each other and together constitute one complete set of specifications and drawings, so that any work exhibited in one and not in the other shall be executed just as if it had been set forth in both. ' C. It is understood and agreed that the work shall be performed and completed according to the true spirit, meaning, and intent of the contract and specifications. D. Shall anything be omitted from the specifications, which is necessary to a clear understanding of the work, or should it appear that various instructions are in conflict, then the Contractor shall secure written instructions from the Owner before proceeding with the construction affected by such omissions and / or discrepancies. 1.02 STANDARDS A. ApplicableASTM Standards, latest revision, as published by the American Society for Testing and Materials and indicated hereinafter. B. Contractor Responsibilities 1. Fence Contractor is responsible for laying out the fence lines, including fence corners and gate locations. 2. Fence Contractor is responsible for clearing all trees & underbrush, which may be in the fence lines. All cleared trees and underbrush shall be removed from the job site by the fence Contractor. 3. Fence Contractor is responsible for contacting appropriate personnel for locating all underground utilities within the work area. Ownerto provide assistance when requested by Contractor. ' 4. Fence Contractor is responsible for providing a competent crew with a minimum of three workers on the job at all times. C. Safety 1. The work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local safety laws and regulations, including the Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 as amended (OSHA). 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the observance of proper safety practices and the avoidance of damage to property by all personnel engaged in the work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to be aware of and observe any recommended practice or regulations concerning the handling of construction materials called for on this project. I 3. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to prevent damage to or Interference with the existing power lines, communication facilities, roadways, railroads, waterways, buried cables, pipelines, and other facilities on, adjacent to, or crossing the project 1 property. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Owner or Contractor, if requested, to provide working drawings indicating all information necessary for precast fence elements. Drawings shall illustrate the shape and dimension of precast components, the size, quantity and details of the reinforcing steel; the quantity, type, size and details of connection and lifting hardware (if needed); and any ' additional details necessary. Drawings shall bear the seat of a registered professional engineer. IWOODCRETE FENCE 02825-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #13- 5187 -S B. Design Calculations: Owner or Contractor, if requested, to furnish design calculations which include a summary of all design parameters used, including material types, strength values, allowable stresses, assumed loads and load combinations. Calculations shall be submitted covering the range of heights and loading conditions on the project. Calculations shall bear the seal of a registered professional engineer. C. Soil Conditions: Owner to provide soil samples or a copy of a soils report to Contractor and /orengineer for design of piers/posts based on wind load calculations. D. Samples: Manufacturer to furnish samples of each type, texture and color of concrete screening wall of interest where applicable. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has experience with architectural precast concrete fence projects with same material and of similar scope to the Project. B. Obtain concrete fence materials trade marked as Woodcrete, Fencestone Brickcreteor Cedaroretemanufactured in the United States. C. Manufacturer Qualifications'. A firm experienced in producing precast concrete fence units in accordance to those indicated for the Project, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work from a plant licensed by American Technocrete LLC. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for fences shown on the Drawings in relation to the property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. B. All existing fence or fence line obstructions are to be removed by fence Contractor prior to commencement of work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Precast Concrete Fence Wall System (panels and posts) designated as Woodcrete, Fencestone, Brickcrete or Cedarcrete. 1. T-T' high — ( Woodcrete) 2. Rail and posts to have same texture on all sides. 3. Panel, Pasts and caps shall be normal weight concrete having sand and gravel or crushed stone aggregates mixed with ASTM -C150, Type I or Type III Portland Cement and shall have a compression strength of 5,000 psi @ 28 days. 4. Integral color and concrete to be thoroughly mixed and vibrated. 5. Steel reinforced panels and rebar reinforced posts and rails. Rebar conforms to ASTM A615, grade 60. Fiber to be used in all components as a secondary reinforcement 6. Wall posts set five feet apart, or per manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Post footings: 8' on center (maximum) 8. Loading: Wind loading and surcharge loads will be applied to the panels, columns, and foundation components per local building code requirements and per section G (Design Loading). 2.02 Precast Fence Components Dimensions A. Posts shall have a typical cross sectional dimension of 5" as measured from face-to -face. B. Posts to 3' -3" high shall be reinforced per manufactures detail. C. Method of rail attachment to concrete post and embedment of post shall be as shown on Shop Drawing from manufacturer. 2.03 Color A. Integrally colored iron oxide pigments. 02825-2 WOODCRETE FENCE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAR AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S B. Colortobe'Tan'or'Beige'. 2.04 Piers (Post Footings) Design ' A. 8' on center (maximum), Woodcrete B. Depth: 30" minimum and per design calculations. C. Reinforcement: None, unless required per design calculations. 2.05 Height A. 3' -3" height (min) above grade. B. Gap between lower rail and top of finished grade shall be 18 1/2" (min) ' 2.06 Design Loading (example) — actual depends on soil conditions and other requirements. A. Loads Criteria 1. Wind velocity V .................. 70 -90 mph ' 2. Pressure Coefficient Cq ............ 1.40 3. Exposure Ce ........................ .62 4. Pressure Qs .......................... 15.6 5. Importance Factor Iw ............... 1.0 6. Wind Pressure P = .62 (1.4)15.6(1.0) = 13.54 psf 7. Working Design Stress WDS = 1.33% B. Seismic Design ................... Zone 0 2.07 Concrete A. Concrete Material I 1. Concrete shall be normal weight concrete having sand and gravel or crushed stone aggregates, mixed with ASTM -C 150, Type I or Type III Portland Cement to meet the minimum compressive strengths as follows. Panels & posts: 5,000 psi @ 28 days Line post piers: 2,500 psi @ 28 days Gatepost/ line post shared pier: 3,000 psi @ 28 days Sidewalks & mow strips: 3,500 psi @ 28 days ' 2. Water used for concrete shall be clean water and free from injurious amounts of oils, alkalis, organic or other deleterious substances. 3. All concrete permanently exposed to the weather shall contain an air entraining ' admixture resulting in 3 to 6% entrained air or as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Reinforcing Materials: 1. All reinforcing steel shall be deformed type bars and conform to ASTM — A615, Grade ' 60, placed as shown on the drawings. 2. All ties and stirrups shall conform to the requirements of ASTM -A615, Grade 40. 3. All wire mesh shall be 9 gauge galvanized having 2 horizontal bars and at least 4 vertical bars. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install precast concrete fence per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Reinforcement steel, bars and wire fabric shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing and t again before the concrete is placed, shall be accurately positioned and secured in place. Provide standard bar charts for all beam steel off the ground. C. Install all reinforcement with the following clearances between reinforcing steel and face of concrete: Footing, pier or beam bottom: 3" FEarth- formed pier of beam sides: 2" 1 WOODCRETE FEd footing, pier or beam sides exposed: 1" 02825-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 13 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S Precast exposed to weather: panels 314 ". post 1 Y4" 1. Splices within continuous unscheduled reinforcing steel shall have a minimum lap of 30 bar diameters. 2. Footing size shall be based on soil properties at the site. 3. Fresh poured concrete shall be tamped into place by steel rammer, slicing tools or mechanical vibrator until concrete is thoroughly compact and without void. 4. Make excavations for footing to undisturbed soil or to the depth noted on the drawings. Leave the bottom- bearing surface clean and smooth. If footing excavations are made deeper than intended, only concrete shall be used for fig. Remove all loose material from grade beam excavations prior to concrete pour. 5. Align and level posts and panels to be plumb. 3.02 TESTING OF CONCRETE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following concrete tests (varies according to customer requirements): 1 air entrainment test of fence and also at each gate opening. 2 slump tests of fence and also at each gate opening. 4 test cylinders of fence and also at each gate opening including 1 -7 day break, 2 -28 day breaks, 1 -spare. B. Slump test shall be done under the direct supervision of Owner. Slump of concrete shall be determined in conformity with ASTM, Standard Method C -143. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing, transporting and testing of all concrete test specimens. Concrete test reports shall be forwarded to and shall become the property of the Owner. C. Owner reserves the right to make any tests necessary to insure that the concrete conforms to the specifications. D. All cost involving the testing of concrete by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, if included in price. 3.03 DAMAGED UNITS A. Contractor shall replace panels and other components of work that have been damaged. B. Cleaning: Prior to substantial completion of fence, Contractor shall clean surfaces of fence as recommended by fence manufacturer. 3.04 CLEANUP A. Contractor shall clean up site and dispose of all debris, trash, excavated soil, etc. to the satisfaction of the construction inspector. 3.05 WARRANTIES A. General 1. The fence manufacturer shall furnish written warranties covering materials and workmanship and color finish of precast elements. Such warranties shall cover the full cost of materials to replace or repair defective materials per the conditions of the manufacturer B. Durations of Warranties 1. All materials and workmanship shall be warranted for a period of 5 years from the date of shipment. 3.06 LIMITATIONS A. Product is intended for residential and commercial exterior fencing applications. B. Product shall not be used alone as a retaining wall for the support of soils and other structural elements. END OF SECTION 02825-4 WOODCRETE FENCE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STARI AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 02835 GATE OPERATORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Hydraulic gate operators, with associated high and low keypad/ card reader/ safety devices and loops... 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02820 -Ornamental Steel Gates:. B. Section 08350 - Bi -Fold Apparatus Bay Doors C. Section 08360 - Overhead Doors 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material speceications, manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate how gate operators interact with bi- folding gates, obstruction loops, keypads and overhead sectional doors. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 years of experience. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide manufacturer's five -year warranty against all defects in materials or workmanship except batteries which are to be covered in a five -year prorated warranty basis. Defective materials will be replaced with new material furnished by the manufacturer at no cost to the Owner. C. Train Owner in the general maintenance of the gate operator and accessories and provide one copy of 'Operations and Maintenance' manual for use by the Owner. Manuals will identify parts of the equipment for future procurement. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. All selected materials listed in this section are based on the products of Hy- Security, 1200 West Nickerson Street, Seattle, WA 98119, (800) 321.9947 B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 HYDRAULIC GATE OPERATOR A. Hydraulic Gate Operator (Bi- Swinging): Hy- Security, Model No. HRG -222 -A double lift and swing gate operator. 1. Operator system to include all components and accessories to provide a complete and proper operations system including all controls to allow for a 14 second opening and closing time, a key card (orfob) access and radio control with all safety features that fare available for the particular mode. Gate operator to be equipped with a Tree -exit GATE OPERATAV'ra. 02835-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40093 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN # &5187 -S 2. D.C. battery uninterruptible power supply 3. Operator to be equipped with a cabinet lock cover and have a powder -coat finish with standard 1,000 -hour salt spray test. B. Coordinate operation of gate controllers with operation of Overhead Door controllers. C. Gate control stanchion design is based off the products of Paragon Metal Products (8 18) 882.1638 as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be considered under the provisions of specification Section 01030. 1. High and Low Mounted: Model #S3S41272/35, 72" and 35" high from the top of footing to the centerline of housing. 2. Low Mounted: Model #S3S4123636, 36" high from the top of footing to the centerline of housing. 3. Height: Extend stanchion to 8' -0" high from the top of footing for mounting of Opticom Detector where indicated on the drawings. 4. Housing: Model #H- 5- 5 -5 -SM -WPC or compatible model to accommodate all operating features. 5. Keypad/ Card Reader/ Proximity Card Reader System D. Apparatus access to rear of station Gate Ingress and Egress: Ingress operation of the gate shall be controlled by high and low mounted keypad, card reader, and proximity reader card reader / proximity reader pedestal shall have two support arms for high and low access. Provide knox switch at the low keypad per Owner keying requirements. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of fencing, gate and operator systems, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verifythat all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that fencing, gates and operator systems may be installed in accordance with the approved design. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation preparations. Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage, such as steel column, welded angle, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete construction. Coordinate delivery of such Items to the project site. B. Gate operator preparation 1. Verify the gate is plumb and gate leaves move freely. 2. Perform any required maintenance before continuing. 3. Verify the commercial power circuit breaker is isolated and rated for the specific load. Visually ensure the circuit breaker is in the 'off' position and maker the breaker used. 4. If any pre-construction wiring has been installed, visually inspect and confirm proper sizing and compliance to code. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' 02835 -2 GATE OPERATORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Put the completed installation through not less than ten complete operating cycles, and adjust as required to achieve optimum smoothness and efficiency of operation. C. All anchor bolts shall be fully concealed in the finished installation. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operators and leaves for smooth operation. Make necessary adjustments and repeat testing until operators run in a smooth fashion. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the fencing, gates and operator installation. Leave areas in neat, clean and orderly condition. ' B. Repair or replace any damaged work. END OF SECTION 1 1' �J IGATE OPERATORS 02835 -3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 03100 FORMWORK PART IGENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Includes: Provision of formwork for cast-in-place concrete and installation of embedded items. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specification, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Federal Specifications (FS). 4. American Concrete Institute's "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork," (ACI 347). 5. United States Voluntary Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood, (PSI). 6. American Plywood Association's "Guide to Plywood Grades" (APA). 7. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau's "Standard Grading Rules No. 16" (WCLIB). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Criteria: Formwork shall conform to ACI 347. 1. Formwork: a. Shall prevent leakage or washing out of cement mortar. b. Shall resist spread, shifting, and settling. c. Shall reproduce accurately required lines, grades, and surfaces within tolerances specified. 2. Safety: The Contractor shall be responsible for adequate strength and safety of all formwork including falsework and shoring. B. Allowable Tolerances: Formwork shall produce concrete within tolerance limits recommended in ACI 347, unless otherwise noted. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Only as requested by the Architect. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Sequencing Schedule: 1. Ensure timely delivery of embedded items. Be responsible for cutting and patching necessitated by failure to place embedded items. 2. Plan erection and removal to permit proper sequence of concrete placing without damage to concrete. FROAAWFkODUCTS 03100-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forming Materials: 1. Panel or board forms at the Contractor's option. a. Panel Forms: Minimum 518 -inch thick exterior grade plywood with sealed edges, PS 1 grade Plyform Class I and 11 B -B Exterior or HDO Exterior. b. Board Forms: Shiplap or tongue and groove lined with PS 1 grade Plyform Class I and II Exterior 1/2 -inch or HDO Exterior 1/2 -inch or 3/16 -inch thick fiberboard conforming to FS LLL- B- 810a(1), type I. 2. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal - framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Fumish in largest practicable sizes to minimize numberof joints and to conform to joint system shown on Drawings. a. Use Plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B -B (Concrete Form) Plywood ", Class I, Exterior Grade or better, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. Panels to receive specified form sealer to ensure uniform finish of exposed surfaces. b. Designated "Architectural Concrete" Surfaces: Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standards PS -1 "A -C or B -B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form ", Class 1, 3. Pan Joist forms: Provide removable forms, Ceco Corporation or equal. Forms shall have adequate strength to maintain their shape during placing of concrete and shall permit easy removal without damage to concrete surfaces. Forms shall be true to shape, free from bulges, tears or other damage, and shall be free from oil, grease, paint, dirt or other deleterious coatings. Forms shall fit close, tight and straight. Forms shall be cleaned up before reuse. 4. Chamfer Strips: Burke Concrete Accessories PVC type CSF 1/2 -inch, all exposed comers. B. Wood Framing: WCLIB standard grade or better Douglas Fir. C. Form Ties and Spreaders: Metal type acting as spreaders, leaving no metal within one -inch of concrete face and no fractures, spalls, depressions or other surface disfigurations greater than 3/4 -inch in diameter. D. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Fiber Type: Premolded asphalt- impregnated fiber, ASTM D1751, 1/4 -inch thick unless otherwise noted. Same as W. R. Meadows, Inc.'s "Sealtight Fiber Expansion Joint'; Grace Construction Materials "Serviced Fiber Expansion Joint Filler, Code 1390 ", National Expansion Joint Co.'s "Fiber Joint Filler No. 12 "; Burke Concrete Accessories, Inc.'s "Burke Fiber Expansion Joint ", or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 2. Cork Type: Preformed cork, ASTM D1752, Type 11, 114 -inch size unless otherwise noted. Same as W. R. Meadows, Inc.'s "Sealtight Cork Expansion Joint" Sonnebom - Contech's "Sonaflex Cork "; Grace Construction Materials' "Serviced Standard Cork Expansion Joint Filler, Code 4323; or equal product substituted per Section 01600. E. Form Sealer: Sameas Grace Construction Material's "Formfilm "; or approved equal product substituted per Section 01600. F. Release Agent: Must not stain or otherwise adversely affect architectural concrete surfaces. Same as The Nox -Crete Co.'s "Nox -Crete Form Coating ", Industrial Synthetics Corp.'s "Synthex;" or equal product substituted per Section 01600. G. Foam Board: Extruded close cell polystyrene foam, channeled for drainage, with a minimum compressive strength of 60 psi at 0.1 -inch deformation when tested in accordance with ASTM D1621 -73, and meeting requirements of FS- HH- 1 -524b, Type 11, Class B. Same as The Dow Chemical Co.'s "Styroform PD Brand" or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 63 00 S ?URCE QUALITY CONTROL FORMWORK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 191 *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Plywood shall bear APA grade- trademark. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas where formwork will be constructed and verify that: 1. Excavations are sufficient to permit placement, inspection and removal of forms. 2. Excavations for earth forms have been neatly and accurately cut. 3. Conditions are otherwise proper for formwork construction. B. Do not start Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Obtain necessary information for coordination of formwork with items to be embedded in concrete and other related work. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General: 1. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances complying with ACI 347. 2. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb Work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustication, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly buttjoints and provide back -up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. 3. Frame openings where indicated on Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Plumbing or Electrical drawings. B. Earth Forms: 1. Construct wood edge strips at top sides of excavations. 2. Provide forms for footings wherever concrete cannot be placed against solid earth excavation. 3. Remove loose dirt and debris priorto concrete pours. C. Walls and Other Formed Elements: 1. Erect outside forms for exposed exterior walls first and obtain the Architect's approval before reinforcement is placed. Obtain Architect's approval of the reinforcement before interior form is erected. 2. Carefully align inside and outside forms before tightening ties. 3. Plywood Forms: Insure vertical joints are plumb and horizontal joints are level; arrange joints and ties in geometrical pattern as approved by the Architect. 4. Form inside corners at exposed conditions with mitered boards or plywood so that no concrete is placed against form ends. 5. After erection, seal all cracks, holes, slits, gaps, and apertures in forms so that they will withstand the pressure and will remain completely watertight. 6. Provide a means to seal the bottom of forms at construction joints such as foam tape or other gasket devices. 7. Apply a coating of release agent prior to the erection of formwork. Follow approved manufacturer's recommendations. D. Slab Forms: 1. Establish levels and set screeds. 2. Depress slabs where required to receive special floor finishes. E. Beam or Joist Forms: ' FORMWORif Provide cambers as noted on Contract Drawings. 03100-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S F. Cleanouts and Openings: Provide on interior face of wall forms as required for effective removal of loose dirt, debris and waste material, for inspection of reinforcing and for introduction of vibrators where the Architect deems necessary. tG. Expansion Joints: 1. Provide in exterior concrete paving on grade at maximum 24 -feet on center or as noted and at intersections with vertical surfaces, curbs, manholes or other penetrations ' through paving. 2. Use fiber type expansion joint fillers typically and depress 1/4 -inch unless otherwise noted. ' 3. Use cork type expansion joint fillers at conditions with non - bituminous waterproofing, liquid waterproofing or sealant systems. H. Construction Joints: 1. Provide where shown on the drawings or as directed by the Architect. 2. Provide key indentations at all joints. 3. Provide pour strips on inside face of forms at horizontal joints, but remove strips and ' thoroughly clean out reglets before placing subsequent portions of wall. 4. Prevent formations of shoulders and ledges. 5. Provide means for drawing forms into firm contact with concrete before placing additional concrete over previous pours where shrinking and warping has separated ' concrete from forms. I. Embedded Item: 1. Properly locate, unless locating is specified elsewhere, and place inserts and embedded item required by other trades prior to casting concrete. J. Shoring: 1. Adequately brace and maintain shoring to safely support vertical, lateral, and asymmetrical loads until completed structure has attained design strength. 2. Distribute shoring loads over area where shoring is erected and protect against undermining or settlement. 3. Provide means for making vertical adjustments to compensate for settlement either before or during placing of concrete. 4. Construct shores for soffits of beams to permit removal of forms without removing ' shores. 5. Reshoring will be permitted. Shores and reshores shall be designed by a Civil Engineer registered in the State of California and installed under this direction. This Civil Engineer shall be employed by the Contractor. 3.04 REMOVAL A. Secure the Architect's approval for time and sequence of removal. Form Removal: Forms shall be removed without damageto the concrete, and in no case shall they be removed priorto the concrete member attaining the specified strength. MEMBER STRENGTH MINIMUM TIME" Vertical surfaces of 0.60 f'c 7 days walls, columns, beam, girders Beams, soffits, slab, 0.75 f'c 14 days girder 'Estimated curing time required to obtain desired strength. Results of the 7 -day test cylinder break shall be presented to the Architect to demonstrate compliance with above specified strength requirements prior to form removal. If a 7 -day test cylinder break demonstrates strength that is less than that specified, the Contractor may elect to take additional cylinders at the time of next pcurto demonstrate strength requirements. The Contractor shall bearthe cost of taking and testing the additional samples. 03100C.4 Forms: FORMWORK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH •M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -8 1. Remove forms carefully to avoid damaging corners and edges of exposed concrete. 2. Reuse: a. The Architect will approve reuse of forms provided they are straight, clean, free from nails, dirt, hardened concrete, or other injurious matter and edges and surfaces are in good condition. b. Clean and repair any damage caused by placing, removal, or storage. Reuse of formwork with repairs or patches which would result in adverse effects to architectural concrete finish will not be permitted. c. Store formwork in manner to prevent damage cr distortion. d. Reseal as required to achieve concrete of specified quality. D. Shoring and Reshoring 1. Two levels of shoring or one level of shores over one level of reshores shall be maintained below any newly cast level until it has attained design strength and is at least 28 days old. END OF SECTION FORMWORK 03100 -5 1 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I.DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PARTI GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of reinforcement for all concrete unless specifically noted otherwise. 8. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Formwork 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. ' B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). ' 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. American Concrete Institute's a. "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" (ACI 315). b. "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318). 4. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) and /or Western Concrete Reinforcing Steel 1 Institute (WCRSI). a. "Manual of Standard Practice." b. "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars." 5. American Welding Society's a. "Mild Steel Covered Arc - Welding Electrodes" (AWS A5.1). b. "Reinforcing Steel Welding Code: (AWS D1.4). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welders' Qualifications: Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.4. B. Reinforcing steel shall not be permitted to rust where there is danger of staining exposed surfaces of adjacent concrete. The Contractor shall replace rust - stained concrete at his expense. C. Allowable Tolerances: Reinforcing steel shall be placed within tolerances permitted by ACI 318, Section 7.5.2 unless otherwise approved by the Architect. D. The Owner's Testi n g Agency will: 1. Collect mill test reports for reinforcement 2. Provide inspection of welding, including prior fit -up, welding equipment, weld quality and welder certification in accordance with AWS D1.4 and UBC Standard No. 19 -1. ' Chemical analysis sufficient to determine carbon equivalent and minimum preheat temperature shall be performed when reinforcement does not conform to low -alloy steel requirements of ASTM A706. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show bending and placing details, size and location of reinforcing steel. Include diagrammatic wall elevations at 1/4 -inch equals one foot scale to clearly show position and erection marks of bars including marginal bars around openings with dowels, splices, etc. B. Mill Test reports for each heat or melt of steel. ' CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40t1a'S13 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcement and accessories to site not more than 48 hours before placement. B. Store in mannerto prevent excessive rusting and fouling with grease, dirt, or other bond - weakening coatings. C. Take precautions to maintain identification after bundles are broken. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bars: New billet steel, ASTM A615 Grade 60; ASTM A706 for welded bars. B. Tie Wires and Spirals: ASTM A82. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. D. Welding Electrodes: Mild steel covered arc-welding types conforming to AWS A5.1. E. Bar Supports: As required for assembling and supporting reinforcement in place. 1. CRSI Class 3: Where bar supports do not come in contact with exposed concrete surfaces. 2. CRSI Class 1 plastic- protected; or Class 2 stainless steel wire: Interior and Exterior Soffits and Other Exposed Conditions. 3. Precast Concrete Wired Block: At slabs -on -grade and as necessary at other locations. F. Threaded coupler. Lenton Standard coupler by ERICO or equal product substituted per Section 01600. Coupler shall develop 125- percent of specified yield strength of reinforcement. G. Welded Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A -108 fy = 70,000 psi, flux filled deformed bar anchors. Same as Nelson DZL or equal product substituted per Section 01680. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop - fabricate to comply with drawings. B. Conform with requirements of ACI 315 where specific details are not shown orwhere drawings and specifications are not more demanding. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. General: 1. Place bars as noted. 2. All reinforcement shall be continuous. See drawings for lap splice schedule. Stagger splices where possible. Contact lap splices shall be securely wired together to maintain alignment. 3. Ensure placement will permit concrete protection in conformance with CRSI or to extent shown. 4. Support and fasten bars securely with spacers, chairs or ties to permit their being walked upon without displacement or movement both before and during placement of concrete. Wire-tie bar intersections. 5. Do not bend bars around openings or sleeves. Wherever conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves, etc. interfere with placing of reinforcement, obtain the Architect's approval of placing before concreting. 6. Do not field bend bars unless expressly noted in the Contract Documents. B. Welding: 1. Employ shielded metal -arc method and conform to AWS D1.4. 2. Ensure equipment supplies proper current and voltage and is adjustable to suit arrangement and thickness of items welded. 03200 -2 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IWESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STMN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Prior to placing concrete, verify reinforcement has been bent, positioned, and secured in accordance with drawings; ensure removal of oil, grease, dirt, or other bond - weakening coatings; replace severely rust - pitted reinforcing bars. D. Quality Assurance: 1. The Owner's Testing Agency will inspect placement of reinforcement and mechanical splices and notify Architect of any discrepancies in placement 1 2. The Owner's Testing Agency will inspect shop and field welding per CBC 1701.5. END OF SECTION ICONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 03300 CASTdN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of cast -in -place concrete unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Formwork. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 05120 - Structural Steel. 4. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Code of Regulations. Title 24, 2001 edition, also known as California Building Code (CBC). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. American Concrete Institute's: a. "Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials" (ACI 117) b. "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (ACI 301). c. "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" (ACI 304). d. "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" (ACI 305). e. Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" (ACI 306) f. "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318). 4. State of California, Business and Transportation Agency Division of Highways' "Materials Manual," (CMM). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor's Testing Laboratory Qualifications: The Contractor's Testing Laboratory shall be under direction of a Civil Engineer registered in the State of California, shall have operated successfully for four years prior to this work, and shall conform to requirements of ASTM E329, B. Requirements of ACI 301 shall govern work, materials and equipment related to this Section; specifications herein set minimum results required, and references to procedures are intended to establish minimal guides. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for quality of concrete in place and shall bear burden of proof that concrete meets minimum requirements. Tolerances shall meet the requirements of ACI 117 except as modified in the Construction Documents. D. Placing of concrete by means of pumping will be an acceptable method of placement providing that the Contractor can demonstrate that: 1. Specified concrete strengths will be met. 2. Equipment has a record of satisfactory performance under similar conditions and using a similar mix. 3. Trial batches have been made. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 ' ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40049 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE *ION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT#3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Certified copies of mix designs for each concrete class specified including compressive strength test reports. 2. Certification that materials meet the requirements specified. ' 3. Samples only as requested by the Architect. 4. Certification from vendor that samples originate from and are representative of each lot proposed for use. B. The Owner's Testing Agency will submit reports on tests and inspections performed to the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor, and the City Building Department. ' C. Shop Drawings: Show construction and expansion and contraction joint locations and details. D. Schedule of placing for the Architect's review before starting work. ' 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Ensure storage facilities are weather tight and dry. ' B. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. C. Store bulk cement in bins capable of preventing exposure to moisture. ' D. Use sacked cement in chronological order of delivery. Store each shipment so that it may be readily distinguishable from other shipments. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Concrete Properties LOCATION 28 DAY AGGREGA WEIGHT SLUMP WATER/ Comments STRENGT TE SIZE CEMENT H FOOTINGS 3000 1 145 4 .67 SLAB -0N - 4000 314 145 4 .50 Water GRADE reducing NON -APPA admixture RATUS BAY SLAB -ON- 4500 3/4 145 4 .45 Water GRADE reducing ' APPARAT admixture US BAY ' B. Strength refers to the compressive strength in psi after 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C39. All concrete shall develop compression strength specified in 28 days. To ' meet above rquirements, mix shall be designed such that average compressive strength will exceed specified 28 day strength by an amount as specified by ACI 318. C. Aggregate size refers to the maximum size in inches. ' D. Weight refers to pounds per cubic foot, air dry. E. Slump is measured in inches and tested in accordance with ASTM C143. ' F. Water/ Cement Ratio is the maximum ratio of water to cementitious material by weight 2.02 MATERIALS 1 03300-2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 A. General Requirements: 1. Cement and aggregates shall have proven history of successful use with one another. Sources of cement and aggregate shall remain unchanged through -out work unless the Architect approves request for change made at least 10 days pr'br to anticipated date of casting. 2. Ready -mixed concrete shall meet requirements of ASTM C94. 3. Deviations in properties of materials tested by the Owner's Testing Agency shall be cause for their rejection pending additional test results and redesign of mix by the Contractor's Testing Laboratory. 4. No frozen aggregates will be permitted. B. Cements: ASTM C150, Type II. Use one brand of cement throughout project unless otherwise directed by the Architect. C. Aggregates: 1. Coarse: ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate shall consist of a clean, hard, fine grained, sound crushed rock, or washed gravel or a combination of both. It shall be free from oil, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than two percent by weight of shale or cherty material. Cleanness value shall not be less than 75 when tested per MM Test Method, 227 and conforming to CBC Section 1903.3.2. 2. Fines: ASTM C33. Sand equivalent shall be not less than 75 when tested as per ASTM D2419. 3. Light Weight Aggregates: ASTM C330; expanded shale type uniformly graded from 314 inch to No. 200 Mesh. Cleanliness value and sand equivalent not less than 75. 4. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. D. Water: Clean and potable, free from impurities detrimental to concrete. E. Admixtures: 1. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494, Type A, non -lignini sulfonate. Same as Grace Construction Materials'WRDA with Hycol'; Master Builders'Pozzolith 322N'; Sika Corp.'s'Plastocrete 161'; or equal products. 2. Air Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other products. Same as W. R. Grace's'Daravair. Master Builders `Micro -Air', Sika Corps. 'Sika Aer', or equal products. 3. High -Range Water- Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): ASTM C494, Type For Type G. Same as W. R. Grace's'Daracem 19', Master Builder's'Rheobuikl', Sika Corps.'Sikament', or equal products. 4. Water Reducint, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494, Type D. Same as W.R. Grace's 'Daratard -17', Master Builder's'Pozzolith R', Sika's'Plastiment' or equal products. 5. Other Admixtures: Only as approved by the Architect. F. Non - Shrink Grout: Premixed high strength grout requiring only addition of water at the site. Same as Master Builder's'Masterflow928 Grout'; Burke's 'N on-Ferrou s, Non Shrink Grout', or equal products. G. Curing Materials: 1. Waterproof Paper: ASTM C171, Type 1, regular. Same as Sisalkraft Division of St. Regis Paper Co.'s'Orange Label'; or equal products. 2. Sheet Plastic: Polyethylene, four mils thick, fungus - resistant. 3. Curing Compound: ASTM C309. Same as Curecrete Chemical Company's'Ashford Formula'; Master Builders'Masterkure N- Seal -W' or equal products. H. Hardener, Clear Liquid Type: Grace Construction Materials'Hornstone Crystal Chemical Hardener` Master Builders'Mastercon'; Sonnebom - Contech's :lapidolith' or equal products. L Epoxy Adhesive: Two component material suitable for anchoring rebar into dry or damp concrete. Same as Coverts 'CIA- Ge17000' Hilti's'HIT HY -150' or equal products. J. Fibrous Reinforcement: ASTM C1116, Type 3; collated, fillibrated 314" polypropylene fibers designed for secondary reinforcement of concrete slabs. Same as W.R. Graces'Grace CAST- IN- PEAGEE 4ahCR&TEiberstrand 100' or Fibermesh's'Fibermesh'. Add 1 1/2 lbs. of fibers OW00 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S cubic yardof concrete. Use in strict accordance with fiber supplier's recommendations. 2.03 MIXES A. General Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall perform tests or assemble the necessary data indicating conformance with the specilicaitons. 2. For each mix submit data showing that proposed mix will attain the required strength in accordance with requirements of CBC Section 1905.3, Method'B'. 3. If sufficient test results for Method 'B'b are not available, the Contractor shall produce trial mixes in accordance with requirements of CBC Section 1905.3, Method V. 4. The Contractor shall instruct Laboratory to base mix design on use of materials tested and approved by the Owners Testing Agency. 5. Mix design shall include compression strength test reports per CBC Section 1905.3.1. 6. Mix shall be designed, tested, and adjusted if necessary in ample time before first concrete is scheduled to be placed. Laboratory data and strength test results for revised mix design shall be submitted to the Architectprior to using in the project. 7. Ensure mix designs will produce concrete to strengths specified and of uniform density without segregation. 8. If mix yield exceeds 1 cubic yard, modify mix design to no more than one cubic yard without changing cement content. 9. The Contractor's mix designs shall be subject to review by the Architect and by the Owner's Testing Agency. 10. Introduction of calcium chloride will not be permitted. 11. Unspecified admixtures will not be permitted unless the Architect reviews, the Contractor modifies mix designs as necessary and modifications are accpeted by the Owner Testing Agency. B. Slab -on -Grade Mix requirements: Use of Water - Reducing admisture is required. High Range Water- Reducing admixture (super plasticizer) shall be used when required to maintain workability and pumpability. C. Patching Mortar: Mix in proportions by volume of one part cement to two parts fine sand. D. Concrete Fill at Stairs: Mix in proportions by volume of one part cement, two parts fine aggregate, one part coars aggregate (3/8 "); with as little water as necessary to make stiff workable plastic mix. E. Non - Shrink Grout: Follow approved manufacturer's printed instructinos and recommendations. 2.04 MIXING A. Batching Plant Conditions: 1. Batch plant shall be certified to comply with the requirements of the National Concrete Ready Mix Association. 2. Ensure equipment andplant will afford accurate weighing, minimize segregation and will efficiently handle all materials to satisfaction of the Architect and the Owners Testing Agency. 3. Replace at no additional expense equipment the Architect and the Owners Testing Agency. 4. Use approved moisture meter capable of determining moisture content of sand. ' 03300 General Requirements: 1. Thoroughly clean concrete equipment before use for architectural concrete mixes to avoid contamination. 2. Mix cement, fine and coarse aggregates, admixtures and water to exact proportions of mix design. 3. Measure fine and coarse aggregates separately according to approved method that provides accuratecontrol and easy checking. 4. Adjust grading to improve workability; do not add water unless otherwise directed. 5. Maintain proportions, values or factors of approved mixes thr&kJhbU114ApAk (CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 1M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 6. Mix concrete in transit mixers five minutes immediately prior to discharge in addition to mixing as called for by ACI 304 and ASTM C94. C. Admixtures: Use automatic metering dispenser to introduce admixture into mix. Dispenser shall be recommended and calibrated by admixture manufacturer. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITYCONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Review mix designs, certificates of compliance, and samples of materials the Contractor proposes to use. 2. Test and inspect materials, as necessary, in accordance with ACI 318. 3. Take samples as required from the Contractor's designated sources. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine units of work to be case and verify that: 1. Constmctino of formwork is complete. 2. Required reinforcement, inserts and embedded items are in place. 3. Form ties at construction joints are tight. 4. Concrete- receiving places are free of debris. 5. Dampen subgrade or sand course for slabs -on- grade. Do not saturate. 6. Depths of depressed slab conditions are correct for delayed finish noted and for its proper bonding to concrete. 7. Conveying equipment is clean and properly operating. 8. The Architect has reviewed formwork and reinforcing steel and that preparatiosn have been checked with the Project Inspector. B. Do not begin casting before unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ensure availability of sufficient labor, equipment and materials to place concrete correctly in accordance with scheduled casting. B. Protect finished surfaces adjacent to concrete - receiving places. C. Clean transportation and handling equipment at frequent interfals and flush thoroughly with water before each day's run. Do not discharge wash water into concrete form. 3.03 PLACING A. The Inspector of Record, Architect, Structural Engineerand Testing Laboratory shall be notified at least 48 hours before placing concrete. B. Place concrete in accordance with CBC Section 1905. C. Place concrete in cycles as a continuous operation to permit proper and thorough integration and to complete scheduled placement, Place no concrete wher sun, wind, heat or facilities prevent proper finishing and curing. D. Convey concrete as rapidly and directly as practicable to preserve quality and to prevent separation from rehandling and flowing; do not deposit concrete initially set. Complete placement of concrete within ninety (90) minutes after adding water unless otherwise noted. Retempering of concrete which has partially set will not be permitted. E. Take precautions to avoid damage to under -slab moisture barrier and displacement of reinforcement and formwork. F. Deposit concrete vertically in its final position. Avoid free falls in excess of sox feet where reinforcement will cause segregation and in typical conditions unless the Architect approves otherwise.. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 tRRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004+ MARCH, 2006 1 F 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S G. Keep forms and reinforcement clean above pour line by removing clinging concrete with wire brush before casting next lift. Also remove leakage through forms. H. Interruption in casting longer than 60- minutes shall be cause for discontinuing casting for remainder of day. In this event, cut back concrete and provide construction joints as the Architect directs; clean forms and reinforcement as necessary to receive concrete at a later time. Hot Weather Concreting: Conform to ACI 305 and following requirements when mean daily temperature rises above 75 degrees Fahrenheit. 1. An upper temperature limit of concrete mixes shall be established by the Contractor for each class of concrete. Concrete temperature during placing shall not be so high as to cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints, and shall not exceed 90 °F. Other project climatic conditions detrimental to concrete quality such as relative humidity, wind velocity, and solar radiation shall also be considered. 2. Trial batches of concrete for each mix design shall be made at the limiting mix temperature selected. In lieu of trial batches, compression strength test reports (20 minimum) at the limiting temperature for each proposed mix shall be submitted to the Owner's testing laboratory for review. 3. Practices to maintain concrete below maximum limiting temperature shall be in accordance with ACI 305. Concrete ingredients may be cooled before mixing, or flake ice or well - crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for part of the mixing water. 4. Practices to avoid the potential problems of hot weather concreting shall be employed by the Contractor in accordance with ACI 305. 5. When the temperature of the reinforcing steel or steel deck forms is greater than 120 °F, reinforcing and forms shall be sprayed with water just prior to placing the concrete. Cold Weather Concreting: 1. No placement of concrete will be allowed at temperatures below 20 degrees Fahrenheit or if mean daily temperature for curing period is anticipated to be below 20 degrees Fahrenheit. 2. No concrete placement will be allowed on frozen subgrade. 3. Conform to ACI 306 and following requirements when mean daily temperature falls below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. a. Reinforcement, forms or ground to receive concrete shall be completely free from frost b. Concrete at time of placement for footings shall have temperature no lower than 50 degrees Fahrenheit, for all other concrete this minimum temperature at time of placement shall be 60 degrees Fahrenheit. Maximum temperature shall be 90 degrees Fahrenheit. c. Concrete shall be maintained at temperature no lower than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for minimum 7 -day period after placement by means of blanket insulation, heaters, or other methods as approved by the Architect. d. Use of calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride as accelerators will not be permitted. e. The Contractor shall keep a record of concrete surface temperature for first 7 -days after each pour. This record shall be open to inspection by the Architect. K. Consolidating: 1. Use vibrators for thorough consolidation of concrete. 2. Provide vibrators for each location during simultaneous placing to ensure timely consolidation around reinforcement, embedded items and into corners of forms, ensure availability of spare vibrators in case of failures. Vibrate through full depth of freshly placed concrete. 3. Do not place vibrators against reinforcement, attach to forms, or use to spread concrete. 4. Exposed Concrete: Vibrate with rubber type heads and, in addition, spade along forms with flat strap or plate. 1 03300 -6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S L. Construction Joints: 1. Verify location and conformance with typical details; provide only where designated or approved by the Architect. Comply with CBC Section 1906.4. 2. All horizontal and vertical construction joints to be thoroughly sandblasted to clean and roughen entire surface to minimum 1/4 -inch relief exposing clean coarse aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix. 3. Just prior to depositing concrete, the surface of the construction joint shall be thoroughly wetted. M. Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: 1. Construct contraction joints in slabs -on- ground to form panels of patterns indicated on Shop Drawings. Use sawcuts 1/8" x 114 slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Time saw cutting to allow sufficient curing of concrete to prevent raveled or broken edg es. 3. Contraction joints in unexposed floor slabs may be formed by saw cuts as soon as possible after slab finishing as may be safely done without dislodging aggregate. 4. If joint pattern not shown, provide joints not exceeding 15' in either direction and located to conform to bay spacing wherever possible (at column centerlines, half bays, third - bays). N. Walls and Other Formed Elements: 1. Space points of deposit to eliminate need for lateral flow. Placing procedures of concrete in forms permitting escape of mortar, or flow of concrete itself, will not be permitted. 2. Level top surface upon stopping work. 3. Take special care to fill each part of the forms by depositing concrete directly as near final position as possible, and to force concrete under and around reinforcement, embedded items, without displacement. 4. After concrete has taken its initial set, care shall be exercised to avoid jarring forms or placing any strain on ends of projecting reinforcement 5. Where backfill is placed against a wall, it shall be adequately shored until it has attained design strength. 3.04 CURING A. General Requirements: 1. Take curing measures immediately after casting and for measures other than application of curing compound, extend for seven days. The Architect may recommend longer periods based upon prevailing temperature, wind and relative humidity. Comply with CBC Section 1905.11. 2. Avoid alternate wetting and drying and fluctuations of concrete temperature. 3. Protect fresh concrete from direct rays of sun, rain, freezing, drying winds, soiling, and damage. 4. Do not permit curing method to affect adversely finishes or treatments applied to finish concrete. B. Curing Method, Typical: Obtain theArchitect's approval of alternate measures. 1. Keep forms and concrete surfaces moist during period forms are required to remain in place. 2. Apply curing compound per manufacturers' recommendations, except at slabs -on -grade apply curing compound at 150% of manufacturer's recommended application coverage rate. 3.05 CLEANING, PATCHING AND DEFECTIVE WORK A. Where concrete is under strength, out of line, level or plumb, or shows objectionable cracks, honeycombing, rock pockets, voids, spelling, exposed reinforcement, signs of freezing or is otherwise defective, and, in the Architect's judgement, these defects impair proper strength or appearance of the work, the Architect will require its removal and replacement at the Contractor's expense. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Immediately after stripping and before concrete is thoroughly dry, patch minor defects, form -tie holes, honeycombed areas, etc., with patching mortar. Patch shall match finish of adjacent surface unless otherwise noted. Remove ledges and bulges. C. Compact mortar into place and neatly file defective surfaces to produce level, true planes. After initial set, dress surfaces of patches mechanically or manually to obtain same texture as surrounding surfaces. D. Rock Pockets: 1. Cut out to full solid surface and form key. 2. Thoroughly wet before casting mortar. 3. Where the Architect deems rock pocket too large for satisfactory mortar patching as described, cut out defective section to solid surface, key and pack solid with concrete to produce fir bond and match adjacent surface. E. Cleaning 1. Insure removal of bituminous materials, form release agents, frond breakers, curing compounds if permitted and other materials employed in work of concreting which would otherwise prevent proper application of sealants, liquid waterproofing, and other delayed finishes and treatments. 2. Where cleaning is required, take care not to damage surrounding surfaces or leave residue from cleaning agents. 3. Remove all exposed, loose fibers from slabs to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction operations. B. Protect exposed corners of concrete from traffic or use which will damage them in any way. C. Make provisions to keep all exposed concrete free from latence caused by spillage or leaking fors or other contaminants. Do not allow laitances to penetrate, stain, or harden on surfaces which have been textured. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Perform testing in accordance with ACI 318 and CBC Section 1903 and 1905. 2. Review concrete mix designs. 3. Inspect concrete and grout placement continuously. 4. Test concrete to control slumps according to ASTM C143. 5. Continuously monitor concrete temperature as it arrives on the site. 6. Test concrete for required compressive strength in accordance with CBC Section 1905.6: a. Make and cure four specimen cylinders according to ASTM C31 for not more than each 50 cubic yards, or 2000 square ft for of surface areas of slab or walls poured each day. b. Retain one cylinder for 7 -day test, two for the 28 -day test and hold one cylinder for additional testing as required. c. Number each cylinder 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D etc, date each set; and keep accurate record of pour each set represents. d. Transport specimen cylinders from job to laboratory after cylinders have cured for 24 -hours on site. Cylinders shall be covered and kept at air temperatures between 60 and 80 degrees Fahrenheit. e. Test specimen cylinders at age 7 -days and age 28 -days for specified strength according to ASTM C39. f. Base strength value on average of two cylinders taken for 28 -day test. 7. Test and inspect materials, as necessary, in accordance with ACI 318, MM Test Method 227 (Coarse Aggregates) and MM Test Method 217 (Fine Aggregates), for compliance with requirements specified in this section. 03300 -8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 0M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. The Contractor shall: 1. Submit ticket for each batch of concrete delivered to job site. Ticket shall bearthe following information: a. Design mix number, b. Signature or initials of ready mix representative. c. Time of batching. d. Weight of cement, aggregates, water and admixtures in each batch with maximum aggregate size. e. Total volume of concrete in each batch. f. Notation to indicate equpmentwas checked for contaminants priorto batching. 2. Pay theOwner's Testing Agency for taking core specimens of hardened structure and testing specimen according to ASTM C88 and C42 when laboratory tests of specimen cylinders show compressive strengths below specified minimum. 3. Submit Concrete Weightmasteraffadavit. 3.08 FINISH OF FORMED SURACES A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed4o -view in the finish Work or by other construction. Concrete surface shall have texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 114 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting or other similar system. This is as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Architectural Concrete Finish: Integrally colored concrete, using specified color additive; smooth light sandblast surface. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.09 SLAB FINISHES A. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to monolithic stab surfaces that are to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded applied cementitious finish flooring material, and as otherwise indicated. 1. After placing slabs, plane surface to tolerances for floor flatness F(F) of 20 and floor levelness F(L) of 15. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. After leveling, roughen surface before final set, with stiff brushes, brooms or rakes. B. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as hereinafter specified, and slab surfaces which are to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo, and as otherwise indicated. 1. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surface until ready for floating. Begin floating when surface water has disappeared or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power -driven floats, or by hand - floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Check and level surface plane to tolerances for flatness F(F) of 25 and levelness F(L) of 20. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed4o-view, and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint, or CAST- IN -Pb#W 80MMM911iEsh coating system. 03300 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE VATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand - troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Check and level surface plane to tolerances flatness F(F) of 35 and levelness F(L) of 25. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system. 2. Floors to receive traffic topping shall have steel trowel finish. D. Trowel and Fine Broom Finish: Where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed with thin -set mortar, apply trowel finish as specified, then immediately follow with slightly scarifying surface by fine brooming. E. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.10 CLEAN UP A. Perform Work under this Section to keep affected portions of building site neat, clean, and orderly. Remove, immediately upon completion of Work under this Section, surplus materials, rubbish, and equipment associated with or used in performance. Be aware that failure to perform clean -up operations within 24 hours of notice by Architect will be considered adequate grounds for having work done by others at no added expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION 1 03300 -10 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 40M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 03356 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface treatment with sealer. B. Surface treatment with epoxy floor covering. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete: Prepared concrete floors ready to receive finish. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on sealer and epoxy floor covering, including information on compatibility of different products and limitations. C. Maintenance Data: Provide data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings. 1.05 MOCK -UP A. Mock -up may remain as part of the Work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's sealed packaging, including application instructions. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Concrete Floor Finishes: 1. Sealed concrete to be Curecrete Distribution (800 998.5664); product to be Ashford Formula. 2. Epoxy floor covering to be the Garage People (800 945.8228). 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 EPDXY FLOOR COVERING A. Design of epoxy floor covering is based on The Garage People (800945.8228) as a standard of quality. All substitutions shall be considered under provisions of Section 01600. B. Epoxyfloor covering is a 4 -part system and to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Primer coat of pigmented or colored Epoxy 100 two part component water based epoxy. 2. Binder coat of Epoxy 300 with a UV stable acrylic chips broadcast over surface to refusal. a. Color of acrylic chips is to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's full line of granite style surfaces. 3. Glaze coat of clear Epoxy 400. 4. Top clear coat of Polyurethane 100 two coat, high solids aliphatic polyurethane formulated to comply with V.O.C. regulations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ' CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING 03356-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 - SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S i ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Verify that floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the work of this section. END OF SECTION 03356 -2 CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 03450 ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Architectural precast concrete shapes. B. Supports, anchors, and attachments. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 -Joint Sealers: Perimeter joints with sealant and backing. B. Section 08400 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts C. Section 08520 -Aluminum Windows 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. B. ASTM A 615IA 615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 2004b. C. ASTM A 7751A 775M - Standard Specification for Epoxy - Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars; 2004a. D. ASTM C 33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2003 E. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2004a. F. ASTM C 260 - Standard Specification for Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2001. G. ASTM D 3963/D 3963M - Standard Specification for Fabrication and Jobsite Handling of Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars; 2001. H. PCI MNL -117 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products; Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; 1996. PCI MNL -135 -Tolerance Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction; Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; 2000. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's information on accessory products, including pigments, admixtures, inserts, plates, etc. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, unit locations, configuration, unit identification marks, reinforcement, connection details, support items, dimensions, openings, and relationship to adjacent materials. D. Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color and finish charts for color selection by Architect. E. Fabricator qualifications. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Handling: Lift and support precast units only from support points. B. Protect units to prevent staining, chipping, or spelling of concrete. PART2 PRODUCTS ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Precast Concrete: ' 1. The design of the integral color precast concrete products are based on Concrete Designs Inc (800279.2278) as a standard of quality. 2. Substitutions. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 40 (280). 1. Epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A 775/A 775M. ' 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I - Normal Portland type. Cement color to be Portland Cement ' Gray or Lehigh White. 1. Use only one brand, type and source of supply of cement for all supplied shapes. B. Fine and Coarse Structural Aggregates: ASTM C 33. C. Pigment: Nonfading, resistant to lime and other alkalis. D. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete or embedded steel. E. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260. 1. Utilize standard mix designs incorporating admixtures which facilitate the workability, curing and strength of the mix ' 2.04 MIX A. Concrete: Minimum 5000 psi, 28 day strength, air entrained to 5 to 7 percent in accordance with ACI 301. 2.05 FABRICATION A. All shapes are to be custom shapes in dimensions as shown on the drawings. B. Fabricate in conformance with PC[ MNL -117 and PCI MNL -135. C. Fabricate and handle epoxy - coated reinforcing bars in accordance with ASTM D 39631D 3963M. D. Use rigid molds, constructed to maintain precast unit uniform in shape, size, and finish. ' E. Use form liners in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Maintain consistent quality during manufacture. G. Fabricate connecting devices, plates, angles, items fit to steel framing members, inserts, bolts, and accessories. Fabricate to permit initial placement and final attachment. H. Embed reinforcing steel, anchors, inserts plates, angles, and other cast -in items. ' 2.06 FINISH - PRECAST UNITS A. Fabricate precast units and provide exposed surface finish to match manufacturer's standard 'Seasoned' finish. B. Colors to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's complete color line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of this section. 3.02 ERECTION 03450'0-`2 Erect units without damage to shape or finish. Rep CONCRETE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 4M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Erect units level and plumb within allowable tolerances. C. Align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints as erection progresses. D. When units require adjustment beyond design or tolerance criteria, discontinue affected work; advise Architect. E. Fasten units in place with mechanical connections. 1. Provide dowels set into epoxy per manufacturer's recommendations to set a positive installation. F. Seal perimeter and intermediate joints in accordance with Section 07900. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Erect members level and plumb within allowable tolerances. Conform to PCI MNL -135. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust units so that joint dimensions are within tolerances. END OF SECTION ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450-3 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART IGENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1.02 SECTION 04230 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS �ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Section Includes: Provision of concrete masonry work, including but not limited to, masonry units, mortar, grout, reinforcing steel, control joints, testing and inspection. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 3. Section 05120 - Structural Steel A. Requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply to Work in this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Concrete Institute's "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" (ACI 315). 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 4. "Specifications for Masonry Structures ", ACI 530.1 1ASCE6/fMS602. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All masonry work shall comply with the standards and requirements of the above references. Where discrepancies exist between the references and the Contract Documents, the requirements of the Contract Documents shall govern. B. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Unit masonry shall be placed within 1/8 -inch of dimensions noted. 2. The maximum variation from plumb of walls shall be 1/8" in 20 feet. 3. Joints shall have a uniform thickness of 3 /8" unless otherwise noted. Joints shall not vary more than 1116" in adjacent courses within two feet and shall not be less than 5/16" thick and not greater than 7/16 "thick. C. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Reinforcing steel shall not be permitted to rust where there is danger of staining exposed surfaces of adjacent concrete. 2. The Contractor shall replace rust - stained concrete and /or masonry at his expense. D. Examination Criteria: All examinations, selections and approval shall be for the purpose of achieving a final installation of the unit masonry with the greatest possible uniformity of appearance and structural integrity based on the following criteria: . 1. Testing and quality assurance measures outlined in this specification. 2. Colorand texture shall match the approved mock -up for range, random variation and finish. The quality of construction shall match the approved mock -up. 3. Conformance to the contract documents and approved shop drawings within specified dimensions and tolerances. 4. Only one source for concrete masonry units shall be used throughout the work- 5. Other criteria as specified in this Section. 6. Non - conformance with any or all of the above criteria shall be grounds for removal and replacement of the work without expense to the Owner. The Architect shall determine if the work complies with the above criteria. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04230-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004'513 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 . PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Collect plant certificates from the Contractor for concrete masonry units, stating that all units have been properly cured before shipment and that they conform to all the requirements of these specifications. All masonry units shipped without certification will be rejected. 2. Field test masonry unit moisture content prior to block installation. See Section 3.07, Field Quality Assurance. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature: Submit manufacturer's literature describing products, including mix designs, history of compression tests, and mixing requirements as they apply to each different masonry unit, accessory and other manufactured product to be used in the unit masonry construction. Literature shall include, but not be limited to, preformed rubber control joints and all additives. B. Certificates: 1. Submit material certificates for the following signed by the manufacturer and the Contractor certifying that each material complies with requirements designated. a. Each material and grade of reinforcing bars. See Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. b. Each type and size of anchors, inserts, ties and accessories. c. The Contractor shall submit a certificate of compliance with the standards designated. d. Submit plant certificates for all concrete masonry units to the Owner's Testing Agency and Architect, stating that all units have been properly cured before shipment and that they conform to all requirements of these specifications, including but not limited to, requirements for moisture content per ASTM C90 Type 1 units. C. Mix Designs: Submit mix designs for mortar and grout, and history of compression tests. Submit manufacturer's literature for grout admixtures. D. Unit Samples: Submit sample concrete masonry units in each color and texture combination specified. E. Samples: Submit samples of all accessories embedded in masonry. F. Mill Test: Submit mill test reports for all reinforcing steel. G. Extreme Weather Procedures: Submit cold and hot - weather construction procedures evidencing compliance with requirements specified in ACI 530.1 and these specifications. H. Shop Drawings: Coordination and shop drawings for all concrete masonry unit walls. Drawings shall consist of elevations and sections indicating materials and assembly, color surface finish, courses and reinforcing. 1. The shop drawings shall illustrate detailing, fabrication, bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars and arrangements of masonry reinforcement The shop drawings shall also indicate the location of all conduit, plumbing and other items embedded in unit masonry walls and coordinate this work with the placement of the unity masonry reinforcement. 2. All shop drawings shall be drawn to scale. Mock -Up: Prior to installing concrete masonry units, construct the following out -of- sequence mock -up for each form of construction and finish required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and installation. Build mock -up to complywith the following requirements: 1. Submit shop drawings of the mock -up showing plan and elevation, mock up wall footing and latere I bracing. 2. Locate on site in the location and size as directed by the Architect. 04230-2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CITY OF NEWFORT BEACH I110DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA NAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Notify the Architect 7 days in advance of the dates and times when mock -up will be constructed. 4. CMU exterior wall comerwith installed window and precast sill: The mock -up shall be 8 feet long on one wall and 4 feet long on the other wall. The walls shall meet at an exterior outside corner. Both walls shall be 6-0" high. The mock -up shall also demonstrate a vertical joint with the glazed curtain wall system, a vertical expansion joint with sealant and a continuous parapet cap over the CMU walls. The window shall be located in the center of the 8' wall of the mock -up. Include required application of masonry sealer or water repellant coating. 5. Demonstrate the proposed maximum range of color and texture variation and the quality of workmanship. 6. Obtain the Architect's approval of mock -ups before beginning installation. 7. Retain and maintain mock -up during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed work. Remove from the site and properly dispose of mock -ups, with the Architect's approval, at the end of Substantial Completion. Test Reports: Submit material test reports indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with the tests described in this Section and Section 3.07 Field Quality Assurance. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged material in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. B. At the time of delivery to the site, masonry units shall conform to the moisture requirements of ASTM C90 Type I, Table 1. In addition, masonry units shall also meet the moisture requirements during laying of units and grouting until the wall is complete. C. Unload and inspect each masonry unit carefully and store on raised platform protected from weather so as to meet ASTM C90 Type I requirements at the time of laying and grouting. Reject and remove from the site all material not conforming to specification requirements. In addition to lack of conformance to manufacturers specifications, masonry units shall be rejected if: 1. The color or texture of the concrete masonry units deviates from the range of colors and textures displayed on approved mock -up, as determined by the Architect. 2. Concrete masonry units that are chipped, crack or otherwise damaged. D. Protect cementious materials against exposure to moisture. 1. Use of cementious or other materials that have become caked and hardened from absorption of moisture will not be permitted. E. Prior to installation, unload concrete masonry units onto working pallets as described in Section 3.02, D. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: 1. Do not place unit masonry when temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit, unless the Architect approves and the Contractor provides means for preventing damage from freezing before and after placement. B. Protection: 1. Protect surrounding work as required against damage from masonry work. 2. Clean satisfactorily and correct damage to surrounding work resulting from masonry work. 3. The Contractor shall take all means and precautions necessary to protect masonry units from moisture absorption during shipping, storage on site, placement prior to grouting of wall, during wall construction until the masonry wall is completed and water repellant coating is applied. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04230-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4003 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Hollow Load - Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: As manufactured by Angelus Block or approved equal. Medium weight open end type concrete block size 8 x 8 x 16- inches or 12 x 8 x 16- inches, conforming to ASTM C90, Type 1 (0.060 maximum allowable linear shrinkage with a maximum moisture of 35 %, as a percentage of total absorption). Provide compressive strength indicated on drawings. The colors listed are Angelus Block. Submitted colors must match Angelus Block colors. 1. Type A- Precision Face; Color- Standard Grey 2. Type B -Split Face at exterior site wall; Color to be 'Sandstone' as manufactured by Angelus Block. a. Provide split face on both sides of masonry wall. At exposed edges provide split face finish on three sides. B. Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type II. C. Aggregates: 1. For Mortar: ASTM C144. 2. For Grout: ASTM C404. D. Hydrated Lime; ASTM C207, Type S. E. Quick Lime: ASTM C5. F. Reinforcing Bars: 1. Bars: New billet steel, ASTM A615, Grade 60. 2. Tie Wires: ASTM A82. 3. Comply with the requirements of Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. G. Water: Clean and potable, free from impurities detrimental to mortar and grout. H. Control Joints: Preformed rubber in profiles required or shown. Same as Sonnebom- Contech's "Masonry Control Joints "; Dur -O -Wal National Inc.'s "Rapid Control Joint "; or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 1. Mortar Coloring: Mineral oxide type. J. Additives and Admixtures: Required in all grout to reduce early water loss to the masonry units and produce expansive action in the plastic grout to offset the initial shrinkage and promote bonding of grout to the interior masonry unit surfaces. Use Grout Aid by W.R. Grace or approved equal. Obtain approval of admixture by Architect, Structural Engineer and Owner's Testing Agency. K. Water Repellant Coating: As recommended by manufacturer. Coating to be water based, penetrating type. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Concrete Masonry Units: Blocks shall have been air cured for not less than 28 days. B. Reinforcement 1. Shop - fabricate to comply with Drawings. 2. Conform with requirements of ACI 315 where specific.details are not shown or where Drawings and Specifications are not more demanding. 2.03 MIXES AND MIXING A. Mortar: 1. Conform to ASTM C270, Type M. a. Compressive Strength: Minimum 2,000 psi after 28 days. b. Proportions by Volume: One part Portland cement, onequarterto one -third part hydrated lime, and two and three quarters parts aggregate. 04230-4 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S c. Mix in batch mechanical mixer permitting accurate control of water amounts. Place approximately half of the required water and sand into the mixer while turning. Add cement and remainder of the sand and water into mixer in that order and mix materials for at least three minutes with minimum of water to produce workable consistency. Site mixing of mortar shall not be permitted without review and acceptance of Contractor's procedure by the Owner's Testing Agency and the Structural Engineer. d. Add lime and continue mixing as long as required to secure a uniform mass. e. Total mixing time may not be less than 3 minutes or more than 10 minutes. f. Use and place mortar in final position within 2'% hours after mixing. 1) Mortar that have stiffened as a result of evaporation of water may be re- tempered with water as frequently as required to restore required consistency during this time period. B. Grout: Site mixing of grout shall not be permitted without review and acceptance by the Structural Engineer. 1. Compressive Strength: Minimum 2,000 psi after 28 days. ' 2. Slump: 9- to 10- inches. 3. Proportions by Volume: Shall be per CBC 2103.4.2 or Table 21 -B. 4. Use grout aid in all grout to reduce early water loss to the masonry units and produce an expansive action in the grout sufficient to offset initial shrinkage. Mix grout admixture in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. 5. Grout to comply with requirements of CBC 2103.2 and 2103.4 for materials and mix requirements. 6. Use sufficient water to make a workable mix that will flow into all joints of the masonry units with typical rates of absorption for ASTM C90 Type I units. The slump of the grout should be approximately 9 to 10 inches depending on temperature and humidity conditions. C. General Mixing Requirements: 1. Measure materials accurately. 2. Shovel measurements will not be permitted. 3. Use mechanical mixer of at least one -sack capacity. 4. Completely empty drum before charging succeeding batch of materials. ' 5. Exercise extreme care in measuring ingredients for partial batches. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Collect mill test reports for reinforcements under Section 1.04. 2. Sample and test concrete masonry units for compressive strength, unit weight, absorption and moisture content in accordance with ASTM C140. a. Compressive strength tests of units shall also comply with CBC 2105.3.4. b. Test for moisture content and drying shrinkage in accordance with ASTM 0426. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive masonry and verify the following: ' 1. Foundation surface is level t0 permit bed joint within range of 1/4- to 3/4 -inch. 2. Edge is true to line to permit projection of masonry to less than 114 -inch. 3. Projecting dowels are free from loose scale, dirt, concrete, or other bond - inhibiting ' substances and properly located. B. Do not begin before unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean concrete surfaces to receive masonry. B. Remove laitance or other foreign material lodged in surface by sandblasting or other means CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04230-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004573 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S as required. C. Ensure masonry units are clean and free from dust, dirt, or other foreign materials before laying. D. Roughen concrete below walls to expose aggregate; remove loose particles and in hot weather, dampen concrete surfaces before laying blocks. Contact surfaces of all foundations and floors that are to receive masonry work are to be mechanically roughened to 114" amplitude. 3.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Place bars where noted in accordance with ACI 315 and do not disturb after start of masonry placement. B. All horizontal reinforcement shall be laid in bond beam units. C. Minimum clearance between bar and CMU is 112 -inch and between parallel bars is 1 -inch. D. Horizontal and vertical reinforcing shall be held in position by wire positioners or spacing devices near ends and at intervals not to exceed 200 bar diameters, and as required to prevent displacement by construction loads or placement of grout beyond the tolerances allowed by CBC 2104.5. 3.04 PLACEMENT A. General Requirements: 1. Ensure masonry units are sound, clean and free of cracking, chipping and broken edges at time of placement. 2. Accurately cut and fit units as required to accommodate other work using masonry saws. 3. Lay masonry units plumb, true to line, with level courses accurately placed. 4. Adjust unit to final positron while mortar is soft and plastic. 5. Align vertical cells accurately. 6. Remove units disturbed after stiffening of mortar, clean joints, and relay unit with fresh mortar. 7. In hot weather, moisten contact surfaces of the masonry units to receive mortar immediately before laying to prevent excessive drying of mortar. 8. Do not lay up one tier of wall more than 16- inches ahead of other tier. 9. Where necessary to stop longitudinal run, rack back one -half block length in each course. 10. Do not attach construction supports to walls, except where permitted by the Architect. 11. Install anchors, bolts, and other embedded items accurately as work progresses and prior to grouting. 12. Masonry installer and reinforcing steel installer shall meet and coordinate placement of reinforcing steel priorto placement of concrete or grout. B. Joints: 1. Fill joints to thickness noted: ensure full coverage of face shells in both horizontal and vertical joints and on webs. 2. Tool joints as specified on the drawings and achieve solid, smooth, watertight, compacted joints. 3. Joints Exposed to Weather: Point with pointing tools making solid, smooth, watertight joint well bonded to masonry at edges. 4. Immediately fin holes made by line pin with mortar when pin is withdrawn. 5. Remove surplus mortar from joints. C. Cold Weather Requirements: 1. When daily temperature is below 40 degrees F., ensure reinforcing, masonry units, etc., contacting mortar, and grout are free of frost. 2. Protect all mortar and grout from freezing for at least 48 hours after installation whenever temperature falls below 40 degrees F. 04230-6 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I.DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S 3. Maintain mortar and grout at temperature no lower than 50 degrees F., while being used and until installed. 4. In freezing or nearfreezing weather, provide equipment of adequate size for heating of ' mortar and grout. 5. Do not add water to mix at temperature greater than 140 degrees F. D. Hot Weather Requirements! 1. Implement the requirements of approved Hot Weather construction procedures when ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees F or 90 degrees F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph. E. Protection: 1. Protect face materials against staining. 2. Remove misplaced grout or mortar immediately. ' 3. Protect sills, ledges, offsets, and similar items from mortar drippings or other damage during construction. F. Requirements for Walls to be Grouted by High -Lift Method: 1. Lay up walls full story prior to grouting. Brace walls adequately to resist wind lateral and other forces. 2. Build vertical grout barriers or dam of solid masonry across grout space at no more than 25 -feet on centers to control horizontal flow of grout. 3. Provide cleanouts by leaving out every other unit in bottom course; seal after inspection and before grouting. Face shell plugs shall have a 24 hour cure time and be adequately braced to resist grout pressure. 4. During laying up, remove mortar fins and other foreign matterfrom grout space with stick and compressed air. 5. Grout shall be a high slump workable mix placed by pumping. 6. Use mechanical vibrators for consolidation. 7. Grout is to be reconsolidated after it has taken on a plastic consistency but prior to taking on initial set ' B. A "pour" is considered as the entire height of grout fig placed in one day and is composed of a number of successive placed grout lifts. A "lift" is the layer of grout placed in a single continuous operation. 9. Maximum height of pourwill be twelve feet for eight inch walls, sixteen feet for twelve inch walls. G. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Bond: Running bond, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Joint Thickness: 318 -inch, both vertically and horizontally. 3. Joint Treatment: a. Where exposed, all mortar joints shall be tooled joints. b. Where concealed, cut off mortar flush with face of work using trowel. c. Use proper units to provide for windows, doors, bond beams, lintels, pilaster, etc., in order to minimize cuffing. d. Do not wet units. e. Align vertical cells to provide continuous, unobstructed opening for grouting. f. Corners: Provide standard masonry bond by overlapping units. 3.06 GROUTING A. General Requirements: 1. Use high -lift or low -lift grouting, at the Contractor's option. Do not pour grout until mortar ' has set and cured, 36 hours minimum. Grout walls as soon as possible after mortar has cured. 2. Grout voids between wythes and cells of concrete block. 3. Ensure grout flows into voids and completely surrounds reinforcing steel. 4. Stop grout approximately 1 -12 inches below top of last course (12" at bond beams with horizontal steel), except at top course, bring grout flush with top of block ' CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04230-7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 *3 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 5. Grout from inside face of masonry wherever possible. 6. Where necessary to stop longitudinal run, provide suitable dam to retain grout in place. 7. Do not wet down grout spaces prior to grouting. Low -Lift Grouting: 1. Pour grout to a maximum height of 4 -feet, stopping 1- 1/2-inches below top of unit except at bond beam units with horizontal steel the grout shall be stopped 1/2 -inch below top of unit. 2. Delay 3 to 5 minutes allowing the excess of water to be absorbed by the masonry unit, then consolidate by vibrating. 3. Layup and grout next 4 -feet of walls. C. High Lift Grouting 1. Ensure cleanout has been sealed before grouting. 2. Pour first lift to a depth not in excess of 4 feet, with a waiting period between subsequent lifts of thirty to sixty minutes, sufficient to permit grout to become plastic but not set 3. Place the first lift of grout to a uniform height, wait 3 to 5 minutes, and mechanically vibrate thoroughly to fill all voids. Subsequent lifts should be poured and alternate cells vibrated twelve inches to eighteen inches into the preceding lift. 4. Complete pour in sequence with other lifts not in excess of 4 feet. 5. If grout pour is 6 -feet or less, it may be placed in one lift. If total pourexceeds 6 -feet, the grout shall be placed in 4 -foot lifts. 6. Grouting operations shall be conducted such that pours are limited to successive lifts which can be placed within one hour of the preceding lift. 7. Reconsolidate the top lift after the required waiting period to fill any space left by settlement and shrinkage. a. Repeat the waiting, pouring, and reoonsolidation steps until the top of the day's pouris reached. b. Construction Joints: In the high lift grouting method, intermediate horizontal construction joints are not permitted. Plan the work for one continuous pour of grout to the top of the wall in four foot layers or lifts in the same working day. Should a blow -out, equipment breakdown, or any other emergency occur, cease the grouting operation. An alternate procedure may be used with the approval of the Architect or Structural Engineer. c. The section of wall to be grouted in any one pour is limited to a length in which successive lifts can be placed within one hour of the preceding lifts. Vertical control barriers shall be placed between pour sections in locations approved by the Architect or Structural Engineer. 3.06 POINTING AND CLEANING A. Point holes or defective mortar joints upon completion of work; where necessary, cut out and repoint defective joints. B. At end of work day, fiber -brush new surfaces to remove mortar splotches, clean with mild detergent or enzymes, and rinse with clean water. C. Do not use acid solution to remove green stain or efflorescence resulting from salts; follow recommendations of manufacturer for removal of such stains. D. Upon completion of work, remove from site surplus materials, rubbish, and debris resulting from this work. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Special Inspection: 1. The Owner shall employ an approved, qualified masonry inspector to perform continuous masonry inspection per UBC 1701. Acceptance by a State or Municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. The masonry inspector shall be at the site during all masonry 04230-8 construction and perform the following duties: CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST MIN AND TRAINING FACILITY 00 MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. Review plans and specifications and meet with the Contractor to discuss requirements before work commences. 3. Before masonry work commences, meet with the Contractor and the Architect in a joint ' meeting to review the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry work. 4. Check brand and type of cement, lime (if used) and source of sand. ' 5. Inspect the foundation or slab to ascertain that it is clean and ready to receive units. S. Check reinforcing steel dowels for straightness, proper alignment, spacing, size and length. 7. Observe manner in which units are laid up to ensure that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. Inspect cells to assure that fins will not interfere with grouting or foaming. Instruct masons to keep cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. ' 8. Observe placing of grout continuously. 9. Perform or supervise performance of required sampling and field testing as specified. 10. Keep complete record of inspection of work. Report daily to the Owners ' Representative the progress of the masonry inspection. B. Prism Test: The Owner's Testing Agency will perform prism testing in accordance with CBC Section 2105.3.2. Prior to construction, a set of 5 masonry prisms shall be built and tested using materials taken from those specified for this project. During construction test 3 prisms for each 5,000 sq. ft. of wall area and as additionally required by the Architect. C. Mortar and Grout Testing: The Owner's Testing Agency shall verify that mortar complies with the requirements of CBC 2103.3.1 and CBC Table 21A. - compressive strength tests shall be performed on grout, one test for each 5,000 square feet of wall area. Test mortar and grout in accordance with CBC 2105.3.1. D. Masonry Core Tests: When required by the Owner or Architect, the Owner's Testing Agency shall take and test masonry cores in accordance with CBC 2105.3.1. Take cores in locations designated by the Architect. Contractor shall restore walls with whole face shells or complete units as approved by the Architect. One half of the cores shall be tested for bond strength at the joint between the masonry and the grout. ' END OF SECTION E, ICONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 04230-9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * 1M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 04730 .y L' . l � J � f �� •I : I �' I � .1 � � : 7 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured simulated stone veneers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04230 -Unit Masonry B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Materials and execution methods for sealing soft joints in cast stonework. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. B. ASTM C 91 - Standard Specification for Masonry Cement. C. ASTM C 177 - Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded - Hot -Plate Apparatus. D. ASTM C 192 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. E. ASTM C 207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C482 - Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland Cement. G. ASTM C567- Standard Test Method for Density of Structural Lightweight Concrete. H. UL 723 - Standard for Safety for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the specified materials. 1. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. 2. Certificates: Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions C. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, dimensions, layouts, profiles, cross sections, reinforcement; exposed faces, arrangement of joints, anchoring methods, anchors, and piece numbers. D. Mock -Ups: Install at project site a job mock -up using acceptabble products and manufacturer approved installation methods. Obtain Architect's acceptance of finish color, texture and pattern, and workmanship standard. 1. Mock -up size to be approximately 6'- 0 "x6' -0" at jobsite at location directed. 2. Illustrate field pattern of stone and color and tooling of joints. 3. Maintenance: Maintain mock -up during construction for workmanship comparison; remove.and legally dispose of mock -up when no longer required. 4. Mock -up may be incorporated into final construction upon Architect's approval. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm with a minimum of 5 years of experience in producing cast stone of the types required for project. SIMULATED STONE VENEER 04730-1 RRM DESIGN CROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S H ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver simulated stone components secured to shipping pallets and protected from damage and discoloration. Protect corners from damage. B. Store simulated stone components and installation materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Store simulated stone components on pallets with nonstaining, waterproof covers. Ventilate under covers to prevent condensation. Prevent contact with dirt. D. Protect simulated stone components during handling and installation to prevent chipping, cracking, or other damage. 1 E. Store mortar materials where contamination can be avoided. PART2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Architectural Simulated Stone: 1. Owen's Corning, One Owen's Corning Parkway, Toledo, OH 43659; (800) 255.1727. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 — Product Requirements. B. Simulated Stone Veneer 1. Cultured Stonesimulatedstoneveneertobe Country Ledgestone- Bucks County - CSV- 368183. Provide manufacturer's standard corner pieces. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Mortar: 1. Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I or masonry cement, Type N, ASTM C91. 2. Masonry sand. 3. Lime, ASTM C207. 4. Iron oxide pigments. B. Water. Potable. C. Sealer: Non -film forming type as recommended by manufacturer. D. Sealant: As specified in Section 07900. E. Cleaner: General- purpose cleaner designed for rernoving mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other construction stains from new masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; approved for intended use by cast stone manufacturer and by cleaner manufacturer for use on cast stone and adjacent masonry materials. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine construction to receive simulated stone components. Notify Architect if construction is not acceptable. B. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Mortar: Apply 1/2" to 3/4" of mortar to dampened masonry covering a maximum of 10 square feet atone time. Press the units firmly into position in soft mortar bed, wiggle and apply slight pressure to unit to ensure firm bonding, causing mortar to extrude slightly around edges of units. B. Joints: Place units in a tight fit/ dry stacked method against other units with no allowance 04730-2 SIMULATED STONE VENEER CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S for mortar joints. 1. Remove excesss mortar as required. Do not allow mortar to set up on face of units. C. Setting Units: Press each stone into the mortar setting bed firmly enough to squeeze some mortar out around the sonte's edges. Apply pressure to the stone to ensure a good bond. Ensure complete coverage between the mortar bed and back surface of the simulated stone. D. Cutting: Perform necessary cutting with proper tools to provide uniform edges, take care to prevent breaking unit corners or edges. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Remove construction debris from project site. 1. Cleaning: Use a strong solution of granulated soap or detergent and water with a bristle brush. Immediately rinse with fresh, potable water. Do not use a wire brush, high pressure power washer or attempt to use acid or acid based products. 2. Efflorescence: To remove efflorescence, allow stone to dry thoroughly, then scrub vigorously with a stiff bristle brush and clean, potable water. Rinse thoroughly. Do not use a wire brush. For difficult effloresence, scrub thorougly with a solution of 1 part white household vinegar to 5 parts water. Rinse thoroughly. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect installed work and finish surfaces from damage during construction. Replace damaged pieces as required before Owner acceptance at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION SIMULATED STONE VENEER 04730-3 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA NAND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART IGENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Section Includes: Provision of structural steel as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Structural steel framing, including all structural steel shown on the structural drawings and all standard shapes, plates and rods shown on the Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical drawings that connect to the building structure. 2. Shear connectors for composite construction. 3. Anchors bolts and plates. 4. Shop painting. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Federal Specifications (FS) 4. American Institute of Steel Construction's "Manual of Steel Construction ": a. "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" (AISC1). b. "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" (AISC2). 1) No provision of AISC2 shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Contractor or Engineerfrom those setforth in these Contract Documents. 2) Where discrepancies exist between the requirements of the Contract Documents and AISC2, the requirements of the Contract Documents shall govern. 5. American Welding Society's: a. "Structural Welding Code" (AWS D1.1). b. "Welding Symbols" (AWSA2.0). 6. American National Standards Institutes: a. "Plain Washers" (ANSI B18.22.1). ' b. "Beveled Washers" (ANSI B18.22.1). 7. Steel Structures Painting Council's "Painting Manual ": a. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC -SP 1). b. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPCSP 2). c. Brush -Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC- SP -7). 8. Research Council on Structural Connections (RCSC) Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Fabricator's Qualifications: Fabricator shall have had not less than 5 years' experience in fabrication of structural steel and be able to furnish evidence of his ability, facilities, ' proficiency of his personnel and completed projects. ISTRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 403 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #6- 5187 -S B. Steel Erectors Qualifications: Erector shall have had not less than 5 years' experience in erection of structural steel and be able to furnish evidence of his ability, facilities, proficiency of his personnel and completed projects. C. Welding Qualifications: Welding procedures, welders, welding operations, and tackers shall be qualified in accordance with AWS DI A. 1. Welders performing complete penetration beam flange -to- column welds shall be job - qualified per AWS D1.1 procedures. 2. Welders who have not performed welding for period of three or more months shall be requalified. 3. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection shall be requalified before performing further welding. 4. The Contractor shall pay costs of certifying qualifications. D. Welding Inspector Qualifications: All welding inspectors shall be AWS certified welding inspectors (CWI) as defined in AWS Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors, latest edition. Welding inspectors qualifications shall be submitted to the Structural Engineer for approval. Inspectors shall be trained and thoroughly experienced in inspecting welding operations. Comply with AWS section 6.1.3. E. Allowable Tolerances. 1. Straightness of Structural Members: a. Members: Meet requirements of AISC1 Section M2.7. 2. Erection Tolerances: Individual pieces shall be erected so that deviation from plumb, level, and alignment shall not exceed 1 to 500. a. Displacement of centerline of columns adjacent to elevator shafts, from established column line, shall not be more than one inch at any point. b. Displacement of centerline of exterior columns, from established column line, shall be not more than 1 inch inward, nor 2 inches away from, building line at any point. F. All steel shall conform to the requirements of UBC Section 2202.2. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing products. B. Shop Drawings: Show details including cuts, copes, connections, holes, threaded fasteners, and welds in accordance withAWS A2.0. C. Welding: 1. Certification of Welder's Qualifications: Welders that will make welds in restricted access, such as, but not limited to, the bottom flange -to- column welds through a cope hole or access hole in the beam web, shall be qualified by the Contractor using the same welding procedure as will be used for production and a mock -up assembly that simulates the construction configuration. 2. Welding Procedure Specification: All Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) shall be submitted to the Owners Testing Agency and the Structural Engineerfor review prior to the start of the work. The WPS's shall contain the actual values to be used for the welding parameters and variables so that instruction is provided to welders. For WPS's which require qualification, Procedure Qualification Records (PQR's) shall also be submitted for review. WPS's for Flux Core Arc Welding (FCAW) shall be qualified by testing in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 5. Production welding heat input shall be limited based on the PQR. See attached forms. 3. Weld Shrinkage and Distortion Control Plan: For highly restrained joints or where shrinkage is likely to cause problems, submit a mitigation plan to Owners Testing Agency and the Structural Engineerfor review to determine compliance with the design intent. 4. Quality Control Plan: Submit plan to Owners Testing Agency and Structural Engineer that addresses all inspection issues, including in- process and final inspection, addressed in AWS D1.1, including Sections 6.1 through 6.6, including the qualifications 05120 -2 STRUCTURALSTEEL tCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IODESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S of the Contractor/Fabricator /Erector's Inspectors and NDE personnel. 5. Welding electrode data sheets for shop and field welding. ' D. Proofs of Compliance for Materials: 1. Certification that materials meet requirements specfied. 2. All steel which cannot be identified per UBC Section 2202.2.2 shall have: a. Certified reports of ladle analysis for all steel. b. Certified reports of tensile, elongation, and bend tests. E. Samples: Provide continuously as requested by the Owner's Testing Agency. F. The Owner's Testing Agency will submit reports on test and inspections performed to the Owner, Architect, Structural Engineer and Contractor. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. ' B. Discharge materials carefully; do not dump onto ground. C. Store structural steel members, whetheron or off site, above ground on platforms, skids, or other support; store other materials in weather - tight, dry place until time of use. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Provide the Owner's Testing Agency with free access to places whetheron or off job site where materials are stored or fabricated, to places where equipment is stored or serviced, and to job site during time of laying out, erection or job -site fabrication. B. Sequencing, Scheduling: ' 1. Notify the Architect in sufficient time prior to shop or field fabrication or erection to permit testing and inspection without delaying Work. 2. Ensure timely delivery of items to be embedded in work of other sections such as cast -in -place concrete; furnish setting drawings or templates and directions for installation. PART PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Shapes, Bars, and Plates: 1. WF & WT Shapes: ASTM A992. 2. Channels, Angles, and Bars: ASTM A36. 3. Plate: ASTM A572, Grade 50. ' B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. D. Standard Threaded Fasteners: 1. Machine Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Plain Washers: ANSI 818.22.1. 3. Beveled Washers: ANSI B18.23.1. ' E. High Strength Bolts: ASTM A325. F. Direct Tension Indicators: Load Indicator Washers, ASTM F959 or Hex Head "Tru Tension" ' Bolts by Nucor. G. Shear Connectors: Size as shown, conform to requirements of AWS D1.1, same as The Nelson Stud Welding Co.'s "Nelson Stud" , or equal product substituted per Section 01600. H. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, and ASTM A449 as noted on drawings. I. Threaded Rods: ASTM A36. STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000313 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S J. Welding Electrodes: E70. The weld metal used shall be rated for Charpy V -Notch (CVN) values of 20 Ft -Lbs at a temperature 30 degrees F colder than the lowest ambient service temperature, and that test temperature shall not be above 0 degrees F. This may be determined based on the electrode classification system, or by performing CVN tests in accordance with the AWS A5.x filler metal specifications. SMAW electrodes shall be E7018. K. Primer. Tnemec Co., Ines "99 Red Metal Primer"; Rust -Oleum Co.'s "769 Damp -Proof Red Primes"; or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General Requirements: 1. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC Manual of Steel Construction; AWS D1.1 Structural Steel Welding Code, section 8, Statically Loaded Structures, except as otherwise noted herein; and requirements of regulatory agencies. 2. Fabricate and preassemble work in shop to greatest extent possible. 3. Do shearing, flame cutting, and chipping carefully and accurately. 4. Do not drift to match misaligned holes. Where enlarging is required, ream and use larger bolt. Misaligned holes will subject members to rejection. 5. Coordinate as required for attachment of other work to structural steel. 6. Drill or punch holes for passage of reinforcing steel shapes, sections, plates, or bars as indicated on Contract Drawings. Notify Architect of conditions not shown or noted. B. Connections: 1. Shop Connections: Bolted or welded as noted. 2. Field Connections: a. Locate field splices only where noted or approved by Architect. b. Where connection is not shown, design in accordance with standard practices unless otherwise directed by the Architect. c. Mark completely tightened bolts with identifying symbol. C. Bolted Connections: 1. Punch or drill holes 1116 inch larger than bolt size. 2. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolts size. Where unfairness exceeds maximum, weld hole in base material solid and drill hole of proper size. 3. As erection progresses, provide sufficient bolts to adequately resist dead load, lateral forces, and erection stresses. D. Assembly with Standard Threaded Fasteners: 1. Beveled Washers: Provide under bolt heads or nuts resting surfaces exceeding five percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Draw up tight, check threads with chisel or provide approved lock washers or self - tightening nuts. E. Assembly of High - Strength Structural Bolted Connections: 1. Meet requirements of RCSC and Fabrication article of this specification. 2. Connections shall be friction -type as defined in RCSC. 3. Provide hardened washers under head or nut of high strength bolts. 4. Provide direct tension indicator washers under the head of slip- critical high strength bolts. Welded Construction: (shop and field) 1. Weld in accordance with AISC and AWS D1.1, and UBC Chapter 22. Beam flange -to- column welds shall be made with the Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW) or Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW) gas shielded or self shielding processes. 2. Welds that will be exposed to view on the completed Work shall be inspected and burrs, flux, welding oxide air spots, and discolorations removed. Grind, polish, or finish as specified or shown. Exteriorwelds shall also be watertight 3. Butt Welds and /or Groove Welds: a. Provide complete penetration welds. 06120 -4 STRUCTURALSTEEL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S b. If welded from one side, use back -up plates. c. If welded from both sides, back -scarf and clean root weld tiefore, depositing weld metal from second side. d. Preheat for minimum three inches on each side of welds; maintain interpass temperatures in accordance with AWS D1.1. e. Weld "dams" or "end dams" shall not be used. f. Weld tabs (also known as weld "extension" tabs or "run off' tabs) shall be used. After the weld has been completed, the weld tabs shall be removed and the weld ground to a smooth contour. g. If groove weld backing (also known as "backup or backer bars ") are used under the bottom beam flange -to- column complete penetration groove weld, the weld backing shall be removed, the removal area ground to sound, bright metal, and the area subjected to magnetic particle examination for defects. A reinforcing filet weld, sized at least 1/4 of the bottom flange thickness, shall be placed in this location, but need not be greater than 3/8 inch. h. If groove weld backing is used under the top beam flange -to- column- flange complete penetration groove weld, and is not removed, the backing shall not exceed 1/4 inch thickness and shall be attached to the column by either a fillet weld along the complete bar length on the underside of the bar, or by a partial joint penetration groove weld from the underside of the backing for the full length of the backing. Other methods of welding the backing to the column may be used subject to the Engineer's approval. 4. Grind exposed welds smooth. 5. Column Bases: Prepare in accordance with the provision of AWS and AISC Specification M2.8. G. Camber: Provide camber as indicated on contract drawings by mill rolling techniques or in accordance with AISC Specification M2.1. H. Shear Connectors: 1. Weld to beam or girders in composite construction where noted. 2. Headed Stud Type: Automatically end weld in accordance with AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's recommendations in such a manneras to provide complete fusion between the stud and the steel member. There shall be no porosity or evidence of lack of fusion between the end of the stud and the steel member. The stud shall decrease in length during welding approximately 3/16 inch for the 3/4 -inch diameter studs. 2.03 FINISHES A. Preparation of Surfaces: 1. Thoroughly clean mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matterfrom steel prior to painting. 2. Where hand - cleaning methods are not adequate, clean in accordance with SSPC -SP1, SSPC -SP 2, or SSPC -SP 7, as required. B. Prime Painting: 1. Apply one (1) coat of primer to structural steel surfaces permanently exposed to weather. 2. Apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's specifications to provide minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mils per coat. 3. Permit thorough drying before shipment. 4. Do not prime in temperatures lower than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. C. Do not prime paint following surfaces: 1. Surfaces to be encased in concrete except initial 2 inches. 2. Surface to be field welded. 3. Surface to receive sprayed-on fireproofing. 4. Contact surfaces joined by high- strength bolts. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Review ladle analysis and certificates of compliance. Where certification is questionable, test material to verify compliance. 2. Inspect shop fabrication. 3. Review Welding Procedure Specifications for conformance with AWS D1.1 and the electrode manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Inspect shop welding, including welding equipment, weld quality, welder certification and conformity with drawings. 5. Ultrasonic test all complete penetration welds per UBC Section 1703. 6. Forward copies of all product and procedure certificates, data sheets, and test reports to the Owner and the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine units of Work to be placed and verify that: 1. All anchor bolts have been installed properly. 2. Do not begin erection before unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Supervise setting of anchor bolts and other embedded items required for erection of structural steel. Ensure correct bearing of steel and correct location of anchor bolts. 3.03 ERECTION A. General Requirements: 1. Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Manual of Steel Construction and AWS D1.1 Structural Steel Welding Code, Section 8, Statically Loaded Structures. 2. Requirements for bolted and welded connections specified in Section 2 apply to shop and field connections 3. Ensure steel is plumb, level and aligned as specified before making final connections. 4. Leveling of base plates shall be achieved through the use of leveling nuts at the anchor bolts. 5. Where erection requires performing work of fabrication on site, conform to applicable standards for fabrication. 6. Field corrections of major members will not be permitted without the Architect's prior written approval. B. Field Assembly: 1. Clean bearing surfaces and surfaces to be in permanent contact before assembling members. 2. Accurately assemble frames to lines and elevation indicated, within erection tolerances noted. 3. Ensure assembly is plumb, level, and aligned before final connecting. 4. Do not fasten splices of compression members, before abutting surfaces have been brought completely into contact. 5. Installation of high - strength bolts shall conform to ASTM A325 for slip critical type connection in accordance with RCSC. Provide washer under head or nut of high strength bolts. Bolts in welded connections shall be tensioned after completion of welding. 6. Mill scale shall be removed from the column in the area where the beam flanges will be welded to the column. 7. Flat reinforcing plates aligned parallel to the top and bottom beam flange, if used, shall be installed in accordance with these requirements: The rehforcing plate for the bottom flange shall be welded to the column in the fabricating shop using a complete joint penetration double bevel groovejoint, e.g., AWS D1.1 configuration TC -U5. This weld shall be inspected by ultrasonic examination. The balance of the welding is to be done in the field. The reinforcing plate for the top flange shall be shipped loose. After the top 05120-6 flange has been welded to the column, and ultrasonically examined g RUT A the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S top flange weld surface shall be prepared, the reinforcing plate fitted for welding, the reinforcing plated welded to the column flange with a CdP single groove weld, e.g., AWS D1.1 configuration TC -U4. The reinforcing plate shall be restrained from rotation during welding to the column. After completion of the reinforcing plate to the column weld, the reinforcing plate shall be welded to the top flange. C. Gas Cutting: Use of flame cutting torch will be permitted only after the Architect's prior written approval and only where metal cut will not carry stress during cutting, stresses will not be transmitted through flame -cut surface and cut surfaces will not be visible. 1. Make cuts smooth and regular in contour. 2. To determine effective width of members so cut, deduct 1/8 inch from least width at cut edge. 3. Make radius or re- entrance of cut fillet as large as practical, but in no case less than 1 inch. 4. Do not use flame cutting torch to align bolt holes. D. Field Touch -Up Painting: After erection, touch -up paint field connections and abrasions resulting from the Work of this Section with same paint used for shop prime painting. 3.04 CLEANING A. After erection, thoroughly clean surfaces of foreign or deleterious matter such as dirt, mud, oil, or grease that would impair bonding or fireproofing of concrete. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency shall: 1. Requalify welders who will be performing complete penetration beam flange -to- column welds. 2. Inspect all field welding, including welding equipment, electrodes, weld quality, welder certification, and conformity with drawings. 3. Review Welding Procedure Specifications for conformance with AWS, D1.1 and the electrode manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Ultrasonic test all complete penetration and partial penetration welds. 5. Inspect and test high strength bolted connections. 6. Bolt assemblies, which include direct tension indicators, shall be sampled and tested on a daily basis to verify proper indication of deformation with required bolt tension for each size and lot. The inspector shall have a torque wrench, calibrated daily, to verify correlation with proper tension as the installation proceeds. 7. Inspect erected structural steel as required to establish conformity of Work with reviewed shop drawings and Contract Drawings. 8. Perform testing and inspection of shear connectors in accordance with requirements of AWS D1.1. except that the test studs shall be subjected to a 90° bend test by striking them with a heavy hammer. After the bend test, the weld section shall not exhibit any tearing or cracking. END OF SECTION ISTRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -7 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 11M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 05310 STEEL DECKING PART 1GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of steel decking as indicated in Contract Drawings with directly attached accessory items as noted or required for complete installation. Accessory items include but are not necessarily limited to following: 1. Closure strips. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 05120 - Structural Steel 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests or recommended methods of trade, industry or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below. 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. American Iron and Steel Institute's "Specifications for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members" (AISI). 4. Steel Deck Institute's "Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks" (SDI). 5. American Welding Societys "Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel" (AWS D1.3). 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welder's Qualifications: 1. Welders shall be qualified for horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions in accordance with AWS D1.3. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing Agency for fire - resistive rating shall have approval of ultimate enforcing authority and provide re- examination services. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Decking shall have been tested and approved by testing agency as component in composite construction having two -hour fire - resistive rating without applied fireproofing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing products. B. Samples: Only as requested. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Show deck type, location, orientation and laps. Show type, location and sequence of welds. Show large scale details of connections, methods of attachment and accessory items. 2. Prior to submission of structural steel erection plans, submit deck plans showing dimensioned locations of edge of deck and deck openings. D. Certificates: 1. Certify that materials meet requirements specified. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle decking in manner to prevent damage or deformation. , STEEL DECKING 05310-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE P TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Discharge materials carefully, store on platform or pallets, and cover with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight covering. Do not dump onto ground. C. Do not overload decking during construction period and do not use decking for storage or working platform priorto welding in position. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Provide the Owner's Testing Agency with free access to places whether on or off the job site where materials are stored or fabricated, to places where equipment is stored or serviced, and to job site during times of installation. B. Sequencing, Scheduling: Notify the Architect in sufficient time priorto fabrication, field welding or installation to permit testing and inspection without delaying work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL DECKING TYPES A. General Requirements: 1. Steel decking shall be designed in accordance with SDI unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Section design properties shall be computed in accordance with applicable requirements of AISI. 3. Steel decking shall be ICBO- approved for lateral shear resistance. B. By Metal Sales Manufacturing Corporation or equal product substituted per Section 01600. See Contract Drawings for gauge, configuration and section properties. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, Grade A (min. Fy = 38 ksi), zinc galvanized coating in accordance with ASTM A653, Coating Designation G60. B. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A36. C. Touch -Up Paint: For Abraded Galvanizing: Zinc oxide or zinc dust primer for galvanized metal. D. Welding Electrodes: Low - hydrogen electrodes in accordance with AWS D1.1 and D1.3. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Preparation: 1. Coordinate with other work supporting, contacting or adjoining metal decking and verify requirements for cutting out, fitting, and attaching. 2. Verify dimensions and locations at site whenever construction progress permits. B. General Requirements: 1. ' Fabricate in accordance with SDI unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. Shop- or field -cut units to fit around openings, along building perimeter, and around columns. 3. Provide in lengths to be continuous for not less than three spans and to rest on minimum of four supports where structural steel layout permits. 2.04 FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Where items have not been fabricated from galvanized steel sheet, hot -dip galvanize after fabrication in accordance with ASTM At 53, A385 or A123 as applicable. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Review mill analysis and certificates of compliance. 2. Test samples of thickness of base metal and thickness of galvanized coating as required by applicable ASTM Standards. 05310-2 STEEL DECKING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 10 '10M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine construction to support decking and verify that: 1. Dimensions are correct. 2. Setting conditions are proper. 3. Means of attachment integral with support is correct. B. Do not start installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: 1. Install decking in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Provide flashings, closure strips, closure plates, reinforcing and fastenings as required 3. Perform shaping, cutting, drilling and fitting in mannerto equal workmanship of shop fabrication. 4. Button - punching or crimping in lieu of welding will not be permitted. B. Layout: 1. Place and adjust units in final position prior to permanent fastening. 2. Install in straight, continuous rows with ribs at right angles to supporting members. 3. Align ribs to be straight within 114 inch in overall length of decking. 4. Locate butted ends tight at center line of structural support with positive, solid, complete bearing over full width of panel without deforming units. Ensure not less than one -inch bearing on support 5. Locate extreme ends and edges over structural supports with positive, solid complete- bearing over full width of support for full width or length of panel without deforming units. C. Welding Procedure: 1. Perform welding in accordance with AISI and AWS D1.3. 2. Ensure surfaces to receive weld metal are clean and dry. 3. Weight units with sand bags near welding points to secure firm contact of surfaces welded. 4. Surfaces with temperature below 32 Degrees Fahrenheit: Preheat to minimum 70 degrees Fahrenheit and maintain during welding. 5. Maintain long arc while electrode is moved in circular direction until proper hole size is burned in sheet metal. Shorten arc and deposit weld metal around complete circumference of hole. 6. Clean all welds immediately by wire brushing and touch -up with paint before covering with succeeding panel. 7. Take special care to secure solid welds where unit is warped or curved or meets supporting member at angle. D. Closure Strips: Attach to decking with tack welds. 3.03 CLEANING AND PAINTING A. Touch -Up Painting 1. Galvanized Surfaces and Field Welds: At field welds and at galvanized surfaces that have been damaged in handling or burned off in welding, repair in accordance with ASTM A780. 2. Prime- Coated Structural Steel Framing: Where welding metal decking to structural steel has burned off prime -coat or resulted in other damage, apply paint as required to restore coverage. B. Prepare surfaces as necessary for proper application of structural concrete. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: STEEL DECKING 05310-3 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 T CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S TI ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Provide continuous inspection of welding, including priorfit -up, welding equipment, weld quality and welder certification. 2. Provide continuous inspection during installation as required to establish conformity of work with requirements. END OF SECTION 05310-4 STEEL DECKING CITY OF NEWPORTBEACH *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S SECTION 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of light gauge steel stud and joist framing. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Load - bearing steel stud framing at exterior walls. 2. Interior stud wall and ceiling framing with studs 20 -gauge and heavier. 3. Framing accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 -Structural Steel 2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Federal Specifications (FS). 4. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.3: "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel ". 5. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI): "Specifications for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members". 6. Metal Lath Association (MLA): "Specifications for Metal Lath and Furring ". 7. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): "Painting Manuar. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with fire - resistance ratings as indicated and as required by governing authorities and codes. 2. Provide materials, accessories, and application procedures which have been listed by an approved testing agency or tested according to ASTM E119 for the type of construction shown. 3. Comply with requirements of CBC Section 2202.2.3 for design and identification of cold - formed steel. 4. Framing system shall conform to ICBO Report for stud gauge and spacing for all wall conditions. B. Steel stud system shall conform to referenced AISI documents. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 3 years documented experience. D. Welders: Qualified in accordance with AWS D1.3 for welding process, position, type of weld and type of steel. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans and elevations at not less than 114 inch to 1'0" scale, and details at not less than 3- inches to 1'0" scale. 1. Indicate wall stud and ceiling joist layout. COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ATI ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #13- 5187 -S 2. Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage to structure, type and location of fasteners and accessories, and items required of related work for complete installation of steel stud system. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's ICBO report, specifications and installation instructions for steel studs, fasteners, and accessories. D. Experience of installer if requested by Architect. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Procedures: In accordance with Section 01600 Product Requirements. B. Protect framing from rusting and damage. C. Deliver in manufacturer's unopened containers or bundles fully identified with name, brand, type and grade. D. Store inside a dry, ventilated space, and protect framing from rust and damage. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Coordinate stud sizes and layouts with the work of the various trades. Where ductwork, conduit, piping, casework, and other such items exceed indicated available space, increase stud sizes or make other minor modifications as necessary to accommodate the work at no change in cost of the Work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Angeles Metal Systems, Knorr Steel Framing, Dietrich Industries, or other member of Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association (ICBO #ER4943P). 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: ASTM A570, Grade 50. B. Studs: Cee studs with punched web, unless otherwise noted, formed of gauge as specified on the Drawings. 1. Provide ASTM A570, Grade 50 and 33, shop -coat with manufacturer's standard rust - inhibitive primer after fabrication. 2. Minimum properties for each size stud shall be as follows, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Size (in) Gauge Flange Moment of Section Grade (ksi) Width (in) Inertia (in) Modulus (in) 4 16 1 5/8 0.873 0.481 50 4 18 1 5/8 0.710 0.392 30 4 20 15/8 0.557 0.307 30 6 16 15/8 2.860 0.953 50 6 18 1518 2.316 0.772 30 6 20 1518 1.808 0.603 50 8 16 1 '5/8 5.763 1.434 30 a. C. Floor Tracks: Formed from same gauge and grade of steel as used for studs: 1 -1/4 -inch legs. 1. Provide ASTM A653, Grade D, or shop -coat with rust- inhibitive primer after fabrication. D. Ceiling Tracks: Formed from 16 -gauge steel, 2 -inch legs. 1. Provide ASTM A653, Grade D, or shop -coat with rust - inhibitive primer after fabrication. 05400-2 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 IM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Partition Stiffeners or Bridging: Unpunched channel shape, formed of 16 -gauge steel to required dimensions. Powder - Driven Fasteners: 1. Tempered -steel pins with special corrosive - resistant plating or coating. 2. Pins shall have guide washers to accurately control penetration, minimum 1 -1/4 inch. 3. Fastening shall be accomplished by low - velocity, piston - driven, powder - accentuated tool. 4. Pins and tool shall be Hilti Fastening Systems DN -32 -PB (ICBO #2388) or equal product substituted per Section 01630. G. Expansion Bolts: Hilti Fastening Systems "Kwik Bolt II Concrete Anchors" (ICBO #4627), or equal. H. Welding Electrodes: AWS low hydrogen, rod number and diameter as approved by the Owner's Testing Agency. L Bracing: Provide cross diagonal 3 -inch wide by 14 -gauge straps, welded as indicated on the Drawings and per stud manufacturer's specifications for frame stability. J. Touch -up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC Paint 20 zinc rich. K. Metal Screws: Self- drilling and self- tapping; No. 8 pan head and larger as noted on Drawings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate details and requirements of other Work which adjoins or fastens to studs and requires backing or special support framing included in this Section. 1. Items requiring backing or support include, but are not necessarily limited to casework, wall - specialties, and similar items. 2. Obtain Architect's approval of backing method proposed to satisfy requirements of this Section which differs from methods noted or shown. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine all parts of the supporting structure and the conditions under which studs will be installed. B. Notify the Architect, in writing, of any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work, C. Do not proceed with the installation of steel studs until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Tracks shall be securely anchored to supporting structure, with fasteners specified at not more than 24 inches on center. B. Complete, uniform, and level bearing support shall be provided for the bottom track at each bearing/stud location. Install full metal shims below bottom track at stud locations as needed, or set bottom track in high- strength grout. C. Abutting or intersecting pieces or track shall be securely anchored to a common structural element or spliced together. 1. Splices or butt welds shall be used at all butt joints in the runner track. 2. Do not splice studs. D. Studs shall sit squarely in the top and bottom runner track with firm abutment against track webs. 1. Studs shall be aligned or plumbed and securely fastened to the flanges of both top and bottom track. COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400-3 tRRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S ' 2. Space studs 16 inches on center maximum unless otherwise noted on Drawings. E. Framed wall openings shall include a header and multiple studs at each edge of opening as ' indicated on Drawings. F. Diagonal bracing shall be installed at locations indicated for frame stability. G. Install bridging as indicated on Drawings where studs areto be finished on one sideonly. H. Form corners and intersections of partitions with three studs. Provide additional studs as indicated or required. I. Joining of members shall be made with welding; wire tying of framing members shall not be permitted. J. Welded connections shall be made by resistance spot fusion welding, fillet welding, or plug welding and shall be done in accordance with the latest recommended procedures and practices of the American Welding Society. K. Do not cut or notch stud flanges or cut additional opening in stud web. L. Field abrasions and welds shall be touched up with zinc rich primer. M. Tolerance: Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/4 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FIRE -RATED ASSEMBLIES A. Install studs which are components of fire -rated wall assemblies as indicated. 3.05 BACKING IN STUD PARTITIONS A. Securely weld or screw cut sections of unpunched stud to at least three stud or furring supports, leaving flat surface of backing stud web to receive attachment of object to be secu red. B. Verify that any predrilling of backing and attachment of spacers to prevent crushing of collateral material is done prior to application.of collateral material. C. If it is determined by the Architect that backing was not provided for any items as required, ' the Contractor shall remove the finish material and install backing. The Contractor shall patch and refinish surface to match adjacent area and finish. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. The Owner's Testing Agency will: 1. Provide continuous inspection of welding, including priorfit -up, welding equipment, weld ' quality, and welder certification in accordance with CBC Section 1701.5(5.1). 2. Provide continuous inspection during installation as required to establish conformity of Work requirements. ' END OF SECTION 1 05400-4 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH S DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of all item of miscellaneous metal and related accessories and fasteners as indicated in Contract Drawings including but necessarily limited to the following: 1. Steel pipe railing, handrails, guardrails and brackets. 2. Continuous inserts for pipe and conduit supports. 1 Backing and mounting plates for equipment items. 4. Anchor bolts. 5. Auxiliary angles and brackets. 6. Stainless steel countertops. 7. Miscellaneous metal work as shown on the Drawings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 - Structural Steel 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this area. B. Published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work of this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest additions apply). 1. California Building Code (CBC), 2001 Edition. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. Federal Specifications (FS). 4. American Institute of Steel Construction's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings. 5. American Welding Society's "Structural Welding code" (AWS D1.1). 6. American Iron and Steel Institute's "Specifications for Design of Light Gauge Cold- Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members ". 7. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's: "Metal Stairs" (NAAMM -MS). 8. Steel Structures Painting Council's "Painting Manual ": a. Solvent Cleaning (SSPCGSP 1). b. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC -SP 2). c. Brush -Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC -SP 7). d. Hot Phosphate Surface treatment (SSPC -PT 4). 9. American Hot Dip Galvanizers Association, Inc. (AHDGA): a. Inspection manual for hot dip galvanized products. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welded Qualifications: Welders shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. B. Design criteria: 1. Work shall be designed to support normally imposed loads and conform to AISC requirements. 2. Built -up parts shall not exhibit warp. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's literature describing products including details and dimensions. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show a large scale construction of various parts, methods of joining, thickness of metals, profiles of surfaces, reinforcing, anchorage, and structural supports. Include information regarding concealed and exposed joints, welds, and fastenings. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE RATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. Where welded connectors and concrete inserts are required to receive work, show size and locations required. C. Samples: Only as requested by the Architect. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. B. Discharge materials carefully and store on clean concrete surface or raised platform in safe, dry area. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Scheduling, Sequencing: 1. Ensure timely fabrication of items to be embedded or enclosed by other work. 2. Furnish information and assistance required for locating embedded items and be responsible for proper locations. 'PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES ' A. Ferrous Metals: 1. Structural Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36, conforming to AISC specifications. 2. Architectural and Miscellaneous Steel Items: ASTM A283. 3. Steel Sheets: ASTM A446, Grade A. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53. 5. Steel Bars: ASTM A36. ' 6. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade A. 7. Steel Plate: ASTM A36. 8. Checker Plate: FS QQ- F461c, flat back carbon steel, Pattern 15 or 16. 9. Zinc for galvanizing: ASTM B06 as specified in ASTM A123. ' 10. Welding electrodes: E -70XX. 11. Grout: Embeco "636" or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 12. Stair Treads: Irving, Reliance, or equal with abrasive metal nosing. 13. Grating: Irving, Reliance or equal typical 1 -inch X 3116 -inch beaming bars at 1 -316 -inch centers with 1/4 -inch twisted cross bars welded at 4 -inch centers, galvanized with bolted anchorage. ' B. Fastenings: 1. Typical Unfinished Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: Low carbon steel standard fasteners, externally and internally threaded, ASTM A307 Grade A; malleable washers. ' 2. Expansion Bolts: Same as Hilti's "Kwik -Bolt Concrete Anchors "; Wej -It Expansion Products, Inc.'s "Wej -It Concrete Anchors ", or equal product substituted per Section 01600. ' C. Primer: Zino - chromate type. Same as manufactured by Fuller- O'Brien Corp.'s Ne. 121 -00; The Glidden Co.'s No. 4570; Sinclair paint Co.'s 20; or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 2.02 SPECIALTY FABRICATED PRODUCTS A. Preparation: 1. Coordinate with other work supporting or adjoining miscellaneous metal and verify ' requirements for cutting out, fitting, and attaching. 2. Verify sizes, designs, and locations of items; do so at site whenever construction progress permits. B. General Requirements 1. Fabricate items from materials noted and make true to profiles shown. Obtain the Architect's approval of proposed variations. '05500-2 2• Miter corners and angles of frames and moldings unless otherwise. FABRICATIONS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH •M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 3. Perform cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping as required for items or their adjacent work. 4. Drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch. 5. Ensure shearing and punching leaves true lines and surfaces. 6. Items to be Galvanized: Fabricate in accordance with recommended practices of ASTM A385 and A386 unless specifically noted otherwise. 7. Fabricate exterior items for assembly and Installation on site without field-welding of joint. 8. Ensure metal thickness and assembly details provide ample strength and stiffness. 9. Size sleeves for approximately 114 -inch clearance all around. C. Fastening: 1. Provide fasteners and anchor assemblies required for complete fabrication, field assembly, and erection. 2. Conceal fastenings wherever practicable. 3. Size internally threaded diameters to accommodate galvanized threaded bolts where galvanizing is required. 4. Permanent connections in Ferrous Metal Items: Empbywelding wherever practicable, avoid bolts and screws. D. Welding: 1. Use electric shielded -arc process according to AWS D1.1, 2. Maintain shape and profile of item welded. 3. Prevent heat blisters, run- throughs, and surface distortions. 4. Welds Normally Exposed to View in Finished Work: Make uniform and grind smooth. 5. Exposed Welds: Remove burrs, flux, welding oxide, air spots and discoloration; grind smooth, polish, or otherwise finish to match material welded. E. Bolted and Screwed Connections: 1. Use bolts for field connections only, and then only as noted. Countersink heads; finish smooth and flush. a. Provide washers under heads and nuts bearing on wood. b. Draw nuts tight and prevent loosening of permanent connections by nicking threads. c. Use beveled washers where bearing is on sloped surfaces. 2. Where necessary to use screws for permanent connections in ferrous metal, use flat head type, countersink, fill screw slots, and finish smooth and flush. 3. Evenly space exposed heads. F. Handrail Bracket for Pipe Railings: Fabricate according to details. 2.03 FINISHES A. Preparations of Surfaces: 1. Thoroughly clean mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from ferrous metal priorto galvanizing, hot phosphate treatment or painting. 1 Where hand cleaning methods are not adequate, clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 1, SSPC -SP 2, or SSPC -SP 7 as required. 3. Completely eliminate burrs, rough spots and pitting from normally exposed ferrous metal items. B. Galvanizing: 1. Galvanize items after fabrication in largest sections practicable unless otherwise permitted or recommended by ASTM A384 and A385. 2. Where galvanizing is removed by welding or other assembly procedures, touch up abraded areas with molten zinc or zinc -rich paint. 3. Where ferrous metal item is noted to be galvanized, perform galvanizing in accordance with following standards as applicable to item: a. Hardware items Including Fasteners: ASTM A153. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 � CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S b. Items Both under 1/8 -inch Thickness and Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strips: ASTM A383. c. Other Fabricated items: ASTM A123. C. Finish Schedule: Unless noted otherwise in Materials or Standard Catalog Products Articles. 1. Ferrous Metal, Interior Items: a. Concealed: Clean, chemically etch, and shop -apply one prime coat. b. Exposed: Clean, treat with hot phosphate, chemically etch, and shop -apply one prime coat. 2. Ferrous metal, Exterior Items: a. Concealed: Clean and hot -dip galvanize in accordance with galvanizing standards. b. Exposed: Clean, then hot -dip galvanize in accordance with galvanizing standards, chemically etch, and shop -apply one prime coat. 3. Special Ferrous metal Items as Noted Below: Clean and hot -dip galvanize in accordance with galvanizing standards. Do not prime coat. a. Miscellaneous metal items in Penthouses such as stairs and railings. 4. Items Noted as Chrome - Plated: Same as US26D finish. 5. Hardware Including Fasteners (Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Etc.): a. Finish to match items fastened. b. Where galvanizing is required, hot-dip galvanize according to ASTM A153. 2.04 STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOPS A. For stainless steel countertops, provide 18 gauge sheet stainless steel with minimum seams and 6 inch splash unless noted otherwsie on the Drawings. Provide full height splash at Kitchen (Room 111) 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and Inspections: The Owner will employ testing laboratory to test welds per UBC Section 1701.5. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas to receive work and verify that: Setting conditions and dimensions are correct to receive items. B. Do not start installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install work plumb, true, rigid, and neatly trimmed out. B. Do not tighten fastener through finish alone without spacer washers. C. Provide concrete inserts or predrilled expansion bolts in fastening items into concrete. D. Protect dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with other materials causing corrosion. E. Fasten work tightly to prevent rattle or vibration except where expansion - contraction tolerances are required. F. Use nonshrink grout mixed in accordance with manufacturer's direction for setting frames, plates, sills, bolts and similar items. G. Set items shown or required to be installed in sleeves with quick- setting anchor cement unless otherwise noted. H. Protect metal from damage to surface, profile and shape. 05500-4 METAL FABRICATIONS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH is I DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove protective devices only when items will be safe from other construction operations ' or removal is required to permit related work. B. Clean prime - coated items as required for finish painting. ENO OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-5 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 05515 ALUMINUM LADDERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fixed aluminum wall ladders. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Catwalks and fire escapes. 1.03 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR 1910.27 - Fixed ladders; Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition. B. ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders — Fixed — Safety Requirements; 2002. C. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2004, D. ASTM B 209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2004. E. ASTM B 210 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes; 2004. F. ASTM B 221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2004a. G. ASTM B 221 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2004. H. ASTM B 3088 308M - Standard Specification for Aluminum -Alloy T6061 -T6 Standard Structural; 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Detailed drawings showing complete dimensions, mounting attachments, and fabrication details. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The ladder design is based on the productsw of O'Keeffe's Inc (415 822.4222) as a standard of quality. Ladder model to be 4501, fixed aluminum ladder with safety post. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum Profiles: ASTM 132211132211M, ASTM B 210, ASTM B 308/B 308M; AIby6061-T6; standard mill finish. B. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209B 209M, Alloy 6061 -T6; standard mill finish. C. Fittings, Connectors, and Rung Ends: Cast aluminum alloy 356. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Rungs to be not less than 1 1/4" in section and 18 3/8" long, formed from tubular aluminum extensions. Squared and deeply serrated on all sides. Rungs shall withstand a 1,000 AL1JMIN1JMI3I2NM without deformation or failure. 05515-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4003 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Channel side rails to be assembled from two interlocking aluminum extrusions no less than 118" wall thickness by Y wide. Construction shall be self- locking stainless steel fasteners, full penetration TIG welds and clean, smooth and burr -free surfaces. 2.04 FINISHES A. Provide all aluming in standard min finish. Color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard color line. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings, and in compliance with ANSI A14.3 and OSHA regulations. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Touch -up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05515 -2 ALUMINUM LADDERS ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 'PART IGENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Section Includes: Provision of all lumber framing, rough hardware and blocking as indicated in the contract drawings. B. Related Sections: ' 1. Section 03100 —Concrete Framework 1.02 REFERENCES A. Requirements of GENERAL CONDITIONS and DIVISION NO. 1 apply to all Work in this Section. B. The following Published published Specificationsspecifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of trade, industry, or governmental organizations apply to Work in this Section where cited by abbreviations noted below (latest editions apply). 1. California Codeof Regulations. Title 24, 2001 edition, also known as California Building Code (C BC). 2. (APA) - American Plywood Association, "Guide to Plywood Grades ". 3. (PS) - United States Product Standard, PS -1 and PS -2 "Construction and Industrial Plywood ". 4. (UL) - Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "Fire Hazard Classification, FRS ". 5. (WCLIB) - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, "Standard Grading Rules No. 16 ". 6. (WWPA) - Western Wood Products Association, "Grading Rules for Lumber". ' 7. (AWPA) - American Wood Preservers'Association Standards. ' 8. (AF &PA) — American Forest and Paper Association. 9. (ASTM) — American Society of Testing and Materials. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings of all specialty fabricated rough hardware. B. Samples only as requested by the Architect. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Provide proper facilities for handling and storage of materials to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. B. Keep materials dry. Where necessary, stack materials off ground on level flat forms, fully protected from weather. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain uniform moisture content of lumber at not more than 19- percent before, during, and after installation. B. Sequencing, Scheduling: Coordinate details with other Work supporting, adjoining or fastening to rough carpentry Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIAL A. Rough Carpentry: 1. Sills on Concrete: Foundation grade redwood or pressure treated Douglas Fir. ' 2. Lumber (Wood Framing): Meet requirements of following minimum grades. Item Studs D. F. No.2 ROUGH CARPENTR`Plates D.F. No. 2 06,100 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S Beams D.F. No. 1 Joists D.F. No. 21 Posts D. F. No. 1 Blocking D.F. No.2 3. Plywood: Provide thickness, grade, and panel identification index shown on drawings. For plywood thickness 15/32 or greater provide minimum of 5 ply. 4. Adhesives: Urea formaldehyde shall not be used. B. Rough Hardware: All exterior hardware shall be hot - dipped galvanized. 1. Nails: Common wire, typical; hot - dipped galvanized at exposed conditions and pressure - treated lumber. 2. Powder Driven Fasteners: Tempered steel pins with special corrosion - resistant finish. Provide guide washers to accurately control penetration, maximum 314 -inch. . Accomplish fastening by low- velocity piston - driven powder - actuated tool. Pins and tool: Hilti Fastening Systems; Impex Tool Corporation; or equal product substituted per Section 01600.. 3. Expansion Bolts: Reverse cone, self - wedging, expansion type, Tightening of nut or increased tension on bolt shank shall act to force wedges outward to create positive increased resistance to withdrawal, Hilti Kwik - Bolt 3 or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 4. Metal Framing Connectors: Fabricate from hot - dipped galvanized steel (G90 coating). Connectors in contact with pressure treated lumber shall have G185 hot dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A653. Connectors shall be at least 16 -gauge material, 1/8 -inch plate materials where welded, unless otherwise shown or specified, punched for nailing. Nails and nailing shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions, with a nail provided for each punched nail hole. Use maximum nail size listed by manufacturer. Manufactured by Simpson Company or equal product substituted per Section 01600. 5. Miscellaneous Hardware: Provide all common screws, bolts, fastenings, washers and nuts required to complete rough carpentry Work. 6. Bolts and sill bolts in wood shall be ASTM A307 with standard cut threads; full diameter bolts (no rolled or "upset" threads permitted) per ANSI /ASME standard 818.2.1. 2.02 TREATMENTS A. Fire- Retardant Treatment: Same as Koppers Co., Inc.'s "Non -Com" J.H. Baxter and Co.'s "Baca- Pyresote "; or equal product substituted per Section 01600. B. Preservative Treatment: Furnish in accordance with AWPA. Preservatives with an ammonia base, including Ammon iacal Copper Zinc Arsenate (ACZA) are not permitted. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Preparation: 1. Verify measurements at job site. 2. Verify details and dimensions of equipment and fixtures integral with finish carpentry for proper fit and accurate alignment. 3. Coordinate details with other work supporting, adjoining, or fastening to casework. B. Lumber. 1. Air- or kiln -dry to maximum 19- percent moisture content at time of surfacing. 2. Furnish surfaced four sides, S4S, unless otherwise noted. 3. Size to conform with rules of governing standard. Sizes shown are nominal unless otherwise noted. C. Wood Treatments: 1. Fire - Retardant Treatment: a. Fire - retardant treat only wood blocking supporting truss joists on steel beams, unless otherwise noted. b. Treat in accordance with AWPA C20 and approved manufacturer's recommendations. 06100 -2 2. Preservative Treatment ROUGH CARPENTRY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IWESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' a. Treat lumber and plywood sheathing. 1) In contact with concrete and masonry less than six feet above the ground. 2) Exposed to weather permanently. 3) Where specified in the Contract Documents. b. Lumber: Treat in accordance with AWPA C2 c. Plywood: Treat in accordance with AWPA C9 d. After Treatment and priorto shipping, air- or kiln -dry lumber to maximum 12- percent moisture content. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITYCONTROL A. Lumbershall bear grade-trademark or be accompanied by certificate of compliance of appropriate grading agency. B. Plywood shall bear APA grade- trademark. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ' A. Examine areas to receive rough carpentry Work and verify following: 1. Completion of installation of building components to receive rough carpentry Work. ' 2. That surfaces are satisfactory to receive Work. 3. That spacing, direction, and details of supports are correct to accommodate installation of blocking, backing, stripping, furring and nailers. 4. That all anchor bolts and holdown bolts are properly installed. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cutting: Perform all cutting, boring, and similar Work required. B. Studs, Joists, Beams, and Posts: Install all members true to line. No wood shingle shims are permitted. Place joists with crown up; maximum 1/4 -inch crown permitted. C. Nail joints in accordance with applicable requirements of the CBC Table 23- II -B -1) unless otherwise shown or specified. Predrill where nails tend to split wood. Nails into pressure- treated lumber shall be hot - dipped galvanized. ' D. Bolt holes to be 1/16 -inch oversize. Threads shall not bear on wood. Use standard malleable iron washers against wood unless noted otherwise on drawings. Carriage bolts require washers under the nut only. E. Provide blocking, nailers, stripping, and backing as shown and as required to secure other Work. F. Maintain 1/8 -inch gap between all plywood panel edges. G. Do not use plywood sheets having a width smaller than 2 -feet 0- inches. H. Plywood flooring shall be field glued with adhesive meeting APA specification applied in ' accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Apply continuous line of glue on joists and in groove of tongue and groove panels. I. Where wood is cut, sawed, planed, bored or marred after preservative or fire - retardant treatment, apply two heavy brush coats of compatible material used In treatment. J. Nail heads shall be driven flush with plywood surface. Overdriven nails (nails which fracture the outer ply layer) shall be replaced one for one. K. Screws (Wood or Lag): Screws shall be screwed and not driven into place. Screw holes for un- threaded portion shall be predrilled to the same diameter and depth of shank. Holes for ' threaded portion shall be predrilled less than or equal to the diameter of the root of the thread. Provide standard cut washers under head of lag screws. 3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING EXPOSED TIMBER ' ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Remove damaged or otherwise disfigured portions and replace with new prior to the Owner's acceptance. B. Wash finished Work in strict accordance with product manufacturer's directions and ensure that washed surfaces do not differ from clean unwashed surfaces. Any difference will be considered unsatisfactory work. 3.04 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. The Owner's Testing Agency shall: 1. Inspect erected timber framing as required to establish conformity of work with Drawings. 2. Inspect all bolted connections. 3. Inspect all timber connectors per CBC Section 2337.2. 4. Inspect roof diaphragm nailing for nail size, spacing and penetration at plywood panel edges, and special nailing at collector and drag members. 5. Inspect shear wall nailing for nail size, spacing, edgedistance and penetration at plywood panel edges, and nailing at holdown posts. END OF SECTION 06100 -4 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3C26, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Finish carpentry items. B. Wood casings and moldings. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. NHLA G -101 - Rules for the Measurement & Inspection of Hardwood & Cypress; National Hardwood Lumber Association; 2003. B. WI (MAN) - Manual of Millwork; Woodwork Institute; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, accessories, to a minimum scale of 1 -1/2 inch to 1 ft. C. Samples: Submit three samples of wood trim 4 inch long. ' D. Samples: Submit staining samples for review and selection by Architect. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Perform work in accordance with Woodwork Institute of California (WIC), current edition. B. Grade materials in accordance with the following: ' 1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALSC. 2. Hardwood Lumber Grading: NHLA Grading Rules. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION ' A. Protect work from moisture damage. PART2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 WOOD -BASED COMPONENTS A. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. All wood trims to be stain grade quality. ' B. Provide the following products from World of Moulding, 714 556 -7772. 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements C. Wall Casing: 2x6 Oak, mount bottom of trim at top of doorframes , D. Wall Base: No. 1333 HDWD, Oak ' E. Wall Panels: 1x6 Oak planks installed vertically, smooth finish, miter edges to form V-groove with adjacent wood planks. Single pieces running vertically to underside of Wall Casing. ' F. Door Trims: 2x4 Oak, at Doors 30, 31, 32, 38 and 39 on interior side of Rooms 101 and 108. 2.02 LUMBER MATERIALS ' A. Hardwood Lumber: Oak species, smooth sawn, maximum moisture content of 6 percent; with vertical grain, of quality suitable for transparent finish. 2.03 FABRICATION ' FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40003 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY i CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. B. Shop prepare and identify components for book match grain matching during site erection. C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 2.04 SHOP FINISHING A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler which matches surrounding surfaces and of types recommended for applied finishes. D. Stain, seal, and varnish exposed to view surfaces. Brush apply only. E. Seal internal surfaces and semi - concealed surfaces. Brush apply only. PARTS EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. B. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1132 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. END OF SECTION 06200 -2 FINISH CARPENTRY ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I*ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5167 -5 SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Custom casework fabricated from solid phenolic materials. B. Custom wardrobe lockers fabricated from solid phenolic panels. C. Hardware associated with casework. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06650 - Solid Surface Materials 1.03 REFERENCES A. Woodwork Institute of California, Manual of Millwork, 11th Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material specifications, manufacturer's installation and maintenance instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate: 1. Attachment details. 2. Dimensions, component sizes, fabrication details and coordination requirement of ' adjacent work. 3. List materials, sizes, sections, elevations, consturctin details, assembly and installatin in locations indicated on the Drawings, hardware, noting all modifications tothe specified W.I.C. construction types and grades as may be detailed or hereinafter specified. 4. Indicated grounds, backing, blocking, steel supports, utility penetration, mechanical items, electrical work including under counter light fixture and other items required for casework installations. Coordinate with other trades and submit any information pertinent to the woodwork. 5. Identify all finishes and their locations. ' D. Samples: Submit three samples, 4 x 4 inch in size, illustrating finish and colors selected. 1. Each sample chip shall bearthe manufacturer's name, color, pattern or texture designation. ' 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work Quality: All casework, shelving and countertops to be manufactured and installed by ' skilled craft persons in compliance with W.I.C. (Woodwork Institute of California) construction types and grades hereinafter specified and detailed on the Drawings and on the reviewed Shop Drawings. All such work to be accurately fabricated, fitted, joined and expertly finished in accordance with measurements taken on the job -site. ' 1. Manufacturer must provide evidence demonstrating that they are a member of WIC and they can issue WIC certified compliance certificate or they have arranged for inspection by a WIC Inspector. B. Defective Work: All work, not true to line, not in satisfactory operating condition, improperly installed, damaged or marred will not be accepted. Remedy, remove or replace defective work as directed by the Architect subject to his approval at no cost to the City. ' C. Standards: All applicable Sections of the "Manual of Millwork" and current supplements published by the Woodwork Institute of California (W.I.C.) for the construction types and grades hereinafter specified. All modifications to such standards shown on the Contract ' ARCH ITECMD"hfe&i'c1 N0fWwed Shop Drawings or specified shall govern. 06400- RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 43 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Qualification of Manufacturer and Installers: Product shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the City. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. E. Certification: Before delivery to the job -site, Manufacturer shall issue a W.I.C. "Certified Compliance Certificate" indicating that casework to be furnished for this project will fully meet all specified requirements of W.LC. grades. 1. All work shall bear the W.I.C. Certified Compliance Label. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protection: I. Material to be stored at the job site in a safe dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Unload and store manufactured casework units and countertops in place where they would be protected from direct sunlight, excessive heat, rain and moisture and damage before installation. 3. Store flat on level surface in clean, dry, well ventilated area protected from sunlight. 4. Use all means to protect materials before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Identification - All casework units and countertops delivered to the job -site for installation shall be properly identified as to where they are to be located in the structure. C. Replacements— In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.OT WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Solid phenolic casework materials to be warranted against delamination for ten (10) years. The factory authorized cabinet fabricator, product installerand material manufacturer must sign the Warrany documents and submit a copy to the Contractor. C. Other materials and work quality covered in this section shall carry a one (1) year warranty from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. The design of the custom casework is based on solid phenolic panels manufactured by Trespa North America, Ltd. (800 -487 -3772) as a standard of qualify. A list of approved fabricators that provide products that comply with this specification section as judged and approved by the Architect may be required from the above. Substitutions shall be considered under provision of 01300. B. Solid phenolic custom casework to contain 15% (by weight) post industrial waste. C. Solid phenolic custom casework to contain 70 9k rapidly renewable cellulose or wood fibers. D. All wood based materials to use no urea - formaldehyde to meet Indoor Environmental Quality. E. All products specified in this section to be provided by a single manufacturer. F. General: In compliance with Sections of the W.I.C. Manual applicable to the Custom Grade, Type I, Style A, casework construction as specified and noted on the Contract Drawings. 06400 -2 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK , CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S G. Total applied load (orweight) uniformly dispersed on an individual shelf shall not exceed 200 lbs. on anyone shelf. Load capacity, 50 lbs. per square foot for book shelving, shall be applied. H. Cabinet Finish Hardware: 1. Hardware shall be furnished and installed as required to provide a complete casework installation. 2. Interior shelving of cabinets to be manufacturer's standard black melamine cabinet liner as approved by the Architect. 2.02 COLOR SCHEDULE A. Base cabinets in Kitchen (Room 111) and nightstand in Dorms (Room 121) to be Trespa, Athbn'Mid Grey'. B. Upper cabinets in Kitchen (Room 111) to be Trespa, Athlon'Opal Grey'. C. Base cabinets in Restrooms (Roams 117, 119 and 122) to be Trespa, Athlon'European Wild Apple.' D. Base and upper cabinets in Training Room (Room 102) to be Trespa, Athbn'Pear'. 2.03 HARDWARE A. Locks shall be installed where indicated and keyed in accordance with keying schedules as directed by Architect. B. Hardware manufacturers shall be as listed below, or shall be equivalent products by Stanley, Corbin, or equal. C. Miscellaneous hardware including, but not limited to the following: spikes, bolts, screws, lags, shields, straps, angles, cleats and other related items for fabrication and installation. D. Hinges: Blum 125, self - closing, steel arm, and nickel - plated #71T5550. E. Drawer Guides: Hettich #5632, %" extension 100 lb. rated. F. Pulls: Sugatsune/Lamp, #UTZ -130, integral, satin nickel. G. Locks: National Cabinet Lock, C8173 -26D or C81179 -26D. H. Shelf Pins: Sugatsune/Lamp #8S -323, ivory. I. Countertop Bracket (exposed): Sugatsune /Lamp #ST480, stainless steel, satin finish. J. Grommets: 2" diameter opening, color to be black. K. Coat Hooks: Ives, single #581, double #582. L. Keying System 1. Cylinder locks shall be master keyed to key system and keying schedules as directed by Architect. Cylinders shall be pinned and keys shall be cut at the lock company factory where records shall be established. 2. Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only, stamp Keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". 3. Furnish three (3) change keys for each cylinder lock, a maximum of ten (10) change keys for keyed alike groups. Furnish five (5) master keys for each master group. 4. Contractor and Hardware Supplier shall meet with the Architect to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions prior to starting work. Upon completion of the work, Contractor shall properly identify all keys as to the project name and locations and deliver all keys along with a duplicate copy of key listing to Architect. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ' A. Construction and design to develop maximum strength and rigidity in each sectional unit. Each sectional unit to be completely fabricated ready for placement in the casework and equipment assembly. Each cabinet to be a complete integral rigid unit within itself to permit ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 #3 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 relocation at any subsequent time. B. The cabinet shall incorporatefull overlay design in which posts and rails are concealed behind the doors and drawer heads. The door and drawer heads shall create a .125" horizontal reveal, There shall be a .0625" vertical reveal at the edge of each cabinet creating a .125" vertical reveal at the end of each cabinet when two cabinets are set in place next to each other. C. Base cabinets to be constructed to achieve an industry standard height of 30" to 36" including the countertop, and 24" deep. Refer to the Drawings for heights. D. Each cabinet to be assembled incorporating mortise and tendon construction or 32mm dowel construction. Vertical and horizontal members shall be keyed and then phenol seal bonded and mechanically fastened. Exposed edges on cabinet components, doors and drawer heads to be sanded and polished to a satin smooth finish. Underside of toe space shall be enclosed. E. Component Thickness Schedule: 1. Cabinet sides and bottoms: 0.5" (12.7 mm) 2. Door and drawer heads: 0.5" (12.7mm) 3. Horizontal rail supports: 0.5" (12.7 mm) 4. Cabinet backs: 0.25" (3.18mm) 5. Wall cabinet backs: 0.25" (3.18mm) 6. Cabinet shelves: 0.5" (12.7 mm) 7. Work surfaces: 0,75" (19mm) Casework: 1. Each cabinet shall consist of drawers or doors or a combination thereof as shown in drawings. 2. Each cabinet to be provided with an adjustable shelf. For shelves without doors, shelf crips to engage shelf in such a way as to avoid slippage and movement of shelf. 3. Each base cabinet shall have 6" (101.6mm) high by 3" (76.2mm) deep toe space members, unless otherwise noted on drawings. 4. Drawers shall have full box construction and be fabricated of 1/2" thirds solid composite phenolic resin material. Drawer bottoms shall be matching 1/4" material. Drawer fronts shall be attached to drawer box using duel directional adjustment hardware. G. Wall and floor storage cabinets and cases shall match in design and construction. H. Cap exposed edges with material or same finish and pattern at countertops. I. Exposed shelving is to be finished to match cabinet face. J. Provide scribe trim as required to provide a complete close off. K. Finish all exposed surfaces with panel to match. L. Upper cabinets to be 15" deep unless otherwise noted. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Panels shall be of material specifically designed for laboratory work surfaces. Fabricated work surfaces shall comply with all current codes and regulations. Tops and shelves shall have uniform thickness ( +0.03 ") and flatness (maximum difference of 0.03 ") for 10 -foot span. B. Panels to be U.L. registered and labeled for quality consistency. C. Chemical Resistance: Evaluation of chemical resistance is based on SEFA's (Scientific Equipment and Fixture Association) standard list of 49 chemicals / concentrations, their required methods of testing and their minimum acceptable results as a means of establishing a minimum acceptable level of performance for all exposed and semi - exposed surfaces. D. Panels to have screw pull -out strength minimums per fallowing chart (Ibs.): 06400 -4 1. Screw depth: #6 #8 #10 #12 114" ARUOTE6T>)PRALTASP -WORK ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1/2" 2. 1/4" panels: 120 150 170 200 230 3. 5116" panels: 160 190 210 240 280 350 ' 4. 3/8" panels: 190 220 260 290 340 420 510 5. 1/2" panels: 250 300 340 390 450 560 680 790 900 ' 6. 5/8" panels: 310 370 430 490 560 710 850 990 1,100 7. 3/4" panels: 510 590 680 850 1,000 1,200 1,400 E. Uniform load to cause no more than '/4" deflection at center of the span: 1. Thickness: 12" x 24" 12" x 36" 12" x 48" 24" x 36" 2. 1/4" panels: 35 10 5 20 3. 5/16" panels: 85 25 10 50 4. 3/8" panels: 170 50 20 100 5. 1/2" panels 370 110 45 220 6. 5/8" panels: 690 210 85 410 7. 314" panels: 1,400 400 170 800 8. 1" panels: 2,600 780 330 1,500 F. Performance Requirements: 1. Modulus of Elasticity: 1,500,000 psi, minimum. 2. Shear Strength: 2,000 psi, minimum. 3. Compressive Strength: 24,000 psi, minimum. 4. Weight: 93 lbs. per cubic foot, maximum. 5. Flame Spread (ASTM E -84): Class 1A (25) for 5/8" and thicker. a. Class 1 B (30) for 112" b. Class 1 B (50) for 1/4" through 3/8" c. Non - porous surface and edges. d. Will not support micro - organic growth. e. Water absorption: 3% maximum. G. Decorative papers impregnated with melamine resin on faces with a clear protective overcoat, and integrally compression molded with a core consisting of solid phenolic impregnated kraft paper. 2.06 PREFABRICATED CUSTOM WARDROBE LOCKERS A. Prefabricated custom wardrobe lockers are based on the products of Design Tecl The Young Group. 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. ' B. Construction of wardrobe lockers: 1. Construction and design to develop maximum strength and rigidity in each sectional unit. Each sectional unit to be completely fabricated ready for placement in the casework and equipment assembly. Each cabinet to be a complete integral rigid unit within itself to permit relocation at any subsequent time. 2. The cabinet shall incorporate full overlay design in which posts and rails are concealed ' behind the doors and drawer heads. The door and drawer heads shall create a .125" horizontal reveal. There shall be a 0.625" vertical reveal at the edge of each cabinet creating a .125" vertical reveal at the end of each cabinet when two cabinets are satin placenext to each other. ' 3. Wardrobe cabinets to be consructed to achieve heights and widths as shown on the Drawings. 4. Each cabinet to be assembled incorporating mortise and tendon construction or 32mm dowel construction. Vertical and horizontal members shall be keyed and then phenol seal bonded and mechanically fastened. Exposed edges on cabinet compontnes, doors and drawer heads to be sanded and polished to a satin smooth finish. Underside of toe space shall be enclosed. ' ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO.400d513 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S a. Side panels: 1/2" solid phenolic panels b. Backs. 1/4" solid phenolic panels c. End and filler panels: 1/2" solid phenolic panels d. Horizontal rail supports: 1/2" solid phenolic panels e. Shelves, tops, bottoms, sides: 1/2" thick particle board covered in white melamine. 5. Finish all exposed surfaces with panel to match. C. Hardware: 1. Hinges: Blum #71T5550, 125 degree, self - closing, steel arm and nickel plated. 2. Drawer Guides: Hettich #5632, 3/4" extension, 100 lb. rated. 3. Pulls: Sugatsune/ Lamp, #UTZ -130 Integral, satin nickel. 4. Shelf Pins: Sugastune/ Lamp #SS -323, ivory. 5. Coat Hooks: Ives, single #581; double #582. 6. Locks: Medeco, Kenstand, Master Lock or as recommended by manufacturer. Locks to be keyed locks. a. Cylinder locks shall be master keyed to key system and keying schedules as directed by the Architect and Owner. Cylinders shall be pinned and keys shall be cut at the lock company factory where records shall be established. b. Provide keys of nickel silver only, stamp keys'DO NOT DUPLICATE' c. Furnish three (3) change keys for each cylinder lock, a maximum of ten (10) change keys for keyed alike groups. Furnish five (5) master keys for each master group. d. Contractor and hardware supplier shall meet with the Architect and Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions prior to starting work. Upon completion of the work, Contractor shall properly identify all keys as to the project name and locations and deliver all keys along with a duplicate copy of key listing to Architect. 7. Miscellaneous hardware including, but not limited tothe following: spikes, bolts, screws, lags, shields, straps, angles, cleats and other related items for fabrication and installation. 8. Hardware manufacturer's not specifically called out for shall be Stanley, Corbin or other approved equals recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Architect. D. Nameplate: 20 -gauge cold - rolled sheet metal to accept 2 "H x 16" W custom printed tage. Nameplate to be custom engraved and laminated. Coordinate with Ownertext for nameplates. E. Color 1. Tre spa, European Wild Apple 2.07 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages and accessories not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of solid phenolic custom casework, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that solid phenolic custom casework may be installed in accordance with the approved design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and the referenced standards. 3. Verify that substrate surfaces are smooth within a maximum variation of 1/8" in 10 feet and are ready to receive work. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. ' 06400-6 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4104513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. ' 3.02 GENERAL FABRICATION A. General: 1. Work of this Section shall be fabricated in strict accordance with WIC Custom Grade, ' Type 1, Style A Casework Construction and details indicated on the Contract Drawings and reviewed Shop Drawings. 2. Shop fabricate casework units and countertops as complete sections of adequate size to permit easy handling, access to installation areas for assembly or required for setting in place and installing of closing pieces or components. 3. Make holes and /or cutouts necessary for mechanical and /or electrical work to be incorporated into the casework units and countertops as detailed or specified. 4. Exposed or filled fasteners through exposed solid phenolic surfaces are not allowed. 5. A color matched waterproof caulk shall be used at all square butt joints including splashes and return ends. 6. Caulking shall not exceed 1/16 inch. 7. Sink cut outs must be sealed with a water resistant sealer before sink rim is installed. B. Casework: 1 1. Construction and design to develop maximum strength and rigidity in casework. Each unit to be completely fabricated ready for placement. Each unit to be a complete integral rigid unit within itself to permit relocation at any subsequent time. 2. Shop fabricate as complete units of adequate size to permit easy handling, access to ' installation areas for assembly or required setting in place and installing of countertops and closing pieces. 3. Semfexposed casework interior to be white. ' 4. Casework hardware to be installed by the casework manufacturer in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings. 5. All upper and base casework to be open at comers to provide space for storage use. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: All in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings and Contract Drawings, to be installed by casework manufacturer or by an experienced person under the casework manufacturer's supervision. . B. Preparation Work: All grounds, backing, blocking, furring and other anchorages required for casework installation which become an integral part of a floor, wall, partitions shall be in place ready to receive the casework and countertops. Notify Inspector for inspection priorto wall closure and casework installation. C. Site Condition: Casework and countertop manufacturer or installer shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be installed. 1. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper installation of casework and countertops. ' 2. Do not proceed until detrimental conditions have been corrected at no added cost to the City. 3. Start of casework and countertop installation shall imply Contractor's acceptance of job conditions. D. Casework Installation: 1. All casework units delivered to the job -site shall bear W.I.C. grade stamp verifying ' compliance with specified W.I.C. Construction types and grades. 2. Assembly: Joint, glue, nail or screw together casework in accordance with best practice of casework. Anchor casework to wood framing, blocking, masonry and/or concrete as ' detailed. Countersink and plug screw anchors as detailed. All fasteners to be concealed. ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK 06400 -7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 #3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Install casework units in rooms noted on the Contract Drawings, in plumb, square and in aligned position with walls. E. All base cabinet shall be fastened to stud walls with minimum 4 - #14x3 ", phillip truss head, type 17 hard, zinc plated, self - taping, full thread screws concrete or masonry walls with minimum 4- 114 "x3 ", slotted hex washer head, masonry/concrete screw head. F. Cleaning and Adjustment: See Subsection 1.3D hereinbefore specified in this Section. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CABINET HARDWARE A. Fit hardware according to the manufacturer's instructions. B. Install hinges and drawer guides according to the recommendations of the manufacturer. Drawer pulls shall be centered on the drawers unless otherwise indicated. C. Installer of finish hardware shall advise Contractor of final protection and maintain conditions necessary to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. 3.05 COMPLIANCE A. Performance of Work: The City reserves the right to request and pay for an inspection by a W.I.C. representative to determine that work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. B. Non - Conforming Work: If the W.I.C. representative determines that work of this Section does not comply, Contractor shall immediately remove non - conforming items and replace them with complying items at no added cost to the City and reimburse the City for the cost of the inspection. 3.06 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the solid phenolic custom casework installation. Leave areas in neat, clean, and orderly condition. B. Repair or replace any damaged work. C. Use manufacturer - recommended cleaning agents. D. Contractor to leave all cutouts for Owner. END OF SECTION 06400 -8 ARCHITECTURAL CASEWORK ' I I I I 1 I I I F I I ■l 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 06660 SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS PARTi GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Lavatory countertops and integral sinks where noted. B. Shower walls, ceilings, pans and accessories. C. Wall panels and trims. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06400 - Architectural Woodwork. B. Section 07900 -Sealants and Caulking 1.03 SUBMITTALS RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material specifications and maintenance instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate shapes, sizes and attachment details to other portions of the work. D. Samples: Submit three color samples, 3x3 inch in size, illustrating specified colors and finishes specified herein. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SOLID SURFACE POLYMER PRODUCTS A. All solid surface polymer products are based on the products of Corian as a standard of quality. 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Lavatory Countertops: 1. Countertops are to be of 1/2" sheets with waterfall edge details. At Wet' area locations provide no drip edge as indicated on the Drawings. Provide complete at all countertops with a 4" coved integral backsplash. 2. Lavatory sink to be model #815 (seamed undermount), integral lavatory of solid polymer material. Refer to specification section 15400 for coordination of drain inlets. 3. Colorand Finish Surface: a. Countertop, integral backsplash and apron to be'Medkerraen, smooth, unless noted otherwise. b. Countertop at Training Room (Room 111), integral backsplash and apron to be Acorn', smooth. c. Countertops at Accessible Restrooms (Rooms 106 and 107), integral backsplash and apron to be'Mojave', smooth. C. Shower floors are as manufactured by Shower Shapes (800 316.4989), 1/2" solid polymer one piece construction with integral four sided curbs, structural foam underneath, extra non -slip floor surface (exceeding ASTM F -462), non - porous stain resistant surface. 1. Shower enclosure walls and ceiling to be 1/4" thick panels with 1/2" thick trims in dimensions shown on the Drawings. ' 2. Shower Floors and Walls: a. Shower floors, walls and ceilings to be 'Vanilla', walls and ceilings to be smooth. b. Shower trims to be 'Stone Wash', smooth. 3. Shampoo shelf and soap caddy shelf - 112" panels, refer to Drawings. Panel color to match wall. One (1) assembly per shower. 4. Shower accessories - T- molding, curved comers, corner filler pieces, trim moldings and as shown on the Drawings. SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS 06650-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Wall Wainscotting: 1. Wall panels to be 114" thick in heights shown on the Drawings. Minimize seams. 2. Accessories - T- modling, curved corners, corner filler pieces, trim molding and as shown on the Drawings 3. Colorand Finish Surface: a. Field panels to be'Venaro Natural', smooth. b. Accent panels to be'Stone Washed', smooth. E. Accessories: 1. Joint Adhesive -Manufacturer's standard two -part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous, non - porous joints. 2.02 FABRICAION OF SOLID POLYMER PRODUCTS A. Factory fabricate components to greatest extent practicable tosizes and shapes indicated, in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive; without conspicuous joints. C. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the Drawings. D. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns. Route radii and contours to template. Repair or reject defective and inaccurate work. E. Thermoforming - Comply with product data from manufacturer of Corian. 1. Construct molds of plywood in 'male/ female' sections. Construct molds matching component shape. 2. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining. 3. Cut pieces to finish dimensions. Sand edges, remove nicks and scratches. 4. Heat entire component of Corian. Material shall be uniform between 275 -325 degrees F during forming. 5. Prevent blistering, whitening, and cracking of Corian during forming. F. Coved Backsplashes - Field fabricate 1/2" radius cove at intersection of counters and backsplashes. Form backsplashes using 1/2" Corian. G. Color Inlays -Comply with product data from manufacturer of Corian. 1. Route groove for inlay to straightedge or pattern indicated on Architect's Drawings. 2. Fill groove using bulk acrylic material furnished by manufacturer of Corian. Completely fill with inlay material without air bubbles or voids. Overflow inlay area. 3. Sand cured inlay, finish and touch up to uniform appearance. 2.03 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and accessories, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of solid surface polymer assemblies, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verifythat all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that lavatory counter may be installed in accordance with the approved design, all pertinent codes and regulations and the referenced standards. 3. Verify that substrate surfaces are smooth within a maximum variation of 118" in 10 feet and are ready to receive work. 06650 B. 2 Discrepancies , - SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed withinstallation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install components plumb and level, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with approved shop drawings and product installation data. ' C. Form fieldjoints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous in finished work. Keep components and hands clean when making joints. D. Provide coved backsplashes and coved side - splashes as indicated on the Drawings. ' Adhere to countertops using manufacturer's standard color - matched silicone sealant. E. Keep components and and hand clean during installation. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains. F. Make plumbing connectiosn to sinks and showers in accordance with Division 15 Mechanical. ' G. Protect surfaces from damage until Date of Substantial Completion. Repair work or replace damaged work that cannot be repaired to Architect's satisfaction. 3.03 CLEANING, ' A. Protect installed components from subsequent construction operations. B. Clean all materials per manufacturer's and referenced standards requirements. ' C. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the solid surface polymer installation. Leave areas in neat, clean and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 SOLID SURFACE MATERIALS 06650-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 f M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07110 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Waterproof membrane and flashing at metal standing seam roof. B. Sheet membrane waterproofing at floor tile locations. C. Elastomeric sheet membrane waterproofing at window and door conditions and as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07410 - Preformed Metal Roof B. Section 09300 - Ceramic Tile C. Section 09350 - Terrazzo tile 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 177 - Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded -Hot -Plate Apparatus B. ASTM D 146 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Bitumen - Saturated Felts and Woven Fabrics for Roofing and Waterproofing C. ASTM D 412 - Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers— Tension D. ASTM D 570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics E. ASTM D 1621 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties Of Rigid Cellular Plastics F. ASTM D 1644- Standard Test Methods for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes G. ASTM D 1777 - Standard Test Method for Thickness of Textile Materials H. ASTM D 3776 - Standard Test Methods for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric I. ASTM D 3787 - Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textiles-Constant-Rate-of-Traverse (CRT) Ball Burst Test J. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials K. ASTM E 154 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover L. Tile Council of America (TCA) - Guidelines for installation of membranes at the locations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material specifications and manufacturer's installation instructions for surface conditioner, flexible flashing, joint cover sheet and joint and crack sealants with temperature range application of waterproof membranes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of experience. B. Single Source Responsibility: All products to be provided by the same manufacturer. 1.06 WARRANTY ' MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 07110-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 F F 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE 9TI ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING A. Manufacturer: 1. Products are based on systems and products manufactured by Grace Construction Company. (800444.6459) as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be submitted under provisions of Specification Section 01030. B. Metal Standing Seam Roof Locations 1. Grace Ice and Water Shield (underlayment) 2. Grace Roof Detail Membrane at ridges, roof flashings, crickets, curbs and as shown on the Drwings 3. Accessories, primers and other products recommended for installation by manufacturer. C. Tile Flooring Locations 1. Grace Bituthene 3000 2. Bituthene Protection System consisting of Bituthene protection board, a. PB -3000, adhered with Bituthene protection board adhesive PBA -3000 applied at a rate of 250 to 350 SF per gallon. b. Accessories, primers and other products recommended for installation by manufactu rer. D. Window and Door Locations 1. Grace Vycor 40 Plus self- adhered flashing 2. Accessories, primers and other products recommended for installation by manufacturer 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of membrane waterproofing, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that membrane waterproofing may be installed in accordance with the approved design. 3. Verify items which penetrate surfaces to receive waterproofing are rigidly installed. 4. Verify surfaces are free of cracks, voids, depressions, waves, or projections which may be detrimental to successful installation. 5. Do not apply waterproofing to damp, frozen, dirty, dusty, or deck surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer. 6. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing surfaces. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Preparation 4. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive waterproofing. C. Seal cracks and joints with recommended material and sealant. Use proper depth -width ratio as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 07110-2 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004613 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive waterproofing. B. Seal cracks and joints with recommended material and sealant. Use proper depth -width ratio as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Clean surfaces of foreign matter detrimental to installation of membrane. D. Apply surface conditioner at a rate recommended by manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install membrane waterproofing in accordance with current manufacturer's instructions and the Tile Council of America installation recommendations (where applicable). Membrane is to be applied from the low point to the high point so that the laps shed water. B. Surfaces to be waterproofed are to be primed. C. Roll out membrane. Minimize wrinkles and bubbles. D. Remove release paper layer. Rollout on deck surface with hand roller to encourage full contact bond. E. Overlap edges and ends minimum two (2) inches. F. Seal to adjoining surfaces. G. Continue membrane up vertical surfaces minimum sic (6) inches unless otherwise noted. H. Sealing Edges: Bituthene Membrane shall be turned up on surrounding walls and terminated into a reglet or under counterflashing. Apply a troweled bead of Bituthene Mastic to all vertical and horizontal terminations. I. Corner Forming: Outside comers shall be free of sharp edges. Inside corners should receive a fillet formed with liquid membrane LM2. Do not use pre - formed cants. Install a 12" minimum strip of Bituthene membrane centered on the corner. Install Bituthene 12" membrane over the treated inside and outside corners. J. Seal items penetrating membrane with counterf lashing membrane material. Apply a double layer of Bituthene membrane around projections at least sic (6) inches in all directions and seal all terminations with Bituthene Mastic. K. Install flash ings. Seal watertight to membrane. L. Reinforce membrane with multiple thickness of membrane material over joints, whether joints are static or moving. M. After completion of Bituthene waterproof testing and allowing for the membrane to dry, install protection course on all horizontal surfaces 3.04 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. Perform field testing in accordance with Section 01400. B. On completion of installation of membrane, dam installation in preparation for flood testing. Verify with Architect prior to testing that the structure will withstand the dead load of the water. Start flood test one day after the completion of the membrane installation is complete. C. Flood to minimum depth of two inches with clean water. After 24 hours, check for leaks. D. If leaking is found, patch using new waterproofing materials when membrane is dry. Repeat flood test. Repair damage to building. E. When area is proved watertight, drain water and remove dam. 3.05 CLEANING and PROTECTION , MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING 07110-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the membrane waterproofing installation. Leave areas in neat, clean, and orderly condition. B. Use manufacturer- recommended cleaning agents. C. Protect finished installation in place. D. After installation, close off the area to prevent unauthorized traffic. END OF SECTION 07110 -4 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 O DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Batt insulation and vapor retarder in exterior wall, ceiling, and roof construction. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing: Supporting construction for batt insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 665 -Standard Specification for Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 2001. B. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2005. C. ASTM E 136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750 Degrees C; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed glass fiber Batt; conforming to the following: 1. Combustibility: Non - combustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136. 2. Manufactu rers: a. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. b. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. c. Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscoming.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Insulation: Foil faced batts, R -30. Provide roof insulation that has a vapor barrier not exceeding 1 perm, located on the warm side of the attic insulation. 1. Class'A' fire hazard classifiation. 2. Flame spread rating not exceeding 20. 3. Smoke development factor of 0. C. Exterior and Furred Out Wall Insulation: Kraft faced batts, R -19. D. Interior Sound Insulation (all interior walls): Fiberglass sound control batts, R -13 in thickness of walls being insulated. At full height wall conditions provide sound insulation full height of wall. BUILDING INSULATION 07210 - 1 ' RRM DESIGN CROUP NO. 400 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE 9TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation and adhesive. B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. 3.02 BATT INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. END OF SECTION � 1 07210 -2 BUILDING INSULATION i CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07410 PREFORMED METAL ROOF PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Architectural roofing system of preformed steel panels. B. Fastening system. C. Factory finishing. D. Accessories and miscellaneous components. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 -Joint Sealers: Field- installed sealants. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 7921A 792M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum -Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot -Dip Process; 2003. B. UL 580 - Standard for Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies; 1994. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procec�ures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Summary of test results, indicating compliance with specified requirements. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Specimen warranty. C. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of roof panels, details of edgeand penetration conditions, spacing and type of connections, flashings, underlayments, and special conditions. 1. Show work to be field - fabricated or fieldassembled. D. Test Reports: Indicate compliance of preformed metal roofing system to specified requirements. E. Warranty: Submit specified manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and are registered with manufacturer. F. Three (3) samples, each approximately 6" square of selected colors_ 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of roofing systems similar to those required for this project, with not less than 10 years of experience. 1. Comply with current independent testing and certification as specified. 2. Manufacturer shall provide proof of liability insurance for their metal roof systems. 3. Roof panel manufaturer must also subscribe to Underwriter's Laboratories 'Follow Up Service' assuring continuing product compliance with UL requirements. 4. Shipment packaging of panels and attachment clips must bear UL classification markings. B. Installer Qualifications: Company trained and authorized by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Successfully applied five metal roofs of comparable size and complexity which reflects a quality weathertight installtion in the region where the work will be performed. 2. Have been in business for a minimum period of five (5) years in the region where the work will be performed. EFL STORAGE, AND HANDLING PRORMED MEEYALRF 07410-1 ' ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S *ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Store roofing panels on project site as recommended by manufacturer to minimize damage to panels priorto installation. B. Panels to be shipped with a protective plastic sheeting or a strippable film coating between ' all panels. Remove any strippable film coating priorto installation. Do not allow the strippable film coating to remain onthe panels in extreme heat, cold or in direct sunlight or other W sources. ' 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Finish Warranty: Provide manufacturer's special warranty covering failure of factory - applied exterior finish on metal roof panels and agreeing to repair or replace panels that show evidence of finish degradation, including significant fading, chalking, cracking, or peeling ' within specified warranty period of 5 year period from date of Substantial Completion. C. Waterproofing Warranty: Provide manufacturer's warranty forweathertightnessof roofing system, including agreement to repair or replace roofing that fails to keep out water within ' specified warranty period of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Design is based on Select Seam, manufactured by AEP -Span. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PANELS A. Performance Requirements: Provide complete engineered system complying with specified requirements and capable of remaining weathertight while withstanding anticipated movement of substrate and thermally induced movement of roofing system. B. Metal Roofing: Factory- formed panels with factory- applied finish. 1. Steel Panels: a. Aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel conforming to ASTM A 7921A 792M; minimum AZ50 coating. Minimum yield 40,000 psi. b. Steel Thickness: 24 gauge. 2. Length: Full length of roof slope, without lapped horizontal joints. 3. Width: Maximum panel coverage of 22 112 inches. 4. Battens: 1 718" wide by 1 718" high snap on wide batten caps. 2.03 ACCESSORIS A. Fastener clips to be UL -90 assembly rated; 24 gauge coated with minimum AZ -50 Zino - Aluminum coating per ASTM A792. ' 2.04 PANEL FINISH A. Exterior Finish: 1. Fluoropolymer Coating System: Manufacturer's standard multi -coat thermocured coating system, including minimum 70 percent fluoropolymer color topcoat with minimum total dry filrn thickness of 1 mil; color and gloss 'Cool Town Gray'. Provide clear coat system over finish. B. Interior Finish: Primer Coat Material: Corrosion - resistant primer; primer coat dry film thicknes to be 0.15 mils; finish coat material to be polyester paint, finish coat dry film thickness to be 0.35 mils for a total interior dry film thickness of 0.50 mils.. Color to be off - white. 2.05 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1 07410-2 PREFORMED METAL ROOF CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S A. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide (lashings, trim, moldings, closure strips, preformed crickets, caps, and equipment curbs of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel. B. Rib and Ridge Closures: Provide prefabricated, close- fitting components of steel with corrosion resistant finish, closed -cell synthetic rubber, neoprene, or PVC, or combination steel and cbsed -cell foam. C. Sealants: As specified in Section 07900. 1. Exposed sealant must cure to rubber -like consistency. 2. Concealed sealant must be non - hardening type. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricate panels and accessory items at factory, using manufacturer's standard processes as required to achieve specified appearance and performance requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation of preformed metal roof panels until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coordinate roofing work with provisions for roof drainage, flashing, trim, penetrations, and other adjoining work to assure that the completed roof will be free of leaks. B. Separate dissimilar metals by applying a bituminous coating, self- adhering rubberized asphalt sheet, or other permanent method approved by roof panel manufacturer. C. Where metal will be in contact with wood or other absorbent material subject to wetting, seal joints with sealing compound and apply one coat of heavy - bodied bituminous paint. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Overall: install roofing system in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, as applicable to specific project conditions. Anchor all components of roofing system securely in place while allowing for thermal and structural movement. 1. Minimize field cutting of panels. Where field cutting is absolutely required, use methods that will not distort panel profiles. Use of torches for field cutting is absolutely prohibited. B, Accessories: Install all components required for a complete roofing assembly, including flashigs, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, preformed crickets, caps, equipment curbs, rib closures, ridge closures, and similar roof accessory items. C. Roof Panels: Install panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, minimizing transverse joints except at junction with penetrations. 1. Install sealant or sealant tape, as recommended by panel manufacturer, at end laps and sidejoints. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. Remove grease and oil films, excess joint sealer, handling marks, and debris from installation, leaving the work clean and unmarked, free from dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, or other damage to the finish. B. Do not permit storage of materials or roof traffic on installed roof panels. Provide temporary walkways or planks as necessary to avoid damage to completed work. Protect roofing until PREFORMED METAL ROOF 07410-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S completion of project. C. Touch -up, repair, or replace damaged roof panels or accessories before date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07410-4 PREFORMED METAL ROOF CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 *DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07450 FIBER CEMENT SIDING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Horizontal lap siding. B. Vertical siding panels. C. Accessories and trim. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05400 - Cold Formed Metal Framing B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers, C. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Field painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2002. B. ASTM C 1185 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Non - Asbestos Fiber - Cement Flat Sheet, Roofing and Siding Shingles, and Clapboards; 2003. C. ASTM C 1186 - Standard Specification for Flat Non - Asbestos Fiber Cement Sheets, Grade 11, type A; 2002. D. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2005. E. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2000. F. ASTM E 136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750 Degrees C; 2004. G. ASTM E 228 - Standard Test Method for Linear Thermal Expansion of Solid Materials With a Vitreous Silica Dilatometer; 1995. H. ASTM G 155 - Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials; 2004a. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods, including nailing patterns. 4. Applicable model code authority evaluation report (ICBO, SBCCI, BOCA, CCMC, etc.) C. Siding manufacturer's requirements for vapor retarders, paint, etc., to be installed by others. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Provide installerwith not less than three years of experience with products similar to those specified. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products off the ground, on a flat surface, and under a roof or separate waterproof covering. 1.07 WARRANTY , FIBER CEMENT SIDING 07450-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Register manufacturer's warranty, made out in Owner's name, with copy to Owner. 1. Provide manufacturer's product warranty against manufacturing defects in vertical and horizontal siding for 50 years. 2. Provide workmanship application warranty for 10 years from Date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. James Hardie Building Products, 26300 La Alameda, Suite 250, Mission Viejo, CA 92691; 1 (800) 942.7343. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PANELS A. Fiber Cement Board Panels - General: Cement and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure into boards with integral surface texture; complying with ASTM C 1186 Type A Grade II; machined edges; for nail attachment 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 0, smoke developed index of 6, maximum; when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 (Class I /A). 2. Flammability: Noncombustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136. 3. Flexural Strength: At least 1450 psi when in equilibrium condition, and at least 1015 psi when in wet condition, tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. 4. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: Less than 1 x 10A -5/inch/inch/degree F, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 228. 5. Water Vapor Transmission: Less than 7.0 perm -inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96. 6. Freeze Thaw Resistance: At least 80 percent flexural strength retained, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. 7. UV Resistance: No cracking, checking, or erosion, when tested for 2000 hours in accordance with ASTM G 155 (or G 26). 8. Water Tightness: No water droplets on underside, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 1185. B. Prime paint all panels and boards at the factory with Valspar Corp'Prime Plus' primers. Field paint priming will not be allowed. Paint panels per Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings. C. Horizontal Siding: Select Cedarmill 1. Thickness: 5/16" 2. Length: 12' planks 3. Width: 8 1/4" with 7" exposure 4. Style: Lap siding D. Vertical Siding: Cedarmill Panels 1. Thickness: 5/16" 2. Size: 4' width x 10' height (cut to fit) E. Trim: XLD Trim; provide at all outside and inside corners as a finish piece to horizontal and vertical siding. 1. Thickness: 1" nominal 2. Length: 10' planks 3. Width: As shown on the Drawings, cut to fit where applicable a. At intersection of horizontal siding panels provide 3" wide batten at 10' on center maximum. 4. Style: Smooth 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Trim: Fiber cement board, cut from siding material; cut edges pruned. 1 07450 -2 FIBER CEMENT SIDING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • * DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Sealant: Paintable, 100 percent acrylic latex sealant complying with ASTM C 920. C. Sheet Metal Flashing: Minimum 26 gage hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, or aluminum. D. Nails: Length as required to penetrate minimum 1 -1/4 inch into solid backing; hot - dipped galvanized or stainless steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to commencing installation, verify governing dimensions of building and condition of substrate. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Examine, clean, and repair as necessary any substrate conditions that would be detrimental to proper installation. B. Do not begin installation until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and drawing details. 1. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 2. Install in accordance with conditions stated in model code evaluation report applicable to location of project. 3. Use trim details indicated on drawings. 4. Touch up all field cut edges before installing. 5. Predrill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. B. Over Masonry Walls: Install furring strips of adequate thickness to accept full length of nails and spaced at 16 inches on center. C. Allow space between both ends of siding panels that butt against trim for thermal movement; seal joint between panel and trim with exterior grade sealant. D. Joints in Horizontal Siding: Avoid joints in lap siding except at comers; where joints are inevitable stagger joints between successive courses. E. Furred Installation: Leave space at top and bottom open; top may be behind soffit; at bottom install insect screen over opening by wrapping a strip of screen over bottom ends of vertical furring strips. F. Install sheet metal flashing above door and window casings and horizontal trim in field of siding. G. Do not install siding less than 6 inches from surface of ground nor closer than 1 inch to roofs, patios, porches, and other surfaces where water may collect. H. After installation, seal all joints except lap joints of lap siding. Seal around all penetrations. Paint all exposed cut edges. END OF SECTION FIBER CEMENT SIDING 07450 -3 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07510 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES f�ESIGN GROUP NO. 40D4513 MARCH, 2006 A. Cold applied built -up roofing system with granule cap sheet. B. Walkway protection pads 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 165 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Compressive Properties of Thermal Insulations B. ASTM C 208 - Standard Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board; 1995 (Reapproved 2001). C. ASTM C 209 - Standard Test Methods for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board D. ASTM D 41 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing; 2005. E. ASTM D 228 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling, Testing, and Analysis of Asphalt Roll Roofing, Cap Sheets, and Shingles Used in Roofing and Waterproofing F. ASTM D 276 - Standard Test Methods for Identification of Fibers in Textiles G. ASTM D 1475- Standard Test Method for Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and Related Products H. ASTM D 2196 - Standard Test Methods for Rheological Properties of Non - Newtonian Materials by Rotational (Brookfield type) Viscometer I. ASTM D 2523- Standard Practice for Testing Load - Strain Properties of Roofing Membranes J. ASTM D 3960- Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings K. ASTM D 4601 - Standard Specification for Asphalt- Coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing;2004. L. ASTM D 5147 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Modified Bituminous Sheet Material M. ASTM D 6163 - Standard Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements N. ASTM E 108 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings O. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials P. FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition. Q. FM DS 1 -28- Design Wind Loads; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; 2002. R. NRCA ML104 - The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual; National Roofing Contractors Association; Fifth Edition. S. UL (RMSD) - Roofing Materials and Systems Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. T. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07510-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 *3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Shop Drawings: Indicate joint or termination detail conditions, conditions of interface with other materials, and details for base flashings, cants, membrane terminations, crickets, saddles and tapered edge strips including slopes. C. Samples for Verification: Submit three samples 8x8 inches in size illustrating base and cap sheets intended for use in the project. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Installer Certificate: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and manufacturer's instructions. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum 10 years of experience. 1. Has a U.L. listing and FMG approval for roofing system identical to that used for this Project. 2. Be Associate Member in good standing with National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) for at least five (5) years. 3. Has not been in Chapter 11 bankruptcy during the last five (5) years. 4. Provide evidence of financial responsibility: Certificate of Insurance showing Products Liability in the amount of $25 million minimum and provide affadavit signed by a corporate officer showing corporate net worth of $50 million minimum. 5. Be ISO 9001 registered for the previous five (5) years. 6. Employ full -time Field Technical Services Representatives for daily job -site monitoring and production of daily reports. 7. Require Field Representatives to make periodic job -site visits and produce work quality and progress reports. C. Manufacturer's Field Technical Services Representative Qualifications: An authorized full -time employed representative of manufacturer experienced in the installation and maintenance of the specified roofing system and qualified to determine Installer's compliance with the requirements of this Project D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated. E. Installer Qualifications: Installer specializing in installing cold applied built -up roofing systems with minimum 10 years experience. 1. Bea Manufacturers Certified Contractor. 2. Not have been in Chapter 11 Bankruptcy during the last ten (10) years. 3. Acquire inspection service days utilizing manufactuerr's technical inspectors. a. The minimum number of full time Technical Service inspection days will be three (3) days for a project of 200 squares or less. b. The number of days will increase at a rate of one (1) day for each additional or partial 100 squares. F. Fins -Test- Response Characteristics: Provide roofing materials with the fire - test - response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A: ASTM E 108 2. Fire - Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119 0751092 Wind Uplift Test: Minimum 90 Ibs sf according to UL 580 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I.DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAIN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base (lashings that remain watertight; do not permit thepassage of water and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatability: Provide roofing materials that are compativle with one another under conditiosn of service and aplication required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Roofing Membrane Load-Strain Properties: 1. Provide a roofing membrane identical to component systems that hve been successfully tested by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to meet the following minimum load- strain properties at membrane failure when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2523: a. Tensile strain at failure: 435 Ibf MD; 435 Ibf XD D. Flashings: Provide base flashings, perimeter flashings, detail flashings and component materials that comply with requirements and recommendations of the following: 1. FMG 1 -49 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Perimeter Flashings. 2. FMG 1 -29 Loss Prevention Data Sheet for Above Deck Roof Components. 3. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual (fifth edition) for construction details and recommendations. 4. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (fifth edition) for construction details. 1.06 PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. B. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordinating and scheduling required with related work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels intact B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather. B. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or above 100 degrees F. C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is expected or occurring. D. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be weatherproofed the same day. 1.09 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's Warranty and Service Agreement in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fain in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures includes roof leaks. 1. Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories, roof insulation, all sheet metal related details and termination details. 2. Manufacturer will provide, at no cost to the Owner, the following services in years 2, 5 and 10: a. Inspection by a Technical Representative and delivery of a written inspection report documenting roof conditions- BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07510 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S b. Preventative maintenance and necessary repairs, including splits, tears or breaks in the roof membrane system and (lashings that threaten the integrity of the roo (system and are not exempt from coverage due to neglect, negligence, vandalism or other exclusion. c. General rooftop housekeeping and clean -up, subject to limits, but generally including removal of incidental debris. 3. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as roofing membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers and walkway products for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: 2 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Built -up Asphalt Roofing: 1. Tremco Roofing, Inc. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Wood fiber board: 1. Georgia Pacific High Density Fiber Board 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 BASE SHEET MATERIALS A. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II, asphalt- impregnated and coated sheet, with polyester/ glass/ polyester trilaminate reinforcement, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. 1. Weight: 31 lb/ 100 sf ASTM D 228 2. Tensile Strength: 135 Ibf / in MD ASTM D 5147 3. Tensile Strength: 130 Ibf/ in XD ASTM D 5147 2.03 ROOF SURFACING A. Cap Sheet: ASTM D 6163 Grade G, Type II SIBS modified asphalt- impregnated and coated, glass fiber cap sheet, with white coarse mineral - granule top surfacing and fine mineral surfacing on bottom surface. 1. Tensile Strength: 120 Ibfhn MD, 115 Ibf/ in XD ASTM D 5147 2. Tear Strnegth: 70 Ibf/ MD, 80 Ibf /in XD ASTM D 5147 3. Elongation: 2.6% MD, 2.5% XD ASTM D 5147 2.04 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II, asphalt - impregnated and coated sheet, with polyester/ glass/ polyester trilaminate reinforcment, dusted with fine mineral surfacing on both sides. 1. Weight: 31 Ib/ 100 sf ASTM D 228 2. Tensile Strength: 135 Ibf / in MD ASTM D 5147 3. Tensile Strength: 130 Ibf / in XD ASTM D 5147 B. Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type 11 SBS modified asphalt - impregnated and coated, glass -fiber cap sheet, with white coarse ineral- granule top surfacing and fine mineral surfacing on bottom surface. 1. Tensile Strength: 120 Ibffin MD, 115 Ibf/ in XD ASTM D 5147 2. Tear Strnegth: 70 Ibf/ MD, 80 Ibf /in XD ASTM D 5147 3. Elongation: 2.6% MD, 2.5% XD ASTM D 5147 C. Flashing Adhesive: Asphalt based, heavily fibrated brush grade mastic. D. Metal Flashing Sheet and Coping: 24 guage galvanized metal 1. Metal counterflashing 2. Metal termination bar 07510-4 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ISIDESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' E. Metal edge stripping ply: Vinyl coated woven glass mesh 2.05 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41. Cold - Applied Adhesive: Roofing system manufacturer's standard asphalt- based, 1 part asbestos -free, cold - applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with built -up roofing membranes and flashings. Each container labeled with UL and FM logos indicating material was manufacted under the specified UL and FM quality assurance programs. 1. Asbestos Content: ASTM D 276 None 2. Viscosity: ASTM D 2196 80,000 - 200,000 cP 3. Density: ASTM D 1475 8.111b/gal 4. VOC: ASTM D 3960 Compliant with local building codes 2.06 AUXILIARY ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built -up roofing. B. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen, nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning and nondrying. C. Fasteners: Factory- caoted steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions in FM 4470; designed for fastening roofing membrane components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. D. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide miscellaneous accessories recommended by roofing system manufacturer. 2.07 WOODFIBERBOARD A. General: Provide preformed wood fiberboards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard s¢es and of thickness indicated. B. Wood Fiber Board: ASTM C 208, Type II, Grade1, cellulose wood fiber board, 1 inch thick with premium asphalt coating on all six sides. 1. Compressive Strength: 20 psi ASTM C 165 2. Density, nominal: 15 lb/ cf ASTM C 209 2.08 WALKWAY PROTECTION PADS A. 4' x 4' granule surfaced, reinforced asphaltic composition, slip resistant pads. 1/2" thick minimum. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. B. Verify deck is supported and secure. C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped and suitable for installation of roof system. D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips are in place. 3.02 PREPARATION ' BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07510 -5 I RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000113 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Clean substrate of dust, dbris, moisture and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp objects. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.03 FIBERBOARD INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with roofin system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation with 1/4 inch of nailers, projections and penetrations. D. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. E. Over metal deck: 1. Mechanically Attached Cover Board: Mechanically fasten one layer of 1 inch thick cover board to deck. 2. Use one fastener per two sq. ft. 3.04 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Start installation of built -up roofing membrane in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical representative. B. Install roofing system in accordance with the following NRCA Manual Plates and NRCA recommendations; modify as required to complywith requirements of FMG references: 1. Base Flashingfor Wall- Supported Deck: Plates BUR -5 and BUR -5S. 2. Metal Parapet Cap (Coping) and Base Flashing: Plates BUR -1 and BUR -1S. 3. Equipment Support Curb: Plates BUR -9 and BUR -9S. 4. Plumbing Vent: Plates BUR -18 and BUR-.18S. 5. Roof Drain: BUR -20 and BUR -20S. 6. Surface Mount Counter Flashing: Plates BUR -4 and BUR -4S. C. Where roof slope exceeds 2 inch per 12 inches, install sheets of built -up roofing membrane parallel with slope. 1. Backnail roofing membrane sheets to nailer strips. 2. Backnail roofing membrane sheets to substrate according to roofing system manufacturer's writtne instructions. D. Cooperate with testing and inspecting agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing built -up roofing system. E. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation and roofing membrane sheets are not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday or when rein is forecast 1. Provide tie -offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed roofing membrane sheets and insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt withjoints and edges sealed. 2. Completed terminations and base (lashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system. 3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. F. Cold Process Asphalt Heating 07510-6 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IJOIDESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S 1. An in -line heat exhange unit may be used to facilitate application. Do not exceed maximum adhesive termperature at 100 degrees F. 2. Heat exchange unit: Use heat transfer oil approved by heating equipment manufacturer. Follow operation procedures recommended by heating equipment manufactu rer. G. Substrate -Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging roofing system components or adjacent building construction. 3.05 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Install one lapped course of base sheet, extending sheetover and terminating beyond cants. Attach base sheet as follows: 1. Adhere to substrate in a solid coating of cold applied adhesive at a rate required by manufacturer. B. Install second base sheet layer starting at low point of roofing system. Align ply sheet without stretching. Shingle in directio to shed water. Extend base sheet ovre and terminate beyond cants. 1. Adhere to substrate in a solid coating of cold applied adhesive at a rate required by manufacturer. C. Cap Sheet: Install lapped granulated cap sheet starting at low point of roofing system. Offset laps from laps of precedingply sheets and align cap sheet without stretching. Lap in direction to shed water. Extend cap sheet over and terminate beyond cants. 1. Adhere to substrate in a solid coating of cold applied adhesive at a rate required by manufactu rer. 3.06 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges and at penetrations through roof and secure to substrates according'to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by roofing system manufacturer. 2. Backer Sheet Application: Mechanically fasten backer sheet to walls or parapets. Adhere backer sheet over roofing membrane at cants in flashing adhesive. 3. Flashing Sheet Application: Install backer sheet and adhere to substrate in flashing adhesive. B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets a minimum of 8 inches above roofing membrane and 6 inches onto field of roofing membrane. C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing. 1. At parapet walls, extend flashing sheet up entire wall and mechanically fasten at outside edge of nailer below coping cap. 2. At high walls, mechanically fasten top of base flashing up wall 8 -12 inches above roofing membrane and secure at terminations and perimeter of roofing using butyl tape and termination bar. 3. Install 24 gauge galvanized metal counterflashing at all vertically terminated base flash in gs. D. Install 4 inch and 6 inch stripping plies where metal flanges and edges are set on built -up roofing. Set in flashing adhesive. E. Install all edge metal, metal counterflashing, and metal coping according to details and industry standards. F. Pipe penetrations: Install split lead flashing and strip in edges same as metal edges. G. Irregular penetrations: Use Chem Curb flashing component system. IBUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING 07510 -7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.07 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. 1. Notify Architect or Owner 48 hours in advance of date and time of inspection. B. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not complywith specified requirements. C. Additional resting and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.08 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and war during remainder of construction period. When remaining constructioo will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates and repair or resrstall roofing ssytem to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07510-8 BUILT -UP ASPHALT ROOFING ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ,DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST ON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterf lashings, and other items indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zino - Coated (Galvanized) or ' Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2004a. B. ASTM B 32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2004. C. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2004. D. ASTM D 4586 - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos -Free; 2000. ' E. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ' B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, (lashings, terminations, and installation details. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated. B. Upon request of the Architect, demonstrate by hose or standing water that all flashing and ' sheet metal is completely watertight. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. B. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining. ' 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A 653 /A 653M, with G90IZ275 zinc coating;_ minimum 0.02 inch thick base metal. 1. All galvanized sheet products shall have a zinc coating applied by hot-dip process to all surfaces. 2. At galvanized sheet metal products to be painted (as shown on the Drawings), provide an AZ -50 coating. 3. [A�togvallveaaniizeed sheet metal products that will not be painted (as shown on the Drawings), SHEET METAL FLrASNING /tl TRlnnish with a clear acrylic coating. 07620-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 #3 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers. B. Primer: Galvanized iron type. C. Sealant: Type as specified in Section 07900. D. Plastic Cement ASTM D 4586, Type 1. E. Solder. ASTM B 32; Sn50 (50150) type. F. Bituminous Coating: SSPC, Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 mil dry film thickness per coat. G. Mastic Sealant: Polysobutylene, nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating solvent. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Form pieces in longest possible lengths. C. Hem exposed edges on underside 112 inch; miter and seam corners. D. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated. At moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet -type or interlocking hooked seams. E. Fabricate comers from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant. F. Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch (6 mm) and hemmed to form drip. G. Fabricate (lashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches over roofing gravel. Return and brake edges. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located. B. Verify roofing termination and base (lashings are in place, sealed, and secure. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Secure (lashings in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where permitted. B. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt (lashings. C. Fit flashings tight in place. Make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles. D. Solder metal joints for full metal surface contact. After soldering, wash metal clean with neutralizing solution and rinse with water. END OF SECTION 07620-2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ODESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 07710 PREFABRICATED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Galvanized steel gutters and downspouts. B. Precast concrete splash pads. C. Sheet metal splash pans. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07410 - Preformed Metal Roof B. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Field painting of metal surfaces. 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc, Coated (Galvanized) or Zino -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2004a. ' B. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual; Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; 2003. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual for sizing components for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 5 years. ' 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ' B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, configurations, jointing methods, fastening methods, locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Provide data on prefabricated components. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope to ' drain. B. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage. ' 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with downspout discharge pipe inlet. ' PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 6531A 653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 0.02 inch thick base metal. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Gutters: SMACNA rectangular style profile, Type G, Figure 1 -2. B. Downspouts: SMACNA Square profile, Figure 1 -32B. C. Anchors and Supports: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts. 1. Anchoring Devices: In accordance with SMACNA requirements. 2. Gutter Supports: Brackets, Figure 1- 19Awith bracket. PREFABRICATED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07710-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4003513 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Downspout Supports: Brackets, Figure 1 -35A. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Splash Pans: Same metal type as downspouts, formed to 12x16 inches size; rolled sides 1 inch high for inverted pan placement. B. Splash Pads: Precast concrete type, size and profiles indicated; minimum 3000 psi at 28 days, with minimum 5 percent air entrainment. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Form gutters and downspouts of profiles and size indicated. B. Fabricate with required connection pieces. C. Form sections square, true, and accurate in size, in maximum possible lengths, free of distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Allow for expansion at joints. D. Hem exposed edges of metal. E. Fabricate gutter and downspout accessories; seal watertight. 2.05 FACTORY FINISHING A. Primer Coat: Finish concealed side of metal sheets with primer compatible with finish system, as recommended by finish system manufacturer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Paint concealed metal surfaces and surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install gutters, downspouts, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Join lengths with formed seams sealed watertight. Flash and seal gutters to downspouts and accessories. C. Connect downspouts to storm sewer system. Grout connection watertight D. Set splash pads under downspouts. END OF SECTION 07710 -2 PREFABRICATED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAIN AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07720 ROOF HATCH PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof hatches. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07510 -Built-up Asphalt Roofing 1.03 SUBMITTALS DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. 4. Maintenance requirements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for.installation. B. Store products undercover and elevated above grade. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOF HATCHES A. Manufacturers- Roof Hatches: 1. Miloor Inc Model #M -3: www.milcorinc.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Roof Hatches: Factory- assembled steel frame and cover, complete with operating and release hardware. 1. Mounting: Provide frames and curbs suitable for mounting on flat roof deck. 2. For Ladder Access: Single leaf; 36 by 36 inches. C. Frames /Curbs: One -piece curb and frame with integral cap flashing to receive roof flashings; extended bottom flange to suit mounting. 1. Material: Galvanized steel, 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick, with factory prime paint. 2. Insulation: 1 inch ( rigid fiberboard, located on outside face of curb. 3. Curb Height: 12 inches from finished surface of roof, minimum. D. Metal Covers: Flush, insulated, hollow metal construction. 1. Capable of supporting 40 psf live load. 2. Material: Galvanized steel; outer cover 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick, liner 22 gage, 0.03 inch thick, with factory prime paint. 3. Insulation: 2 inches rigid fiberboard. 4. Gasket: Neoprene, continuous around cover perimeter. E. Hardware: Zinc or cadmium plated, unless otherwise indicated or required by manufacturer. 1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression or torsion spring operator with shock absorbers that automatically opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load. 2. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type. 3. Hold open arm with vinyl-coated handle for manual release. 4. Latch: Upon closing, engage latch automatically and reset manual release. 5. Manual Release: Pull handle on interior and exterior. 6. Locking: Padlock hasp on exterior. FWF?A CUTION 07720-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 403 • CRY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly pr'iorto installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing weather integrity. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean installed work to like -new condition. B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch -up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07720-2 ROOF HATCH , ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH •DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE AN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2000. B. ASTM C 919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications, 2002. C. ASTM C 920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2002. D. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005. E. ASTM D 1667- Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials —Vinyl Chloride ' Polymers and Copolymers (Closed -Cell Foam), 1997. F. BAAQMD 8 -51 - Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, Adhesive ' and Sealant Products; www.baagmd.gov; current edition. G. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule 'No. 1168; current edition; www.aqmd.gov. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. 1.06 WARRANTY ' A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. t C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers - General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic t compound (VOC) content than required by the more stringent of the South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No. 1168 and the Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51. ' B. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane or Polysulfide; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, G, and A; multi- component 1. Color: color as selected. ' 2. Applications: Use for: a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry. b. Joints between concrete and other materials. ' JOINT SEALER& Joints between metal frames and other materials. 07900-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004'513 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S d. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated C. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF single component, paintable. 1. Color: Colors as selected. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces. c. Other interiorjoints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. D. Bathtub /Tile Sealant: White silicone; ASTM C 920, Uses I, M and A; single component, mildew resistant 1. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces. b. Joints between kitchen and bath countertops and wall surfaces. E. Type _ - Acoustical Sealant: Butyl or acrylic sealant; ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12 -1/2, Uses M and A; single component, solvent release curing, non - skinning. F. Interior Floor Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self - leveling; ASTM C 920, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T. M and A; multi- component 1. Color: Colors as selected. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Expansion joints in floors. G. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12 -1/2, Uses NT, M, A, G, O; single component, solvent release, non - skinning, non - sagging. 1. Color: Colors as selected. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. C. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193, C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C 919. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. 07900-2 JOINT SEALERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH �DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA ON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-61 87-S E. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Tool joints concave. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALERS 07900-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 1M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non - fire -rated steel doors and frames. B. Steel frames for wood doors. C. Fire -rated steel doors and frames. D. Thermally insulated steel doors. E. Accessories, including glazing, louvers, and matching panels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08710 -Door Hardware, B. Section 08800 - Glazing: Glass for doors and borrowed lites. C. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Field painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSVICC Al 17.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 1998. B. ANSI A250.8 - SDI -100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003. C. ANSI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998. D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zino - Coated (Galvanized) or Zino -Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2004a. E. DHI A115 Series - Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; Door and Hardware Institute; 2000 (ANSI /DHI Al 15 Series). F. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; 1999. G. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows; National Fire Protection Association; 1999. H. UBC Std 7 -2, Part 11 - Test Standard for Smoke- and Draft - control Assemblies; International Conference of Building Officials; 1997. I. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. J. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 1998. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced grade standard. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and identifying location of different finishes, if any. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE STEELAD06W,�hftp�ft&rgect site a copy of all reference standards dealing with installation. 08110 - 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Store in accordance with NAAMM HMMA 840. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build -up under coverings; prevent corrosion. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Steel Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door Products: www.cecodoor.com. 2. Steelcraft: www.steelcraft.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Requirements for All Doors and Frames: 1. Accessibility. Comply with ANSI/ICC A117.1. 2. Door Texture: Smooth faces. 3. Glazed Lights: Non - removable stops on non - secure side; sizes'and configurations as indicated on drawings. . 4. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with DHI A115 Series, with reinforcement welded in place, in addition to other requirements specified indoor grade standard. a. Frame reinforcement: 1) Hinges: 7 gauge 2) Strikes: 12 gauge 3) Closures: 12 gauge 4) Openings: 12 gauge 5. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound -rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound -rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.03 STEEL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. 2. Core: Polystyrene foam. 3. Galvanizing: All components hot - dipped zinc -iron alloy - coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M,. 4. Doors to be 16 gauge, heavy duty. B. Interior Doors, Non - Fire - Rated: 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 1, physical performance Level C, Model 1, full flush. 2. Core: Polystyrene foam. 3. Thickness: 1 -3/4 inches. 4. Doors to be 16 gauge, heavy duty. C. Interior Doors, Fire- Rated: 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Level 2, physical performance Level B, Model 1, full flush. 2. Fire Rating: As indicated on Door and Frame Schedule, tested in accordance with UL 10C ( "positive pressure "). a. Provide units listed and labeled by UL. b. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. 3. Smoke and Draft Control Doors: In addition to required fire rating, comply with air leakage requirements of UBC Std 7 -2, Part II; with "S" label; if necessary, provide additional gasketing or edge sealing. 4. Core: Mineral fiberboard. 08110 -2 5. Doors to be 16 gauge, heavy duty. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Panels: Same construction, performance, and finish as doors. 2.04 STEEL FRAMES A. General: 1. Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. 2. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. 3. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut -outs in frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted. 4. Anchors: a. In masonry walls, provide 0.156" thick wire -type or with adjustable 16 gauge, A60 T -strap not less than2" x 10 ". b. In stud partitions, provide 18 gauge steel anchors welded to inside of jambs. c. Floor anchors to be 14 gauge welded to inside of jamb. 5. Corners to be mitered and fully welded and ground smooth. 6. Provide with integral 5/8" integral stop. B. Exterior Door Frames: Face welded, seamless with joints filled. 1. Galvanizing: All components hot - dipped zinc -iron alloy - coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 2. Exterior opening frames to be 14 gauge, A70 minimum. 3. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08710, C. Interior Door Frames, Non - Fire - Rated: Fully welded type. 1. For openings 4'-0" wide or less: 16 gauge, A70 minimum. 2. For openings wider than 4' -0 ": 14 gauge, A70 minimum. D. Interior Door Frames, Fire - Rated: Fully welded type. 1. Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. 2. For openings 4'-0" wide or less: 16 gauge, A70 minimum. 3. For openings wider than 4'-0 ": 14 gauge, A70 minimum. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Louvers: Roll formed steel with overlapping frame; finish same as door components; factory- installed. 1. Provide Anemostat model AFDL, roll - formed 20 gauge steel louver blades with 18 gauge frame. Mountflush into doors without overlapping moldings on surface of door facing sheets. 2. Louver blade to be inverted 'V' blade, sightrppof, stationary type. 3. In Fire -Rated Doors: UL- listed fusible link louver, same rating as door. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08800, factory installed. 1. Provide Anemostat model #LOPRP 20 gauge frame, welded to security side of door. galvanized. 2. Glazing to be 1/4" thick tempered and fire rated where required. Refer to Section 08800. C. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout of maximum 4 -inch slump for hand troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. 2.06 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer: Rust - inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high - build, water- resistant, resilient coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. , STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.02 PREPARATION A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior to installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the requirements of the specified door grade standard and NAAMM HMMA 840. B. In addition, install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. C. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. D. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. E. Coordinate installation of hardware. F. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: As specified in ANSI A250.8. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straightedge, comer to corner. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION 1 08110 -4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH. 9 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08210 PLASTIC FACED WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08110 -Steel Doors and Frames. B. Section 08710- Door Hardware. C. Section 08800 - Glazing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. WIC - Woodwork Institute of California 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Illustrate dooropening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special beveling, special blocking for hardware, factory machining criteria, factory finishing criteria, identify cutouts for glazing and louvers. D. Samples: Submit three samples of door veneer, 4x4 inch in size illustrating plastic laminate pattern and color. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of the specified door quality standard on site for review during installation and finishing. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on skein manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, doorframe and door hardware installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide warranty for the following term: 1. Interior Doors: Life of installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS ' PLASTIC FACED WOOD DOORS 08210-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE IPTION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. High Pressure Decorative Laminate Faced Doors: 5 -ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1 -3f4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. 2. High pressure decorative laminate finish where indicated on drawings. 2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non -Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type staved lumber core (SLC), plies and faces as indicated above. B. Core for Low Pressure Decorative Laminate, Non -Rated and 20 Minute Rated: ANSI A208.1 Grade M -2 particleboard, minimum, with no seams on faces; edges reinforced as required to pass WDMA performance grade specified. 2.03 DOOR FACINGS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate Facing: NEMA LD -3. 1. On both faces of door and both vertical edges provide plastic laminate. a. Color to be Formica'Beige Grafix', 506 -58 matte finish. 2. On tops and bottoms of doors, provide a postive sealer applied after completion of machining and fitting. B. Adhesives 1. Use only'rigid set (urea resin) or'semi -rigit set (PVC acetate) adhesives. Apply as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 'Contact adhesives are not allowed. 2.04 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with doorquality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with Stiles and Rails: C. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement D. Fit dooredge trim to edgeof stiles after applying veneerfacing. E. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface - mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. F. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. G. Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI Quality Standards Illustrated Section 1700. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out -of- tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. B. Factory- Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace doo r. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. CMro!A STALLATION TOLERANCES PLASTIC FACED WOOD DOORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for maximum diagonal distortion. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. END OF SECTION PLASTIC FACED WOOD DOORS 08210-3 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I.DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08110 -Steel Doors and Frames. B. Section 08710 -Door Hardware. C. Section 08800 - Glazing. ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. AWI /AWMAC (CSI) - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated; Architectural Woodwork Institute and Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. C. Shop Drawings: Illustrate dooropening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special beveling, special blocking for hardware, factory machining criteria, factory finishing criteria, identify cutouts for glazing and D. Samples: Submit three samples of door veneer, 4x4 inch in size illustrating plastic laminate pattern and color. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of the specified door quality standard on site for review during installation and finishing. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, doorframe and door hardware installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide warranty for the following term: 1. Interior Doors: Life of installation. C. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART2 PRODUCTS P 'LA HRR8i@DOORS 08211 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 V CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. High Pressure Decorative Laminate Faced Doors: 5 -ply unless otherwise indicated. B. Interior Doors: 1 -3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. 1. Provide solid core doors at all locations. 2. High pressure decorative laminate finish where indicated on drawings. 2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. Non -Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type staved lumber core (SLC), plies and faces as indicated above. B. Care for Low Pressure Decorative Laminate, Non -Rated and 20 Minute Rated: ANSI A208.1 Grade M -2 particleboard, minimum, with no seams on faces; edges reinforced as required to pass WDMA performance grade specified. 2.03 DOOR FACINGS A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate Facing: NEMA LD -3. 1. On both faces of door and both vertical edges provide plastic laminate. a. Colorto be Formica'Beige Grafix', 506 -58 matte finish. 2. On tops and bottoms of doors, provide a postive sealer applied after completion of machining and fitting. B. Adhesives 1. Use only'rigid set (urea resin) or'semi -rigit set (PVC acetate) adhesives. Apply as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 'Contact adhesives are not allowed. 2.04 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with doorquality standard specified. B. Cores Constructed with Stiles and Rails: C. Provide solid blocks at lock edge for hardware reinforcement. D. Fit door edge trim to edge of stiles after applying veneer facing. E. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface - mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. F. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. G. Provide edge clearances in accordance withAWl Quality Standards Illustrated Section 1700. PART EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out -of- tolerance for size or alignment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. B. Factory- Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. C. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. 0V ?1 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES FLUSH WOOD DOORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH F*ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13-51 87-S A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. B. Conform to specified quality standard for maximum diagonal distortion. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. END OF SECTION FLUSH WOODDOORS 08211 -3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 0M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08350 BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Bi -fold hydraulic operated apparatus bay doors. B. Hydraulic operators 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02835 - Gate Operators B. Section 08800 - Glazing C. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. B. ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. C. ASTM A500, Grade B - Standard Specificationfor Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural tubing in Rounds and Shapes. D. ASTM A513 - Standard Specification for Electric Resistance Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing. E. ASTM A569 - Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon, Hot Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product data, rough -in diagrams and installation instructions for each type and size of bi -fold doors. Provide operating instructions, maintenance information and electrical rough -in dimensions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate construction details, clearance requirements, metal gauges, finish, electrical requirements, design data and interface requirements with other portions of the work. D. Door Manufacturer shall submit a reference list including names and telephone numbers of five (5) successful installations of the type specified within the past two years. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Door manufacturer shall have at least 10 years experience in manufactureing doors of this type. B. Furnish hydraulic bi -fold door units, hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components from one (1) manufacturer. C. Door panels will be designed such that they will not deflect more than U120 of their span under a minimum windload of 20 pounds per square foot with calulcations based on the premise that the door panels are supported on the two non - spanning edges. Door components shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of the AISC Specification for steel shapes, plates, bars, sheet or strip metal. D. Provide setting drawings, templates, instructions and directions for installation of anchorage devices with associated trades. PART2 PRODUCTS , BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS 08350-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004• CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The design of the folding doors and operators is based on the products of Electric Power Door model #41, (800) 346 -5760, as a standard of quality. All substitutions will be reviewed under the provisions of specification Section 01030. 2.02 MATERIALSAND FABRICATION A. General: Comply with referenced standards for forms and type of materials for required items of work. B. Design Criteria: Design doors to limit deflection to more than U120 of their span under a minimum windload of 20 pounds per square foot. Door components shall be designed in accordance with the following: 1. Shapes, Plates, and Bars — AISC Specification for the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings. 2. Sheet or Strip Metal — AISI Specification for the design of cold - formed steel structural members. 3. Operation Frequency— High frequency, 24 -hour per day operation C. Door Panel Construction: Custom metal fabrications as indicated. 1. Door panel frames (leaves) will have both horizontal and vertical structural framing and shall be constructed of standard structural steel, square steel tubing or rectangular steel tubing sections of ample size and strength for loads and stresses imposed under the specified conditions. Minimum steel tube thickness of the vertical perimeter members shall be 1/8 inch. Interior door panel frame members shall be steel tubing spaced at Manufacturer's recommended spacing and shall run horizontal Pan style construction will not be allowed. 2. Door panel frames shall be of welded construction and all perimeterjoints shall develop the full strength of the framing members. All door panels to be welded to form a structural inner frame with both vertical and horizontal members. Pan style panels with laminated or similar construction will not be acceptable. 3. Door panel frame members shall be true to dimension and square in all directions. 4. Door panels shall not be bowed, warped, or out of line by more than 1/8" in 20 feet. 5. Exposed welds and welds which interfere with the installation of various parts shall be ground smooth. 6. Unglazed portions of the door panel frames shall be sheeted on both sides with 14 guage flat hot rolled steel, which is welded to the door panel frame. Welds to be 9" on center. All exposed seams of the door panel sheeting shall be cauled with Eclectic Brand E6100 adhesive caulk after fabrication and prior to prime painting. 7. Provide each door panel with two (2) windows in dimensions shown on the Door Schedule using 1" total glazing thickness. Glazing to match storefront and aluminum window glazing as specified in Section 08800. 2.03 HARDWARE A. Provide hardware necessary for a complete installation. Hardware shall be heavy duty type, including all bolts and fittings for the hardware as follows: 1. Door Guides: a. The door guides shall be steel'S' beams S4 x 7.7 minimum. Include wall support brackets. Guides shall be capable of being mounted within 15" headroom. b. Guide Roller Assemblies: The door shall have a minimum of two anti - friction bearing guide rollers. The guide rollers shall be of sufficient size to transmit the windload from the door panel to the steel door guides. Provide two (2) 3" diameter minimum rollers in each assembly with bearings to take vertical load and four (4) 1" diameter minimum steel rollers, which take the horizontal load. 1 08350-2 BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 , MARCH, 2006 c. Jamb Hinges: Door shall be complete with shop - applied strap type jamb hinges. Jamb hinges to be constructed from 3" x 3/8" bar. Jamb hinge barrel seams must be welded. Jamb hinges shall be gusseted with steel bars along both edges. Each hinge shall be supported on Timken roller bearings. Hinges shall be through bolted on panel. Grease zerk fittings ahll be provided on all hinges for greasing hinge pintles.. d. Hinge Pintles: Jamb hinges shall have continuous 7/8" diameter steel pintles the full height of the opening. Fold hinges shall have a minimum 5/8" diameter steel pintles the height of the hinge assembly. e. Fold Hinges: Door shall be complete with strap type fold hinges. Fold hinges to be constructed from 3" x 1/4" steel plate or bar. Fold hinge barrel seams must be welded. fold hinges shall be of dual capture design and have no less than two (2) shear planes. Fold hinges shall be equipped with a 5 /8" diameter hinge pin with greas chase and greasezerk for lubrication. All fold hinges shall be equipped with two (2) Timken roller bearings. I. Weatherstrip: Doors shall be completely weatherstrippped with impregnated dual durometer snap -on type weatherseal at the jambs and head, cloth inserted rubber sweep at sill, combination reversing edge and rubber seal at meeting edges, and sponge rubber and metal astragal between door sections. A manufacturer shall have factory tested similar door system for air leakage per ASTM Test E283 with test results errfied by an independent laboratory. 2.04 HYDRAULIC DOOR OPERATOR A. Operating Unit: Doors shall be hydraulically operated using jamb mounted cylinder actuators. The cylinder rods shall be retracted when door is inclosed position. Rotary type hydraulic operators will not be acceptable. Provide an easy emergency disconnect system so door can be manually operated in case of power failure. Furnish controls as required including one pushbutton enclosure with three (3) pushbuttons marked "OPEN ", "CLOSE ", "STOP ". Locate as shown on the Electrical Drawings. 1. The operator shall be furnished complete and shall consist of an integral pump and tank assembly attached to the motor, mounting brackets, control panel, adjustable limits, hydraulic cylinders, push buttons, and all necessary brackets and fittings to provide a smooth and satisfactory operation. 2. Operator shall open or close the door, starting the door in motion smoothly, the accelerating to mid -swing and bring it to an adjustable slow smooth stop. 3. The operator mechanism shall be instantly reversible and capable of functioning without chatter and/or vibration. 4. The actuators shall be mounted adjacent to the jamb panel hinges and require about 2'-6" from edge of jamb on each side. 5. Actuators shall not extend out from the door more than 18" when the door is closed. 6. The actuators shall require less than 20" side room, measured from the jamb panel hinge centerline when the door is opened 105 degrees. 7. There shall be no more than five pivot points in the mechanism with no sliding or rolling contract points. 8. Provide an emergency override system so door can be operated in case of power failure. 9. Door panels shall be free to operate manually after emergency override system is activated. 10. The system shall automatically reset itself after returning to power operation without readjusting any limit switches. B. Electric Motors: Electric motors shall be high starting torque type, of sufficient horsepower and torque output to move door in either direction form any position and produce an average door travel speed of not less than 2/3, not more than 1 -foot per second, without exceeding the rated capacity. Motors shall conform to NEMA standards, have class B insulation, service factor of 1.0, and shall be suitable for operation on 208 V, 3 phase, 60 hertz current. Motors to be 2 horsepower minimum. Motor shall be 1725 RPM, totally enclosed fan BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS 08350-3 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE 9TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S cooled, with'C' face for mounting to pump unit.. C. Pump Unit: Each pump unit shall be rated to provide maximum 1,100 PSI oil pressure at 3 gallons per minute pumping rate. Oil pressure gauge shall be provided. 1. Pumpenclosure to be a lockable cover, minimum 10 gauge. D. Reservoir Tank: Each reservoir tank shall have a 4.5- gallon capacity and be equipped with oil level gauge and filler cap with vent plug. . E. Valves: Electric Solenoid Valves, flow control valves, and safety pressure relief valves shall be incorporated into a single machined manifold block that is fixed to the integral motor - pump - reservoir unit. These valves shall control starting, stopping, acceleration, deceleration, speed, and direction. The valves should be able to start the door slowly, increase to maximum speed at mid cycle, and slow to a smooth stop. All movements shall be accomplished without vibration and /or chatter. F. Hydraulic Hose: The hydraulic hose shall be minimum 3/8" diameter I.D. hose to consist of an inner synthetic rubber tube with one braid of high tensile strength steel wire reinforcement and an outer synthetic rubber cover which is resistant to oil, weather, and abrasion. Temperature range to be —40 degrees to +250 degrees F. Minimum burst pressure to be 9,000 PSI. Hose to be SAE 100 R1 type. G. Hydraulic Tubing: The hydraulic tubing shall be minimum 1/2" diameter O.D. x 0.049 wall steel tubing — annealed, low carbon, 47,500 PSI tensile strength, SAE J525, flushed and tested. Alt fittings shall be included. H. Needle type disconnect flow control valves shall also be provided to allow for manual operation of the doors without having to disconnect the cylinder actuators from the door panels. I. Each power pack unit shall also have an electrical junction box with terminals for wiring to the electric solenoid valves. J. Hydraulic fluid shall be Lubriplate 231052 -70, K. Control Panel: Each door shall be furnished with a NEMA 12 control panel enclosure housing a reversing across the line type magnetic motor starter having thermal pro- overload protection. The control panel shall contain a PLC, relays, fuses, terminal strips, and other electronic components as required to provide the specified operating sequences. All components shall be pre -wired to the terminal strip and neatly labeled. Power circuits in excess of 200 volts shall be provided with control transformers to reduce voltage on the control circuit to 120 volts. Control panel assembly shall be UL labeled. Control panel shall be located between 4 and 6 feet above grade. L. Pushbuttons: Pushbuttons shall be located on the interior of the building where shown and shall be the three- button type, with the buttons marked "OPEN", "CLOSE ", "STOP ". The "OPEN" button shall be of the type requiring only momentary pressure by the operator to cause the door to go from the closed to the fully opened position. When the dooris in motion and the "STOP" button is pressed, the door shall stop instantly and remain in the stop position; from the stop position, the door may then be operated in either direction by pushing the "OPEN" or "CLOSE" button. Pushbuttons shall be NEMA 12 rated. ' M. Limit Switches: Shall be NEMA rotary cam -type rated micro switches mounted to cylinder actuators. N. Sensing Device: Pneumatic -type reversing edges shall be located full length of the door on ' the leading edges of the two center sections. Reversing edges will automatically reverse the doors should they come in contact with an obstruction during closing. This reversing edge shall not substitute for a limit switch. 1 08350-4 BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S O. Photo Electric Eyes: Each door shall be provided with two (2) industrial grade photo eyes — One (1) located in front and one (1) located to the rear of the door panels when doors are in the open position. Photo eyes to be infrared type with transmitter and receiver. Units to be provided in a NEMA 4X housing. Photo eyes to be non - reflective through -beam with LED alignment indicators and supervised relay outputs for providing a detect signal in case of power failure. Photo eyes shall be 110 volt AC. P. Reversing Device: Pneumatic -type reversing edges shall be located the full length of the door on the leading edges of the two center sections. Reversing edges will automatically reverse the doors should they come in contact with an obstruction during closing. The reversing edges shall not substitute for limit switches. Q. Provide automatic close timers to close doors. 2.05 ACCESS CONTROL AND DEVICES A. Manufacturer: The design of the access control systems is based on the products of AIIStar (800) 441 -9300, as a standard of quality. All substitutions will be reviewed under the provisions of specification Section 01030 B. Design: Each door shall be provided with a radio receiver and two (2) transmitters. Exterior antennae to be mounted per Owner and Architect's direction. Devices to be programmed to operate the rear overhead door and the front folding door which occur in the same bay. C. Receiver: Provide remote relay that will be compatible with overhead door system. D. Transmitter: #733, standard three door transmitter. E. Contractor to coordinate with specification Section 08360 and that contractor/ supplier. 2.06 SHOP FINISHING A. General: Factory prirned door. Thoroughly, clean, pre -treat and prime surfaces of door assembly including fixed panels, trim, support, and closure pieces. 1. Pre - treatment: As required by primer manufacturer. 2. Primer must be compatible with finish coating. 3. Field paint finish in colors selected by Architect and as specified in, Section 09900. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation of Bi -Fold Apparatus Doors. B. Do not proceed with the work of this section until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Commencement of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. The installation of doors shall be a factory trained and certified doorcompany of the door manufacturer or supervised by an authorized representative of the door manufacturer. B. Install door and operating equipment complete with neceswsary hardware, jamb and head weatherstrips, anchors, inserts, hangers and equipment supports in accordance with final Shop Drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions and as specified herein. C. Upon comps etion of installation including work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist, or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. D. Provide professionally produceds, narrated videotape providing detailed information for maintenance and control adjustments as well as manufacturer's complete maintenance and operational manuals. END OF SECTION BI -FOLD APPARATUS BAY DOORS 08350-5 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 08360 OVERHEAD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Overhead sectional doors, electrically operated B. Operating hardware and supports. C. Electrical controls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02835 - Gate Operators B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Steel channel opening frame. ' C. D. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and backup materials. Section 08800 Glazing -Glazing: for door lights. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM E 330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2002. ' B. DASMA 102 - American National Standard Specifications for Sectional Overhead Type Doors; Door & Access Systems Manufacturers' Association, International; 2003. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, National Fire Protection Association; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. C. Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware. D. Samples: Submit three panel finish samples, 4x4 inch in size, illustrating color and finish. ' E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include any special procedures required by project conditions. F. Operation Data: Include normal operation, troubleshooting, and adjusting. G. Maintenance Data: Include data for motor and transmission, shaft and gearing, lubrication frequency, spare part sources. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum ten years of documented experience. B. Conform to applicable code for motor and motor control requirements. C. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified. ' 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals for warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS OVERHEAD DOORS 08360-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Overhead Door, Inc (714) 432.9933; model #521. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 ALUMINUM DOOR COMPONENTS A. Aluminum Doors: Flush aluminum, insulated; standard lift operating style with track and hardware; complying with DASMA 102, Commercial application. 1. Performance: Withstand positive and negative wind loads equal to 1.5 times design wind loads specified by local code without damage or permanent set, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330, using 10 second duration of maximum load. 2. Door Nominal Thickness: 2 inches thick. 3. Finish: Pre- finished with powder coat of color as selected from manufacturer's complete color line. 4. Glazed Lights: Full panel width, two row; set in place with resilient glazing channel. B. Door Panels: Flush aluminum construction; outer aluminum sheet 0.5 inch thick; inner aluminum sheet __inch thick; flat profile; core reinforcement of 0.5 inch roll formed aluminum; rabbeted weatherjoints at meeting rails; insulated. C. Glazing: Type as specified in Section 08800 (3116" thick). 2.03 DOOR COMPONENTS A. Track: Galvanized steel angles, 0.094 inch thick; 2 -5/16 x4 inch size, continuous one piece per side; galvanized steel mounting brackets 114 inch thick. B. Hinge and Roller Assemblies: Heavy duty hinges and adjustable roller holders of galvanized steel; floating hardened steel bearing rollers, located at top and bottom of each panel, each side. C. Lift Mechanism: Torsion spring on cross head shaft, with braided galvanized steel lifting cables. 1. For Manual Operation: Requiring maximum exertion of 25 Ibs force to open. D. Sill Weatherstripping: Resilient hollow rubber strip, one piece; fitted to bottom of door panel, full length contact. E. Jamb Weatherstripping: Roll formed steel section full height of jamb, fitted with resilient weatherstripping, placed in moderate contact with door panels. F. Head Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber seal, one piece full length. G. Panel Joint Weatherstripping: Neoprene foam seal, one piece full length. H. Lock: Inside side mounted, adjustable keeper, spring activated latch bar with feature to retain in locked or retracted position; interior handle. I. Springs: 25,000 cycle. 2.04 ELECTRICAL OPERATION A. Electrical Characteristics: 1. 3/4 hp; manually operable in case of power failure, transit speed of 11 inches per second. Overhead Door Corporation model L. 2. 208 volts, three phase, U.L. Listed totally enxoled non - ventilated (TENV) housing, instant reversing, continuous duty and automatic reset thermal overload. 3. #7 chain hoist for manual opereration. B. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. C. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. 08360-2 OVERHEAD DOORS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH (DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' D. Electric Operator: Center mounted draw bar assembly, adjustable safety friction clutch; brake system actuated by independent voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; enclosed geardriven limit switch; enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter; mounting ' brackets and hardware. E. Safety Edge: At bottom of door panel, full width; electro- mechanical sensitized type, wired to stop door upon striking object; hollow neoprene covered to provide weatherstrip seal. ' F. Control Station: Standard three button (open -close -stop) momentary type control for each electric operator. 1. 24 volt circuit. ' 2. Surface mounted. 3. Locate at locations specified on the Drawings. ' G. Radio Control Antenna Detector. H. Hand Held Transmitter: Digital control, resettable. 1. Door to be openable a minimum 300 feet from Fire Station. 2. A receiver for radio contol is also to be mounted and installed by overhead door supplier on the gater operators specified in Section 02835. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances ' are within specified limits. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of door unit to perimeter air and vapor barrier seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' B. Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or stress. C. Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only. ' D. Fit and align door assembly including hardware. E. Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from ' disconnect to unit components. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES ' A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Level: 1116 inch. C. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch from 10 It straight edge. ' D. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust door assembly for smooth operation and full contact with weatherstripping. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION ' A. Clean doors, frames and glazing. B. Remove temporary labels and visible markings. ' OVERHEAD DOORS 08360 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40003 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning. END OF SECTION 08360 -4 OVERHEADDOORS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 19 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Aluminum storefront window system. B. Aluminum storefront entrance system. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 Sealants and Caulking ' B. Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames C. Section 08700 Hardware ' D. Section 08800 Glazing 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer —As listed in Part 2. ' B. Installer —The storefront installer shall be currently approved by the manufacturer, and have experience of at least five (5) years installing the selected system. ' 1.04 REFERENCES A. ANSVASTM A36: Structural steel ' B. ANSVASTM B221: Aluminum -alloy extended bar, rod, wire, shape, and tube C. ANSVASTM E283: Rate of air leakage through exterior windows, curtain walls, and doors ' D. ANSI /ASTM E330: Structural performance of exterior windows, curtain walls, and doors by uniform static air pressure difference E. ASTM 8209: Aluminum and aluminum -alloy sheet and plate ' F. FSTT -P -31- Paint, Oil, Iron oxide, ready- mixed, red and brown G. AAMA — ArchitecturalAluminumManufacturersAssociation ' H. AMA — Aluminum Manufacturers Association I. All exterior aluminum storefront window and door systems to comply with air infiltration standards as per California Energy Conservation Standards "Title 24 ", Division 4 T20- 1495 ' of the CalifomiaAdministrative Code. 1.06 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data — Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Drawings to include: ' 1. System and component layout 2. Anchorage and fasteners with applicable flashing details C. Samples under provisions of Section 01300 to include: ' 1. Three (3) color and finish sample of typical components D. Provide storefront and entrance system manufacturer's letter of certification stating that the tested system meets or exceeds the referenced criteria for the appropriate storefront and entrance type. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING ' ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08400-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40003 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FI RE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Protection 1. Storefront sections, aluminum frames, and storefront system to be stored at the job site in a safe dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect aluminum sections before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become scratched or bent. B. Replacements — In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Five (5) year manufacturer's warranty to cover complete assembly fof operation and weather tightness. 1.08 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Wind Load= 20 psf 1.09 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Entrance System: 1. Test Units a. Air test unit shall be minimum s¢e of T -0" x T -0 ". 2. Test Procedures and Performances a. . Entrance doors shall conform to all requirements for the doortype specified. In addition, the following specific performance requirements shall be met. b. Air InfiltrationTest 1) With doorclosed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 1.57 psf. 2) Air infiltration shall not exceed .60 cfm per foot of perimeter crack length for single doors. B. Storefront Window System: 1. Provisions for Thermal Movements a. Storefront framing systems shall be designed to provide for thermal movement of all component materials resulting from surface temperatures ranging from 110 degrees F to 50 degrees F without causing buckling, stresses on glass, failure of joint seals, undue stress on structural elements, damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, or other detrimental effects. Operating windows and doors shall function normally over this temperature range. 2. Test Procedures and Performance a. Air Infiltration Test 1) Test unit in accordance withASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. 2) Air infiltration shall not exceed .06 cfm per square foot of fixed wall area. b. Water Resistance Test 1) Test unit in accordance with ASTM E 331. 2) There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage at a static test pressure of 12.0 psf. c. Uniform Load Deflection Test 1) Test in accordance with ASTM E 330 2) The system shall withstand 20 psf positive and negative design wind pressure normal t the plane of the wall. 3) Deflection under design load shall not exceed L/175 of the clear span. d. Uniform Load Structural Test 1) Test in accordance with ASTM E 330 at a pressure 1.5 times the design pressure for Uniform Load Test Deflection Test 08400 -2 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE AN AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 2) At conclusion of the test, there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, storefront parts, or any other damage that would cause the storefront to be defective. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General 1. All storefront and entrance system components shall be the product of a single manufacturer and represents an integrated system. 2. The aluminum storefront and entrance system was designed based on the product of EFCO Corporation (www.efcocorp.com) as a standard of quality. All substitutions will be considered under provisions of specification Section 01030. 2.02 STOREFRONG WINDOW AND ENTRANCE SYSTEM MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: EFCOCorporation B. Materials: Extruded aluminum shall be 6063 -T5 or T6 alloy and tempered. C. Storefront Window System: 1. Frames: 2" x 4 -1/2" profile, flush glazing stops. a. Thermal Storefront Framing —System 402, 2" x 4 -1/2" system with end dams. b. Provide compensating channel head assembly at all storefronts. c. Refer to Window Schedule for configuration. 2. Fabrication: a. Fabrication Method — Shearblock or equal. Use of exposed fasteners and stacking system with receptor sill not acceptable. b. All aluminum frame extrusions shall have a minimum wall thickness of .080 ". c. All exposed work shall be carefully matched to produce continuity of line and design with all joints. System design shall be such that raw edges will not be visible at joints. d. Frame: 1) Depth of frame shall not be less than 4 1/2 ". 2) Face dimension shall not be less than 2 ". 3) Frame components shall be shear block construction. D. Entrance Swing Door System: 1. Frames: 1 -3 /4 "x 5" profile, flush glazing stops. a. Thermal Entrance Swing Door Framing — Series D 500, wide stile. b. Provide compensating channel head assembly at all storefronts. c. Refer to Window and Door Schedules for configuration. d. Hardware for entrance doors is specified under Section 08700 of the specifications and shall be sent to the door manufacturer for application, except do not drill or tap for surface - mounted items until time of installation at the site. The finish hardware supplier shall be responsible for furnishing physical hardware and templates of all hardware to the entrance door manufacturer priorto fabrication, and for coordinating hardware delivery requirements with the hardware manufacturer, the general Contractor and the entrance door manufacturer to ensure the building project is not delayed. 2. Fabrication: a. Corner construction to use a heavy, concealed, reinforced bracket that is deep penetration and fillet welded. Use of exposed fasteners and stacking system with receptor sill not acceptable. b. Major portions of the door sections shall have .126" wall thickness. c. Glazing stop sections shall have .050" wall thickness. d. Entrance Doors: 1) Door stiles shall be no less than 5' wide (not including glass stops). ' ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08400-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4003 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2) Door stiles and rails shall have hairlinejoints at comers. Heavy concealed reinforcement brackets shall be secured with screws and shall be of deep penetration and fillet welded. e. Weather stripping shall be wool pile and shall be installed in one stile of pairs of doors and in jamb stiles of center pivoted doors. f. Door stops shall include EPDM bulb weather stripping. E. Fasteners: As recommended by storefront manufacturer. 2.03 Glazing -Refer to Section 08800. 2.04 FINISHES A. Organic: Factory finish all exposed areas of aluminum windows and components with high performance 70% PVDF fluoropolymer ultrapon in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation on AA- M12- C42 -R1 X and AAMA guide spec 2605 -98. All finishes to be factory applied. B. Primer and Galvanized surfaces are to be per manufacturer. C. Touch up for aluminum finish surfaces are to be per manufacturer. D. Concealed steel items are to be galvanized in accordance with ANSVASTM A386 to 2.0 oz/ s.f. E. Apply one (1) coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. F. Colors: 'Antique White' from EFCO standard color line. 1. Provide manufacturer's ClearCote System to finished units. 2.05 GENERAL FABRICATION OF STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCE SYSTEM A. Fabricate frames allowing for minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with screw and spline. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view. 2.06 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of entrances and storefronts, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that storefront and entrance systems may be installed in accordance with the approved design. 3. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. 4. Where existing conditions occur, Contractor to verify existing wall construction and install work according to manufacturer recommendations. ' 08400 -4 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 10 4WESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA ON AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B - 5187 -S B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies ' have been fully resolved. 3.02 GENERAL FABRICATION ' A. Shop - fabricate all frames into complete units. B. Accurately miter and fit all members to hairline joints. Weld or mechanically fasten along entire line of contact on the unexposed side. No discoloration on face will be permitted after aluminum finishing. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. Install frames and glazing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame assembly to structure. ' C. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. D. Coordinate attachment and seal of air and vapor barrier materials. Install sill flashings and end dams. E. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. F. Cutouts, recesses, mortising or milling operations required for hardware shall be accurately made and reinforced with backing plates as required to ensure adequate strength of connection. ' G. Install all members with adequate provision for settlement, expansion, and contraction to occurwithout breaking glass. ' H. Screws, bolts, nuts, and other fastening devices shall be of aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel, concealed. 1. Install glass in accordance with Section 08800, using exterior dry method of glazing. ' J. Install perimeter acrylic type sealant, backing materials, and installation requirements in accordance with Section 07900. ' K. Protection of Contact Surfaces: Aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals or with incompatible materials such as concrete masonry and plaster shall be painted on contact surfaces with protective coating of alkali- resistant bituminous paint before installation or, isolated in an approved mannerwith non - absorption tape or gaskets. ' 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plane: 0.03 inches per foot (2.5 mm/m) maximum or Q.25 inches per 30 feet, ' whichever is less. B. Misalignment of two adjoining members abutting in plane: 0.015 inches. ' 3.05 PROTECTION A. Provide whatever means are necessary to protect finish. Take particular care to protect all exposed aluminum work from damage to finish as a result of other work subsequently ' performed or from other causes. B. Any material becoming damaged priorto acceptance of building, and which is not subject to ' repair as reviewed or authorized by Architect, shall be removed and replaced with new work, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Provide tapeye and pppolyethylene sheet protection at all plastering operations. Verify ALUMINUM ENTR NICESAND STOREFRONTSrto application. 08400-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4003 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre- finished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. D. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the entrances and storefront systems installation. Leave areas in neat, clean, and orderly condition. END OF SECTION 08400 -6 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS ' ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH f�ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187•S SECTION 08620 ALUMINUM WINDOWS ' PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Aluminum fixed windows as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Aluminum project -out casement windows with screens. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 Sealants and Caulking ' B. Section 08800 Glazing C. Section 12490 Window Treatments 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer — As listed in Part 2 or approved by Architect. B. Installer— The window installer shall be currently approved by the manufacturer, and have experience of at least three (3) years installing the selected system. C. References — In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations: D. ANSVAAMA 302.9 -1977: Air, water, and structural test units sizes and configuration. E. ANSI /AAMA 101 -85: Test Procedures and Performance ' F. ASTM E283: Air Infiltration Test G. ASTM E331: Water Resistance Test H. ASTM E330: Air Pressure Test I. AAMA 1502.7: Condensation Resistance Test J. AAMA 1503.1: Thermal Transmittance Test ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data — Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance ' instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Drawings to include: 1. Indicate opening dimensions, framed opening tolerances, affected relatedwork, and ' installation requirements. 2. Window hardware types 3. Typical head, jamb, and sill details ' C. Sample 1. Submit (3) color samples of exterior color for approval by Architect per Section 01300. 2. Product Handling ' D. Protection 1. Windows and screens to be stored at the job site in a safe dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. Aluminum sections to be wrapped prior to ' installation. 2. Use all means to protect windows and screens before, during, and after installation. E. Replacements — In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all ' repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. ' A1L'MIRII]IN'WINUOWS 08520-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 41 3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Five (5) year manufacturer warranty to cover complete system. 1.06 TESTING AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Test Units 1. Air, water and structural test unit shall conform to requirements set forth in AAMA/N W W DA 101 /1. S.2 — 97. 2. Thermal test unit sizes shall be 4' -0" x 6-0 ". Unit shall consist of a project out over fixed over project in window. B. Test Procedures and Performances 1. Windows shall conform to all AAMA/NWWDA 101 /I.S.2 — 97 requirements for the windowtype specified. In addition, the following specific performance requirements shall be met. 2. Air Infiltration Test a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E 283 at a static air pressure difference of 6.24 psf. b. Air Infiltration shall not exceed 10 cfm per sq. ft. of unit. c. Air infiltration shall not exceed 10 cfm per sq. ft. of unit and .06 cfm per sq. ft. of unit (for fixed windows). 3. Water Resistance Test a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E 331 /ASTM E 547 at a static air pressure difference of 12.0 psf. b. There shall be no uncontrolled water leakage. 4. Uniform Load Structural Test a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with ASTM E 330 at a static air pressure difference of 120 psf, both positive and negative. b. At conclusion of test there shall be no glass breakage, permanent damage to fasteners, hardware parts, support arms or actuating mechanisms, nor any other damage that would cause the window to be inoperable. 5. Forced Entry Resistance a. Windows shall be tested in accordance to ASTM F 588 or AAMA 1302.5 and meet the requirements of performance level 10. 6. Condensation Resistance Test (CRF) a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with AAMA 1503.1. b. Condensation Resistance Factor(CRF) shall not be less than 51 (frame) for operable windows. c. Condensation Resistance Factor(CRF) shall not be less than 51 (frame) and less than 68 (frame) for fixed windows. 7. Thermal Transmittance Test (Conductive U- Value) a. With ventilators closed and locked, test unit in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 b. Conductive thermal transmittance (U- Value) shall not be more than 0.60 BTU /hr 1ft2 / °F. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. General 1. All aluminum window system components shall be the product of a single manufacturer and represents an integrated system. 2. The aluminum window system was designed based on the product of EFCO Corporation (www.efcocorp.com) as a standard of quality. All substitutions will be considered under provisions of specification Section 01030. 2.02 ALUMINUM EXTERIOR WINDOWS A. Fixed Window: 2" heavy commercial window, Series 6600, thermally broken frame, dual-glazed, factory- finished. 08520 -2 ALUMINUM WINDOWS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I0DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Project -out Casement Window: 2" heavy commercial project -out casement window, Series 2700, thermally broken frame, dual - glazed, factory- finished, screens, and operating hardware. ' C. Extruded aluminum shall be 6063 -T5 on T6 alloy and tempered. D. All aluminum frame extrusions shall have a minimum wall thickness of .062 ". E. Mechanical fasteners, welded components, and hardware items shall not bridge thermal barriers. Thermal barriers shall align at all frame and vent corners. F. Depth of frame shall not be less than 2 ". ' G. Frame components shall be mortise and tenon. Other means of mechanically fastening, i.e., screws shall not permitted. 2.03 GLAZING— Factory Glaze per Section 08800. ' 2.04 SCREENS A. Frame to match window color with charcoal fiberglass mesh, 18 x 16 pattern using reusable ' spline. Fasten to window frame with tab attachments. Provide sliding or hinged wickets to access all operating hardware. 2.05 HARDWARE A. Project -out Casement Window 1. Locking handles shall be cam type and manufactured from a white bronze alloy with a ' US25D brushed finish. 2. Operating hardware shall be 4 -bar stainless steel arms or equal (concealed). 2.06 FINISHES ' A. Organic: Factory- finish all exposed areas of aluminum windows and components with high performance 70% PVDF fluoropolymer ultrapon in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation on AA- M12- C42 -R1 X and AAMA guide spec. 2605 -98. All finishes being ' factoryapplied. B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials. ' C. Colors: "Antique White' from EFCO standard color line 1. Provide manufacturer's ClearCote System to finished units. ' 2.07 SEALANT— Sealant and backing materials per Section 07900 and manufacturer's instructions. 2.08 WEATHERSTRIP —All weather -strip shall be Santoprene or equal. ' 2.09 THERMAL BARRIER A. All exterior aluminum shall be separated from interior aluminum by a rigid, structural thermal barrier. For purposes of this specification, a structural thermal barrier is defined as a system ' that shall transfer shear during bending and, therefore, promote composite action between the exterior and interior extrusions. B. The perimeter frame thermal barrier shall be Insulabar by Ensinger, Inc. or equal, consisting ' of two glass reinforced polyamide nylon 6/6 struts, mechanically crimped in raceways extruded in the exterior and interior extrusions. C. The sash and intermediate rails shall be poured and debridged thermal barrier made of two t part polyurethane. 2.10 FABRICATION ' A. General 1. All aluminum frame and vent extrusions shall have a minimum wall thickness of .125 ". ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08520-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400x513 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2. Mechanical fasteners, welded components, and hardware items shall not bridge thermal barriers. Thermal barriers shall align at all frame and vent corners. 3. Depth of frame and vent shall not be less than 2 ". B. Frame 1. Frame components shall be mortise and tenon. Other means of mechanically fastening, i.e. screws shall not be permitted. C. Ventilator 1. All vent extrusions shall be tubular. 2. Each corner shall be mitered, reinforced with an extruded corner key, hydraulically crimped, and 'cold welded' with epoxy adhesive. 3. Each vent shall utilize two rows of weatherstripping installed in specifically designed dovetail grooves in the extrusion. The exterior gasket will be omitted at the vent bottom rail for project -out vents and at the vent top rail for project -in vents, allowing air to pressure equalize the void between the vents and frame. 2.11 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of entrances and storefronts, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that aluminum windows may be installed in accordance with the approved design. 3. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install window frames and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Furnish and apply sealants to provide a weathertight installation at all joints, intersections, and at opening perimeter. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from level or plumb to be 0.06 inches every three (3) feet. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation. C. Windows shall be field- tested for air filtration and water penetration. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Remove protective material from pre- finished aluminum surfaces. C. Wash down surfaces with a solution of mill detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean 08520 -4 ALUMINUM WINDOWS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH �ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from comers. Wipe surfaces clean. D. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to ' sealant manufacturer. E. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the aluminum window installation. Leave areas in neat, clean, and orderly condition. END OF SECTION I 1 I 7 i'I n L it 1 ALUMINUM WINDOWS D8520 - 5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 19M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 08710 HARDWARE PART 11 GENERAL 1.01 SECCTION INCLUDES A. Interior and exterior finish hardware as indicated on Door Schedule and Drawings, and specified herein. B. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, trim, fastenings, associated attachments, and accessories necessary to provide a complete and proper installation. C. Coordination with other trades for complete installation. D. Related Work Described Elsewhere E. Section 07900 Sealants and Caulking F. Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames G. Section 08210 Plastic Faced Wood Doors H. Section 08400 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers -As specified in Part 2 and Part 3. B. Qualifications of Manufacturer -The proposed manufacturer of finish hardware shall have been successfully engaged in the manufacture of finish hardware for at least five (5) years Immediately prior to the start of this work. C. Qualifications of Installers -Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of installing finish hardware, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being used. Installer to have a minimum of three (3) years experience with institutional/ commercial grade finish hardware. D, Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying institutional door hardware with three years documented experience. Company shall employ Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) who shall be available forjobsite meetings and required by Architect, Owner and Contractor. Architectural Hardware Consultant to visit the jobsite at end of installation and accomplish the following: 1. Re- adjust hardware as required. a. Evaluate maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instruct Owner personnel. 1) Identify items that have deteriorated or failed. 2) Submit written report identifying problems. E. Contractor is responsible for coordinating finish hardware with Doors and Frames as specified in Sections 08110, 08210 and 08400. This includes the Contractor providing templates and /or physical samples of approved finish hardware items to pertinent manufacturers of interfacing items. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI 117.1 -Specifications for making buildings and facilities accessible to and usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. Conform to Chapter 10, California Building Codeand NFPA Standard Number80, for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames. C. Provide UL labels on all panic devices in fire-rated openings. HARDQJAR�rovide California State Fire Marshall Listing for all fire exit hardware. 08710 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40010 MARCH, 20D6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Comply with ADA- Americans with Disabilities Act, and as shown on Drawings. F. BHMA— Builder's Hardware Manufacturers Association. G. DHI —Door and Hardware Institute. H. NAAMM —National Associationrof Architectural Metal Manufacturer. CBC — California Building Code. SDI — Steel Door Institute. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data — Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. ' B. Shop Drawings under provisions of Section 01300. Drawings to include: 1. Complete materials list of all items, including catalog cuts and keying description for each hardware group. 2. Hardware schedule that is to include all door locations, sizes, materials, labels, proper handing and details. 3. Indicate locations, mounting heights, quantity, and part numbers of each type of hardware. 4. Include manufacturer's certification that fire -rated hardware meets specified requirements. 5. Use BHMA Finish Codes per ANSI A156.18 6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols and codes contained in schedule. 7. Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for electronic hardware. 8. Provide final keying charts for Ownerapproval. ' 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection i' 1. Hardware to be stored at the job site in a safe, secure, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect hardware before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. ' B. Replacements — In the event of damage, including water intrusion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Delivery 1. Package hardware items individually; group small items together, label and identify, package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. Identify location of each dooropening. Deliver in strong sturdy containers. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty information B. Provide a two -year warranty for Contractor's installation and for all products. These warranties are to include the following language: 1. "For a period of not less than two (2) years, we (Firm Name) will service and or replace, at no charge to the Owner, any part proving defective due to faulty manufacture or materials. This guarantee does not cover abnormal operation conditions or abusive jobsite treatment after acceptance of Work by Owner." PART PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers ITEM: MANUFACTURER ACCEPTABLE SUBSTITUTION 0871. _Yinges (IVE) Ives Bo DWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH •M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S Owner's Standard Key System Locks Exit Devices Closers Auto Flush Bolts Coordinators Silencers Push and Pull Plates Kickplates Stops and Holders Overhead Stops Thresholds Metal Access Ramps Seals and Bottoms Key Cabinets (SCH) Schlage Owner's Standard (SCH) Schlage Owner's Standard (VON) Von Duprin Owner's Standard (LCN) LCN Owner's Standard (IVE) Ives DCI (IVE) Ives DCI (IVE) Ives Rockwood (IVE) Ives Rockwood (IVE) Ives Rockwood (IVE) Ives Rockwood (GLY) Glynn-Johnson ABH (PEM) Pemko Zero (PEM) Pemko None Available (PEM) Pemko Zero (LUN) Lund TelKee A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. B. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer C. Miscellaneous — AII other items, tools, materials, and equipment, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of finish hardware, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.02 GENERAL A. Proprietary Products —References to specific proprietary products are used to establish minimum standards of utility and quality. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect, provide only the specific products. Design is based on the materials specified. Other materials may be considered by the Architect in accordance with the provisions of Section 01030. B. Fasteners 1. Furnish all finish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for long life under hard use. 2. Furnish fastenings where necessary with expansion shields, toggle bolts, sex bolts, and other anchors approved by the Architect, according to the material to which the hardware is to be applied and the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. 3. All fastenings shall harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish. C. Finishes — All hardware shall match the finish of the locksets, unless specified otherwise. Take special care to coordinate all of the various manufactured items furnished under this Section, to ensure acceptably uniform finish. D. Single Source — Unless otherwise noted or approved in advance by the Architect, furnish for each item. 2.03 KEYING A. All locks and cylinders shall be keyed to an existing 6 -pin grandmaster key system. Furnish 6 of each master keys. furnish 3 change keys per lock. Keyway shall be Schalge 6 pin 'C'. B. Master Keying — Key all cylinders and locks as directed by the Owner and Architect. C. Number of Keys — Furnish three (3) keys for each level of keying, as directed by Architect. D. Construction Keying — Furnish a manufacturer's standard construction master key system. HARDWARF,urnish 3 master keys. Use only the construction keys during construction. 08710-3 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE 5 ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Identification and Delivery — Factory stamp permanent keys as directed by Architect. Identify permanent keys with tags, and deliver directly to the Owner from the manufacturer (via security shipment). Factory stamp permanent keys, "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". Provide key bitting chart to Architect when requested to do so in writing. F. Interchangeable Construction Keying: Furnish temporary Keyed -alikq cylinders and cores. Remove at Substantial Completion and install permanent cylinders and cores in Owner's 1 presence. Demonstrate that construction key no longer operates. 2.04 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM ' A. Only provide wall- mounted key cabinet, 18 gauge construction, piano- hinged door with lock. Provide manufacturer's standard Two -Tag system including Cross Reference Binder, envelopes, labels, tags with self - locking key clips, receipt forms temporary and permanent markers. Hooks numbered 1 -50. 1 B. Cabinet Size: Sufficient for capacity for 150% of the locks required for the project. C. Internal Hooks: Number consecutively from Number 1 up to 50. ' D. Mount at direction of Owner. 2.05 FINISHES A. Finishes are identified in Schedule at end of this Section and conform to the following standards of symbols. 1. Finish /Description US Symbol BHMA No. ' 2. Prime Coat PC 600 3. Polished Brass 3 605 4. Satin Brass 4 606 ' 5. Polished Bronze 9 611 6. Satin Bronze 10 612 7. Oil Rubbed Bronze 1013 613 8. Satin Chromium 26D 6261652 ' 9. Polished Chromium 26 625/651 10. Stainless Steel 32D 630 11. Polished Stainless Steel 32 629 ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERIES A. Stockpile all items sufficiently in advance to ensure their availability, and make all necessary deliveries in a timely mannerto ensure orderly progress of the total work. 3.02 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that the finish hardware may be installed in accordance with the approved design. 3. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices. 4. Commencement of work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Discrepancies ' 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. ' 3.03 PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION A. Field verify dimensions prior to installation. 08710-4 HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 9M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Install all finish hardware in strict accordance with the manufacturer's current recommendations, installing completely level, and anchoring firmly for long life under hard use. C. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the Work of this Section. D. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, visually inspect all finish hardware furnished under this Section and place in optimum working condition. E. Install hardware in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and with CBC Section 1133B.2.5.1. F. Conform to ANSI A117.1 for positioning requirements for accessibility. G. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. H. Mounting heights for Hardware: 1. Locate levers, key cylinders, t -turn pieces, touch bars and other operable portions of latching hardware between 30" and 44" above the finished floor per CBC Section 1133B.2.5.2. 2. Hinges: 5 inches from head of opening to top of top hinge; 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of bottom hinge; intermediate hinge(s) spaced equidistant between top and bottom butts. I. Secure finish hardwarewith suitable fasteners of the same material and finish as the item being attached. J. Provide expansion anchors for attaching hardware items to concrete or masonry. K. After fitting hardware to doors remove all finish hardware except butt hinges, carefully replace in properly marked boxes and place in storage until painting and finishing is completed. After painting and finishing is completed, permanently install finish hardware. L. Secure finish hardware with suitable fasteners of the same material and finish as the item being attached. M. Mount exit devices and closers on mineral or particle core fire doors with closed head sex bolts. N. Install jamb applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc. Fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 3.04 FASTENERS A. Screw for strikes, face plates and similar items shall be Flat Phillips head, countersunk type; provide machine screws for metal and standard wood screws for wood. B. Screws for butt hinges shall be flat Phillips head, countersunk, full -thread type. 1. Fastening of closer bases of closer shoe to doors shall be by means of sex bolts and spray painted to match closer finish. 3.05 BUTT HINGES A. Furnish 3 each 4 %" ball or lube bearing hinges at doors up to 89" tall. Furnish one additional hinge for each additional 30" of doorheight. B. Furnish 5" extra heavy duty hinges at doors 42" and wider and where listed in the hardware groups. C. Provide sufficient hinge width to clear trim and allow 180 degree swing. D. All hinges shall be manufactured in the United States. 3.06 LOCKS HARDWARE 08710-5 ' ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Provide locks as scheduled with 2-3W backset. Locks for labeled doors shall have a fusible link mechanism to prevent retraction in the event of fire. B. Furnish strikes with curved lip of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 3.07 DOOR CLOSERS A. Provide adjustable closers with the following maximum pressure for opening doors. Adjust closers after installation and test doors in the event of fire. 1. Interior Doors: 5.0 pounds of pressure 2. Exterior Doors: 8.5 pounds of pressure 3. Fire Doors: 15.0 pounds of pressure B. Comply with CBC Section 1133B.2.5. C. Factory Representative shall visit project prior to acceptance of project by Owner to insure installation and adjustment of closers is correct. D. Furnish mounting plates and brackets as necessaryto allow for a complete installation. 3.08 SIGNS A. Exit doors with deadlocks (for'B' occupancies) shall have indicating type lock hardware or appropriate signing in accordance with CBC Sections 11178.5 and 1103.2.4, 'THIS DOOR TO REMAIN ULOCKED WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED'. Doors with panic devices are excepted from this provision. 3.09 PANIC DEVICES A. All panic devices must meet ANSI Standard 156.3 Grade 1. Panic devices must be UL Listed and California Fire Marshall Listed. Comply with CBC Section 1003.3.1.9. All Rail Assemblies shall be made of brass, bronze or stainless steel. Springs shall be manufactured of stainless steel. Push rail height shall be 40" from floor to centerline. All trim shall be thru bolted. Provide fire rated devices at labeled openings as noted in the Door Schedule. 3.10 AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS AND COORDINATORS A. Shall be tested by independent lab for cycle test of 100,000 cycles minimum. Units must complywith UL specifications for use on fire rated openings up to three (3) hours for metal doors and one and one half (1 1 /z) hourfor wood doors. Units shall work with five (5) pounds of closing force for top and bottom bolts. Auto flushbolts shall have a built -in override feature engineered to prevent damage to door, frame, or bolt assembly should circumstances prevent normal operation. 3.11 THRESHOLDS AND DOOR SEALS A. Extruded thresholds shall be made from S6063 -T5 Alloy aluminum, and /or #385 alloy bronze (brass) as noted in hardware schedule. Thresholds shall comply with CBC Section 11336.2.4.1. Door seals and thresholds for fire labeled doors shall be tested and approved by an independent laboratory as follows: 1. NFPA 105 -1989 2. UL -1784 3. UL10B and C B. Provide seals and thresholds as noted in hardware schedule and /or on sill details. Provide carpet separators as necessary to comply with fire codes. All exterior thresholds shall be set in a full bed of butyl mastic. 3.12 SECURITY PULLS A. Provide 1096HA/1097HA Pulls as noted in schedule. All pulls shall be manufactured with 316SS material. Pull shall be approved for accessibility and shall furnished in finish noted. Provide stainless steel SNB fasteners for each pull.. COWA 0 PUSH, PULLS, STOPS AND KICK PLATES HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 9 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Push - pulls, stops and kick plates shall be provided by one manufacturer. All products shall be provided in aluminum, brass, bronze or stainless steel base metals. Kick plates to 0.50" material, beveled on four edges. Sharp edges on Push, Pull and Kick Plates will be subject to rejection and replacement. All floor stops and holders shall be mounted within 4 inches of adjacent walls and partitions per DSA Policy 99 -8. 3.14 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the finish hardware installation. Leave areas in neat, clean, and orderly condition. B. Cover installed hardware and protect from paint, cleaning agents, etc. Remove prior to Substantial Completion and clean hardware for acceptance by Owner. C. Repair or replace any damaged work. D. Use manufacturer - recommended cleaning agents. 3.15 KEY CHANGING A. At the time of final acceptance of the work, void the constructin key system and, in the presence of the Owner, demonstrate that the specified keying system is operating properly. HARDWARE 08710-7 1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* MARCH, 2006 3.16 Hardware Schedule DOOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 08710-8 HW SET 2 12 13 15 26 29 29 14 14 4 16 17 21 23 3 30 30 26 5 18 23 19 23 25 19 23 25 18 7 22 20 20 8 9 10 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILFFY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 11 11 11 28 15 27 24 HARDWARE 08710-9 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #6,5187 -S HW SET: 001 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE EA DEADBOLT B662P 626 SCH EA PULL PLATE 8303-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM ' EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM HW SET: 002 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE ' EA ENTRANCE LOCK L9453P 17A L583 -363 626 SCH EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN tEA BLADE STOP SPACER 4110 -61 AS REQUIRED 689 EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS181- BLK IVE ' EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM PERIMETER AND BOTTOM SEALS BY DOOR MANUFACTURERISUPPLIER ' HW SET: 003 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA ENTRANCE LOCK L9453P 17A L583 -363 626 SCH EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN ' EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LOW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE ' SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 315CN AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM i HW SET: 004 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE ' EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080T 17A 626 SCH EA OVERHEAD HOLDER 900H 630 GLY ISET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 315CN AL PEM IEA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM HW SET: 005 IEA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH IEA KEYPADIPROX LOCK OP2000 -M -17 626 OSI EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCM EA 08710.10 KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE LCN HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 em DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #6- 5187 -S EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L BLK IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 315CN AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FOR OSUOMNI LOCKS PROVIDED BY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH HW SET: 007 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X4.5 NRP 630 IVE PR AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31 P141 AS REQUIRED 630 IVE EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1 12 AS REQUIRED 626 IVE EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH EA KEYPAD /PROX LOCK OP2000 -M -17 626 OSI EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4110 -61 AS REQUIRED 689 LCN EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L BLK IVE EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FOR OSUOMNI LACKS PROVIDED BY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PERIMETER AND BOTTOM SEALS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER HW SET: 008 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE PR AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31 P141 AS REQUIRED 630 IVE EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1 /2 AS REQUIRED 626 IVE EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080L VA 626 SCH EA CYLINDER CYLINDER PER UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS 626 SCH EA COORDINATOR COR COMPLETE 628 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 1" LDW 630 IVE EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L BLK IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 315CN AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM ASTRAGALS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER/$ UPPLI ER HW SET: 009 EA HINGE 3CBI 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE PR AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31 P141 AS REQUIRED 630 IVE EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DPI /2 AS REQUIRED 626 IVE HARDWARE 08710-11 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 L '1 i ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S PATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S EA STOREROOM LOCK L9080P 17A 626 SCH EA COORDINATOR COR COMPLETE 628 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 1" LDW 630 IVE EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L ELK IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 316CN AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM ASTRAGALS BY DOOR MANUFACTURERISUPPLIER HW SET: 010 EA HINGE 3CB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9847EO 626 VON EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9847L 996L 17 626 VON EA RIM CYLINDER 20- 0571CX 626 SCH EA CORE ONLY 23 -030 626 SCH EA 17C MTSE CYL 26- 094 -ICX FOR DOGGING 626 SCH SET ASTRAGAL 303AS AL PEM EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 1" LDW 630 IVE EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L BLK IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR SWEEP 315CN AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM HW SET: 011 EA HINGE 3CB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 630 IVE EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9847EO 626 VON EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9847L 996L 17 626 VON EA RIM CYLINDER 20 -057 ICX 626 SCH EA CORE ONLY 23 -030 626 SCH EA IIC MTSE CYL 26- 094 -ICX FOR DOGGING 626 SCH EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA BLADE STOP SPACER 4110 -61 AS REQUIRED 689 LCN EA SECURITY FLOOR STOP FS18L BLK IVE EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM PERIMETER AND BOTTOM SEALS BY DOOR MANUFACTURE RISUPPLIER HW SET: 012 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 08710-12 HARDWARE r 1 L J CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S EA STOREROOMLOCK ND80PDSPA EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV EA SILENCER SRS4165166 AS REQUIRED HW SET: 013 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 EA STOREROOMLOCK ND80PDSPA EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW EA WALL STOP & HOLDER WS40 EA SILENCER SR64/65/66 AS REQUIRED HW SET: 014 EA HINGE 3CB14.5X4.5 EA STOREROOMLOCK ND80PDSPA EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV SET SEALS 303AS EA DOOR BOTTOM 411ARL EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL EA SILENCER SR64165166 AS REQUIRED HW SET: 015 EA HINGE 3CB14.5X4.6 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70PD SPA EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV EA SILENCER SR64165166 AS REQUIRED HW SEI: 016 EA HINGE 3CB1 4.5 X 4.5 EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70PD SPA EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV SET SEALS 303AS EA DOOR BOTTOM 411ARL EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL HW SET: 017 EA HINGE 3CB14.6X4.5 HARDWARE •M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 626 SCH 689 LCN 630 IVE 630 IVE GRY IVE 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE 626 IVE GRY IVE 652 IVE 626 SCH 689 LCN 630 IVE 630 IVE AL PEM AL PEM AL PEM GRY IVE 652 IVE 626 SCH 630 IVE GRY IVE 652 IVE 626 SCH 689 LCN 630 IVE 630 IVE AL PEM AL PEM AL PEM 652 IVE ' 08710 -13 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 MARCH, 2006 . CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S EA PUSH PLATE 82004"X16" 630 IVE EA PULL PLATE 8303-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE, SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR BOTTOM 411ARL AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM HW SET: 018 EA HINGE 3CB7 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA PUSH PLATE 8200 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA PULL PLATE 8303-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LOW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE EA SILENCER SR64/65/66 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE HW SET: 019 EA HINGE 3CB7 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA PUSH PLATE 8200 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA PULL PLATE 8303-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LOW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE EA SILENCER SR64/65/66 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE HW SET: 020 EA HINGE 3CB14.5X4.5 652 IVE EA PUSH PLATE 82004" X 16" 630 IVE EA PULL PLATE 8303-0 4" X 16" 630 IVE EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 DEL 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM HW SET: 021 EA HINGE 3CB14.6X4.5 652 IVE EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH EA KEYPAD /PROX LOCK OP2000 -M -17 626 OSI EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 08710-14 HARDWARE * *DESIGN CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR BOTTOM 411ARL AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FOR OSI/OMNI LOCKS PROVIDED BY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH HW SET: 022 EA HINGE 3CBi 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH EA KEYPAD /PROX LOCK OP2000 -M47 626 OSI EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE EA SILENCER SR64165166 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FOR O51lOMNI LOCKS PROVIDED BY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH HW SET: 023 EA HINGE 3CB14.6X4.5 652 IVE EA PRIVACY SET ND40S SPA 626 SCH EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM HW SET: 024 EA HINGE 3CB14.5X4.5 652 IVE EA OFFICE LOCK ND50PDSPA 626 SCH EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE EA SILENCER SR64165/66 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE HW SET: 025 EA ADA PULL 8103EZ -0-M 630 IVE BALANCE OF HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER HW SET: 026 EA HINGE 3CBl 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70PD SPA 626 SCH EA SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 2" LDW 630 IVE HARDWARE WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 08710-15 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40D* MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SET SEALS 303AS AL PEM EA DOOR BOTTOM 411ARL AL PEM EA THRESHOLD THRESHOLD PER DETAIL AL PEM HW SET: 027 EA HINGE 3CB14.5X4.5 652 IVE PR CONST LATCHING BOLT FB51P161PAS REQUIRED 630 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP112 AS REQUIRED 626 IVE EA CLASSROOM LOCK ND70PD SPA 626 SCH EA ASTRAGAL 355CS AL PEM EA OVERHEAD HOLDER 900H 630 GLY EA SILENCER SR64165/66 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE HW SET: 028 EA HINGE 3CB1HW 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9947WDC -EO 626 VON EA PANIC HARDWARE CD9847WDC -L 996L 17 626 EA RIM CYLINDER 20 -057 ICX 626 SCH EA CORE ONLY 23 -030 626 SCH EA I/C MTSE CYL 26- 094 -ICX FOR DOGGING 626 SET ASTRAGAL 303AS AL PEM EA SURFACE CLOSER 4111 HEDA 689 LCN EA KICK PLATE 840010" X 1" LDW 630 IVE EA WALLSTOP WS407CCV 630 IVE EA SILENCER SR64/66/66 AS REQUIRED GRY IVE HW SET: 029 ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER HW SET: 030 ALL HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER MISCELLANEOUS: Qty UM Description Catalog Number Hand Fin 4 EA PADLOCK PL4002 606 SCH 1 EA KEY CABINET 120030 CAP. GRY END OF SECTION VON SCH B/0 B10 Mfr LUN IVE 1 08710-16 HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 0M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3826, PLAN #6- 5187 -S SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glass. B. Mirrors and attachments. C. Shower door and enclosure panels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08400 -Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts B. Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows: Glazedwindows. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 1984 (131994). B. ASTM C 1036- Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2001- C. ASTM C 1172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass; 2003, D. GANA (GM) - GANA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2004. E. GANA (LGDG) - Laminated Glass Reference Manual; Glass Association of North America; 2003. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data on Glass Types: Provide structural, physical and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special handling or installation requirements. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 - Cioseout Submittals, for additional vaassanty requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. PPG Industries, Inc: www.ppg.com. 2. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B, Clear Float Glass: Clear, fully tempered. 1. Comply with ASTM C 1036, Type I, transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality Q3 (glazing select). 2. Comply with ASTM C 1048. C. Tinted Glass: Float type, tempered, Solar Grey color. 1. Comply with ASTM C 1036, Type I, transparent flat, Class 2, Quality Q3 (glazing select). 2. Comply with ASTM C 1048. D. Ceramic Glass: Clear type, ceramic fired, square edges. E. Exterior Glazing 1. Glazing at Entrances and Storefronts: a. All insulated glass units to be manufactured with Warm Edge Technology. b. Entrance and Storefront manufacturer shall furnish glass insulated units and GLAZING factory glaze all units. 08800-1 t RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1) Outboard: 1/4 inch Solar Gray tempered; laminated 2) Air Space: 1/2 inch 3) Inboard: 1/4 inch clear tempered 4) Total glazing thickness: 1 inch 2. Aluminum Windows: a. All insulated units to be manufactured with Warm Edge Technology. b. Aluminum Window manufacturer shall furnish glass insulated units and factory glaze all units. Field glazing will not be permitted. 1) Outboard: 1/4 inch Solar Gray tempered; laminated 2) Air Space: 1/2 inch ' 3) Inboard: 114 inch clear tempered 4) Total glazing thickness: 1 inch 2.02 MIRROR A. Number 1 quality, 114 inch float/ plate glass selected for silvering, electro- copper plated by the galvanic process. ' B. Install mirror in bronze anodized aluminum'J' molding as indicated on the Drawings. Install 'J' molding at top and bottom and 'L' molding at all exposed edges with concealed fasteners. Mastic is to be compatible with mirror. Apply two coats of PPG Edge Sealer to backs and ' all edges of each mirror and caulk perimeter of each mirror. Install mirrors from largest sheets praticalto minimize joints. C. Refer to Spectification Secion 10800 for prefabricated mirrors in restrooms. 2.03 GLASS SHOWER ENCLOSURE A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Kohler 2. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Model and Style: 'Glassworks' model #K- 711400 -B, shower enclosure doorwith sidelights ' as shown on the Drawings and required. 1. Enclosure Assembly: Framed door with pivot and framed stationary panel where indicated. ' 2. Glazing: 3/16 inch P -516 obscure and tempered. 3. Finish: Brass finish on all framing members and hardware. 4. Gaskets: Provide rubber gaskets at bottom and sides of door and panel to prevent water from leaking out of shower enclosure. 5. Doorstops: Provide doorstop at shower interior. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. ' B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. 3.02 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK ' A. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste; do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. END OF SECTION 1 08800 -2 GLAZING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• 4ORM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 09120 CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspension system framing for gypsum board assemblies. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board B. Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A641 -Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire B. ASTM A 653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process C. ASTM A 1008 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High Strength Low -Alloy and High Strength Low -Alloy with Improved Formability D. ASTM B 117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus E. ASTM C 635 - Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel Ceilings F. ASTM C 636 - Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panels G. ASTM C 645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members H. ASTM C 754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attached Gypsum Board I. ASTM C 1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases J. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Method for fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's technical literature. 1.05 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Suspension System: Submit a written limited warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace grid components that are supplied with a hot - dipped galvanized coating or aluminum base material. Failures include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. The occuranceof 50% red rust as defined by ASTM B 117 test procedures as a result of defects in materials or factory workmanship. C. Warranty to be ten (10) years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong World Industries, suspension systems for drywall installation. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09120-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 513 MARCH, 2006 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM is CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Components: 1. Main beam: Double web construction (minimum 0.0179 inch prior to protective coating), hot dipped galvanized. a. HD8901: 1 1/2 inch web height, prefinished 15/16 inch flange with minimum G40 hot dipped galvanized. b. HD8906: 1 11/16 inch web height, 1 1/2 inch flange, available with G40 or G90 hot dipped galvanization. 1 Primary Cross Tees: Double web steel construction (minimum 0.0179 inch prior to protective coating), G40 or G90 hot dipped galvanization. Web height 1 1/2 inch with rectangular bulb and prefinished 1 1/2 inch knurled flange. 3. Secondary Framing Cross Tees: Double web steel construction (minimum 0.0179 inch prior to protective coating), G40 minimum hot dipped galvanized. Web height 1 112 inch rectangular bulb and 15/16 inch flange (X!8341). 4. Hat Furring Channel, HD8940: 48 inch x 1 318 inch x 7/8 inch, G40 hot dipped galvanized steel; compatible with HD8901 and HD8906 main beams. 5. Wall Molding: a. HD7859: G40 hot dipped galvanized steel hemmed angle molding, 1 114 inch height with 1 1/4 inch flange. b. 7838: G40 hot dipped galvanized steel unhemmed channel molding, 314 inch x 1 9/16 inch x 1 114 inch flange. S. Clips: a. DWACS, DW50, DW58 - Drywall attachment clip for transitions to acoustical ceilings. b. Drywall Angle Clips - Available in 30 degrees, 45 degrees, 60 degrees and 90 degree angles. c. XTAC - Cross tee adapter clip. d. Radius Clip (RC2) - Required to coverall pre -cut facets, including those not being clipped. Screws for wallboard application shall be bugle head screws in accordance with thickness or material used. B. Structural Classification 1. Main beam shall be heavy duty per ASTM C 635. 2. Deflection of fastening suspension system supporting light fixtures, ceiling grilles, access doors, verticals and horizontal loads shall have a maximum deflection of 11360 of the span. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are ready to accept work of this section. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. To secure to metal clips, concrete inserts, steel bar joist or steel deck, use power actuated fastener, or insert. Coordinate placement for hanger wire spaced as required for expected ceiling loads and layout C. Install hanger wire as required with necessary on center spacing to support expected ceiling load requirements, following local practices, codes and regulations. Provide additional wires at light fixtures, grilles, and access doors where necessary. A pigtail knot shall be used with three tight wraps at top and bottom fastening locations. D. Main beams shall be suspended from the overhead construction with hanger wire, spaced as required for expected ceiling loads, along the length of the main beams. E. Install cross tees at 16 inches on center for 5/8 inch gypsum board application. 09120-2. CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • RROSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S F. Use channel modling or angle molding to interface with Drywall Grid System to provide perimeter attachment or to obtain drop soffits. G. For light fixtures use secondary framing cross tees as required to frame opening. END OF SECTION CEILING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM 09120-3 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Ilk DESIGN GROUP N0, 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B - 5187 -5 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cementitious backer board. B. Gypsum wallboard. 1 C. Water resistant wallboard. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS i A. Section 05400- Cold Formed Metal Framing: Exterior wind -load- bearing metal stud framing. B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Acoustic sealant. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 1999. B. ANSI A118.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units; 1999. C. ASTM C 514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board; 2004. D. ASTM C 840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2004a. E. ASTM C 954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2004. F. ASTM C 1396/C 1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2004. G. GA -214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish; Gypsum Association; 1996. H. GA -216 -Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system, C. Mock -ups: 1. At an area on the site where approved by the Architect, provide a mock -up panel of gypsum board wall surface. a. Make mock -up panel approximately 4'-0" square. b. Provide one mock -up panel for each gypsum board finish to be used on the Work. c. The mock -ups may be part of the Work and incorporated into the finished Work, when so approved by the Architect. d. Revise as necessary to secure the Architect's approval. 2. The mock -up panels, when approved by the Architect, will be used as datum points for comparison with the remainder of the Work of this Section for the purpose of acceptance or rejection. 3. If the mock -up panels are not permitted to be part of the finished Work, completely demolish and remove them from the job site upon completion and accepatance of the Work of this Section. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS ' GYPSUM BEAR fttuSEMBLIES 09250-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451• *ITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. USG: www.usg.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Regular Type: a. Application: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. b. Thickness: 5/8 inch. c. Edges: Tapered. 2. Ceiling Board: Special sag- resistant type. a. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. b. Thickness: 5/8 inch. c. Edges: Tapered. C. Water- Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; ends square cut. 1. Application: Install in 'wet areas' and in Kitchen (Room 111) where no tile is scheduled to be installed. 2. Core Type: Regular. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4. Edges: Tapered. 2.02 FIBERGLASS FACED BOARD MATERIALS A. Cementitious Backer Board: ANSI Al 18.9, aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces, 5/8 inch thick. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on metal studs and metal channels, use flat -head screws, shouldered, specially designed for use with power-driven tools, not less than 1 inch long, with self - tapping threads and self - drilling points. 2. For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on wood, use 1 114 inch Type W bugle -head screws, or use annular ring type nails complying with ASTM C514 and of the length required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction. B. Metal Cornerbead and Trim 1. All metal cornerbead and trim, and all accessory items, shall be a system. recommended by the manufacturer as compatible with the gypsum panels. 2. Outside Corners: Bullnosecorner 3. Inside Corners: Inner core 4. J Molding: J -Stop, L -Trim and J -Trim 5. Casings (for all face edges of exposed gypsum board): U.S. Gypsum No. 200-4 metal trim, U- shaped and of 2 inch size. 6. Edge Beads at perimeter of ceilings: Angie shapes with wings not less than 3/4 inch wide, with concealed wing perforated for nailing and exposed wing edge folded flat and factory finished white. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 3.02 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. B. Gypsum Soffit Board: Install perpendicular to framing, with staggered end joints over framing members or other solid backing. 09250-2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 1 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and manufacturer's instructions. 1 3.03 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated. 1 B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. 3.04 TOLERANCES 1 A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surfacefrom True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. F CJ 1 1 1 G 1 C 1 1 11 1 END OF SECTION 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09250-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH S SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8.5187 -S SECTION 09300 TILE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A.. Tile for wall applications. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. RRIOSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 B. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Installation of tile backer board. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A108 Series /A118 Series /A136.1 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile (Compendium); 1999. 1. ANSI A108. la - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar, 1999. 2. ANSI A108.1b - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry -Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar, 1999. 3. ANSI A108.1c -Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet -Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar or Installatiod of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry -Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. 4. ANSI A108.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 1999. 5. ANSI A108.5 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry -Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex - Portland Cement Mortar; 1999. 5. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile- Setting and - Grouting Epoxy; 1999. 7, ANSI A108.8 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout; 1999. 8. ANSI A108.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar /Grout; 1999. 9. ANSI A108.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999. B. TCA (HB) - Handbookfor Ceramic Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America, Inc.; 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for using grouts and adhesives. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details. D. Samples: Tile and apply grout on three. minimum 2x2 inches in size illustrating pattern, color variations, and grout joint size variations. E. Maintenance Data: Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series /A118 Series on site. TILE 09300-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing tile installation, with minimum of 5 years of documented experience. 2.02 ACCESSORYTILE A. All accessory tile shall be in matching size, color, and finish. Stretcher tile can be the standard size of the manufacturer. Accessory tile shall be as required for a complete installation, as shown on Drawings, and as follows: B. Provide surface bullnose trim at all open edgestends. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Provide surface bullnose trim at all tile abutting jamb conditions and extending beyond frame. A. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's D. instructions. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Do not install adhesives in an unventilated environment. Floor Tile —Full mortar bed, ANSI A108.1A, Band C Portland Cement. B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar B. materials. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 10 percent of each size, color, and surface finish of tile specified. Floor Tile —Latex Portland cement, per ANSI 108.1A, 1B, 4, 5 and 7. PART2 PRODUCTS B. 2.01 CERAMIC TILE A. Manufacturer: 1. All ceramic tile and system design is based on the products of Dal Tile (7834 Hawn Freeway, Dallas, TX 75217, 800 - 933 -8453) as a standard of quality. Substitutions Depth — Thickness of material to provide a flush joint to the ceramic tile. shall be considered under provisions of Section 01030. ' 2. Wall Wainscot Ceramic Tile by Dal Tile: a. Size— 4- 1/4 "x4 -1/4" b. Finish — Matte c. Design — Bright d. Color of Wall Wainscot Ceramic Tile: K174'Mexican Sand'. e. Colorof Field Accent Wall Wainscot Ceramic Tile: Q181 'Cotto' (WT01) and Q012 'Mustard' (WT02) f. Grout color to be selected from standard color line to match tile as selected by Architect 3. Coved Tile Base by Dal Tile: ' a. At crew support areas (Rooms 124, 125, 127, 128, 129, 130, and 132) provide 5" x 8" coved base tile with bullnose top. Color to be OT05 'Adobe Brown'. 2.02 ACCESSORYTILE A. All accessory tile shall be in matching size, color, and finish. Stretcher tile can be the standard size of the manufacturer. Accessory tile shall be as required for a complete installation, as shown on Drawings, and as follows: B. Provide surface bullnose trim at all open edgestends. C. Provide surface bullnose trim at all tile abutting jamb conditions and extending beyond frame. D. Provide full -curved stretcher tile for all outside corners. 2.03 MORTAR BOND COAT A. Floor Tile —Full mortar bed, ANSI A108.1A, Band C Portland Cement. B. Wall Tile — Dry -Set Mortar, ANSI A108.5 and A118.1 Portland Cement. 2.04 GROUT A. Floor Tile —Latex Portland cement, per ANSI 108.1A, 1B, 4, 5 and 7. B. Wall Tile — Latex Portland cement, per ANSI 108.1 A, 1 B, 4, 5 and 7. 2.05 MARBLE THRESHOLDS A. 09300 Depth — Thickness of material to provide a flush joint to the ceramic tile. - 2 TILE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 RR&SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Width— 3 inch minimum C. Finish — Glazed D. Style — Provide thresholds with double bevel edges E. Color to be selected from standard color line by Architect 2.06 TILE AND GROUT SEALANT A. Contractor to provide penetrating sealer to prevent the infiltration of water. B. Contractor to use heavy duty cleaner to the tile and grout surfaces prior to sealer application. 2.07 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIALS A. '' /," x 13/16" Polyurethane Sealant backed by 13/16 "x %" x 16 gauge aluminum angles. Colorto be selected from standard color line by Architect. Install per TCA recommendations of TCA and tile manufacturer. 2.08 JOINT SEALANT — Per Section 07900. 2.09 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of ceramic tile, as recommended by,the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free, and are ready to receive tile. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect surrounding work from damage. B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean. C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances. 3.03 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install tile and thresholds and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealantjoint space. Form corners and basesneatly. Align floor joints. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. F. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. G. Keep expansion joints free of adhesive or grout. Apply sealant to joints. H. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours priorto grouting. I. Grout tile joints. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. J. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes. 3.04 INSTALLATION -WALL TILE TILE 09300-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Over cementitious backer units on studs, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W244. B. Over interior concrete and masonry install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method W202, thin -set with dry -set or latex- portiand cement bond coat. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean tile and grout surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation. 3.07 COMPLIANCE AND INSPECTION A. The Owner reserves the right to request and pay for Inspection by a representative of the Tile Council of America to determine that the Work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. B. In the event that such inspection determines that the Work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non - complying items and immediately replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, including repair and restoration of any work thus disturbed. All this replacement and repair is to be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, and the Contractor is to reimburse the Ownerfor the cost of the Inspection. END OF SECTION 1 09300-4 TI LE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH S SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 09400 TERRAZZO TILE PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RROSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' MARCH, 2006 A. Terrazzo tile floor (thin and thickset) as shown in Drawings and specified herein. B. Coved terrazzo the floor base (thin set) as shown in Drawings and specified herein. C. Tile grout as shown in Drawings and specified herein. D. Tile and grout sealer. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Section 07900 Sealants and Caulking 1.03 QUALTIY ASSURANCE 1.04 A. Manufacturer: As specified In Part 2. B. Installer: Work to be performed only by workers thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of installing and grouting terrazzo tile and marble, and who are completely familiar with the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the terrazzo tile, marble, and grout material being used. C. Grade Certificate and Labeling: With each delivery of tile, furnish manufacturer's "Master Grade Certificate" to the Architect. D. Provide materials obtained from one source for each type and color of tile, grout, and setting materials. E. Manufacturer to supply independent laboratory test results for the following: 1. Flexural strength ASTM C -293 2. Water absorption ASTM C -140 3. Compressive strength ASTM C -140 F. Contractor to provide documented inspection from manufacturer of precast terrazzo quality control tests. A. Manufacture all terrazzotiles in accordance with the provisions of ANSI 137.1 -1980. B. Install all terrazzo tile in accordance with the referenced recommendations contained in the current edition of "Handbook for Tile Installation' of the Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA). C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C -150 2. ASTM C -33 3. ASTM C -140 4. ASTM C -293 5. ASTM C -1028 6. ASTM C -131 7. ASTM C -627 8. ASTM D -226 9. ASTM D -2103 10. ASTM D -56 D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI A108.5 TERRAZZOZTILEANSI A106.1 09400-1 I i D. Certificates: 1. Master Grade Certificate: Singed by this tile manufacturer at time of shipping stating type and quantities and by the Contractor who has installed the tile. 2. Certification by the grout manufacturer that the products used meet or exceed the standards of the American National Standards Institute. 3. Certificate of Grade: "Standard Grade" tile in accordance with American National Standards Institute Specifications for Ceramic Tile, A137.1 -1967 (ANSI- AN4). E. Submit tile layout and mix design. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection 1. Tile and grout to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect the and grout before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Replacements — In the event of damage, including water intrusion, chips, cracks, scratches, pits, or discoloration, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty — Under provisions of Section 01780: A. 100% Manufacturer's warranty and Contractor's installation warranty on all products of the terrazzo tile system for five (5) years. 1.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide Ownerwith a minimum of 2% (orone full box, whichever is greater) of installed tiles in clean, marked cartons for extra stock. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TERRAZZO TILE A. Manufacturer: 1. All terrazzo tile and system design is based on the products of Wausau Tile (800-231-4836) as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be considered under provisions of Section 01030. B. Precast Terrazzo Floor Tile by Wausau Tile: 1. Size— 11-15116"x 11-15/16"x/4", 9 Ibs 2. Finish — Surface to be ground and polished, free of holes or rough areas, surface to be uniform in appearance 09400-2 TERRAZZO TILE RRM DESIGN • GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -8 3. ANS! A 108.2 4. ANSI A108.10 5. ANSI A118.4 6. ANSI Al 18.6 ' E. Comply with specified provisions and recommendations of NTMA. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data —Submit material specifications, manufacturer's installation, and maintenance instructions under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. Drawings to include: 1. Details of transitions to adjacent finish materials. C. Samples under provisions of Section 01300 to include: 1. At least 15 days before award of the contract, and before any tile is delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect three (3) samples of all available colors of tile, grout and accessory units of the specified item. D. Certificates: 1. Master Grade Certificate: Singed by this tile manufacturer at time of shipping stating type and quantities and by the Contractor who has installed the tile. 2. Certification by the grout manufacturer that the products used meet or exceed the standards of the American National Standards Institute. 3. Certificate of Grade: "Standard Grade" tile in accordance with American National Standards Institute Specifications for Ceramic Tile, A137.1 -1967 (ANSI- AN4). E. Submit tile layout and mix design. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection 1. Tile and grout to be stored at the job site in a safe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Use all means to protect the and grout before, during, and after installation. Do not allow products to become wet or damp. B. Replacements — In the event of damage, including water intrusion, chips, cracks, scratches, pits, or discoloration, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 Warranty — Under provisions of Section 01780: A. 100% Manufacturer's warranty and Contractor's installation warranty on all products of the terrazzo tile system for five (5) years. 1.08 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide Ownerwith a minimum of 2% (orone full box, whichever is greater) of installed tiles in clean, marked cartons for extra stock. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 TERRAZZO TILE A. Manufacturer: 1. All terrazzo tile and system design is based on the products of Wausau Tile (800-231-4836) as a standard of quality. Substitutions shall be considered under provisions of Section 01030. B. Precast Terrazzo Floor Tile by Wausau Tile: 1. Size— 11-15116"x 11-15/16"x/4", 9 Ibs 2. Finish — Surface to be ground and polished, free of holes or rough areas, surface to be uniform in appearance 09400-2 TERRAZZO TILE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATI N AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Design — Chamfered face edges D. Colorof Field Floor Tile: R* SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' MARCH, 2006 1. Lobby (Room 101), Hall (Room 108), and Accessible Restrooms (Rooms 106 and 107): CWT -757 2. Dining (Room 109), Kitchen (Room 111) and Restrooms (Rooms 117, 119, and 122): a. Field: WT -779 b. Accent: CWT -757 3. Grout color to be selected from standard color line to match tile as selected by Architect. E. Coved Tile Base by Wausau Tile: 1. Size — 6" high x 11/15/16" wide x V coved base with bullnose top, extend 6" up wall 2. Finish — Surface to be ground and polished, free of holes or rough areas, surface to be uniform in appearance 3. Design — Chamfered face edges 4. Color of caved tile base: a. To match color of adjacent floor tile 5. Grout color to be selected from standard color line to match tile as selected by Architect. 2.02 ACCESSORYTILE A. All accessory tile shall be in matching size, color, and finish. Stretchertile can be the standard size of the manufacturer. Accessory the shall be as required for a complete installation, and as follows: 1. Provide surface bullnose trim at all open edges/ends. 2. Provide surface bullnose trim at all tile abutting jamb conditions and extending beyond frame. 3. Provide full -curved stretcher tile for all outside corners. 2.03 MORTAR BOND COAT A. Floor Tile —Provide Wausau Tile Thin -Set Mortar, which is to exceed ANSI A118.4 2.04 GROUT A. Floor Tile —Standard sand - Portland cement grout, latex Portland cement grout or pre - packaged polymer modified grout, per ANSI A118.6 and comply with the following: 1. Water emulsion latex additive: Add at project site.to pre - packaged dry grout mix, with type of latex and dry grout mix specified or recommended by latex manufacturer. 2. Latexadditive: Concentrated Acrylic Latex Additive 2.05 TILE/ GROUT SEALANT AND POLISHING MATERIALS A. Contractor to provide penetrating sealer to prevent the infiltration of water. B. Contractor to use heavy duty cleaner to the tile and grout surfaces prior to sealer application. C. Sealing and Polishing Materials per manufacturer recommendations (refer to part 3.03, item B for further information): 1. Water Emulsion Seal/ Finish or 2.06 EXPANSION JOINT MATERIALS A. 'W x 13/16" Polyurethane Sealant backed by 13/16"x %" x 16 gauge aluminum angles. Colorto be selected from standard color line to match tile as selected by Architect. Install per recommendations of TCA and manufacturer. 2.07 Joint Sealant — Per Section 07900. TERRAZZO TILE 09400-3 1. RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 MARCH, 2006 2.08 OTHER MATERIALS 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 A. All other materials, anchorages, and controls, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of ceramic tile, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. , PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that terrazzo tile may be installed in accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations and the referenced standards. 3. Verify that substrate surfaces are plumb, level, and true with square corners, smooth, and within a maximum variation of 1/8" in 10 feet and are ready to receive work. 4. Apply self - leveling underlayment to concrete sub floors where required to achieve substrate requirements. Leveling coat shall be compatible with setting mortar and terrazzo tile system components. 5. Maintain minimum temperature limits and installation practices recommended by the terrazzo tile manufacturer. 6. Do not install terrazzo tile floors over membrane until membrane has been tested and accepted. 7. Prior to setting, ensure surfaces are free from coatings (other than approved self - leveling coat), curing compounds, oil, grease, wax or dust. 8. All anchors, outlets and other inserts must be in place prior to setting. 9. Crack Isolation Membrane to be used on non - directional cracks; shrinkage cracks, and all areas where crack transfer is suspected. 10. Locate and determine expansion joints based on building control joints, cold joints, sawed joints, and recommended expansion joints based on TCA specifications current issue of EJ 171. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Slab -on Grade Floor Tile Installation 1. Install per TCA Installation Method — F111 (current edition). 2. Screed underbed to elevation of 7/8" below finished floor elevation to receive 3/," terrazzo tile to be set by the Thin Set Method. 3. Install expansion joints at slope breaks (1.0'0.C. maximum) per TCA installation method — EJ171, B. Wall Tile 1. Install per TCA Installation Method — B415 (current edition) at tile base location. C. Accessories: Locate and properly mark prior to start of any tile laying exact locations of accessories, anchoring devices for equipment, toilet stall partitions, and similar items which penetrate through tile finish. D. Joints: 1. Wall tile joints shall be uniform 1/16 -inch wide. 2. Mark tile joints uniform 1/4 -inch width and in alignment as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. Joints as juncture of terrazzo tile floor and adjoining concrete finish floor to be same as floor tile joints. 09400-4 TERRAZZO TILE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 10 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S R&SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 4. Butt joints required between tile and divider strips; make joints flush and hairline, not to be grouted. 5. On floors the joints shall be aligned and parallel to walls. 3.03 PRECAST TERRAZZO FINISHING A. Grouting 1. Allow the to set for a minimum of 48 hours priorto grouting. 2. Grout all tile joints full and neatly point, in accordance with ANSI A108.10. B. Finishing (in addition to previously listed): 1. Water emulsion floor finish sealer: a. Products: 1) Provide single source for sealer- strippercleaner with neutral pH as manufactured for use on cement tious terrazzo. 2) Manufacturer of sealer- strippercleanershall provide detailed maintenance manuals for care of terrazzo tile using water emulsion floor sealer /finish. 2. Manufacturer of the impregnator, cleaner, soap, polishing compound shall provide detailed maintenance manuals for care of terrazzo tile using high polish stone system. 3. Polysiloxane seal/ vitrification: a. Products: 1) Provide a compatible source for polysiloxane penetrating sealer, polishing compound, and vitrifier. 2) Manufacturer of polysiloxane sealer, polishing compound, and vitrifier to provide detailed maintenance manuals for care of terrazzo tile using polysiloxane seal, vitrification 3.04 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. Tolerances —Maximum deviation from line 114 inch in 5 feet. 3.05 CLEANUP A. Clean all the in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and referenced standards. B. Remove mortar and grout prior to hardening during progress of work. C. Clean surfaces thoroughly after grouting and pointing have set sufficiently; remove all cement, dust and other foreign matter with plain water or mild alkaline cleaner. Sandblasting of exposed surfaces is prohibited. D. Cleaning with a solution not stronger than 10 percent muriatic acid to 90 percent water permitted only on unglazed tile; thoroughly wash afterwards with clean water. Completely protect hardware and fittings metal surfaces, cast iron and vitreous items from acid and fumes. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect all tile floors in accordance with the methods recommended by the manufacturer. B. General: Cover tile floors with reinforced non -staining building paper with joints lapped 2- inches and sealed as necessary protection against wear or damaged of any kind or accumulations of dirt during work operations or other trades within the tiled floor room areas until accepted by the Owner. 1. Before final inspection, remove protective covering and rinse cleaner from the surfaces 2. Prohibit traffic from finished floor for seven (7) days after installation. 3.07 COMPLIANCE AND INSPECTION A. The Owner reserves the right to request and pay for Inspections by a representative of the Tile Council of America to determine that the Work of this Section has been performed in accordance with the specified standards. TERRAZZO TILE 09400-5 L. I I I I i I I I I RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 t3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY 1 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. In the event that such inspection determines that the Work of this Section does not comply with the specified requirements, immediately remove the non - complying items and 1 immediately replace them with items complying with the specified requirements, including repair and restoration of any work thus disturbed. All this replacement and repair is to be provided by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, and the Contractor is to 1 reimburse the Ownerfor the cost of the Inspections. END OF SECTION r I 1 i 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 09400-6 TERRAZZO TILE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 09445 TERRAZZO TILE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Marble terrazzo tile and base, for installation on: 1. Concrete floors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SUBMITTALS RWSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 , MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product literature, including installation instructions, maintenance requirements, and sample warranty. C. Tile Manufacturer's Certification: That all materials comply with specified requirements and are acceptable to the manufacturer for this installation. D. Installer Qualifications: For approval. E. Maintenance Data: Manufacturer's printed cleaning and maintenance information. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Regularly and presently manufacturer of terrazzo tile meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer of terrazzo tile which has been in satisfactory and efficient operation on three installations similar or equivalent to this project for a minimum of three years; submit a list, with locations and phone contacts. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Having the technical qualifications, experience, trained personnel and facilities required. 2. Minimum of three successful installations of the same manufacturer's tile within the last three years. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to jobsite in original unopened containers, free of damage, with manufacturer's identification and brand name clearly marked. B. Store materials in a protected area, kept dry. C. Store on pallets complying with manufacturer's requirements, at not less than 40 degrees F nor more than 100 degrees F. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Fritz Industries, Inc; 500 Sam Houston Road, Dallas, TX 75149. ASD. Tel: (800) 955 -1323 or (972) 285 -5471. Fax: (972) 270 -0179. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Terrazzo Tile Base: "Set -on" straight base to match floor tile; nominal 4 inches by 12 inches, with polished radius top. B. Tile Factory Finish: Permanent finish designed to accept topical protective coatings of the acrylic dressing type. TERRAZZO TILE 09445-1 1 I I 1! ' • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1 C. Patching Compounds: Composition: Cementitious compound of factory - blended materials; one or more of the following for indicated project conditions: 1. Gypsum -based patching compounds not permitted. D. Adhesives: E. Finish Polish: "FCP -300 Duro - Gloss ". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation over concrete substrates until acceptable moisture conditions have been met; perform test for moisture emission as specified. ' B. Verify that required flatness tolerances have been met. C. Do not proceed until unacceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates in accordance with tile manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with tile manufacturer's instructions. B. Lay design symmetrically off center lines of rooms. C. Make joints tight, inconspicuous, and in true alignment. D. Cut tile to fit snugly at fixed vertical projections. ' E. Apply adhesivetc substrate, set tile, and remove spots and smears of adhesive immediately. F. Roll tile into adhesivewith 150 pound roller in direction diagonal to tile alignment until ' adhesive has set and entire installation is flat and smooth. G. Examine installation for excess adhesive, high tile edges, tile bond, and curling. Repair or replace areas that are defective. ' H. Seal entire floor areawith 2 coats of specified sealer using a rayon string mop or other non - linting applicator, applied as soon as possible after adhesive has cured. 1. Seal edges of tile at floor perimeter with clear sealant. END OF SECTION I L 1 1 09445-2 TERRAZZO TILE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART? GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. B. Acoustical and wireless units. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Acoustical sealant. B. Section 09120 - Ceiling and Suspension System 1.03 REFERENCES RIIOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 , MARCH, 2006 A. ASTM C 635 - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings; 2004. B. ASTM C 636 - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels; 2004. C. ASTM E 580 - Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint; 2002. D. ASTM E 1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 1998. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate grid layout and related dimensioning. C. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components. D. Samples: Submit three samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. E. Samples: Submit three samples each, 6 inches long, of suspension system main runner and perimeter molding. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity of 40 percent priorto, during, and after acoustical unit installation. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Install acoustical units after interior wet work is dry. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01600 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Provide 10 percent of total acoustical unit area of each type of acoustical unit for Owner's use in maintenance of project. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 -1 I I 1 11 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 #3 MARCH, 2006 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2. Substihutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Acoustical Units - General: ASTM E 1264, Class A. C. All panels to comply with Federal Specification SS- S -118B, Class 25 (incombustible). D. Ceiling Sound Transmission Class (CSTC), 25% pursuant to AMA 1 -11. E. Time -Rated Fire Resistance Assembly: UL Design Number and ASTM E413 packages of acoustical material must be or appropriate UL classification marking. F. Acoustic Panel Composition: Mineral G. Acoustic Panel Color: White, factory coated on exposed surfaces and on beveled edges. H. Acoustic Panel Patterns and Sizes: - 1. "Designer', Angled Tegular edge (838), 24" x 24" x %1' lay -in panels, at all ceilings unless otherwise spec'rfied. 2. Training Room (Room 102): "Cirrus Open Plan" (558), 24" x 24" x 7/8" lay -in panels. I. Adhesive: As recommended by the manufacturer. Comply with ASTM D -1779 and have a listed flame spread 25 Class U.L. rating pursuant to ASTM E84. J. Acoustical Sealant: As recommended by the manufacturer. ' 2.02 ACOUSTICAL WIRELESS UNIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Wireless unit to be Armstrong !-Ceiling system, model WL -3. Lay -in file to match adjacent acoustic panels. 2.03 SUSPENSIONSYSTEM(S) A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc: www.armstrong.com, 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Suspension Systems - General: ASTM C 635; die cut and interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings, and hold down clips as required. C. Grid Materials: Heavy duty, cold- rolled steel with galvanized coating ' D. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, splices, edge moldings, and hold -down clips required for suspended grid system. 1. Hanger and/ or lateral bracing wires: Cold drawn, galvanized steel No. 12 gauge wire 2. Main Tee Runner Member: Commercial quality cold - rolled steel, 1 -1/2- inch -high with double web and rectangular bulb and with exposed flange with web punched as necessary to receive interlocking cross member and hanger wires. 3. Cross Tee Member: As above specified for runner member, except that web not being punched but extended and off -set to overlap runner member flanges and be flush with exposed flanges of runner member. 4. Perimeter Supports: Cold- rolled commercial quality steel channel or angle 5. Finish: Framing members, supports, and accessories to be electro-zinc coated; exposed flanges and/or surfaces to receive a shop applied low sheen white enamel finish. E. Grid Finish: White F. Grid Patterns and Sizes: 1. 24" x 24" x 15/16" "Prelude MX ", exposed "T" grid system with 15/16" x 3/8" x 3/8"x 09510-2 15/16" shadow molding at walls. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • ROESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN # &5187 -S 2. Training Room (Room 102): 24" x 24" x 9/16" "Silhouette XL' with 1/8" reveal iwth 15116" x 318" x 3/8" x 15/16" shadow molding at walls. G. Support Channels and Hangers: Primed steel; size and type to suit application, to rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1/360. H. All other accessories including supporting members, anchors, wall cornices, adaptors for light fixtures, and adaptors for ceiling grilles, as required for a complete and proper installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 3.02 INSTALLATION -SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Install suspension system in accordance withASTM C 636, ASTM E 580, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this section. B. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. C. Locate system on room axis according to reflected plan. D. Install after major above - ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. E. Provide hanger clips during steel deck erection. Provide additional hangers and inserts as required. F. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. G. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. H. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. I. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components independently. J. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. 3.03 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. D. Install units after above - ceiling work is complete. E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter molding. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510-3 1 1 r 1 r 1 1 1 r r 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 degrees. END OF SECTION 09510-4 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 1TRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Resilient sheet flooring. B. Rubber flooring. C. Resilient base. D. Installation accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete ' 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM F 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2005. ' B. ASTM F 1303 - Standard Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering with Backing; 2004. C. ASTM F 1861- Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base; 2002_ ' D. ASTM F 1913 - Standard Specification for Vinyl Sheet Floor Covering Without Backing; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and installation instructions. C. Verification Samples: Submit three samples, 4x4 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each resilient flooring product specified. D. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re- waxing. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect from damage by roll materials storing on end. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Maintain temperature in storage area between 55 degrees F and 90 degrees F. B. Stare materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of installation at a ' temperature of 70 degrees F to achieve temperature stability. Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS ' A. See Section 01600 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - SHEET FLOORING A. Vinyl Sheet Flooring: Homogeneous without backing, with color and pattern throughout full thickness, and: 1. Minimum Requirements: Comply with ASTM F 1303, Type ll, without backing, or ASTM F 1913. 2. Total Thickness and Wear Layer Thickness: 0.080 inch nominal. RESILIENT�LO( RN&elded seams. Colorto match vinyl sheet flooring and as selected by Arch o - 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 16 MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B-51 87-S 4. Integral coved base with cap strip. 5. Pattern: To be selected by Architect from full line specified. 6. Manufacturers: a. Armstrong, Product Medintech. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Vinyl Welding Rod: Solid vinyl bead produced by manufacturer of vinyl flooring for heat welding seams, in color matching field color. 2.02 MATERIALS - BASE A. Resilient Base: ASTM F 1861, Type TS rubber, vulcanized thermoset; top set Style B, Cove, and as follows: 1. Height: 6 inch. 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 3. Finish: Satin. 4. Length: Roll. 5. Color: 20'Charcoal'. 6. Training Room (Room 102), Training Storage (Room 103) and AN EOC Storage (Room 105) color to be 101 'Seaweed'. 7. Accessories: Premclded external corners and end stops. 8. Manufacturers: a. Johnsonite, Inc: www.johnsonite.com. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.03 MATERIALS -RUBBER FLOORING A. Rubber tile flooring: 27" x 27" x 3/8 ", 100% recycled rubber floor tiles. 1. Colorand Pattern: #914 2. Manufacturer: a. Tuflex Rubber Products; 800 543 -6290 b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material manufacturer. B. Moldings and Edge Strips: Same material as flooring. C. Filler for Coved Base: Plastic. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive resilient flooring. B. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances which would impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub -floor surfaces. C. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity in accordance with ASTM F 710; obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. B. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. C. Clean substrate. !A STALLATION - SHEET FLOORING RESILIENT FLOORING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 t CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' B. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. C. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. D. Where floor finishes are different on opposite sides of door, terminate flooring under ' centerline of door. E. Coved Base: Install as detailed on drawings, using coved base filler as backing at floor to ' wall junction. Extend sheet flooring vertically to height indicated, and cover top edge with metal cap strip. 3.04 INSTALLATION -BASE ' A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches between joints. B. Install base on solid backing. Bond tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. ' 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Prohibit traffic on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. END OF SECTION ' RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAO AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 SECTION 06680 ' CARPET PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Carpet, direct - glued. , B. Accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast in Place Concrete ' B. Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ASTM D 2859 - Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics 01 �Inizhed Textile Floor Covering Materials; 2004. B. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building ' Materials; 2005. C. ASTM E 648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems ' Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 2004. D. CRI (GLA) - Green Label Testing Program - Approved Adhesive Products; www.carpet rug.org; current edition. ' E. CRI (GLC) - Green Label Testing Program - Approved Product Categories for Carpet; www.carpet- rug.org; current edition. ' F. NFPA 253 - Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; National Fire Protection Association; 2000- 1.04 SUBMITTALS , A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate seaming plan, method of joining seams, direction of carpet pile and pattern, location of edge moldings and edge bindings. C. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of installation. D. Samples: Submit three samples 12x12 inch in size illustrating color and pattern for each carpet material specified. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. F. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing specified carpet with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing carpet with minimum three years experience. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials in area of installation for minimum period of 24 hours prior to installation. CARPET 09650 -1 F F F F F RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4#3 MARCH, 2006 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Maintain minimum 70 degrees F ambient temperature 24 hours prior to, during and 24 hours after installation. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide a standard printed warranty from the manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace unsatisfactory product caused by defective material. No second party warranties or custom written warranties will be accepted. The warranty is to meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Wear: Lifetime of carpet. No more than 10% face yarn loss by weight in normal use. 2. Static: Lifetime of carpet 3. Edge Ravel: Lifetime of carpet. Guaranteed no edge ravel in normal use (no seam sealers required). 4. Delamination: Lifetime of carpet. Guaranteed no delamination in normal use (no chair pads required). 5. Tuft Bind: Lifetime of carpet. Guaranteed not to zipper, wet or dry. 6. Adhesive: Lifetime of carpet. 7. Stain Resistance: Lifetime warranty and a 10 year light fastness and atmospheric contaminant warranty. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Allow the Owner to inspect and select from scrap carpet remaining after the installation. Bundle, wrap in burlap, and deliver to the Owner. In addition, contractor to order three (3) extra yards of carpet for delivery to the Owner PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Carpet: 1. Lee's Carpets; Product Faculty IV. 2. Shaw Carpets; Product Rejuvinate at Rooms 102, 103 and 105. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 CARPET A. Carpet: 1. Roll Width: 12 ft. 2. Color: 4138'Starlight' 09680 -2 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread /Smoke developed index of __ /_. maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 4. Critical Radiant Flux: Minimum of 0.22 watts/sq cm, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253. 5. Surface Flammability Ignition: Pass ASTM D 2859 (the "pill test "). 6. VOC Content: Provide CRI Green Label certified product. 7. Construction: Tufted 8. Surface Texture: Performance loop pile 9. Gauge: 1/8 inch 10. Stitches per inch: 8.3 per inch. 11. Dye Method: Yam dyed 12. Backing Material: Unibond by Lees 13. Face Yarn: Antron Legacy nylon with DuraTech Soil Protection by Invista 14. Fiber Technology: Duracolor by Lees Stain Resistant System. Passes GSA requirements for permanent stain resistant carpet 15. Face Weight: 26 oz/yd2 16. Primary Backing: Woven polypropylene 17. Bonding Agent: Unibond hot melt thermoplastic 18. Secondary Backing: Woven polypropylene CARPET CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAOAND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 - 19. Total Weight: 71.20 oz/ yd2 2.03 CARPET AT ROOMS 102,103 AND 105 R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 , A. Carpet: 1. Roll Width: 12 ft 2. Color: 55410'Serene Beauty' 3. Yarn: 100% eco- solution Q Premium Branded SD Nylon 4. Construction: Pattern Loop 5. Tufted Weight: 24 oz/ sq. yd. 6. Finished Pile Thickness: .150 inches 7. Stitches per Inch: 12 8. Primary Backing: Synthetic 9. Secondary Backing: Ultraloc MP 10. Density: 6,720 oz/ cubic yd. 11. Weight Density: 188,160 12. Dye Method: Solution Dyed 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Sub -Floor Filler: Type recommended by carpet manufacturer. B. Moldings and Edge Strips: Rubber, color as selected. C. Adhesives - General: Compatible with materials being adhered; CRI Green Label certified; in lieu of labeled product, independent test report showing compliance is acceptable. D. Seam Adhesive: Recommended by manufacturer. E. Contact Adhesive: Compatible with carpet material; releasable type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to receive carpet. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust -free, and are ready to receive carpet. C. Verify that sub -floor surfaces are dust -free and free of substances which would impair bonding of adhesives to sub floor surfaces. D. Verify that concrete sub -floor surfaces are ready for carpet installation by testing for moisture emission rate and alkalinity; obtain instructions if test results are not within the following limits: 1. Moisture emission rate: Not greater than 3 lb per 1000 sq ft per 24 hours when tested using calcium chloride moisture test kit for 72 hours. 2. Alkalinity: pH range of 5 -9. E. Verify that required floor - mounted utilities are incorrect location. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with sub -floor filler. B. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. C. Clean substrate. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Install carpet in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. CARPET 09680-3 '-1 J ' 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Verify carpet match before cutting to ensure minimal variation between dye lots., C. Lay out carpet and locate seams in accordance with shop drawings: t 1. Locate seams in area of least traffic, out of areas of pivoting traffic, and parallel to main traffic. 2. Do not locate seams perpendicular through dooropenings. 3. Align run of pile in same direction as anticipated traffic and in same direction on ' adjacent pieces. 4. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. 5. Provide monolithic color, pattern, and texture match within any one area. D. Install carpet tight and flat on subfloor, well fastened at edges, with a uniform appearance. 3.04 DIRECT -GLUED CARPET A. Double cut carpet seams, with accurate pattern match. Make cuts straight, true, and unfrayed. Apply seam adhesive to cut edges of woven carpet immediately. B. Apply contact adhesive to floor uniformly at rate recommended by manufacturer. After suff icient open time, press carpet into adhesive. C. Apply seam adhesive to the base of the edge glued down. Lay adjoining piece with seam tstraight, not overlapped or peaked, and free of gaps. D. Roll with appropriate roller for complete contact of adhesive to carpet backing. ' E. Trim carpet neatly at walls and around interruptions. 3.05 CLEANING ' A. Remove excess adhesive from floor and wall surfaces without damage. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces. L 1 END OF SECTION 09680 -4 CARPET CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B -51 SECTION 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation. RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 ' B. Field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings. C. See Schedule - Surfaces to be Finished, at end of Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D -National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products, including VOC content. C. Samples: Submit three drawdown samples of selected colors for review. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section approved by manufacturer. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and snake rating requirements for products and finishes. 1.06 MOCK -UP A. See Section 01400 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for mock -up. B. Mock -up may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. C. Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints: 45 degrees F for interiors; 50 degrees F for exterior; unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. D. Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes: 65 degrees F for interior or exterior, PAINTS ANVpLe�ff%�ad otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. 09900- �i 71 ' 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' E. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid - height at substrate surface. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS ' A. See Section 01600 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Supply 1 gallon of each color; store where directed. C. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Paints: 1. ICI Paints North America: www.icipaintsinna.com. ' B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL ' A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, except field - catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments: 1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. ' 2. For good flow and brushing properties. 3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content: 1. Provide coatings that complywith the most stringent requirements specified in the following: a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D-- National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards ' for Architectural Coatings. 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), exclusive of colorants added to a tint base and water ' added at project site; or other method acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Chemical Content: The following compounds are prohibited: 1. Aromatic Compounds: In excess of 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Acrolein, acrylonitrile, antimony, benzene. butyl benzyl phthalate, cadmium, di (2- ethylhexyl) phthalate, di -n -butyl phthalate, di- n -octyl phthalate, 1,2- dich1orobenzene, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, ethylbenzene, formaldehyde, hexavalent ' chromium, isophorone, lead, mercury, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylene chloride, naphthalene, toluene (methylbenzene), 1,1,1- trichloroethane, vinyl chloride. ' D. ColorSchedules 1. The Architect will prepare a color schedule with samples for guidance in painting after ' color selection from samples submitted. 2. The Architect may select, allocate, and vary colors on different surfaces throughout the work, subject to the following: a. Exterior Work: A maximum of four (4) different colors will qe used, with variations for trim, doors, miscellaneous work and metal work. ' b. Interior Work: A maximum of four (4) different pigmented colors will be used, with variations for trim and wall surfaces and wainscots. ' E. Paints at Wet Areas 1. In toilet rooms and contiguous areas, add an approved fungicide to paints. 2. For oil based paints, use 1% phenylmercuric or 4 % tetrachlorophenol. 3. For water emulsion and glue size surfaces, use 4 % sodium tetrachlorophenate. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 EXAMINATION 09900-2 PAINTS AND COATINGS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. C. Test shop - applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Appurtenances: Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. B. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this section. C. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes. D. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra - sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. E. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces to be Painted: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and greasewith a solution of tri- sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry. F. Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. G. Aluminum Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. H. Galvanized Surfaces to be Painted: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. I. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces to be Painted: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned, Prime paint entire surface; spot prime after repairs. J. Shop - Primed Steel Surfaces to be Finish Painted: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch -up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re -prime entire shop - primed item. K. Exterior Wood to Receive Opaque Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior calking compound after prime coat has been applied. Back prime concealed surfaces before installation. L. Metal Doors to be Painted: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just priorto applying next coat. 3.04 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL PAINTS AND COATINGS 09900-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 MARCH, 2006 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. See Section 01400 - Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection. 3.05 SCHEDULE -SURFACES TO BE FINISHED A. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 1. Items fully factory-finished unless specifically noted. 2. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels. B. Paint the surfaces described below under Schedule - Paint Systems. C. Mechanical and Electrical: Use paint systems defined for the substrates to be finished. 1. Paint all insulated and exposed pipes occurring in finished areas to match background surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Paint shop - primed items occurring in finished areas. 3. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. 4. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. 3.06 SCHEDULE - PAINT SYSTEMS A. Exterior: 1. Exterior metal, ferrous: 402OPF Devflex Direct- toMetal Primer and Flat Finish a. First Coat: 42060D Devflex Quick Dry Interior/ Exterior Waterborne b. Second Coat: and Gloss Enamel c. Third Coat: 2. Exterior metal, galvanized: Acrylic SemaGloss a. First Coat: 1) Primer and Finish 1000 Prep and Prime Hi hide Wall Water -Based Primer b. Second Coat c. Third Coat: 3. Exterior Wood: Enamel a. First Coat: Third Coat: 1416 Ultra Hide Latex Low Lustre Interior Wall and Trim Primer Enamel b. Second Coat: 1) c. Third Coat: 4. Fiber cement board: a. First Coat Section 07450 b. Second Coat: c. Third Coat: 4160 Devguard Multi- Purpose Tank and Structural Primer 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish 402OPF Devflex DTM Flat Interior/ Exterior Waterborn 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish 3210 Prep and Prime Gripper Multi- Purpose Water -Based 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish 2200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish Prime Plus applied at the factory. Refer to Specification 2210 Ultra -Hide Durus Acrylic Exterior Flat House Paint 2210 Ultra -Hide Durus Acrylic Exterior Flat House Paint B. Interior: 1. Interior semi -gloss enamel (SGE): ' 09900 -4 a. Ferrous metal: 1) First Coat: 402OPF Devflex Direct- toMetal Primer and Flat Finish 2) Second Coat: 42060D Devflex Quick Dry Interior/ Exterior Waterborne Acrylic SemimGloss and Gloss Enamel 3) Third Coat. 42060D Devflex Quick Dry Interior/ Exterior Waterborne Acrylic SemaGloss and Gloss Enamel b. Gypsum drywall: 1) First Coat: 1000 Prep and Prime Hi hide Wall Water -Based Primer Sealer 2) Second Coat: 1416 Ultra Hide Latex Low Lustre Interior Wall and Trim Enamel 3) Third Coat: 1416 Ultra Hide Latex Low Lustre Interior Wall and Trim Enamel c. Gypsum drywall at 'wet areas: 1) First Coat: 3210 Prep and Prime Gripper Multi- Purpose Water -Based Primer Sealer PAINTS AND COATINGS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR DESIGN GROUP NO. 40D4513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA* AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B -51 2) Second Coat: 1416 Ultra Hide Latex Low Lustre Interior Wall and Trim Enamel ' 3) Third Coat: 1416 Ultra Hide Latex Low Lustre Interior Wall and Trim Enamel d. Concrete masonry: 1) First Coat: 3010 Prep and Prime Block Filler Water -Based Primer 2) Second Coat: 1416 Ultra -Hide Latex Semi -Gloss Interior Wall and Trim Enamel 3) Third Coat. 1416 Ultra -Hide Latex Semi -Gloss Interior Wall and Trim Enamel 2. Interior egg shell enamel (ESE): a. Gypsum drywall: 1) First Coat 1000 Prep and Prime Hi hide Wall Water -Based Primer Sealer 2) Second Coat: 1402 Dulux Professional Interior Latex Eggshell Finish 3) Third Coat 1402 Dulux Professional Interior Latex Eggshell Finish 3. Interior wood trim: a. Manufacturer's standard stain for color selection by Architect. END OF SECTION PAINTS AND COATINGS 09900-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH IG IRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 09950 ' WALL CARPET PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation of substrate. B. Wall carpet wainscot ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09250 - Gypsum Board B. Section 09900 - Paints and Coatings: Prime painting of substrate surfaces. 1.03 REFERENCES ' A. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2005. ' B. ASTM E 648 - Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor- Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's published data on fabric properties, including results of performance testing. C. Verification Samples: Samples of each wall fabric selected, not less than 4" square. 1.05 MOCK -UP A. Provide mock -up panel at location indicated by the Architect, illustrating finished appearance of fabric wall covering. ' 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver wall coverings, adhesives and accessories to project site in sealed, labeled packages and containers, each bearing manufacturer's name and identification of contents. B. Store rolled wall fabrics flat in a dry, covered area with temperature maintained at not less than 60 degrees F and humidity at level normal for the space where fabric will be installed. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Conditions: Do not begin installation until three days after spaces to receive wall fabrics have been maintained at minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and humidity level ' normal for the spaces. Maintain these conditions for not less than 48 hours after installation has been completed. B. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation of spaces during installation and until volatile compoundsfrom adhesives have fully dissipated. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS ' A. Supply minimum 10% of each color and pattern of wall fabric installed, for Owners use in maintenance. Package each roll and label by manufacturer name, color and pattern name, and installed locations. WALL CARPET 09950-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 MARCH, 2006 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Eurotex, 165 West Ontario Street, Philadelphia, PA 19140. Telephone 800 - 523 -0731. 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Wall Carpet/ Wainscot Materials —Carpet to be Eurotex Carpet: To be installed with a direct glue method utilizing manufacturer recommended adhesives. Provide wall carpet/ wainscot With at least the following minimum attributes: 1. Carpet: Tretford Broadloom, Eurotex Commercial Carpet 2. Color. # 571 3. Construction: Unitary fusion bonded - concentric rib 4. Face Yarn: 80% wool/ mohair- 20% nylon 5. Primary Backing: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 6. Secondary Backing: Jute 7. Carpet Width: 6' -7" 8. Carpet Thickness: /," 9. Total Weight: 80 oz. per sq. yd. 10. Roll Length: 90 to 100 feet (average) 11. Flame Spread: ASTM E:84- Class A 12. Smoke Density: ASTM E84- Class A 13. Critical Radiant Flux of wall covering systems: a. (Average 3 test specimens): 0.71 (ASTM: E648) 14. NBS Smoke Chamber: Less than 450 flaming mode (NFDA:258) 15. Edge Ravel: Fusion - bonded may be cut in any direction without fraying or raveling. C. Other Materials: I., Provide Bostik D740 adhesive. Verify with the manufacturer requirements of wall surfaces to receive wall carpet to accept adhesive and perform property. Where existing wall conditions occur, Contractor to confirm wall construction and substrate and verify with the manufacturer that the existing wall substrate and surface is acceptable to receive wall carpet and associated adhesives, attachments and accessories. 2. At exposed edges of wall carpet (as shown on the Drawings), provide extruded hemmed edge as recommended for the use by the manufacturer of the approved wall carpet. 3. All other materials (including adhesives) and trims not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, shall be new, first quality:of their respective kinds, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. 4. Provide 5/8" plywood backing at locations shown on the Drawings. 2.02 PERFORMANCE ASSURANCE - CERTIFIED TESTING A. Certified test reports shall be submitted for all performance assurance specifications listed below. B. Requirements listed below must be met by all products. C. All submitted test numbers shall represent average results for production goods of the referenced styles. D. Required Test Reports: 1. Flame spread: ASTM E84 —Class A 2. Smoke density: ASTM E84 — Class A 3. Critical radiant flux: ASTM E648 -0.71 PART 3 EXECUTION 09950-2 WALL CARPET 11 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are ready to begin work of this section. 1. Test moisture content of masonry, concrete, and plaster walls to verify maximum of 5 percent. 2. Verify that no mildew, loose or flaky paint, or stains that might bleed through wall fabric are present. B. Do not begin work of this section until unsatisfactory substrate conditions have been corrected. ' 3.02 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks or holes over 1116 inch and sand smooth. ' B. Prime substrate as recommended by wall fabric manufacturer. C. Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, and similar appurtenances prior to ' beginning installation. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Adhesive Installation: Apply adhesive and wall fabric in accordance with manufacturer's ' instructions. 1. Do not thin adhesive with chemical solvent. 2. Apply adhesive to paper backing and not to wall surfaces. 3. Roll drops after pasting instead of folding. B. Direct Wall Application: 1. Razor trim edges on flat surface. Do not razor cut on gypsum board substrate. ' 2. Do not paste more than two drops at a time. 3. Do not let glue set up for more than five minutes. 4. Cut and hang drops consecutively, including pieces over windows and doors. ' 5. Do not use seam roller of any type at seams or edges; smooth seams with plastic scraper. 6. Horizontal seams are not acceptable. 7. Do not seam within 2 inches of internal and external comers. 8. Remove excess adhesive from seam while wet, using slightly damp sponge and clean, hot water. Dry immediately with clean terry towel. ' C. Stretched Installation: Over acoustical panels, install fabric in accordance with panel manufacturer's instructions. 1. Provide seam allowances of at least 112 inch. 2. Top stitch seams for additional strength. END OF SECTION 1 WALL CARPET 09950-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA ,* AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 SECTION 09986 PLASTIC COATED WALL PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wainscot plastic coated wall panels (fiberglass reinforced). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's materials specification, installation and maintenance instructions. C. Manufacturer's color brochure for selection of color and finish by Architect 1.03 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTIC COATED WALL PANELS A. Manufacturers 1. Marlite 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements, B. Materials 1. Wall Panels: Marlite FRP Panels a. "Hf Gloss" panels, 1/8" thick by 4' -0" wide b. "Trend" planks, '' %" thick by 8' -0" long c. "Designer Colors', Y4" thick by 16" wide by 8' -0" long 2. Color: To be selected by Architect from full line 3. Trim and Corners: Colorto match panels,'' /." alumilited or grained moldings to match the panels 4. Accessories: As required by manufacturer 5. Other Materials — All other materials, anchorages, adhesives, attachment accessories and methods, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of wall panels, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrates are prepared and ready to recieve new work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install wall panels plumb, level and true to line without distortions. 1. Trim: Level and plumb, with tightly mitered comers, cut cleanly with fine saw or razor blade. Caulk joint between trim and wall. 2. Panels: Caulked into trim, with proper clearances for expansion and contraction, adhered to wall without distortions. C. Use adhesives, attachment accessories and methods as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.03 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work, remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the wall covering installatoin. Leae areas in neat, clean and orderly condition. PLASTIC COATED WALL PANELS 09986-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Repair or replace any damaged work. C. Remove excess adhesives usingmethods and materials recommended by manufacturer. Clean plastic panels and accessories using a cleaning agent as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09986-2 PLASTIC COATED WALL PANELS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAO AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B -518 - SECTION 10110 VISUAL DISPLAY PRODUCTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Markerboards. 1.02 SUBMITTALS RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on markerboard, tackboard surface covering, trim, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall elevations, dimensions, joint locations, special anchor details. D. Samples: Submit color charts for selection of color and texture of markerboard, tackboard surface covering, and trim. E. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year warranty for markerboard to include warranty against discoloration due to cleaning, crazing or cracking, and staining. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Visual Display Boards: 1. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc; Product Type A LCS: www.claridgeproducts.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS A. Markerboards: Porcelain enamel on steel, laminated to core. 1. Color. White. 2. Metal Face Sheet Thickness: 0.024 inch (24 gage). 3. Core: Particleboard, manufacturer's standard thickness, laminated to face sheet. 4. Backing: Aluminum foil, laminated to core. 5. Height 48 inches. 6. Length: 10 feet, in one piece. 7. Accessories: Provide chalk tray and map rail. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements areas indicated. B. Verify that internal wall blocking is ready to receive work and positioning dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install boards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. VISUAL DISPLAY PRODUCTS 10110-1 I RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S B. Secure units level and plumb. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean board surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Cover with protective cover, taped to frame. C. Remove temporary protective coverat date of Substantial Completion. AT rrIe]illicitId1I412 10110-2 VISUAL DISPLAY PRODUCTS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 4tRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 10170 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet Compartments and Urinal Screens: 1. Bobrick; www.bobNck.com 2. Substitutions: Section 01500 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPARTMENTS AND URINAL SCREENS ' A. Bobrick model #1086 Duraline Series, floor to ceiling mounted toilet partitions with solid phenolic panels, doors, pilasters and connection brackets. 1. Heavy duty stainless steel hinges 2. Stainless steel door latch ' 3. Stainless steel coat hook on back of each door, including rubber door bumper 4. Stainless steel mounting screws B. Bobrick model #1085 Designer Series, wall hung urinal screens with solid phenolic panels. C. Colors: 1. Trespa, Athlon'Sand' ' 2. Refer to Specification Section 06400 for Trespa product specification. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION TOILET PARTITIONS A. Verify that field measurements areas indicated. PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Solid toilet ' TOILET PARTITIONS pheolic partitions B. Urinal screens. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06400 - Architectural Woodwork ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ' B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. C. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. D. Samples: Submit three samples of partition panels, 4x4 in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 1.04 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in wall and ceiling. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet Compartments and Urinal Screens: 1. Bobrick; www.bobNck.com 2. Substitutions: Section 01500 - Product Requirements. 2.02 COMPARTMENTS AND URINAL SCREENS ' A. Bobrick model #1086 Duraline Series, floor to ceiling mounted toilet partitions with solid phenolic panels, doors, pilasters and connection brackets. 1. Heavy duty stainless steel hinges 2. Stainless steel door latch ' 3. Stainless steel coat hook on back of each door, including rubber door bumper 4. Stainless steel mounting screws B. Bobrick model #1085 Designer Series, wall hung urinal screens with solid phenolic panels. C. Colors: 1. Trespa, Athlon'Sand' ' 2. Refer to Specification Section 06400 for Trespa product specification. PART 3 EXECUTION 10170-1 3.01 EXAMINATION ' A. Verify that field measurements areas indicated. B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. ' C. Verify correct Vocation of built -in framing, anchorage, and bracing. ' TOILET PARTITIONS 10170-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 16 MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S N AND TRAINING FACILITY CON CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. E. Field touch -up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edge of doors, not exceeding 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out - swinging doors to closed position. C. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. END OF SECTION 10170-2 TOILET PARTITIONS •RRM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 10200 ' METAL LOUVERS PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Louvers, frames, and accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AAMA 611 -Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1998. B. AMCA 500 -L - Laboratory Methods of Testing Louvers for Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 1999. C. AMCA 511 - Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 1999(Rev 2004). 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data describing design characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, design free area, materials and finishes. ' C. Shop Drawings: Indicate louver layout plan and elevations, opening and clearance dimensions, tolerances; head, jamb and sill details; blade configuration, screens, blankout areas required, and frames. D. Test Reports: Independent agency reports showing compliance with specified performance criteria. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type ' specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.05 WARRANTY ' A. See Section 01780 -Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wall Louvers: ' 1. The Airolite Company; Product _ www.airol te.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 _—Product Requirements. 2.02 LOWERS ' A. Louvers: Factory fabricated and assembled, complete with frame, mullions, and accessories; AMCA Certified under AMCA 511. 1. Wind Load Resistance: Design to resist positive and negative wind load of 25 psf without damage or permanent deformation. ' 2. Intake Louvers: Design to allow maximum of 0.01 oz /sq ft water penetration at calculated intake design velocity based on design air flow and actual free area, when tested in accordance with AMCA 500 -L, 3. Drainable Blades: Continuous rain stop at front or rear of blade aligned with vertical gutter recessed into both jambs of frame. 4. Screens: Provide insect screens at intake louvers and bird screens at exhaust louvers. ' MW31LM1lMI NKS 10200-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S *N AND TRAINING FACILITY CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M),. 1. Color Anodizing: Class I, AA- Ml 2C22A42144 complying with AAMA 611. B. Bird Screen: Interwoven wire mesh of steel, 0.063 inch diameter wire, 112 inch open weave, diagonal design. C. Insect Screen: 18 x 16 size aluminum mesh. PART EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared openings and flash ings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions areas indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that field measurements areas indicated. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install louver assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install louvers level and plumb. C. Install (lashings and align louver assembly to ensure moisture shed from (lashings and diversion of moisture to exterior. D. Secure louver frames in openings with concealed fasteners. 3.03 CLEANING A. Strip protective finish coverings. B. Clean surfaces and components. END OF SECTION 10200-2 METAL LOUVERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * OM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FI RE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 10350 FLAGPOLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum Flagpoles. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM B221 -Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes; 2004a. B. ASTM B 221 M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric); 2004. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide flagpoles capable of withstanding the effects of wind loads as deterined according to NAAMM FP 1001 -97. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on pole, accessories, and configurations. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate detailed dimensions, base details, anchor requirements, and imposed loads. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design flagpole foundation under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed CALIFORNIA. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Spiral wrap flagpole with protective covering and pack in protective shipping tubes or containers. B. Protect flagpole and accessories from damage or moisture. C. Ship to pf*ct site in one piece. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Flagpoles: 1. American Flagpole: www.americanflagpole.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FLAGPOLES A. Flagpole: Aluminum. 1. Outside Butt Diameter: 5 inches. 2. Nominal Wall Thickness: 0.125 inches. 3. Nominal Height: 30 ft; measured from nominal ground elevation. 4. Mounting: Ground mounted type. 5. Design: Conetapered. 6. Halyard: External type. 2.03 POLE MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B 221 M), 6063 alloy, T6 temper. ' AONSESSORIES 10350-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 - CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE *N AND TRAINING FACILITY CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Finial Ball: Gold Anodized, 6 inch diameter. B. Truck Assembly: Cast aluminum; revolving, stainless steel ball bearings, non - fouling. C. Cleats: 9 inch size, aluminum with stainless steel fastenings, two peF halyard. D. Halyard: 5116 inch diameter polypropylene, braided, white. 1. Provide two (2) chrome plated bronze snaphooks per haylard. E. Haylard Flag Snaps: Provide two (2) swivel snap hooks per haylard as follows: 1. Chrome plated bronze. 2.06 MOUNTING COMPONENTS A. Foundation Tube: PVC foundation tube, Schedule 40 minimum, sized to suit flagpole and installation. 2.06 FINISHING A. Metal Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMM'Metal Finish for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Color: Anodized finish complying with American Aluminum AA M32- C22 -A42. Finish to be Light Bronze. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that concrete foundation is ready to receive work and dimensions areas indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install flagpole, base assembly, and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Foundation Tube Installation: Install flagpole in foundation tube, seated on bottom plate between steel centering wedges. Plumb flagpole and install hardwood wedges to secure flagpole in place. Place and compact sand in foundation tube and remove hardwood wedges. Seal top of foundation tube with a 2" layer of elastomeric sealant and cover with flash in g collar. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1 inch. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating devices so that halyard and flag function smoothy. END OF SECTION 10350-2 FLAGPOLES 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 10400 Ll [l 11 n IDENTIFICATION DEVICES PART 1GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior and interior sgnage B. Monument sign C. Dedication plaque 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product data: Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; C. Details of installation and anchorage sufficient to enable proper interface of the work of this Section with the work of other trades. D. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the Work. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessarycrafts and completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Unless noted otherwise signage to be provided by one manufacturer; 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01614. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Design is based on use of standard products manufactured by Architectural Signing, Inc., 4082 Glencoe Avenue, Marina Del Rey, California 90261, and trade names of that manufacturer are used herein. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 SITE SIGNAGE A. Provide ASI series 814 -CTR exterior non - illuminated, one-sided center aluminum post fiberglass panel handicap and site signs with the following attributes: 1. Size: Sizes as indicated on the drawings. Thickness to be 118 ". 2. Type style: 'Times Roman.' 3. Plaque color: To be selected by Architect. 4. Type color•. To be selected by Architect. Handicap symbol to be a contrasting color to background. IDENTIRcATioWum3dLr&h: To be selected by Architect. 10400-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40D451 _` -CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 20D6 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE N AND TRAINING FACILITY ' C 3 CT #3626. PLAN #B-5i 87-S 6. Margins: Center /center. 7. Mounting: Center mount; base mounting by direct embedment in concrete footings. 8. Messages: At handicap parking stall'Handicap Parking' and'Van Accessible' and HC symbol perADA requirements; at entrance sign per ADA requirements. B. Site Monument Sign: 1. Provide monument sign by Quick Crete, (949) 737 -6240 a. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements 2. Provide in configuration as shown on the Drawings. 3. Contractor is responsible for attaining approvals for site monument sign through the City of Newport Beach Building Department. Submit layout and finish to Architect for review and approval priorto submitting to the City Building Department. 4. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's complete color line. 5. Finish. to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's complete color line. 2.03 DOOR SIGNS A. Provide ASI series 'SPE' toilet room door sign plaques with the following attributes: 1. Size: 12" triangle and 12" circle complying with pertinent requirement of Title 24 of California Administrative Code. %" thick. . 2. Type style: 'Times Roman.' 3. Plaque color: To be selected by Architect. 4. Background color: To be selected by Architect. 5. Frame finish: To be selected by Architect. 6. Margins: Centericenter 7. Mounting: Screw mounting - 60" high above finish floor. 8. Messages: Men /women symbols. 9. Text: Provide raised letters and Braille text to meet ADA standards and any other ADA required signs. Mount at +60" above finish floor to center of sign on latch side of door. 10. Messages and graphics: Text and graphics to be provided by the Owner. 2.04 BUILDING SIGNAGE A. Provide ASI series'LF' lightweight non - illuminated fabricated metal letters where shown on the Drawings and with the following attributes: 1. Size: As shown on the Drawings 2. Type style:'Times Roman.' 3. Letter colors: To be selected by Architect. 4. Mounting: Text to be mounted flush to face of wall. Mounting installation to be per sign manufacturer. 5. Messages: Provide site address at locations shown on the Drawings. 2.05 DEDICATION PLAQUE A. Provide one (1) etched bronze dedication plaque 18" wide x 24" high at location shown on the Drawings. Text to be provided. Manufacturer required to provide camera ready artwork from rough graphics and text provided by the Owner. Ownerto provide artwork priorto fabrication. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations as approved by the Owner, using only the approved mounting materials, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. 10400-2 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3628, PLAN #B - 5187 -S END OF SECTION IDENTIFICATION DEVICES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4004513 MARCH, 2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAIN AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 SECTION 10501 TURNOUT RACKS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prefabricated metal turnout racks and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Section 04230 - Unit Masonry 1.03 SUBMITTALS RRESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' MARCH, 2006 A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on turnout racks, sizes and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locker plan layout, and elevations. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate component installation assembly. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect turnout rack finish and adjacent surfaces from damage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Prefabricated metal turnout racks as manufactured by Gear Grid, 670 S.W. 15th Street, Forest Lake, MN 55052; 888 643.6694. 1. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Floor Mounted Turnout Racks 1. Size: 24 "W x 20 "D x 72 "H 2. Shelves/ Hooks: Two (2) shelves (constructed of high- strength 1/4 inch cold - rolled wire) and three (3) apparel hooks per locker. 3. Adjustability: Wire shelves adjustable in 3 inch increments. 4. Frame: Heavy -duty 1 114 inch tubing. 5. Side and Back Grids: High strength 1/4 inch cold - rolled wire, with 3 inch overall grid. 6. Door: One (1) secure door for each unit. 7. Nameplate: 20 gauge cold - rolled sheet metal to accept 2 "H x 16 "W custom printed tag. Custom engraved, laminated nameplate. Coordinate with Owner for language on nameplate. 8. Mounting Brackets: Custom floor mounting brackets, 11 gauge cold - rolled steel 9. Finish: To be selected from standard color line by Architect. 10. Accessories: One (I )'Gearglove' glove, one (1)'Geardryer'tumout coat hanger, and one (1)'Gearchanger' stainless steel rocion each unit. 11. Number of Units: As shown on the Drawings. 12. Configuration of Units: As shown on the Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that prepared bases are in correct position and configuration. B. Verify bases and embedded anchors are properly sized. 3.02 INSTALLATION TURN6UTkA1Ajn accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 10501 -1 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 6187 -S B. Install turnout racks plumb and square. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean turnout locker surfaces. END OF SECTION 10501 -2 TURNOUT RACKS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRWSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 - SECTION 10523 FIRE EXTINGUtSHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; National Fire Protection Association; 2002_ B. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate cabinet physical dimensions, rough -in measurements for recessed cabinets, and wall bracket mounted measurements. C. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. E. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules and re- certification requirements. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Co: www.larsensmfg.com. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide minimum 3 fire extinguishers and install at direction of the Fire Marshall in semi- recessed (at stud wall locations) or surface (at masonry wall locations) mounted conditions. Fire extinguisher type to be 2A10BC. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Provide fire extinguisher cabinets to match numberof extinguisherspec'rfied. 1. Semi recessed cabinets shall be Larsen's Architectural Series, model #AL2409 -R3 with glass doorand vertical red lettering and rolled edge. 2. Surface mounted cabinets to be Larsen's Architectural Series, model #AL2409 -SM with glass doorand vertical red lettering. B. All fire extinguisher cabinets shall have a factory- applied primer finish with finish color to be selected by Architect. All cabinets to be from the same manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. 1;I41? E W86K'99S, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES 10523-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 43 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S A. Install in accordance With manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure rigidly in place. C. Place extinguishers and accessories in cabinets. 3.03 SERVICE A. Determine the approximate completion date of the work and then inspect, charge and tag the fire extinguishers at a date not more than ten (10) days before nor less than one (1) day before Substa ntial Completion. END OF SECTION 10523 -2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA& AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B -51 SECTION 10800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Accessories for toilet rooms. B. Grab bars. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 09300 - Tile: Ceramic washroom accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold - Worked Austen itic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2003. B. GSA CID A-A-3002 - Mirrors, Glass; U.S. General Services Administration; 1996. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment methods. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate mounting heights and locations. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products listed are made by Bobrick. Provide all toilet room accessories from one manufacturer. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Substitutions: Section 01600 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to site for timely installation. B. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated' on drawings END OF SECTION TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10800-1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* 'ORM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 11130 TELEVISION MOUNTING BRACKETS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceiling mounted television brackets (including VCR/ DVD attachment kit) where shown on the Drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide material specifications, manufacturer's installation, maintenance instructions and operation manuals. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate all attachments and anchorage, including interface of the work of this Section with other trades. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original, unopened and undamaged containers with identification labels intact Mounting systems to be delivered and stored at the job swe in a asafe, dry place with all labels intact and legible at time of installation. B. Store, protect, handle and install products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instruction to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. C. In the event of damage, including water intrustion, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals, for addtional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Lucasey Manufacturing Corporation, 2744 East 11th Street, Oakland, CA 94601 (5 10) 534.1435. B. Substitutions: See Section 01600 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Lucasey Manufacturing Bracket #CTL 2030, with accessory #VNG450 and custom extension to secure to roof framing structure above. B. Components to include: 1. Adjustable 0, 5 or 10 degree tilt; 360 degree rotation. 2. Ceiling television mount with support tray. 3. Ceiling plate 4. Safety belt 5. Wood and/ or metal fasteners 6. CMA pipe cut to custom length to secure to adequate structure above suspended ceiling. 7. Finish to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard-color and finish line. C. Provide other materials, anchorages, attachments and accessories not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of television mounting systems, as recommended by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of the Architect. TELEVISION MOUNTING BRACKETS 11130- RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S *N AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION , A. Verify that substrate surfaces and installation conditions are acceptable for television equipment mounting system installation in accordance with manufactuerr's instructions. ' B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies , have been resolved. Commencement of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION ' A. Install television equipment mounting systems in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions, approved shop drawings and recommended details. 1. Provide fasteners and anchors appropriate to the substrate and as recommended by ' manufacturer for the specified mounting system. 2. Install mounting systems plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated, ready for installation of the required television equipment. 3. Securely anchor to supporting structure to withstand all loading conditions and strain of ' service, for long life under hard use. 4. Secure designated components, with tamperproof security type fasteners. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Adjustment. Adjust unit as required for smooth operation and proper alignment of screen when fully suspended. ' B. Clean exposed mounting systems surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. C. Protection: Protect completed work from damage until accpetance by the Owner. , END OF SECTION 11130-2 TELEVISION MOUNTING BRACKETS 4ORM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 11450 ' RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Kitchen appliances. B. Laundry appliances. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ' B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data indicating dimensions, capacity, and operating features of each piece of residential equipment specified. C. Copies of Warranties: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Electric Appliances: Listed and labeled by UL and complying with NEMA standards. B. Gas Appliances: Bearing design certification seal of AGA. ' 1.04 WARRANTY A. See Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. ' B. Provide five (5) year manufacturer warranty on refrigeration system of refrigerators. C. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer warranty on magnetron tube of microwave ovens. ' D. Provide ten (10) year manufacturer warranty on tub and door liner of-dishwashers. PART2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 KITCHEN APPLIANCES A. Refrigerators: Free - standing, bottom - mounted freezer, frost -free. 1. Capacity: Total minimum storage of 25.1 cubic ft; minimum 15 percent freezer capacity. ' 2. Energy Usage: Minimum 20 percent more energy efficient than energy efficiency standards set by DOE. ' 3. Features: Include glass shelves, automatic icemaker, light in freezer compartment, and factory installed ice maker. 4. Finish: Black. 5. Manufacturers: a. Maytag; Product MBF2556HEB. 3 total at Kitchen (Room 111). ' b. Provide General Electric refrigerator with ice maker model #GTS1BHCSWW at Training Room (Room 102). c. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Range: Natural gas, free - standing, with standard burners and removable drip pans. 1. Size: 36 inches. 2. Oven: Self- cleaning with electronic ignition. 3. Burners: 6 (5 open, 1 simmer burner) 4. Controls: Solid state electronic. 5. Features: Include oven door window, broiler pan and grid, and oven light. 6. Finish: Stainless steel. 7. Manufacturers: a. Jade Appliances; Product #RJGR3670A. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. ' RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT 11450-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE *N AND TRAINING FACILITY CO *N , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 C. Wall Oven: Electric, single oven. 1. Size: 30 inches. 2. Oven: Self - cleaning with electronic ignition. 3. Controls: Solid state electronic. 4. Features: Include oven doorwindowand oven light. 5. Finish: Stainless steel 6. Manufacturers: a. Jade Appliances; model RJS03001A. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. D. Cooking Exhaust: Range hood. 1. Size: 36 inches. 2. Fan: Twin turbine Impeller, max 800 cfrn. 3. Exhaust: Rectangular, vented to exterior. 4. Lights: Two (2) 12V 20W halogen lights. 5. Features: Include cooktop light and removable grease filter. 6. Finish: Painted steel, color as indicated. 7. Manufacturers: a. Kobe Range Hoods; Product CH7936SQ. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. E. Microwave: Countertop. 1. Capacity: 0.7 cubic ft. 2. Power: 700 watts. 3. Features: Include turntable and 2 -speed exhaust fan. 4. Finish: Stainless steel. F. Dishwasher: Undercounter. 1. Finish: Stainless steel. 2. Manufacturers: a. Jade Appliances; Product #RJDW2480. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 LAUNDRY APPLIANCES A. Clothes Washer: Front - loading. 1. Size: Large capacity. 2. Controls: Solid state electronic. 3. Cycles: Include normal. 4. Motor Speed: Single- speed. 5. Features: Include optional second rinse, bleach dispenser, fabric softener dispenser, self - cleaning lint filter, sound insulation, and end of cycle signal. 6. Finish: Painted steel with porcelain enamel top, color white. 7. Manufacturers: a. Maytag; Product MAH9700. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. B. Clothes Dryer: Natural gas, stationary. 1. Size: Super size capacity. 2. Controls: Solid state electronic, with electronic moisture - sensing dry control. 3. Temperature Selections: Five. 4. Cycles: Include normal, permanent press, knit/delicate, and air only. 5. Features: Include interior light, reversible door, stationary rack, sound insulation, and end of cycle signal. 6. Finish: Painted steel with porcelain enamel top, color white. 7. Manufacturers: a. Maytag; Product G9700. b. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 11460-2 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * 19M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #13- 5187 -5 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify utility rough -ins are present and correctly located. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' B. Upon completion of installation and hookup to utilities, put each operating comnponent of each appliance through at least five complete operating cycles, adjusting as needed to secure optimum operational level. Replace defective appliances at no cost to the Owner. ' END OF SECTION u I �J ' RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT 11450-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #13-51 J SECTION 12490 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Vertical louver blinds at all adjacent fixed glazing and exterior window openings to include storefronts and window openings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. WCMA A100.1 -Safety of Corded Window Covering Products; Window Covering Manufacturers Association; 2002. (ANSINVCMA A101.1) B. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame- Resistant Textiles and Films; National Fire Protection Association; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Certification: Provide certification that product complies with WCMA A100.1. D. Selection Samples: For vanes, color chips or material samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and pattems. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. If blinds are delivered early and stored at the project, deliver in unopened containers; handle and store in such a manner to protect them from damage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Vertical Louver Blinds: 1. Louverdrape, Inc, 1100 Colorado Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401 (800) 826.8021. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. 2.02 BLINDS AND BLIND COMPONENTS A. Vertical Louver Blinds: Horizontal travel, vertical louver units complete with tracks, pivot and traversing mechanisms, and accessories, as follows: 1. Louvers: Flat solid vinyl louver blades of the size indicated. 2. Operation: Manual. 3. Direction of Travel: Coordinate with operation of associated glazing operation so as to not conflict with opening. 4. Mounting: Inside (between jambs). 5. Cord and Chain Operation: Comply with WCMAA100.1. B. Tracks: Channel tracks as required for type of operation, extruded aluminum with clear anodized finish, with end caps. 1. Louver Rotation: Chain driven direct rotation by activating tilt gearwithin end cap assembly in turn actuating tilt rod and worm- and -spur gears in carriertrucks. 2. Operating Components: Internally mounted heavy -duty extruded aluminum tilt rod, louver carriers, and other components required for proper performance and designed for smooth, quiet, trouble free operation. VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS 12490 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 41 13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Pivot Mechanism: Geared for synchronous 180 degrees rotation of louver blades and type of operation indicated. 4. Louver Carriers: Metal carriers with ball- bearing wheels or thermoplastic trucks, equipped with linkages or other devices to ensure positive spacing of louver blades. 5. Tilt Chain: Nickel plated brass beaded ball chain, minimum 1/8-inch diameter, locate at drawback side of units as indicated. C. PVC Vanes: Integrally colored, extruded PVC; flat, 2 1/8 inch wide. 1. Flammability: Comply with NFPA 701. 2. Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors, 3. Texture: Smooth. D. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for the mounting configuration and span indicated; provide manufacturer's standard L- bracket with clip for outside mounting and clip only for inside mounting. 2.03 FABRICATION ' A. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. B. Fabricate blinds to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sal with 112 inch space between bottom of vanes and finish floor. 2. Horizontal Dimensions -Inside Mounting: Fill openings from jamb to jamb. ' C. Dimensional Tolerances: Fabricate blinds to within plus /minus 1/8 inch of intended dimensions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not start installation before openings are finished and all finishes have been completed; do not instal until painting is completed. B. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. D. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates. E. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. B. Coordinate the work with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support blinds. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using mounting style as indicated. B. Installation Tolerances: 1. Inside Mounting: Maximum space between vane and jamb when closed of 1116 inch. 2. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/16 inch. C. Adjust blinds for smooth operation. D. Replace blinds that exceed specified dimensional tolerances at no extra cost to Owner. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean installed work to like -new condition. 12490-2 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA7 1 AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13-51 b.. o RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch -up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS 12490-3 IORM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 12493 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Vertical louver blinds at all adjacent fixed glazing and exterior window openings to include storefronts and window openings. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. WCMA A100.1 -Safety of Corded Window Covering Products; Window Covering ' Manufacturers Association; 2002. (ANSINVCMA All 01. 1) B. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame- Resistant Textiles and Films; National Fire Protection Association; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01300 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ' B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. C. Certification: Provide certification that product complies with WCMAA100.1. ' D. Selection Samples: For vanes, color chips or material samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and patterns. ' 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. If blinds are delivered early and stored at the project, deliver in unopened containers; handle and store in such a manner to protect them from damage. ' PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Vertical Louver Blinds: 1. Louverdrape, Inc, 1100 Colorado Avenue, Santa Monica, CA 90401 (800) 826.8021. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01600 - Product Requirements. ' 2.02 BLINDS AND BLIND COMPONENTS A. Vertical Louver Blinds: Horizontal travel, vertical louver units complete with tracks, pivot and traversing mechanisms, and accessories, as follows: 1. Louvers: Flat solid vinyl louver blades of the size indicated. 2. Operation: Manual. 3. Direction of Travel: Coordinate with operation of associated glazing operation so as to ' not conflict with opening. 4. Mounting: Inside (between jambs). 5. Cord and Chain Operation: Comply with WCMA A100.1. B. Tracks: Channel tracks as required for type of operation, extruded aluminum with clear anodized finish, with end caps. 1. Louver Rotation: Chain driven direct rotation by activating tilt gearwithin end cap assembly in turn actuating tilt rod and worm- and -spur gears in carriertrucks. 2. Operating Components: Internally mounted heavy -duty extruded aluminum tilt rod, louver carriers, and other components required for proper performance and designed for smooth, quiet, trouble free operation. VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS 12493 -' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SWN AND TRAINING FACILITY CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Pivot Mechanism: Geared for synchronous 180 degrees rotation of louver blades and type of operation indicated. 4. Louver Carriers: Metal carriers with ball- bearing wheels or thermoplastic trucks, equipped with linkages or other devices to ensure positive spacing of louver blades. 5. Tilt Chain: Nickel plated brass beaded ball chain, minimum 1/8 inch diameter; locate at drawback side of units as indicated. C. PVC Vanes: Integrally colored, extruded PVC; flat, 2 118 inch wide. 1. Flammability: Comply with NFPA 701. 2. Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. 3. Texture: Smooth. D. Brackets and Mounting Hardware: As recommended by manufacturer for the mounting configuration and span indicated; provide manufacturer's standard L- bracket with clip for outside mounting and clip only for inside mounting. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. B. Fabricate blinds to fit openings within specified tolerances. 1. Vertical Dimensions: Fill openings from head to sill with 112 inch space between bottom of vanes and finish floor. 2. Horizontal Dimensions -Inside Mounting: Fill openings from jamb to jamb. C. Dimensional Tolerances: Fabricate blinds to within plus /minus 1/8 inch of intended dimensions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not start installation before openings are finished and all finishes have been completed; do not instal until painting is completed. B. Examine finished openings for deficiencies that may preclude satisfactory installation. C. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. D. Start of installation shall be considered acceptance of substrates. E. Field measure finished openings prior to ordering or fabrication. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. B. Coordinate the work with window installation and placement of concealed blocking to support blinds. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions using mounting style as indicated. B. Installation Tolerances: 1. Inside Mounting: Maximum space between vane and jamb when closed of 1/16 inch. 2. Maximum Offset From Level: 1/16 inch. C. Adjust blinds for smooth operation. D. Replace blinds that exceed specified dimensional tolerances at no extra cost to Owner. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean installed work to like -new condition. 12493-2 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS 1 I , i' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH• 'PRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Protect installed products until completion of project. C. Touch -up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS 12493-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAIR AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13-51 SECTION 13200 ABOVE- GROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS PART IGENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Insulated Secondary Containment Above - ground Storage Tank Systems for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, Protected Type: Vehicle Impact Protected and Projectile Resistant shall be tested and listed for the following: 1. UL -142 — Above - ground steel tanks for flammable and combustible liquids. 2. UL -2085 — Two -hour furnace fire test and two -hour simulated pool fire test for insulated and protected tanks. 3. UL -2085 and UFC Test Standard (Article 79 or APPENDIX #A It -F -1) — for both Vehicle Impact Protection and Projectile Resistance. 4. UL -2085 — Protected above -ground tanks for flammable and combustible liquids. 5. UL -2085 — Non - Metallic Secondary Containment protected tanks for flammable and combustible liquids with secondary containment Emergency Venting by "Farm of Construction ". 6. The requirement for Uniform Fire Code (UFC) for two -hour (firewall) test. T To be tested and certified by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) for Balanced Phase I and Phase II Vapor Recovery including methanol and ethanol. B. The primary steel tank shall be rectangular in shape and have continuous welds on all exterior seams, manufactured in accordance with UL listing requirement and UL Standard 142. C. The primary steel tank shall be pressure tested at 5 psig for 24 to 48 hours. D. The primary steel tanks shall have "emergency vent' system as per NFPA 30 Code requirements. E. The protected and insulated AST systems shall have a thru —tank leak detector tube to allow for physical checkup and monitoring capability between the primary and the secondary installment. F. The primary steel tank shall be pressurized at 5 psig during concrete encasement. G. The outer surface of the primary steel tank shall be covered by a minimum of %" thick (6.44 mm) Styrofoam insulation material. H. The secondary containment shall consist of a 30 Mil thick (0.76 mm) High- Density Polyethylene membrane enclosing the steel tank and insulation material. I. The primary steel tank and the secondary containment shall be encased in sic inches of monolithic reinforced concrete, with minimum design strength of 4,000 and 5,DDD psi at 28 days depending on the tank size. The concrete design shall include the following for long -term durability: air entrainment, water reducing admixture, and steel reinforcement Concrete encasements with seams will not be approved. J. The protected and insulated AST systems shall be of concrete exterior and a continuous and visually verifiable monolithic (seamless) pour on top, bottom, ends, and sides and contain no cold joints or heat sinks (heat transfer points). The AST must be shop fabricated and tested in accordance with the UL listings. Designs that use two layers of steel with insulation material between them will not be approved. K. No steel or insulating material shall come in contact with the concrete or other corrosive material. L. All openings shall be from the top only. M. All exposed metal with the exception of stainless steel must be powder coated to inhibit corrosion. ABOVE - GROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS 13200 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 MARCH, 2006 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 N. The protected and insulated AST systems shall include a 7 or 15- gallon powder coated or stainless steel, UL listed spill containment, and shall include normally closed valve to release spilled product into the primary steel tank. Spill containment which route the spilled product into interstitial area will not be approved. 0. The protected and insulated AST systems shall have a coated concrete exterior to resist weather and reflect sunlight. Models with steel exteriors will not be approved. P. The protected and insulated AST systems shall have a warranty of 30 years for systems 2,000 gallon capacity and larger and 20 years for systems 1,000 gallon capacity and smaller with optional 30 year warranty. Q. The protected and insulated ATS systems shall have two (2) bolts for connecting grounding conductors for lightning protection in accordance with NFPA 780. END OF SECTION 1 13200 -2 ABOVE - GROUND FUEL STORAGE TANKS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAR AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 - SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATE D'DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this and the other sections of Division 15. B. This Division is an integrated whole comprising interrelated and interdependent Sections and shall be considered in its entirety in determining requirements of the Work. C. Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements or information regarding the subjects of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements for mechanical installations. The following administrative and procedural requirements are included in this Section to expand the requirements specified in Division 1: 1. Submittals. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Record documents. 4. Maintenance manuals. 5. Rough -ins. 6. Mechanical installations. 7. Cutting and patching. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Follow the procedures specified in Division 1. B. Mechanical Submittals: Increase the number of mechanical related shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted to allow for required distribution by one additional copy, which will be retained by the Mechanical Consulting Engineer. C. Product Data: Assemble "product data" into tabbed brochures according to main areas of work i.e. Fire Protection; Plumbing; H.V.A.C.; Temperature Control; Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing- 1 . Assemble each brochure with tabbed separators for each Specification Section where products are noted to be submitted, with separate tabs for each product listed. 2. Temperature "control shop drawings" may be submitted separately after preparations for review. 3. For items such as valves, hangers and accessories, indicate specific items and where they are to be used. 4. Contractor need only to submit for review those items specified to be submitted, unless requested by the Architect for special review. D. Submit for review, only the specific items required in this Section or other Sections of Division 15. E. Additional submittals shall include but not limited: 1. Airbalance reports and equipment data record drawings. 2. Certification of completion of testing. 3. Certification of completion of operation instructions. 4. Operating instruction brochure. 5. Maintenance instruction brochures. 6. Equipment guarantees. 7. 1/4" = 1' -0" or larger scale layouts of "Equivalent' equipment or "Or Approved Equal' equipment. BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-1 I' 15010 -2 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 10 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 8. Coordination Drawings, where requested or required. F. Submittal materials will be reviewed for substantial conformity with the intent of the contract plans and specifications only. Such review does not indicate approval of dimensions, quantities, coordination with other trades, or work methods of the contractor, which are indicated thereon. G. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these specifications. 1.04 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall be totally responsible for coordinating the layout of all building elements ' to avoid conflict of the work of the structural, mechanical, electrical systems, and architectural features of the building. B. The cost of any extra work of any kind caused by a conflict due to this lack of coordination shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.05 COORDINATION OF DRAWINGS 1 A. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1 to a scale of 114" = V -0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. ' Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of the installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of piping, ductwork, equipment, and materials. Include the following: a. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. b. Equipment for connections and support details. 2. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceiling- mounted items. B. Submittal of "Or Approved Equal" substitutions of equipmentwill not be reviewed unless accompanied by coordination drawings. ' 1.06 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Record as specified in Division 1 the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. .' 1.07 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 and Division 15 Section ' "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements ". 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. 1.09 EQUIVALENT EQUIPMENT A. These specifications and /or drawings names and specifies certain equipment in detail. It also names equivalent equipment by manufacturer, which is not considered to be a "substitution ". ' B. Submit equivalent equipment to the Architect for review per the requirements of Division 1. and Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements." I' 15010 -2 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRfESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8 -518 - C. Equipment of Manufacturers named in Division 15 will be considered equivalent to that specified in detail and/or named on the drawings if: 1. The proposed equipment is of equivalent quality, capacity. 2. Equipment is as fully equipped, fits the space allotted, and has physical configuration and weight similar to the equipment specified in detail. D. A complete lay out of an equipment room or area must be submitted for equivalent equipment. Notice space limitations. Layouts to include plans and section views at a scale of not less than 1/4" = 1 ft. E. The Architect shall determine the acceptability of "Equivalent Equipment." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 ROUGH -IN A. Verify final locations for rough -ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the actual equipment to be connected. B. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for rough -in requirements. 3.02 MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured -in -place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical system with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. All mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components in full compliance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations. If the drawings or the manufacturer does not provide a specific space requirement for servicing equipment, provide as a minimum, horizontal distance of 36" from face of equipment to opposite vertical surface. 11. Install access panels or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right - of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Any equipment located above a ceiling that has any component, which is serviceable shall be installed within 12" of the top of the ceiling. ' BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-3 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 1. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, the following requirements apply: 1. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill -timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective work. ' 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect /Engineer observation of concealed Work. C. Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and ' materials as indicated, including but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. 1. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using experienced installers and new materials matching existing materials. For installer's qualifications refer to the materials and methods required for the surface and building components being patched. END OF SECTION 15010 -4 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 SECTION 15011 SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies supplementary requirements for mechanical installations and includes requirements common to more than one section of Division 15. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in Section 15010 "Basic Mechanical Req&ements" 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete and operable installation, including all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, tools, apparatus, transportation, warehousing, rigging, scaffolding and other equipment and services necessary to accomplish the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of these drawings and specifications. 1.03 COORDINATION A. Coordination of the work is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Contractor shall designate an individual competent and versed in the mechanical trades to coordinate the mechanical work with the work of other trades. 1.04 DEFINITIONS (AS USED ON DIVISION 15 DRAWINGS AND HEREIN) A. "Provide" means furnish, install and connect unless otherwise described in specific instances. B. "Piping" means pipes, fittings, valves and all like pipe accessories connected thereto. C. "Ductwork" means ducts, plenums, compartments, or casings including the building structure, which are used to convey or contain air. D. "Extend", "Submit ", "Repair" and similar words mean that the Contractor (or his designated subcontractor) shall accomplish the action described. E. "Codes" or "Code" means all codes, laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, decrees, and other requirements of all legally constituted authorities and pubic utility franchise holders having jurisdiction. F. "Products ", "Materials" and "Equipment" are used interchangeably and mean materials, fixtures, equipment, accessories, etc. G. "Utility Areas" are defined as mechanical, electrical, janitorial, and similar rooms or spaces which are normally used or occupied only by custodial or maintenance personnel. "Public Areas" are defined as the rooms or spaces, which are not included in the utility areas definition. H. "Building Boundary" includes concrete walkways immediately adjacent to the building structure. I. "Below Grade" means buried in the ground. J. "Substantial Mechanical Completion" means all components of all systems are functioning but lacking in final adjustment K. Pressure rating specified (such as for valves and the like) means design working pressure for and with references to the fluid, which the device will serve. 1.05 RELATED WORK A. Coordination. Refer to Architectural, Civil, Structural, and Electrical Drawings for the construction details and coordinate the work of this Division with that of other Divisions. Order the work of this Division so that progress will harmonize with that of other Divisions SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15011-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S and all work will proceed expeditiously. The work of this Division shall include direct responsibility for the correct placing and connection of mechanical work in relation to the work of other Divisions. B. Examine other Divisions for work related to the Work of this Division, especially Division 16 - Electrical. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Visit the site priorto bidding and investigate the existing conditions, which affect or will be affected by the work of this Division. Become thoroughly familiar with the working conditions and take into account any special or unusual features peculiar to this job. By the act of submitting a Bid, the Contractor will be deemed to have complied with the foregoing, to have accepted such conditions, and to have made allowance therefore in preparing his Bid. B. The locations of existing concealed utility lines are shown in accordance with reference data received by the Architect. The Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of such data. The points of connection are therefore approximate and the Bidder shall include adequate funds in his Bid to cover costs of connection regardless of their exact location. C. Exercise extreme caution during trenching operations. Repair the damage caused by such ' operations to existing utility lines at no cost to the Owner, whether the lines are shown on drawings or not. 1.07 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. These drawings and specification do not include necessary components for construction safety. B. All provisions shall be deemed mandatory except as expressly indicated as optional by the word "may" or "option ". C. Except where dimensioned, the drawings relating to this division are a diagrammatic ' presentation of the design concept, which indicates the general area where piping and ductwoW is to be run. The drawings do not necessarily indicate any and all offsets and configurations required for coordination with other trades. The contractor is responsible for the correct placing of his work, and the proper location and connection of his work in relation i to the work or other trades. 1.08 WATER (DOMESTIC AND FIRE, SANITARY SEWERS AND NATURAL GAS SERVICES ' A. Within 5 days after award of Contract, notify the serving utilities that the project is under construction and apply for permanent service in the name of the Owner. Furnish pertinent load and location information to them including the required dates for permanent service. ' Verify service locations and conform to utility company requirements. B. Contractor shall pay charges for permanent service connections levied by the utilities for which he will be reimbursed by the Owner. The reimbursement shaltbe limited to the actual I, amount of the utility service charges and a copy of the billing from the utility company shall accompany the Contractor's invoice. 1.09 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, schedule and pay for permits, licenses, approvals, tests, and inspections required by legally constituted authorities and public utility franchise holders having jurisdiction over the work. ' B. Afford the Architect's representative every facility for evaluating the skill and competence of the mechanics and to examine the materials. Concealed work shall be reopened when so directed during his periodic visits. ' 1.10 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. By submitting a Bid, Contractor is deemed to represent himself as competent to accomplish '15011-2 the work of this Division in conformance with��f���o�le�TS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAOAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 t CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 the Contract Documents and Code requirements, the Codes shall take precedence. Should such conflicts appear, cease work on the parts of the contract affected and immediately notify the Architect in writing. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to correct, at no cost to the Owner, any work he executes in violation of Code requirements. Specific references to codes elsewhere in this Division are either to aid the Contractor in locating applicable information or to deny him permission to use options, which are permitted by Codes. B. Applicable Codes: (Current editions unless otherwise noted) 1. All local codes, city and/or county as applicable. 2. OSHA requirements 3. Uniform Building Code 4. California Code of Regulations (CCR) Titles (as applicable) 5. Fire Marshal Regulations 6. State, County, City Health Department Ordinances and Regulations 7. Regulations of all other authorities having jurisdiction. 8. Uniform Mechanical Code 9. Uniform Plumbing Code C. Where conflict or variation exists amongst Codes, the most stringent shall govern. 1.11 RECORD AND DOCUMENTATION A. Accumulate the following and deliver to the Owner's representative prior to final acceptance of the work. 1. Record (As -Built) Drawings: a. Maintain in good order in the field office a complete set of prints for all work being done under Division 15. Update the drawings daily with neat and legible annotations in red ink showing the work as actually installed. b. The actual size, location and elevation of all buried lines, valve. boxes, manholes, monuments, and stubouts shall be accurately located and dimensioned from building walls or other permanent landmarks. c. Furnish the originals. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manual: Furnish an operation and maintenance manual covering the stipulated mechanical systems and equipment. Seven copies of the manual, bond in hardback binders or an approved equivalent, shall be provided to the Architect. 3. Furnish one complete manual prior to the time that system or equipment tests are performed. 4. Furnish the remaining manuals before the contract is completed. 5. The following identification shall be inscribed on the cover: a. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL b. PROJECT TITLE .......... c. CONTRACTOR B. Provide a table of contents. Insert tab sheets to identify discrete subjects. Instruction sheets shall be legible and easily understood, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manual shall be complete in all respects for all materials, piping, valves, devices and equipment, controls, accessories and appurtenances stipulated. Include as a minimum the following: 1. Updated approved materials lists, shop drawings and catalog information of all items of mechanical system equipment. 2. System layout showing piping, valves and controls. 3. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each component 4. A control sequence describing start -up, operation and shutdown. 5. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. 6. Procedure for starting. 7. Procedure for operating. 8. Shutdown instructions. SUPPLEME%TAfPP%t%'PANiL )kL'i*M HREMENTS 15011-3 I 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4DII4513 MARCH, 2006 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FI RE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 10. Adjustments, maintenance and overhaul instructions. 11. Lubrication schedule including type, grade, temperature range and frequency. 12. Safety precautions, diagrams and illustrations. 13. Test procedures. 14. Performance data. 15. Parts lists, with manufacturer's names and catalog numbers. 16. Preventive maintenance schedule. 17. Service organization with name, address and telephone number. 18. Valve identification chart and schedule. 19. ASME certificates. 20. Air balance report. 21. Hydronic balance report. C. Standards Compliance: Where equipment or materials are specified to conform with requirements of standards of recognized technical or industrial organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) American Society for Mechanical Engineers (ASME) American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American Gas Association (AGA), American Refrigeration Institute (ARI), or National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), that use a label or published listing as a method of indicating compliance, proof of such conformance shall be submitted and approved. The label or listing of the specified organization will be acceptable evidence. D. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit original and not pre - printed certifications. Do not make statements in the certifications that could be interpreted to imply that the product does not meet all requirements. E. Certified Test Reports: Certified Test Reports are reports of tests conducted on previously manufactured materials or equipment identical to that proposed for use. Before delivery of materials and equipment, submit certified copies of test reports specified in the individual sections. F. Factory Tests: Factory tests are tests that are required to be performed on the actual materials or equipment, proposed for use. Submit results of the tests in accordance with the requirements for laboratory test results of this Contract. G. Permits and Certificates of Inspection: Furnish the originals. H. Testing procedures and test results required in this and other sections. Furnish 2 copies. 1. Other data required by other sections of this Division. Furnish 2 copies. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION COST BREAKDOWN A. Prepare and submit for review a construction cost breakdown for the major subdivisions of the mechanical work in accordance with General and Supplemental Conditions and Division B. Subdivide each item on the breakdown into two headings: labor and materials. Include overhead and profit in each entry. C. Submit one copy of the breakdown directly to the Engineer and the remaining copies sent through regular channels. 1.13 TOOLS A. Provide all special tools needed for proper operation and routine adjustment and maintenance of systems and equipment. Deliver tools to Owner's representative and request a receipt for same. 1.14 WARRANTIES A. Refer to Division 1 Section for procedures and submittal requirements for warranties. Refer to individual equipment specifications for warranty requirements. 15011-4 SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA *AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2DD6 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13-51 B. Where periods more than one year are specified in the specifications, such longer periods shall govern. However, when any component fails at anytime during this period, the warranty period for such component and all other components, which are inactive because of, said failure should be suspended. The warranty period for such components shall resume to run for the remaining portion of the warranty period when failed component is completely repaired and in operation; however, in no case shall the resumed portion of the warranty period be less than 3 months in duration. C. Neither payment for work, nor total or partial occupancy of work by the Owner, within or prior to the warranty period specified, shall be construed as acceptance of faulty work or shall condone any negligence or omission of Contractor in doing the work. D. Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 15, into a separated set of vinyl covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference. E. Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product or equipment to include date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names and addresses, and telephone numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services. 1.15 SEISMIC RESTRAINT A. Provide seismic restraint for mechanical equipment, piping, and ductwork. B. Contractor shall submit certification of suitability of seismic restraint methods signed by Structural Engineer registered in State of California. C. Contractor may refer to details applicable in the SMACNA, "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ", using the'g' forces for "other buildings" classification CCR Title 24. Deliver a copy of these Guidelines to the Owner's Resident I nspector. 1.16 SYSTEM OPERATIONAL TESTS A. The Contractor shall inform the Owner one week prior to starting this testing in order that the Owner's representative may be present B. After balancing and priorto final inspection, the contractorshall operate all systems continuously trouble free and stablefor a minimum period of fourteen (14) consecutive days including Saturday and Sunday. Each day shall be a minimum of an 8 -hour day. Should a problem arise, the fourteen (14) day period shall be restarted and repeated until successfully operated for full 14 days. A written report certified by the Owner's representative should indicate the successful completion of a stable and trouble free 14 -day period. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. Standard Products: Materials and equipment shall be essentially the standard cataloged products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such materials or equipment and shall be their latest standard designs that comply with the specification requirements. B. Materials and equipment shall duplicate items that have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use at least two years priorto bid opening, unless more stringent requirements are specified. Where two or more units of the same type of equipment are required, these units shall be products of a single manufacturer. The components thereof, however, are not required to be exclusively of the same manufacturer. C. Each major component of equipment shall have manufacturer's namp, address, model, and serial numberon a nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place. The nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. D. Whenever on the plans, or in these specifications, products are identified by the name of one manufacturer, it is intended that equivalent products of other manufacturers are SUPPLEMf NTAF%ME,OHtf&WStt> @0WFt�ft if accepted as a substitution by the Architect. 15o11 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO.4 *3 MARCH, 2006 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Where three or more manufacturers are listed as "acceptable manufacturers" however, then the products furnished shall be the product of one of the manufacturers listed. Manufacturers listed as "acceptable manufacturers" shall be considered "Equivalents" and shall meet quality and performance of a particular one specified by both name and catalog number. 2.02 PRODUCT LISTING A. When two or more items of same material or equipment are required (plumb ingfixtures, pumps, valves, air conditioning units, etc.) they shall be of the same manufacturer. Product manufacturer uniformity does not apply to raw materials, bulk materials, pipe, tube, fittings (except flanged and grooved types), sheet metal, wire, steel bar stock, welding rods, solder, fasteners, motors for dissimilar equipment units, and similar items used in Work, except as otherwise indicated. 2.03 NAMEPLATE DATA A. Provide permanent operational data nameplate on each item of power operated mechanical ' equipment, indicating manufacturer, product name, model name, serial number, capacity, operating and power characteristics, labels of tested compliances, and similar essential data. Locate nameplates in an accessible location. ' 2.04 SUBSTITUTIONS A. General: Submittals of "Substitutions" shall be in accordance with requirements of Division B. By proposing a substitution, it is deemed that the Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes (whether architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical) necessary to accommodate the substitution, if said substitution is accepted. C. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 2.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Make submittals in accordance with requirements of Division 1. B. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION METHODS A. Workmanship shall be in the best standard practice of the trade. B. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations unless otherwise noted or specified. 3.02 TESTS A. General: 1. Demonstrate that all components of the work of this Division have been provided and that they operate in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Provide instruments and personnel for tests and demonstrations. Submit signed test results. B. Specific: Refer to the other sections of this Division for test requirements. 3.03 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND PROTECTION OF WORK A. Protect materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage both while in storage and during construction. B. Cover materials in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred or splattered with plaster or paint, and all moving parts will be kept clean and dry. 15011-6 SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST A AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2W6 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B -51 C. Replace or refinish any damaged materials including fronts of control panels, ductwork fittings, and shop - fabricated ductwork. D. Keep cabinets and other openings closed to prevent entry of foreign matter. E. Specific: Refer to other sections of this Division for additional requirements. 3.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Check and coordinate for clearance, accessibility and placement of equipment either by going through openings provided or by placing equipment during construction. Ordering of equipment to be shipped disassembled, or disassembly of equipment at Project Site and reassembly of equipment to accomplish this requirement shall be executed without additional cost. Where provided openings are inadequate to accommodate equipment, provide new openings and restoration of same, all at no additional cost. Obtain written approval for new openings before proceeding. B. Verify location of all plumbing fixtures and equipment within finished spaces with the Architectural Drawings. In the event that Mechanical Drawings do not indicate exact locations, or are in conflict with the Architectural Drawings, obtain information regarding proper locations. Installation of work without proper instruction under such circumstances will result in relocation of work, when directed, without additional cost. 3.05 INSTRUCTION TO OWNER PERSONNEL A. When specified in other sections, the Contractor shall furnish, without additional expense to the Owner, the services of competent instructors who will give full instruction to the designated personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance, including pertinent safety requirements, of the equipment or system specified. Each instructor shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance of work. Instruction shall be given at the Owner's convenience. The number of man -days (eight- hours) of instruction furnished shall be as specified in other sections. When more than four man -days of instruction are specified, approximately half of the time shall be used for classroom instruction. All other time shall be used for instruction with the equipment or system. When significant changes or modifications are made under the terms of the contract, provide additional instructions to acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications. B. Contractor shall videotape, both visual and audio, instruction to Owner's personnel on the maintenance and operation of the mechanical systems. C. Submit certification, signed by Owner's agent that instructions have been completed and the videotape has been reviewed and delivered to the Owner. D. Printed operating instructions and a copy of wiring diagrams are to be mounted in all equipment areas, framed and behind glass or encased in plastic. Printed operating instructions shall include steps for starting up and securing equipment. As a precedent to final acceptance four (4) copies of instructions are to be submitted to the Architect for review. Contractor shall turn over to Owner in a neat brochure form, equipment guarantee and maintenance instructions. 3.06 CLEANING A. Cleaning shall be done as the work proceeds. Periodically remove waste and debris to keep the site as clean as is practical. B. Refer the Division 1 Section: for general requirements for final cleaning. C. Leave exposed parts of the mechanical work in a neat, clean and usable condition, with painted surfaces unblemished and plated metal surfaces polished. SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15011 -7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Thoroughly clean all materials, equipment and appliances. Clean and prepare all surfaces to be painted. Clean the entire premises of unused materials, debris, spots and marks to the satisfaction of the Architect. E. Remove, thoroughly clean and replace all strainers and automatic valves after the system has been put in operation until system is clear of all foreign matter and repeat this operation after ten (10) days and again after the system has been in operation thirty (30) days. Submit certification that this operation has been completed. 3.07 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Enclose and guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts in accordance with OSHA requirements. Insulate, guard, and cover any high- temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or create a fire hazard. END OF SECTION i, 15011 -8 SUPPLEMENTARY MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAJ* AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13-51 SECTION 15030 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical components, which are an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment. These components include, but are not limited to factory- installed motors, starters, and disconnect switches furnished as an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment. B. Specific electrical requirements (i.e. horsepower and electrical characteristics) for mechanical equipment are scheduled on Drawings. C. All motors, power driven equipment and automatic control equipment, except motor starters as hereinafter set forth required and connected with the work of this section of the specifications are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. D. Control low (24V) and control line (120V) voltage wiring, conduit and related switches and relays required for the automatic control and/or interlock of motors and equipment includes final connection, are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. Materials and installation to conform to Class 1 or 2, CAC Title 24, Article E725, and as restricted under Division 16 of these specifications. E. Power wiring, conduit, outlets, disconnect switches, motor starters and motor -rated contactors, and making of final connections, except as hereinafter specified, are to be furnished and installed under the Division 16 of these Specification. F. All power supply wiring for providing a power source to control dampers, control valves, VAV boxes, control transformers, etc., shall be furnished and installed under Division 15. G. Identify circuits and equipment as outlined in the Electrical Sections of these Specifications. H. Coordinate requirements for underground conduit only between buildings for control interlocks shown on the drawings. This conduit to be furnished and installed under Division 16 of these Specifications. Space provisions have been made on electrical panels for control power source. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Separate electrical components and materials required for field installation and electrical connections are specified in Division 16. B. This section applies to all Division 15 sections specifying packaged mechanical equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NEMA Standards MG 1: Motors and Generators B. NEMA Standards ICS 2: Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies C. NEMA Standard 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment D. NEMA Standard KS 1: Enclosed Switches E. Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. No separate submittal is required. Submit product data for motors, starters, and other electrical components with submittal data required for the equipment for which it serves, as required by the individual equipment specification sections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 15030-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO.9513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 A. Electrical components and materials shall be UL labeled. PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS A. Provide all motors necessary for equipment under the Mechanical Work, See Electrical Drawings for voltage and phase of electrical services. B. The following are basis requirements for simple or common motors. For special motors, more detailed and specific requirements are specified in the individual equipment specifications. 1. Torque characteristics shall be sufficient to satisfactorily accelerate the driven loads. 2. Motor sizes shall be large enough so that the driven load will not require the motor to operate in the service factor range. ' 3. 2 -speed motors shall have 2 separate windings on poly -phase motors. 4. Temperature Rating: As a minimum motors shall be rated for 40 degree C environment with maximum 50 degree C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class A Insulation). 5. Starting capability: Frequency of starts as indicated by automatic control system, and not less than 5 evenly time spaced starts per hour for manually controlled motors. ' 6. Service Factor: 1.15 for poly -phase motors and 1.35 for single -phase motors. 7. Motor construction: NEMA Standard MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Deign "B", except "C" where required for high starting torque. a. Frames: NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54, use driven equipment manufacturer's ' standards to suit specific application. b. Bearings: 1) Ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals. ' 2) Re- greasable bearings, except permanently sealed where motor is normally inaccessible for regular maintenance. 3) Bearings designed to resist thrust loading where belt drives or other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor. ' 4) Bearings for fractional horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings are permitted. ' c. Enclosure Type: 1) open drip -proof motors for indoor use where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during operation. 2) guarded drip -proof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building occupants. 3) weather protected Type I for outdoor use, Type II where not housed (Epoxy encapsulated or TEFC). d. Overload protection: Polyphase built-in thermal overload protection and, where ' indicated, internal sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping motor at starter. Single phase, provide thermal overload protection. e. Noise rating: "Quiet ". f. Efficiencies shall be guaranteed minimum values in accordance with the following tabulation. Efficiencies shall be established in accordance with NEMA Test Standards MG1- 12.53A using IEEE Test Procedure 112, Method B: 1) EFFICIENCY 2) 1 -2 81.5 3) 3 -5 86.5 4) 7-1/2-10 90.6-92.0 g. Nameplate: Indicate the full identification of manufacturer, ratings, characteristics, construction, special features and similar information. h. Provide all motors with junction boxes or terminals boxes and provide adjustable ' slide rails for all motors with belt drives. i. Motors rated 1 HP and larger shall have shaft, bearings and etc. capable of operating with multiple grooved sheaves and two or more belts. 15030 -2 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR *SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAT .WND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 V Type Belt Drives: Drives requiring not more than 2 belts; variable pitch type; size for mid -point of operating range. Drives requiring 3 or more belts; nonadjustable constant speed type. Provide belts in matched sets. 2.02 MOTORSTARTERS A. Unless provided as part of packaged mechanical equipment or otherwise indicated, starters for motors will be provided under Division 16. Provide to Division 16 the data necessary for motor starter heater sizing for all motors. B. Starters for factory packaged mechanical equipment specified under Division 15 shall be provided as part of the package. C. Motor Starter Characteristics 1. Enclosures: NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, except in wet locations shall be NEMA 311 with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations, which shall have NEC proper class and division. 2. Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and the driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start -up condition. D. Manual switches shall have 1. Pilot lights and extra positions for multi -speed motors. 2. Overload protection: melting alloy type thermal overload relays. E. Magnetic Starters 1. Maintained contact push buttons and pilot lights, properly arranged for single speed or multi-speed operation as indicated. 2. Trip -free thermal overload relays, each phase. 3. Interlocks, pneumatic switches and similar devices as required for coordination with control requirements of Division -15 Controls sections. 4. Built -in control circuit transformer, fused from line side, where service exceeds 240 volts. 5. Externally operated manual reset. 6. Under - voltage release or protection. F. Motor Connections 1. Flexible conduit, except where plug -in electrical cords are specifically indicated. 2.03 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. When applied as part of factory furnished and mounted equipment, disconnects shall meet the requirements for disconnect switches set forth in Division 16. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SEISMIC RESTRAINT A. All electrical devices to be seismically restrained. END OF SECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 15030-3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 4ORM DESIGN GROUP N0, 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S SECTION 15051 EARTHWORK FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes limited scope instructions for methods and materials applicable to excavation for underground utilities and services, including underground piping under the building and from building to utility connection, tanks, basins, and equipment. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit schedules in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Divisions 1 and 15 ' specification sections. 1. Indicate proposed methods and schedule of operations prior to commencement of work. 2. Include coordination for shut off of utility services where required. 3. Maintain services to areas outside construction limits, where such service exists. ' 4. Coordinate sequencing with construction phasing and Owner occupancy specified in Division 1. ' 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials removed. ' B. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as ' well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be at Contractor's expense. C. Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. D. Structure: Buildings, foundations, slabs, tanks, curbs, or other man -made stationary features occurring above or below ground surface. 1.04 CODES AND ORDINANCES ' A. Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1,05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions Affecting Excavations: The following project conditions apply: 1. Maintain and protect existing building services which transit the area affected by 1 selective demolition. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards ' created by excavation operations. B. Site Information: Subsurface conditions were investigated during the design of the Project. Reports of these investigations are available for information only; data in the reports are not ' intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity of conditions. The Ownerwill not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this information. C. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in excavation areas. If utilities are ' indicated to remain, support and protect services during excavation operations. Remove existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. ' D. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. ' EARTBWC%eFd I=ErgftMOCftS)6$TaR"Ssives is not permitted. 15051 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE SSN AND TRAINING FACILITY CO CT #3826 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.06 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the shut off and disconnection of utility services with Owner and utility company. B. Provide minimum of 48 -hour notice to Architect priorto utility interruption. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Select Bedding Sand: Dry river bed sand free of any debris or organic matter. B. Mastic Coatings: "Henry's" oil base roof mastic. C. Polyethylene sheeting not less than 8 mils thick. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where earthwork is to occur. Determine extent of work and effect on existing conditions to remain. Advise Architect of any conditions that might create extensive alteration beyond indicated scope. B. Clearances: Take special notice and maintain the required horizontal and vertical depth clearances from structural footings for utility trenches running parallel to footings. Do not violate the area of the footing bearing prism. In the event of conflict (i.e., the utility cannot be relocated or its depth changed), proceed as directed by the Architect. Lower structural footings to maintain proper clearances for underground utilities trenching without additional cost to Owner. 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances. Shore and brace as required for stability of excavation. B. Shoring and Bracing: Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. 1. Remove shoring and bracing when no longer required. Where sheeting is allowed to remain, cut top of sheeting at an elevation of 30 inches below finished grade elevation. C. Install sediment and erosion control measures in accordance with local codes and ordinances. 3.03 DEWATERING A. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of bearing materials. Provide and maintain dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey surface water to collecting or run -off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. 3.04 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip-line of trees indicated to remain. 2. Remove and legally dispose of excess excavated materials and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill. 3.05 TRENCHING 15051 -2 EARTHWORK FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' A. Do all necessary trenching, excavation, shoring and backfilling required for the proper laying of the pipe lines. ' B. Pipe Trench Dimensions: The following requirements are considered minimal unless otherwise indicated, in order to provide adequate pipe clearances and bedding. Provide trenches wider than the specified minimum where required to properly install the particular type of piping. In the event utility company regulations, code requirements, or the pipe manufacturer's recommendations differ from these provisions, the most restrictive requirements shall take precedence: 1. Pipe Burial Depths: ' 2. Sewer & Drainage: 24 "(a) + pipe O. D.(b) + 3" bed of sand 3. Gas: 30" + pipe O.D. + 4" bed of sand 4. Water (Domestic) 5. PVC: 30" + pipe 0. D. + 4" bed of sand 6. All other: 24" (30" at planters) + pipe a. O.D. + 4" bed of sand 7. Preinsulated Piping 24" +jacket O.D. +4" bed ' 8. Condenser Water (PVC) 30" + pipe O.D. +4" bed 9. Notes: a. Finish grade to top of pipe, typical. b. O.D.: Outside dimension. 10. Trench Widths: 11. Sewer & Drainage: 12" + pipe O.D. for 4" to 18" diameter pipe 12. Gas: 8" + pipe O.D. 13. Water (Domestic) 8" + pipe O. D. 14. Water (Fire) ' 15. Preinsulated Pipe 8" +jacket O. D. 16. Condenser Water: 8" + pipe O. D. C. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation below required elevation and backfill with a layerof select bedding sand prior to installation of pipe. Provide a minimum of 6 inches of ' stone or gravel cushion between rock bearing surface and pipe. D. Excavate trenches for piping and equipment with bottoms of trench to accurate elevations for ' support of pipe and equipment on undisturbed soil. E. Do not install copper piping or metal gas piping in a common trench with other dissimilar metal piping or conduit; separate a minimum of 4 feet when running parallel to such piping or ' conduit. ' F. Separate multiple parallel lines of piping in a common trench a minimum of 12 inches, both horizontally and vertically, between individual pipes. ' G. Install domestic water piping, running parallel in a common trench with sewer or drainage lines, an a solid shelf 12 inches above the sewer or drainage piping. H. Do not run electrical power and communications conduit in a common trench with sewer, drainage, water or gas piping. I. Provide and install a bare 14 gauge copper "tracer" wire, continuous for entire length, for all underground non - metallic piping. Secure to piping at alternate joints, at each fitting and at each valve. Locate "Tracer" wire along side pipe, but not under pipe. J. Install thrust blocks in all pressurized lines. Install thrust blocks in accordance with pipe ' manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND TANKS AND STRUCTURES ' A. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical Structures: conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot; plus a sufficient distance to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for inspection. ' EARTHWORK FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 15051 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S N AND TRAINING FACILITY CON CT , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Excavate, by hand, areas within drip -line of large trees. Protect the root system from damage and dry -out. Maintain moist conditions for root system and cover exposed roots with burlap. Paint root cuts of 1 inch in diameter larger with emulsified asphalt tree paint. 2. Take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just beforeconcrete reinforcement is placed. 3.07 BACKFILLING AND FILLING A. Backfiring and Filling: Place soil materials in layers to required subgrade elevations for each area classification listed below, using materials specified in Part 2 of this Section. Bedding: Lay and bed pipe in compacted select dry river -bed bedding sand, thickness as specified herein and backfill with the same sand material to a height of one foot above the top of pipe. 1. Sewer drain lines except as hereinafter specified may be bedded in the native soil provided it is rock free and sandy. Dig out under bell portions of the piping for uniform bearing. 2. Under walks and pavements, use a combination of subbase materials and excavated or borrowed materials. 3. Under building slabs, set piping on a 6 -inch bed of dry river -bed sand and backfilled to 12" of finish grade with dry river -bed sand. Remainder of backfill to be approved backfill material. 4. Under piping and equipment, use subbase materials where required over rock bearing surface and for correction of unauthorized excavation. 5. For piping less than 30 inches below surface of roadways, provide 4 -inch -thick concrete base slab support After installation and testing of piping, provide a 4 -inch thick concrete encasement (sides and top) prior to backfilling and placement of roadway subbase. 6. Other areas, use excavated or borrowed materials. C. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Do not backfill until installation has been approved and as -built drawings are up to date. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and locations of underground utilities have been recorded. 3. Removal of concrete formwork. 4. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids. 5. Removal of trash and debris. D. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers of not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. E. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage as specified in Division 2. Do not place backfill or fin material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. F. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, and equipment to required elevations. Prevent displacement of piping and equipment by carrying material uniformly around them to approximately same elevation in each lift. G. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 deg. F. H. Unauthorized excavation: 1. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect. 2. In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. 15051 -4 EARTHWORK FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH* •RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.08 SUBSIDENCE A. Subsidence: Where subsidence occurs at mechanical installation excavations during the period 12 months after Substantial Completion, remove surface treatment (Le., pavement, lawn, or other finish), add backfill material, compact to specified conditions, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match ' adjacent areas. 3.09 CORROSION PROTECTION ' A. All below ground metallic fittings, valves, flanges, bolts, pipes (which are not factory coated with a bituminous material) shall be protected against corrosion as follows: 1. All metallic components as described above shall receive a heavy coating of "Henry's" oil base roof mastic. ' 2. After mastic coating is completed and inspected, wrap entire metallic component with a minimum of 8 mil. Polyethylene wrap overlapped 50% of the circumference and extended beyond ends of component as required for polyethylene to be secured to ' piping. The overlap seam shall be located to avoid backfill material from entering the encapsulated area. The ends and seam of the polyethylene material shall be sew red to the piping and sealed with 3M Scotch /Wrap N. 50, 10 mil., 2" wide, printed, pipe wrap sealing tape. 3. The mastic coating shall be inspected and approved prior to the finish application of the polyethylene material, which shall also be inspected. ' END OF SECTION CI LJ 11 E L ' EARTHWORK FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS 15051 -5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 - SECTION 15055 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies piping materials and installation methods common to more than one section of Division 15 and includes joining materials, fire stop sealants, and basic piping installation instructions. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" applies to the work of this Section. 2. Piping materials and installation methods peculiar to individual systems are specified within their respective system specification sections of Division 2 and 15. 3. Valves are specified in a separate section and in individual piping system sections of Division 15. 4. Expansion Compensation is specified within the respective system specification section of Division 15. 5. Division 15 "Supports and Anchors ". 6. Division 15 "Mechanical Identification ". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and "Basic Mechanical Requirements" for administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit product data on fire stop sealants. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding procedures and testing shall comply with ANSI Standard B31.1.0- Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping, and The American Welding Society, Welding Handbook. B. Soldering and Brazing procedures shall conform to ANSI B9.1 Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORANGE AND HANDLING A. Provide factory - applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube, except for concrete, corrugated metal, hub - and - spigot, and clay pipe. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes and tubes. Elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of the floor. C. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Refer to the individual piping system specification sections in Division 15 for specifications on piping and fittings relative to that particular system. B. Weld -O -Lets: Welding Weld -O -Lets may be used in lieu of tees where branch connection pipe size is two or more pipe sizes smaller than main header size. 2.02 JOINING MATERIALS BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 15055-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section 11, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded. B. Brazing Materials: Comply with SFA -5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressu re Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials appropriate for the materials being joined. C. Soldering Materials: Refer to individual piping system specifications for solder appropriate for eact) respective system. 1. Soldering materials shall not contain lead. D. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: Gasket material shall be full -faced for cast -iron flanges and raised -face for steel flanges. Select materials to suit the service of the piping system in which installed and which conform to their respective ANSI Standard, (A21.11, 816.20, or B16.21). Provide materials that will not be detrimentally affected by the chemical and thermal conditions of the fluid being carried. 2.03 SLEEVES AND SEALS A. Sleeves: 1. Sheet -Metal Sleeves: 5" and Smaller, 20 gage galvanized sheet metal; 6" and Larger, 10 gage, galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2. Steel Sleeves: Schedule 40 galvanized, welded steel pipe, ASTM A53, Grade A. 3. Galvanized steeltelesoopingtype: Galvanized sheet metal per manufacturers standards. 4. Polyethylene Sleeves: Manufacturer's standard product. B. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. 2.04 FIRESTOP SEALANT A. Fire stopping material shall be asbestos -free and capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gases in compliance with the following requirements: 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less, ASTM E 84. 2. Smoke Development: 50 or less, ASTM E 84. 3. Combustibility: Noncombustible, ASTM E 136. B. Material when installed shall have the same fire rating as the assembly in which it is being installed. 2.05 PIPING ISOLATION A. Manufacturer's standard product for providing sound and electrolysis isolation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes, and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris for both inside and outside of piping and fittings before assembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. Refer to individual system specifications for requirements for coordination drawing submittals. B. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below 15055-2 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR *SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 grade or floors, unless indicated otherwise. C. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. D. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated on the Drawings. E. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls and other permanent elements of the building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1" clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. F. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying full insulation and servicing of valves. G. Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 3(4" ball valve, and short 314" threaded nipple and cap. H. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. I. Coordinate to provide curb, minimum 4" above finish floor, for all pipe shafts or floor openings for multiple pipes. J. Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, or floors, the fire rated integrity shall be maintained. 3.03 PIPE SUPPORTS AND HANGERS A. Horizontal Pipes: Hangers and supports shall be hung from solid rods, and lengths of which shall be adjustable. Strap hangers will not be permitted. In lieu of individual hangers, trapeze hangers may be used for parallel pipes, details of which shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. Hanger rods for both single and trapeze hangers shall be hung from suitable clips, beam clamps or inserts, as necessary. For concrete construction, inserts shall be set in forms before concrete is poured. Explosive type fasteners or studs will not be permitted. "Phillips" type shield may be used when authorized by the Architect. No piping shall be supported by any wire, rope, wood or other makeshift device. B. Provide hangers size and spacing per SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Mechanical Systems ". C. Where building construction does not permit the above- specified spacing of hangers, the Contractor shall provide adequate additional steel supports. Location and details shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. In all cases, pipe supports shall be spaced to provide adequate support for the pipes, the medium in the pipes, insulation, valves and fittings. D. All vertical pipelines shall be supported, not hung, at each floor. Malleable iron or steel pipe clamps of ample size, bolted around the pipes, shall be used for these pipe supports. All vertical water piping shall have vibration isolators between support clamp and structure. E. Pipe hangers shall be of the positive restraint type or be provided with approved restraint clips to prevent lateral movement of attachment. F. Pipe hangers shall be of the positive restraint type or be provided with approved restraint clips to prevent lateral movement of attachment. G. Contractor may refer to details applicable in the SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Mechanical Systems ". 3.04 FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES A. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. B. Remake leaking joints using new materials. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 15055_3 11 1 11 11 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. *13 MARCH, 2006 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Install Y -type strainers with blow -down valves on the supply side of each control valve, pressure reducing or regulating valve, solenoid valve, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Install unions adjacent to each valve, and at the final connection to each piece of equipmert and plumbing fixture having 2" and smaller connections, and elsewhere as indicated. E. Install Flanges in piping 2 -1/2" and larger, where indicated, adjacent to each valve, and at the final connection to each piece of equipment. F. Install dielectric unions to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in dry piping systems (gas, compressed air, vacuum). G. Install dielectric fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in wet piping systems (water, steam). 3.05 JOINTS A. Steel Pipe Joints: 1. Pipe 2" and Smaller. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads in accordance with ANSI B2.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint lubricant or sealant suitable for the service for which the pipe is intended on the male threads at each joint and tighten to leave not more then 3 threads exposed. 2. Pipe Larger than 2": a. Weld pipe joints (except for exterior water service pipe) in accordance with ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31. b. Weld pipe joints of exterior water service pipe in accordance with AWWA C206. c. Install flanges on all valves, apparatus, and equipment. Weld pipe flanges to pipe ends in accordance with ASME B31.1.0 Code for Pressure Piping. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to torque specified by manufacturer of flange and flange bolts, to provide uniform compression of gaskets. B. Non - ferrous Pipe Joints: 1. Brazed and Soldered Joints: For copper tube and fitting joints, braze joints in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0 - Standard Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping and ANSI B9.1 - Standard Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration. 2. Thoroughly clean tube surface and inside surface of the cup of )he fittings, using every fine emery cloth, prior to making soldered or brazed joints. Wipe tube and fittings clean and apply flux. Flux shall not be used as the sole means for cleaning tube and fitting surfaces. 3. Mechanical Joints: Flared compression fittings may be used for refrigerant lines 3/4" and smaller. C. Joints for other piping materials are specified within the respective piping systems sections. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES A. Provide pipe sleeves for pipes to pass through walls, floor and roofs. Diameter of sleeve to be 1 -inch larger than the outside diameter of pipe or pipe and covering of insulated pipe. Galvanized steel telescoping type sleeves or polyethylene may be used. Where seepage may occur, use steel pipe sleeves. B. All pipe sleeves through floors other than floors on grade shall extend 2- inches above finished floor and shall be caulked with mineral wool. Provide collar where polyethylene sleeve is used. C. Where required in existing construction, or where sleeves have been omitted, openings for pipe may be core drilled in floors andlorwalls or partitions, providing prior acceptance of such core drilling is obtained from the Architect. Holes core drilled through floors above grade shall be provided with sleeves extending 2- inches above finish floor as hereinbefore specified. D. Seal with resilient sealant: Dow Corning "Fire Stop" or approved equal. 15055-4 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RR ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 - 3.07 INSTALLATION OF FIRE STOP SEALANT A. Firestopping shall be provided at, but not limited to, duct, and piping penetrations through floor slabs and through time rated partitions or firewalls. B. Install firestopping materials in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the following requirements. 1. Filling: Firestopping materials shall completely fill the void spaces. C. Coordination: Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping materials at penetrations of insulated pipes and ducts shall be applied prior to insulation, unless the insulation meets the requirements specified for Firestopping. D. Surface Preparation: Surfaces to be in contact with firestopping materials shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the required fire resistance. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF PIPE ISOLATION A. Provide sound and electrolysis isolation on all uninsulated, pipes, Semoo "Trisolators" or Potter - Roemer "Prisolators". 3.09 INSTALLATION OF PIPE FLASHING A. Pipe flashing assemblies, "Semco" Fig. 1100 -4, as required, seal the joint between flashing and pipe with waterproofing compound. Install counterflashing sleeve to covera minimum of 314 -inch to top of lead flashing, making the top joint permanently watertight. 3.10 TESTING OF PIPING A. Provide notification of test at least three working days prior to tests on all or part of any piping system. Dc not allow or cause any piping system to be insulated, covered, concealed or enclosed until such systems have been tested and reviewed. B. Provide all necessary materials (including temporary isolation valves or caps), pumps, testing media and labor for testing. Temporarily remove any device in piping system, which will not withstand test pressure specified, and reinstall same after successful testing. Test time begins to accrue after full test pressure is achieved. C. Testing and inspection of all piping systems and associated equipment for leaks shall be accomplished after installation and cleaning and prior to placing into service. Flanges, threaded joints and all welds shall be left unpainted and uninsulated until the piping systems have been approved. D. A rigid visual inspection of each spec'rfic piping system shall be made priorto conducting tightness tests, to ascertain that all appurtenances and equipment are provided, properly connected and supported, and in all respects ready for testing. E. Equipment such as pumps, chillers, tanks, heat exchangers, flexible hose, safety valves and simi!ar equipment shall not be subjected to the piping system test pressure. Equipment shall either be disconnected from the piping or be isolated by valves or blanks during testing and reinstalled after acceptance by the Owner. F. Indicating pressure gauges mounted locally may be tested with the lines provided the test pressure does not exceed the scale range. G. Orifice plates, rotometers, displacement meters and other line inserts shall either not be installed until completion of all testing, or shall be removed prior to any tests and reinstalled after test has been accepted by the Owner. H. The application of pressure to a system shall be under control at all times, so that in no case shall the test pressure be exceeded by more than 6 percent. I. Gauges used for testing shall be tested for accuracy as directed or approved by the Owner, and then installed as close as possible to the tow point of the piping system. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS 15055-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 413 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -3 J. Do not apply test pressure until the piping system and its contents approach the same temperature. K. While piping is under test, exercise care that excessive pressure does not occur due to increase in ambient temperature. L. Control Valves: 1. Control valves which are installed with block and by -pass valve shall have the block valve closed, the by -pass valve opened, and a temporary pipe piece inserted in place of the control valve (or a test blank may be installed on each side of the control valve) until all flushing and testing of all lines of that system is completed and accepted by the Owner, after which they shall be reinstalled. ' 2. Control valves installed without block or by -pass valves shall be replaced by a pipe piece during flushing and testing of the system. After acceptance of the flushing they shall be reinstalled. M, Minimum piping test pressures shall be as noted in tabulation: or they shall be 150 percent of design pressure for the specific system being tested, whichever is higher. SYSTEM TEST MEDIUM TESTING DURATION ACCEPTABLE PRESSURE (HOURS) TOLERANCE (PSIG) Soil, Water, Water Top of highest 4 No joint sweat Vent & Storm vent Water Water Water 150 4 None. Except temperature change. Fuel Gas Water 60 4 None. Except temperature change Fire Sprinkler Water 200 4 None. Except temperature change N. Conduct hydrostatic tests with water at a temperature below 100 degrees F. 1. Fill the system slowly with water and vent at highest points to expel the air before pressurizing. 2. Carefully examine all joints for leaks or defects. 3. Provide connections as required to accomplish the above. O. Keep accurate test records of each line or system tested and provide copies of same to Owner after acceptance. Each test shall include: 1, tdentiftcation of piping system and test number. 2. Testing medium. 3. Test pressure. 4. Date of test acceptance. 3.11 ADJUSTMENTS A. At the completion of the Work, completely adjust all valves and equipment for their proper use and rating. END OF SECTION 15055-6 BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND METHODS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRMD SIGN GROUP NO. 40D4513 , SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STASAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 20D6 CONTRACT #2626, PtAN, #B -51 SECTION 15056 ESCUTCHEONS, DIELECTRIC FITTINGS, UNIONS AND STRAINERS ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. This Section specifies piping specialties and installation methods common to more than one section of Division 15. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. This section applies to all piping systems specified in Division 15. ' B. Valves are specif ied in a separate section and in individual piping system sections of Division 15. ' C. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals are specified in Section 15055. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Basic Mechanical Requirements for administrative and procedural ' requirements for submittals. B. Product Data: Submit product data on the following items: ' 1. Escutcheons 2. Dielectric Unions and Fittings 3. Mechanical Sleeve Seals ' 4. Strainers 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt by inside storage and ' enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer Uniformity: Conform to the requirements specified in Basic Mechanical Requirements, under "Product Options." B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide piping materials and specialties from one of the following: 1. Pipe Escutcheons: a. Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. b. Sanitary -Dash Mfg. Co. c. Grinnell I d. Beaton Cada�ell 2. Dielectric Waterway Fittings: a. Epco Sales, Inc. I b. Victaulic Company of America 3. Dielectric Unions: a. Eclipse, Inc. b. Perfection Corp. I c. Watts Regulator Co. 4. Strainers: a. Armstrong Machine Works I b. Hoffman Specialty ITT; Fluid Handling Div. c. Metraflex Co. d. R -P &C Valve; Div. White Consolidated Industries, Inc. e. Spirax Sarco f. Trane Co. ESC UTCH EON S9DIEh1[6t *VJJCOaT4t 6M EUk=Ng)'"es$Ra1N0gtations only). 15056-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4 *13 MARCH, 2006 �I H LJ 11 h. Watts Regulator Co. 5. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Thunderline Corp. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Refer to the individual piping system specification sections in Division 15 for specifications on piping and fittings relative to that particular system. 2.03 JOINING MATERIALS A. Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C. ASME Boiler and -Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded. B. Brazing Materials: Comply with SFA -5.8, Section 11, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal materials appropriate for the materials being joined. C. Soldering Materials: Refer to individual piping system specifications for solder appropriate for each respective system. D. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: Gasket material shall be full -faced for cast -iron flanges and raised -face for steel flanges. Select materials to suit the service of the piping system in which installed and which conform to their respective ANSI Standard (A21.11, 616.20, or B16.21). Provide materials that will not be detrimentally affected by the chemical and thermal conditions of the fluid being carried. 2.04 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Escutcheons: Chrome - plated, stamped steel, hinged, split -ring escutcheon, with set screw. Inside diameter shall closely fit pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Outside diameter shall completely cover the opening in floors, walls, or ceilings. B. Unions: Malleable -iron, Class 150 for low pressure service and class 250 for high pressure service; hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joints, metal -to -metal bronze seating surfaces; female threaded ends. C. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions with appropriate end connections for the pipe materials in which installed (screwed, soldered, or flanged), which effectively isolate dissimilar metals, prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. D. Dielectric Waterway Fittings: Electroplated steel or brass nipple, with an inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining. E. Y -Type Strainers: Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, with ends matching piping system materials. Screens shall be Type 304 stainless steel, with 3164" perforations at 233 per square inch. 1. Provide strainers with 125 psi working pressure rating for low- pressure applications, and 250 psi pressure rating for high - pressure application. 2. Threaded Ends, 2" and Smaller: Cast -iron body, screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 3. Threaded Ends, 2 -12" and Larger. Cast -iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 4. Flanged Ends, 2 -1/2" and Larger: Cast -iron body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 5. Butt Welded Ends, 2 -12" and Larger for Low Pressure Application: Schedule 40 cast carbon steel body, bolted screen retainer with off-center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 6. Butt Welded Ends, 2 -1/2" and Larger for High Pressure Application: Schedule 80 cast carbon steel body, bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 7. Grooved Ends, 2 -12" and Larger: Tee pattern, ductile -iron or malleable -iron body and access end cap, access coupling with EDPM gasket 1 15056-2 ESCUTCHEONS, DIELECTRIC FITTINGS, UNIONS AND STRAINERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STP0 AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 F. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fig annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons at all exposed penetrations of piping through walls, ceilings, and floors in rooms with finish surfaces. 3.02 FITTINGS AND SPECIALTIES A. Install strainers on the supply side of each control valve, pressure reducing or regulating valve, solenoid valve, and elsewhere as indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve, and at the final connection to each piece of equipment and plumbing fixture having 2" and smaller connections, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install Flanges in piping 2 -1/2" and larger, where indicated, adjacent to each valve, and at the final connection to each piece of equipment. D. Install dielectric unions to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in dry piping systems (gas, compressed air, vacuum). E. Install dielectric fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals in wet piping systems (water, steam). END OF SECTION ESCUTCHEONS, DIELECTRIC FITTINGS, UNIONS AND STRAINERS 15056-3 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 41RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B - 5187 -5 SECTION 15130 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS ' PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. This Section includes limited scope of general construction materials and methods for access doors and panels in walls and ceilings for access to mechanical materials. B. Requirements of access doors are outlined in Division 1. C. Access doors and panels are required for all mechanical equipments requiring maintenance, inspection, adjustment, monitoring, etc. which are installed in inaccessible areas such as ' behind walls, above ceiling, under floor, etc. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation ' instructions for each type of access door or panel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer for the installation of access panels and doors. ' PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering ' products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Milcor Div. Inryco, Inc. ' 2. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. 3. Zum Industries, Inc. 4. Acorn. ' 2.02 ACCESS DOORS A. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Factory- fabricated and assembled units, complete with attachment devices and fasteners ready for installation. Joints and seams shall be ' continuously welded steel, with welds ground smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. B. Frames: 16 -gage steel, with a 1 -inch -wide exposed perimeter flange for units installed in unit masonry, pre -cast, or cast -in -place concrete, ceramic tile, or wood paneling. 1. For installation in masonry, concrete, ceramic tile, or wood paneling: 1 ' inch -wide- exposed perimeter flange and adjustable metal masonry anchors. 2. For gypsum wallboard or plaster: perforated flanges with wallboard bead. ' 3. For full -bed plaster applicationsi galvanized expanded metal lath and exposed casing bead, welded to perimeter frame. C. Flush Panel Doors: 14 -gage sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees; factory- applied prime paint. 1. Fire -Rated Units: Insulated flush panel doors, with continuous piano hinge and self - closing mechanism. ' D. Locking Devices: Flush, screwdriver - operated cam locks. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ' ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 15130-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CO CT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -3 A. Examine areas and conditions under which access door and panel products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Nonrated Walls and Ceilings: Prime coat finish door and frame, Allen key latch face of wall type; Zurn Z -1376, Smith 4760, Acorn 8211 -3. B. Fire Rated Walls and Ceilings: "B" Labeled U. L. 1 -1/2 hours, prime coat finish door and frame, flush keyed cylinder lock; Milcor. C. Tile Walls: Cover and frame chrome plated or 18 -8 stainless steel, face-of -wall type, vandai resistant screws; Smith 4730, Zurn Z- 1375 -2. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF ACCESS DOORS A. Set frames accurately in position and securely attached to supports, with face panels plumb and level in relation to adjacent finish surfaces. B. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. 3.04 COORDINATION A. General: Coordinate locations of ceilings access doors with lights, air outlets, speakers, etc. Submit drawings showing relative locations of doors to other ceiling items for acceptance by the Architect priorto installation. Transparencies of floor plans and/or reflected ceiling plans will be available from the Architect for this purpose. B. Location: Doors may be located to serve more than one item where feasible, providing they are approved as specified. Sizes suitable for purpose intended, with 12" x 12" minimum. C. Access doors and panels not required in accessible ceiling systems where direct access to mechanical items is possible. =1 �I970]J&***iii[#];;I 15130-2 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 4RM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15140 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Extent of supports and anchors required by this section is indicated on drawings or in other Division -15 sections and include the following: 1. Horizontal- Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical- Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger -Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. ' S. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors. 8. Equipment Supports. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. This section is part of each Division -15 section making reference to or requiring supports ' and anchors specified herein. B. Supports and anchors furnished as part of factory - fabricated equipment, are specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division -15 sections. C. Section 03300: Cast -in -Place Concrete. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors. 2. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are UL- listed and FM approved. 3. MSS Standard Compliance: a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials, design, and manufacturer ' comply with MSS SP -58. b. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP -69. c. Fabricate and install pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP -89. ' d. Terminology used in this section is defined in MSS SP -90. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of support and anchor. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Hangers and support components shall be factory fabricated of materials, design, and ' manufacturer complying with MSS SP -58. 1. Components shall have galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have field - applied finish. 2. Pipe attachments shall have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where ' attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts: 100 -psi average compressive strength, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased with a sheet metal shield. Insert and shield shall cover entire ' circumference of the pipe and shall be of length indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation. 2.02 HORIZONTAL - PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS 15140-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ON AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CO CT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated horizontal - piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal - piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping. Provide copper - plated hangers and supports for copper - piping systems. 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1. 2. Adjustable Swivel Pipe Rings: MSS Type 6. 2.03 VERTICAL- PIPING CLAMPS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated vertical- piping clamps complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following types listed, selected by Installer to suit vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare pipe. Provide copper - plated clamps for copper- piping systems. B. Two -Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8. 2.04 HANGER -ROD AND BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. General Hanger Rod Attachment: Refer to structural drawings for requirements of hanger rod and building attachments. If a specific attachment that is required is not detailed on the structural drawings, one of the following attachments may be submitted for review by the structural engineer prior to installation. Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated hanger -rod attachments complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal - piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger -rod attachment to suit hanger rods. Provide copper - plated hanger -rod attachments for copper - piping systems. B. General Building Attachment: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP -58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. Provide copper - plated building attachments for copper - piping systems. 1. Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18. 2. Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21. 3. Steel Beam Clamps W /Eye Nut: MS Type 28. 4. Linked Steel Clamps W /Eye Nut: MSS Type 29. 5. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30. 6. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: 7. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. 2.06 SADDLES AND SHIELDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles or shields under piping hangers and supports, factory - fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact fitto matewith pipe insulation. B. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40; provide high density insert of same thickness of insulation. 2.06 MANUFACTURERS OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: 1. B -Line Systems, Inc. 2. Carpenter and Patterson, Inc. 3. Corner & Lade Co., Inc. 15140-2 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS I ■ C s CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 4. Elcen Metal Products Co. 5. Fee & Mason Mfg, Co.; Div. Figgie International 6. ITT Grinnel Corp. 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36. 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 B. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C150, Type (or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C 404, Size No. 2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 3.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration. C. Pipe Alignment Guides: Factory fabricated, of cast semisteel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted two- section outer cylinder and base with two - section guiding spider that bolts tightly to pipe. Length of guides shall he as recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. D. Pipe Roll Stand: Factory fabricated cast iron stand, size as required, with insulation installed on piping. 2.08 ISOLATORS A. Isolators: Provide factory- fabricated isolators of size required. B. Spring Isolators: Refer to Section 15241 VIBRATION CONTROL. C. Manufacturers: Semco "Trisolator' or Potter - Roemer PR -ISO. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have Been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and other building structural attachment. ' B. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated work, installer shall meet at project site with Contractor, installerof each component of associated work, inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), installers of other work requiring coordination with work of this section and Architect /Engineer for purpose of reviewing material selections and procedures to be followed in performing the work in compliance with requirements specified. ' 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in ' MSS SP -69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert securely to forms. Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 psi is ' indicated, install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; complywith MSS SP -69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install ' supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP -69. Where piping of various SUPPORTAWWkWokf ported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipet §�k .3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CON #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and type as installed for adjacent similar piping. C. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. D. Provisions of Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors. E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. F. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide required pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded. G. Bare Piping: Install isolators for all bare domestic water and bare hydronic piping H. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI 831. 2. Shields: Where low- compressive- strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold or chilled water piping, install coated protective shields. Provide rigid insulation reinforcement at shields. Hangers and supports to be capable to resist the minimum seismic forces indicated in drawings. 3.06 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Concrete housekeeping bases will be provided as work of Division 3. Furnish to Contractor, scaled layouts of all required bases, with dimensions of bases, and location to column center lines. Furnish templates, anchor bolts, and accessories, necessary for base construction. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments. B. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations. C. Cleaning: Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. D. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection of anchors and supports, clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to complywith SSPC -PA -1 requirements for touch -up of field - painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. E. For galvanized surfaces clean welds bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to complywith ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 15140-4 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC• 0RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S SECTION 15190 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extent of mechanical identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings or specified in other Division -15 sections, and includes the following: 1. Painted Identification Materials, 2. Plastic Pipe Markers; 3. Plastic Tape; 4. Underground -Type Plastic Line Marker; 5. Plastic Duct Markers; 6. Valve Tags; 7. Diagram and Schedule Frames; 8. Engraved Plastic - Laminate Signs; 9. Plastic Equipment Markers; % Plasticized Tags. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. This section is part of each Division -15 section making reference to identification devices specified herein. B. Mechanical identification furnished as part of factory - fabricated equipment, is specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division -15 sections. C. Refer to Division -16 Sections for identification requirements of electrical work; not work of this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each identification material and device required. B. Samples: Submit samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for each identification material or system. C. Schedules and Diagrams: 1. Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8 -112" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut -off and similar special uses, by special "flags ", in margin of schedule. 2. Submit temperature control diagrams and Sequence of Operation on bond paper suitable for framing. D. Maintenance Data: Include product data and schedules in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1 and Division -15 Section 15011 "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements ". 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices. 2. No adhesive type identification markers will be accepted. All markers and tags shall be permanently attached to pipe, etc. 3. All identification markers installed exterior of buildings shall be ultra- violet resistant. PART 2- PRODUCTS t2IA MCIEED KAAIId ACTORERS 15190-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA" AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 518; -S A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical identification materials of one of the following: 1. Allen Systems, Inc. 2. Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div, 3. Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc. 4. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2.02 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division -15 sections. Where more than single type is specified for application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category. 2.03 PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS A. Snap -On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre - printed, semi -rigid snap -on, color -coded pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. B. Insulation: Furnish 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation with jacket for each plastic pipe marker to be installed on uninsulated pipes subject to fluid temperatures of 125OF (520C) or greater. Cut length to extend 2" beyond each end of plastic pipe marker. C. Small Pipes: For external diameters less than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full -band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Snap -on application of pre- tensioned semi -rigid plastic pipe marker. 2. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). 3. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1- 112 ". D. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full -band or strip -type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: 1. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). 2. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color -coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 1 -1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, taped lapped 3 ". 3. Strapped -to -pipe (or insulation) application of semi -rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands. E. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre - printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Arch ite WE ngin ear in cases of variance with names as shown or specified. 1. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic. 2.04 PLASTIC TAPE A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard color -coded pressure- sensitive (self - adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. B. Width: Provide 1 -1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6 ", 2 -1/2" wide tape for larger pipes. C. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated. 2.05 UNDERGROUND -TYPE PLASTIC LINE MARKER A. General: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright - colored, continuous - printed plastic tape, intended for direct - burial service; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates the type of service of buried pipe. 1. Provide multi -ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core between 2- layers of plastic 15190 -2 tape. MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH �RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S -2.06 VALVE TAGS ' A. Brass Valve Tags: Provide 19 -gage polished brass valve tags with stamped - engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 112" high, and with 5132" hole for fastener. 1. Provide 1 -1/2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. ' 2. Fill tag engraving with black enamel. B. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or ' beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. C. Access panel markers: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S -hooks of the sees required for proper attachment of tags to valvas, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. D. Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16" thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8" center hole to allow attachment. 2.07 DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULE FRAMES ' A. General: For each page of schedule and /or diagrams, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished hardwood or extruded aluminum, with SSB -grade sheet glass. 2.08 ENGRAVED PLASTIC - LAMINATE SIGNS A. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L -P -387, in ' the sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engravers standard letter style of the sizes and wording indicated, white with black core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary ' because of substrate. B. Thickness: 1116" for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" length, 1/8" for larger units. C. Fasteners: Self - tapping stainless steel screws, except contact -type permanent adhesive ' where screws cannot or should not penetrate the substrate. 2.09 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS ' A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated, as recommended by manufacturersor as 1 required for proper identification and operation /maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment. 1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples, Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1 H, Standpipe F12). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification priorto installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. ' 3.02 PIPING SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: ' 1. Plastic pipe ttmaa��arkers, with application system as indicated under "Materials' in this MECHANICAL 10MECA N' on pipe insulation segment where required for hot - non - insulated RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 C)TY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY 0 CONT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Locate pipe markers as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non - concealed locations. 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch, excluding short take -offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. 3. Near locations where pipes pass through walls, floors ceilings, or enter non - accessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. 3.03 UNDERGROUND PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. General: During back - filling /top - soiling of each exterior underground piping systems, except sanitary sewer and storm drainage install continuous underground -type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6" to 8" below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and do not exceed overall width of 16 ", install single line marker. 3.04 VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory - fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn- watering hose bibs, and shut -off valves at plumbing fixtures, HVAC terminal devices and similar rough -in connections of end -use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve on valve schedule for each piping system. B. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in machine rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect /Engineer. 3.05 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. General: Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device, as specified herein if not otherwise specified for each item or device. Provide signs for the following general categories of equipment and operational devices. 1. Fuel- burning units including boilers, furnaces, heaters. 2. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers and similar motor -driven units. 3. Fans and blowers. 4. Packaged HVAC central- station or zone -type units. B. Lettering Size: Minimum 1/4" high lettering for name of unit where viewing distance is less than 2' -0 ", 1/2" high for distances up to 6-0 ", and proportionately larger lettering for greater distances. Provide secondary lettering of 2/3 to 3/4 of size of the principal lettering. C. Test of Signs: In addition to name of identified unit, provide lettering to distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjusting: Relocate any mechanical identification device which has become visually blocked by work of this division or other divisions. B. Cleaning: Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts. END OF SECTION 15190 -4 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RPM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #6- 5187 -S SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extent of mechanical insulation required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section, and includes the following: 1. Piping Systems Insulation: a. Fiberglass. b. Calcium Silicate. c. Flexible Unicellular. 2. Ductwork System Insulation: a. Fiberglass b. Flexible Unicellular. 3. Equipment Insulation: a. Fiberglass b. Calcium Silicate c. Flexible Unicellular. 4. Acoustical Insulation a. Fiberglass 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to Division -15 section "Supports and Anchors" for protection saddles, protection shields, and thermal hanger shields; not work of this section. B. Refer to Division -15 section "Mechanical Identification" for installation of identification devices for piping, ductwork, and equipment; not work of this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, K- value, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Flame[Smoke Ratings: Provide composite mechanical insulation (insulation, jackets, coverings, sealers, mastics and adhesives) with flame - spread index of 25 or less, and smoke - developed index of 50 or less, as tested by ASTM E 84 (NFPA 255) method. B. As a minimum, insulation shall meet installed conductance as set forth in Title 24 California Code of Regulations (CCR) Table 10 -D or as indicated in contract documents, whichever is i greater. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with j manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard indexes of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install 1 damaged or wet insulation; remove from project site. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the ' MECHANIC%Kd tATION 15250 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CON #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Babcock and Wilcox; Insulating Products Div. 3. Certainteed Corp. 4. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. 5. Manville Products Corp. 6, Owens - Corning Fiberglas Corp. 7. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 8. Rubatex Corp. 2.02 PIPING INSULATION MATERIALS A. Insulation applied to the exterior surface of pipes located inside the building shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and smoke - density not exceeding 50 when tested as a composite installation, including insulation, facing materials, tapes and adhesive as normally applied. B. Fiberglass (Mineral Fiber) Piping Insulation: ASTM C547, Class 1 unless otherwise indicated. Manville Products Corp. Micro -Lok, Owens- Corning Fibergias Corp., ASJISL -11 or equivalent. C. Calcium Silicate Piping Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I. Owens - Corning Fiberglass Corp. "KayloAsbestos Free" or equivalent. D. Flexible Unicellular Piping Insulation: ASTM C534, Type 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. or Rubatex Corp. meeting ASTM E -84 25150 index. E. Jackets for Piping Insulation: ASTM C921. Type I (Vapor Barrier) for piping with temperatures below ambient. (Type II (Water Vapor Permeable) for piping with temperatures above ambient. Type I may be used for all piping at Installer's option. 1. Encase pipe fittings insulation with one -piece premolded PVC fitting covers, fastened as per manufacturer's recommendations. Zeston PVC Insulated fitting covers or equivalent. 2. Encase exterior piping insulation with aluminumjacket with weather -proof construction. F. Staples, Bands, Wires, and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. G. Adhesives, Sealers, and Protective Finishes: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.03 DUCTWORK INSULATION MATERIALS A. Insulation applied to the exterior surface of ducts located inside the building shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and smoke - density not exceeding 50 when tested as a composite installation, including insulation, facing materials, tapes and adhesive as normally applied. B. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C553, Type I, Class B -2, Owens - Coming Fiberglas Inc. unfaced duct wrap insulation, Type 100 or equivalent. 1. Nominal thickness or equivalent to provide installed R -value as follows: a. 1.5" thick - Installed R = 4.2 b. 2.0" thick - Installed R = 5.6 C. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: ASTM C612, with ASTM C921 Type I vapor barrier jacket. Owens/Corning Fiberglas All Service Wrap Insulation, Type 100 or equivalent: 1. Nominal thickness or equivalent to provide an installed R -value as follows: a. 1.5" thick - Installed R = 4.2 b. 2.0" thick - Installed R = 5.6 D. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner angles and similar accessories as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 15250-2 MECHANICAL INSULATION 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S E. Ductwork Insulation Compounds: Provide cements, adhesives, coatings, sealers, protective finishes and similar compounds as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION MATERIALS A. Insulation applied to the exterior surface of equipments located inside the building shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and smoke - density not exceeding 50 when tested as a composite installation, including insulation, facing materials, tapes and adhesive as normally applied. B. Flexible Fiberglass Equipment Insulation: ASTM C553, Type II, Class F -1, Owens - Corning Fiberglass, Inc., Type 701 1.5 Ibs/Ft3. C. Calcium Silicate Equipment Insulation: ASTM C533, Type I, Block; Owens/Corning Fiberglass, Inc., Kaylo Asbestos Free, U- Grooved block insulation. D. Jacketing Material for Equipment Insulation: Provide canvas jacketing material, not less than 7.8 ounces per square yard, or metal jacket at Installer's option, except as otherwise indicated. E. Equipment Insulation Compounds: Provide adhesives, cements, sealers, mastics and protective finishes as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. F. Equipment Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape comer angles, anchors and stud pipings as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. 2.06 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION A. Rigid Fiberglass Insulation: ASTM C612, Class 1, Owens/Corning Fiberglass, Inc., 10 Ibs/ft3. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which mechanical insulation is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION: A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on chrome - plated exposed piping (except for handicapped fixtures), air chambers, unions, strainers, check valves, balance cocks, flow regulators, drain lines from water coolers, drainage piping located in crawl spaces or tunnels, buried piping, fire protection piping, and pre- insulated equipment. B. Cold Piping: 1. Application requirements: Insulate the following cold plumbing piping systems: a. Potable chilled water piping. b. Plumbing drains carrying cold condensate. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: I" thickness. b. Flexible Unicellular: 1/2" thickness. C. Hot Piping: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems. a. Potable hot water piping. b. Potable hot water recirculating piping. c. Hot drain piping (where indicated). 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation, a. Fiberglass: 1" thick for pipe sizes up to and including 6 ", 1 -1/2" thick for pipe MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 . SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S sizes over 6 ". 3.03 HVAC PIPING SYSTEM INSULATION A. Insulation Omitted: Omit insulation on the following: 1. Hot piping within radiation enclosures 2. Hot unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints. B. Cold Piping (40 degrees f) to ambient): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following cold HVAC piping systems: a. HVAC chilled water supply and return piping. b. Air conditioner condensate drain piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1" thick for pipe sizes up to and including 4 ", 1 -112" thick for pipe sizes over 4 ". b. Flexible Unicellular: 1/2" thick for pipe sizes up to 1 -1/2" (A.C. condensate piping only). C. Hot Low Pressure Piping (to 250 degrees F): 1, Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot low pressure HVAC piping systems (steam piping up to 15 psi, water piping up to 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). a. HVAC heating water supply and return piping. 2. Insulate each piping system specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 1" thick for pipe sizes up to and including 1", 1 -1/2" thick for pipe sizes 1 -1/2 "; 2" thick for piping over 2 ". 3.04 DUCTWORK SYSTEM INSULATION: A. Insulation Omitted. 1. Do not insulate outside air and exhaust air ductwork unless otherwise indicated. 2. All ductwork specified to be insulated that is located in mechanical rooms, located on roofs, or where exposed in conditioned spaces or to weathershall be internally lined under Section 15891 "Metal Ductwork "; unless noted otherwise in these specifications or on the drawings. B. Insulate the following with flexible fiberglass insulation, unfaced, 1.5' thickness unless otherwise noted. Firmly wrap insulation around duct work with all joints lapped a minimum of 2 inches. Secure insulation to ducts by means of 16 gauge soft - annealed galvanized wire spaced 12 inches on centers at loose ends. 1. Warm air heating ductwork in concealed spaces, unless in ceiling plenum provide all service wrap insulation. 2. Return air ductwork in non - conditioned concealed spaces unless in ceiling supply plenum use all service wrap insulation. . 3. Return air ductwork located in return air ceiling plenums. C. Insulate the following with Flexible Fiberglass insulation with all service vapor barrier facing, 1.5" thickness unless noted otherwise. 1. HVAC hot /cold mixed air ductwork between fan discharge or HVAC unit discharge, and room terminal unit. 2. Outdoor air intake ductwork between air entrance and indoor fan inlet or indoor HVAC unit inlet. 3. Installation: a. Neatly wrap insulation around ducts with all joints tightly butted together. b. Seal transverse joints with vapor barrier facing tab overlapping all joints 2- inches and secure with vapor barrier adhesive or outward - clinch stapes on 4- inches centers. c. Seal longitudinal joints with 4 -inch wide vapor barrier adhesive tape. d. Secure insulation to underside of ducts, 100 percent coverage, with ductwork 15250 -4 insulation adhesive. MECHANICAL INSULATION R CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT#3626, PLAN #B-5187-S e. In addition to adhesive, on underside of ducts 24- inches or greater in width, use mechanical fasteners on maximum 12 -inch centers. f. Seal all penetrations of vapor barrier facing with vapor barrier mastic. D. Insulate the following with Rigid Fiberglass Insulation, 2.0" thickness unless noted otherwise. 1. HVAC and unit housings not preinsulated at the factory or where lining has been specifically omitted. 2. Installation: Fasten to ductwork with adhesive and pins per manufacturer's recommendations. Butt all joints and provide 16 gage corner angles at corners. Seal all joints with approved duct tape. E. Contractor's Option: Contractor may provide duct liner as set forth in Section 15891, using equivalent installed "R" values; in lieu of external duct wrap or rigid insulation as specified ' above unless ductwork is specifically indicated as being unlined. F. Hot Ductwork: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate range and hood exhaust ductwork with PABCO "Super Fire Temp" asbestos free, non - combustible fireproofing board. a. Provide 1 to 4 hourfire rating as indicated. b. Install per manufacturer's Instructions. 3.05 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Cold Equipment (Below Ambient Temperature): 1. Application requirements: Insulate the following cold equipment: a. Refrigeration equipment, including chillers, tanks and pumps. b. Drip pans under chilled equipment. c. Cold and chilled water pumps. d. Pneumatic water tanks. 2. Insulate each item of equipment specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation: a. Fiberglass: 2" thick for cold surfaces above 35 degrees F and 3" thick for ' surfaces 35 degrees F and lower, B. Hot Equipment (Above Ambient Temperature): 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following hot equipment: a. Boilers (not pre - insulated at factory). b. Water heaters. c. Hot water expansion tanks. d. Hot water pumps. 2. Insulate each item of equipment specified above with one of the following types and thicknesses of insulation. a. Fiberglass: 2" thick, except 3" thick for low- pressure boilers and steam - jacketed heat exchangers. C. Breeching and Stacks: 1. Application Requirements: Insulate the following breechings and stacks: a. Breechings between heating equipment outlet and stack or chimney connection, except for double wail or factory insulated breechings. l I' 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING INSULATION A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its ' intended purpose. B. Install insulation on pipe systems subsequent to installation of heat tracing, painting, testing, ' and acceptance of tests. C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulated each continuous run of piping with full - length units of insulation, with a single cut piece to complete run. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250 -! RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CONT #3626 . PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. E. Maintain integrity of vapor barrier jackets on pipe insulation, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. F. Cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specific form or type is indicated. G. Extend piping insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. H. Butt pipe insulation against pipe hanger insulation inserts. For hot pipes, apply 3" wide vapor barrier tape or band over the buttjoints. For cold piping apply wet coat of vapor barrier lap cement on butt joints and seal joints with 3" wide vapor barrier tape or band. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK INSULATION A. General: Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. C. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. D. Maintain integrity of vapor barrier on ductwork insulation, and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. E. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. F. Lined Ductwork: Except as otherwise indicated, omit insulation on ductwork where internal insulation or sound absorbing linings have been installed. G. Ductwork Exposed to Weather: Where external insulation has been specifically indicated, protect outdoor insulation from weatherby installing outdoor protective finish or jacketing as recommended by manufacturer. H. Corner Angles: Except for oven and hood exhaust duct insulation, install corner angles on external corners of insulation on ductwork in exposed finished spaces before covering with jacketing. 3.08 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. General: Install equipment thermal insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves intended purpose. B. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces and on clean and dry surfaces. Redo poorly fitted joints. Do not use mastic or joint sealer as filler for gaping joints and excessive voids resulting from poor workmanship. C. Maintain integrity of vapor- barrier on equipment insulation and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. D. Do not apply insulation to equipment, breechings, or stacks while hot. E. Apply insulation using the staggered joint method for both single and double layer construction, where feasible. Apply each layer of insulation separately. F. Coat insulated surfaces with layer of insulating cement, troweled in workmanlike manner, leaving a smooth continuous surface. Fill in scored block, seams, chipped edges and depressions, and cover over wire netting and joints with cement of sufficient thickness to 15250-6 MECHANICAL INSULATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S remove surface irregularities. RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 MECHANICAL INSULATION 15250-7 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CON #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S G. Cover insulated surfaces with all- service jacketing neatly fitted and firmly secured. Lap seams at least 2 ". Apply over vapor barrier where applicable. H. Do not insulate boiler manholes, handholes, cleanouts, ASME stamp, and manufacturer's nameplate. Provide neatly beveled edge at interruptions of insulation. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance; include metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, frames and accessories. J. Equipment exposed to Weather: Protect outdoor insulation from weather by installation of weather- barrier mastic protective finish, or jacketing, as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.09 ACOUSTICAL INSTALLATION A. Install within confines of roof curbs for roof mounted air handlers and air conditioning units, and elsewhere as indicated on drawings. B. Cut to fit snugly within curb and around duct at duct penetrations, 4" minimum thickness. 3.10 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. B. Protection: Insulation Installer shall advise Contractor of required protection for insulation work during remainder of construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration. END OF SECTION 15260-8 MECHANICAL INSULATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15305 PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes private fire protection service mains and appurtenances from the source of water to a point 5 feet outside the building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 15 Section "Earthwork for Mechanical Systems ", B. Division 15 Section "Fire Protection" for interior building fire protection piping systems and equipment. C. Division 16 Section "Fire Alarm Systems" for electrical wiring for alarm devices and connection to panels. 1.03 UTILITY CHARGES A. Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Owner when and where to apply for water service. B. The Owner shall pay all charges for the Installation of meters, meter vaults, back flow preventers, and water service. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the fallowing in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for valves, indicator posts, fire hydrants, water meter, alarm devices and ' identification devices. C. Shop drawings for precast concrete valve pits and meter pit, including frames and covers. D. Shop drawings for cast -in -place concrete valve pits and meter pit, including frames and covers. E. Wiring diagrams for alarm devices. F, Coordination drawings showing pipe sizes, valves, fire hydrants, and meter locations and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, anchors, and thrust ' blocks. Show other piping in the same trench and clearances from fire service main. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. G. Coordination profile drawings showing fire service main piping in elevation. Draw profiles at a horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet and a vertical scale of not less than 1 ' inch equals 5 feet. Indicate pipe, valves, fire hydrants, structures, meter, anchors, and thrust blocks. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing fire ' service main. H. Record drawings, at project closeout, of installed water service piping and products in accordance with requirements of Division 1. I. Maintenance data for valves, indicator posts, fire hydrants, water meter, and alarm devices for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Comply with requirements of utility supplying water to the project. B. Comply with local fire department /marshal standards pertaining to materials, hose threads, and installation. ' PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS 15305-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAI&AND TRAINING FACILITY CONT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Comply with requirements of NFPA 24 for materials and installation. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, for shipping as follows: 1. Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set valves in best position for handling. Set gate valves and fire hydrants closed to prevent rattling. Storage: Use the following precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, during storage: 1. Do not remove end protectors unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors. Maintain valve temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures. C. Handling: Use a sling to handle valves, including fire hydrants, whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as listing or rigging points. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate connection to on -site water service piping. Notify Owner and authorities having jurisdiction of any and all activities requiring temporary shutdown of on -site water service. B. Coordinate connection to public water main with utility company. C. Coordinate with interior fire protection piping. D. Coordinate with other utility work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gate Valves: a. American Darling Valve, Div. of American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. Clow Valve Co,; Div. of McWane. Inc. c. Jenkins Bros. d. Kennedy Valve; Div. of McWane, Inc. e. Milwaukee Valve Co. f. Mueller - Hersey; A Grinnell Co. g. Stockham Valve & Fittings, Inc. 2. Tapping Valves: a. Clow Valve Co.; Div. of McWane, Inc. b. Kennedy Valve; Div. of McWane, Inc. c. Mueller- Hersey; A Grinnell Co. 3. Indicator Posts: a. American Darling Valve, Div. of American Cast Iron Pipe Co. b. Clow Valve Co.; Div. of McWane, Inc. c. Kennedy Valve; Div. of McWane, Inc. d. Mueller - Hersey; A Grinnell Co. e. Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 4. Detector Check Valves: a. Kennedy Valve; Div. of McWane, Inc. b. Mueller- Hersey; A Grinnell Co. Double Check Valve Assemblies: c. Ames Co.. Inc. d. Cla -Val Co. e. Febco; Div. of CMB Industries. f. Mueller- Hersey; A Grinnell Co. 15305 -2 g. Watts Regulator Co. PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 5. Wet - Barrel Fire Hydrants: a. Clow Valve Co,; Div. of McWane, Inc. ' b. Mueller- Hersey; A Grinnell Co. 6. Detector Type Main Line Water Meter: a. Mueller- Hersey; A Grinnell Co. 7, Detector -Type Turbine Water Meter: a. Badger Meter, Inc. b. Rockwell Intl.; Measurement & Flow Control Div. c. Schlumberger Industries; Neptune Water Div. 8. Alarm Devices: a. Notifrer Co.; Div. of Pittway Corp. b. Potter Electric Signal Co. 1 2.02 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS, GENERAL A. Pipe and pipe fittings materials shall be compatible with each other. Where more than one type of materials or products is indicated, selection. is Installer's option. B. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Pipe: AWWA C900, Class 200, bell and spigot with neoprene sealing rings. ' 1. AWWA C110 ductile -iron or cast -iron, or AW1fVA C153 ductile -iron compact fittings, of dimension to match pipe outside diameter, with AWWA C104, cement lining, and AWWA C111 neoprene gaskets. Provide polyethylene encasement in accordance with ' Section 15051 paragraph "Corrosion Protection ". C. Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type K: 1. Fitting: Wrought - Copper Solder Joint, ANSI B16.22; 2. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B32, Alloy 5b5, tin (95 percent), antimony (5 percent). 2.03 VALVES A. Nonrising Stem Gate Valves 4 Inches and Larger: UL 262 /FM approved, iron body and bonnet with flange for indicator post, tamper switch for wiring to fire alarm system, bronze seating material, inside screw, 175 -psi working pressure, mechanicaijoint ends. Provide with flanged ends for pit installation. B: Rising Stem Gate Valves, 3 Inches and Larger: AWWA C500, cast -iron double disc, bronze disc, and seat rings, or AWWA C509, resilient seated; cast -iron or ductile iron body and bonnet, OS &Y, bronze stem, 200 -psi working pressure, flanged ends. ' C. Rising Stem Gate Valves, 2 -1/2 Inches and Larger: UL 262 /17M approved, iron body and bonnet, bronze seating material. OS &Y, 175 -psi working pressure, flanged ends. D. Double Detector Check Valve Assembly: UL 312 /FM approved. Assembly shall consist of 2 UL 3121FM approved, iron body, 175 -psi working pressure, flanged -end check valves, with 2 UL 2621FM approved, iron body, OS&Y, flanged 175 -psi working pressure gate valves. ' Entire assembly to meet all requirements of local governing authorities including type, manufacturer, model, installation, etc. E. Valve Boxes: Cast -iron box having top section and cover with lettering "WATER ", bottom ' section with base of size to fit over valve and barrel approximately 5 inches in diameter, and adjustable cast -iron extension of length required for depth of bury of valve. 1. Provide a steel tee handle operating wrench with each valve box. Wrench shall have ' tee handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate valve, and socket fitting valve operating nut. 2.. Indicator Posts: UL 789/FM approved tamper switch for wiring to fire alarm system, vertical type, cast -iron body with operating wrench, extension rod, and adjustable 1 cast -iron barrel of length required for depth of bury of valve. F. Indicator Posts: UL 789/FM approved, wall type, cast -iron bodywith wheel handle and extension rod of length required for operation of valve. PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS 15305-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA&AND TRAINING FACILITY CONT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S G. Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve: Provide a complete assembly, including tapping sleeve, tapping valve, and bolts and nuts. The sleeve and the valve shall be compatible with the tapping machine to be used. 1. Tapping Sleeve: Cast -iron or ductile -iron 2 -piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Sleeve may have mechanical joint ends with rubber gaskets or have sealing rings in the sleeve body. Sleeve shall mate with the size and type pipe material being tapped. Outlet flange shall be size required for branch connection. 2. Tapping Valve: Gate valve equivalent to AWWA C500, bronze mounted, or AWWA C509, resilient seated; nonrising bronze stem, cast -iron or ductile iron body and bonnet, stem nut, 200 -psi working pressure, one flanged end and one mechanical joint end. 2.04 FIRE HYDRANTS A. General: Cast -iron body, compression -type valve, opening against pressure and closing with pressure, 6 -inch mechanicaljoint inlet, 150 -psi working pressure. B. Outlet Threads: NFPA 1963, external hose thread used by the local fire department. Outlets shall have cast -iron caps with steel chains. C. Operating and Cap Nuts: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Direction of Opening: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Finish: Red exterior alkyd gloss enamel paint. F. Wet - Barrel Fire Hydrants: UL 246 /FM approved, two 2 -1/2 and one 4 -1/2 inch outlets, 6 -inch NPS or flanged inlet, and base section with 6 -inch mechanical joint inlet. G. Wet - Barrel Fire Hydrants: AWWA C503, two 2 -112 and one 4 -1/2 -inch outlets, and 6 -inch NPS or flanged inlet, and base section with 6 -inch mechanical joint inlet. 2.05 WATERMETER A. General: Provide water meter with registration in gallons. B. Detector -Type Water Meter: AWWA C703, UL listed, FM approved, main line, proportional type, 150 -psi working pressure, with meter on bypass. 1. Bypass meter: AWWA C702, compound type, bronze case; size not less than one half the normal size of the main line meter. 2. Bypass meter: AWWA C701, turbine type, bronze case; size not less than one half the nominal size of the main line meter. C. Detector -Type Water Meter. AWWA 0703, UL listed, FM approved, main line turbine type, 175 -psi working pressure; with strainer, and meter on bypass. 1. Bypass Meter. AWWA C701, turbine type, bronze case; not less than 2 -inch size. 2.06 ANCHORAGES A. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: ASTM A506, steel. B. Rods:ASTM A575, steel. C. Bolts: ASTM A307, steel. D. Cast -Iron Washers: ASTM A126, gray iron. E. Bearing and Gravity Thrust Blocks: Portland cement concrete mix, 3,000 psi, Cement: ASTM C150, Type I., Fine Aggregate; ASTM C33, sand, Course Aggregate: ASTM C33, crushed gravel, Water: potable. 2.07 ALARM DEVICES A. General: UL 7531FM approved, of types and sizes to mate and match piping equipment. B. Supervisory Switches: SPOT, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. 2.08 IDENTIFICATION 15305-4 PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN. #8- 5187 -S A. Metallic -Lined Plastic Underground Warning Tapes: Polyethylene plastic tape with metallic core, 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick, solid blue in color with continuously printed caption in black letters "CAUTION - WATER LINE BURIED BELOW." B. Nonmetallic Piping Label: Engraved plastic laminate label, for installation on the main electrical meter panel; not less than 1 inch by 3 inches, with caption "CAUTION -THIS STRUCTURE HAS A NONMETALLIC WATER SERVICE." PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF BURIED PIPE FOUNDATION A. Grade trench bottom to provide a smooth, firm, stable, and rock -free foundation throughout the length of the pipe. B. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes are to be laid, and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated level. C. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe. Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. Dig bell hales at each pipe joint to relieve the bells of all loads and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe. 3.02 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS INSTALLATION A. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Pipe (4" and larger): Install with cement - mortar - lined, ductite -iron or cast -iron, mechanical joint or push -on joint fittings, and rubber gaskets; in accordance with AWWA M23. 1. Encase metallic fittings and appurtenances in polyethylene film. In accordance with Section "Earthwork for Mechanical Systems" ' B. Hard Drawn Copper Tube Type K below ground, Type L above ground (Less than 4 "): Install with wrought copper fittings using Alloy 5b5, tin (95 percent), antimony (5 percent). C. Depth of Cover: Provide minimum coverover piping of 36 inches below finished grade. D. Water Main Connection: Arrange for tap in water main, of size and in location as indicated, from water utility. ' E. Tap water main with size and in location as indicated, in accordance with requirements of water utility. F. Water Service Termination: Terminate fire water service piping 50" from building foundation in location and invert as indicated. Provide temporary pipe plug for piping extension into building. 1 G. Water Service Terminaton: Terminate fire water service piping inside building where indicated. Provide line size gate valve, 3/4 -inch valved test tee, and pressure gage. Provide sleeve cast into building wall and watertight sleeve seal. ' 3.03 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General Application: Use mechanical joint end, non rising stem gate valves for buried installation. Use flanged -end gate valves for installation in pits and inside building. Use nonrising stem UUFM gate valves for installation with indicator post. B. UUFM -Type Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. 1. Install buried valves and valves in pit with stem pointing up and with vertical cast iron indicator post. 2. Install interior valves with wall indicator post. 3.04 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. UL /FM -Type Fire Hydrants: Comply with NFPA 24. Install with gate valve and provision for drainage as indicated. i' 3.05 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS 15305-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA�AND TRAINING FACILITY CONT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Provide anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. 3.06 PROTECTIVE COATING APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements of Division 15 Section 15051 "Earthwork for Mechanical Systems." 3.07 ALARM DEVICE INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with NFPA 26 for devices and methods of valve supervision. Buried valves with curb boxes do not require supervision. 3.08 IDENTIFICATION INSTALLATION A. Install continuous plastic underground warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water service piping. Locate 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly over piping. B. Attach nonmetallic piping label permanently to main electrical meter panel. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have sufficiently hardened. Fill pipeline 24 hours prior to testing, and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1 -112 times working pressure for 2 hou rs. 1. Increase pressure in 50 -psi increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for one hour. decrease to 0 psi. Slowly increase again to pressure and hold for one more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within above limits. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect private fire service mains as follows: 1. Purge all new private fire service systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired. Prior to use. 2. Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction or, in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, use the procedure described in AWWA C651. or as described below: B. Comply with NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush the piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at the points of outlet. C. Fill the system or part thereof with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) the system or part thereof and allow to stand for 24 hou rs. D. Drain the system or part thereof of the previous solution and refill with a water /chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. E. Following the allowed standing time, flush the system with clean, potable water until chlorine does not remain in the water coming from system. F. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the authority having jurisdiction. Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by the authority shows evidence of contamination. 1. Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 15305-6 PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15310 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies automatic sprinkler systems for buildings and structures. Materials and equipment specified in this Section include: 1. Pipe fittings, valves, and specialties. 2. Sprinklers. B. Products furnished but not installed include sprinkler head cabinet with spare sprinkler heads. Furnish to the Owner's maintenance personnel. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division -15 Section "Private Fire Service Mains" for fire protection piping from fire service mains. 2. Division -10 Section "Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories" for fire extinguishers and extinguisher cabinets. 3. Division -15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identification of fire protection piping systems and components. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NIPS). B. Other definitions for fire protection systems are listed in NFPA Standards 13, 14, and 24. C. Working Plans as used in this Section means those documents including drawings and calculations prepared pursuant to the requirements contained in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of the authority having jurisdiction. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM is a "Wet-Pipe" system employing automatic sprinklers attached to a piping system containing water and connected to a water supply so that water discharges immediatelyfrom sprinklers opened by fire. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping and fire protection specialties. B. Shop Drawings prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 identified as "Working Plans," including hydraulic calculations where applicable, and which have been approved by the authority having jurisdiction. C. Maintenance Data for each type sprinkler head, valve, piping and fire protection specialties, for inclusion in operating and maintenance manual specified in Division 1 and Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" D. Welder's qualification certificates. E. Test Reports and Certificates including "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground Piping" as described in NFPA 13. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Installation and alterations of fire protection piping, equipment, specialties, and accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed only by a qualified installer. The term qualified means experienced in such work experienced shall mean having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15310 - 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CON #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S project, familiar with all precautions required, and has complied with all the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Upon request, submit evidence of such qualifications to the Architect. Refer to Division -1 Section: "Definitions and Standards" for definitions for "Installers." Installer shall have valid State of California Contractor's License. B. Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators: Comply with the requirements of AWS D10.9, Specifications for Qualifications of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing, Level AR -3." C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following standards: 1. NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. UL and FM Compliance: Fire Protection system materials and components shall be Underwriter's Laboratories listed and labeled, and Factory Mutual approved for the application anticipated. . 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule rough -in installations with installations of other building components. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Valve Wrenches. Furnish to Owner 2 valve wrenches for each type of sprinkler head installed. B. Sprinkler Heads and Cabinets: Furnish six extra sprinkler heads of each style included in the project. Furnish each style with its own sprinkler head cabinet and special wrenches as specified in this Section. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire protection system products from one of the following: 1. Gate Valves: a. Jenkins b. Kennedy Valve, Div c. Stockham 2. Swing Check Valves: a. Jenkins of ITT Grinnell Valve Co., Inc. b. Kennedy Valve, Div. of ITT Grinnell Valve Co., Inc. c. Star Sprinkler Corp. d. Stockham 3. Grooved Mechanical Couplings: a. Stockham b. Victaulic Company of America 4. Water Flow Indicators: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Go., Inc. b. Star Sprinkler Corp. c. Victaulic Company of America d. Viking Corp. e. Potter - Roemer 5. Sprinkler Heads: a. Automatic Sprinkler Corp. of America b. Central Sprinkler Corp. c. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. d. Globe Fire Equipment Co. e. Guardian Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. f. ITT Grinnell g. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. h. Star Sprinkler Corp. 16310-2 i. Viking Corp. AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 i CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.02 PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS A. General: Refer to Part 3 Article "Pipe Applications' for Identification of systems where the below- specified pipe and fitting materials are used. B. Steel Pipe. ASTM A135, Schedule 10 and Schedule 40, black steel pipe, plain ends as manufactured by Allied or equal. 2.03 FITTINGS ' A. Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. B. Malleable - Threaded Fittings: ANSI 816.3, standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI 81.20.1. C. Steel Fittings: ASTM A234, seamless or welded, for welded joints. D. Grooved Mechanical Fittings: ASTM A536, Grade 65 -45 -12 ductile iron; ASTM A47 Grade 32510 malleable iron; or ASTM A53, Type F or Types E or S, Grade B fabricated steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings. ' E. Grooved Mechanical Couplings: Consist of ductile or malleable iron housing, a synthetic rubber gasket of a central cavity pressure - responsive design; with nuts, bolts, locking pin, locking toggle, or lugs to secure roll - grooved pipe and fittings. Grooved mechanical couplings including gaskets used on dry -pipe systems shall be listed for dry -pipe service. F. Cast -Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 250; raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced. ' 2.04 JOINING MATERIALS A. Welding Materials: Comply, with Section 11, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded. B. Gasket Materials: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid or gas to be handled, and ' design temperature and pressures. 2.05 GENERAL DUTY VALVES A. Gate Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller. Body and bonnet of cast bronze, 175 pound cold water working pressure - non - shock, threaded ends, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem, screw -in bonnet, and malleable iron handwheel. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. B. Gate Valves- 2 -1/2 Inch and Larger: Iron body; bronze mounted, 175 -pound cold water working pressure - non - shock. Valves shall be solid taper wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem; flanged bonnet, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A126 Class B, replaceable bronze wedge facing rings; flanged ends; and a packing assembly consisting of a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet, and bronze bonnet bushing. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. ' C. Swing Check Valves: MSS SP -71; Class 175, cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B; horizontal swing, with a bronze disc or cast iron disc with bronze disc ring, and flanged ends. Valve shall be capable of being refitting while the valve remains in the line. 2.06 SPECIALTY VALVES ' A. Alarm Check Valve: 175 psig working pressure, designed for horizontal or vertical installations, and have cast iron, flanged inlet and outlet, bronze grooved seat with "O" ring seals, single hinge pin and latch design. Provide trim sets for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, drip cup assembly piped with check valve to main ' drain line, and fill line attachment with strainer. AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15310-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST# AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.07 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS A. Sprinkler Heads: Fusible link type and style as indicated or required by the application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with nominal 112 -inch discharge orifice, for "ordinary" temperature range. B. Sprinkler Head Finishes: Provide heads with the following finishes: 1. Upright, Pendant, and Sidewall Styles: Chrome plated in finish spaces, exposed to view; rough bronze finish for heads in unfinished spaces and not exposed to view. Heads shall be wax - coated where installed exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. On all exposed heads, install approved wire mesh head guard. 2. In all areas of building with finished ceilings, install concealed type fire sprinkler heads. a. Concealed Style: Rough brass, with painted white cover plate. b. Flush Style: Bright chrome, with painted white escutcheon plate. C. Sprinkler Head Cabinet and Wrench: Finish steel cabinet, suitable for wall mounting, with hinged cover and space for 6 spare sprinkler heads plus sprinkler head wrench. Provide a separate cabinet for each style sprinkler head on the project. 2.08 ALARM DEVICES A. General: Types and sizes shall mate and match piping and equipment connections. B. Water Flow Indicators: Vane type waterflow detector, rated to 250 psig, designed for horizontal or vertical installation; have 2 -SPDT circuit switches to provide isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 ampere 125 volts AC and 0.25 ampere 24 Volts DC; complete with factory -set, field - adjustable retard element to prevent false signals, and tamper -proof cover which sends a signal when cover is removed. C. Supervisory Switches: SPST, normally closed contacts, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPE APPLICATIONS A. Install Schedule 10 or Schedule 40 black steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller, and with welded joints 2 -1/2 inch and larger. 3.02 PIPING INSTALLATIONS A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. B. Deviations from approved "Working Plans" for sprinkler piping require written approval of the authority having jurisdiction and the Mechanical Engineer. Written approval shall be on file with the Architect prior to deviating from the approved "Working Plans" C. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13. D. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, bronze takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E. Install unions in pipes 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings. F. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2 -1/2 inch and larger connections. G. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13. Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer's written instructions, for rigid systems. Provide coupling manufacturer's written instructions, for rigid systems. . Provide protection from damage where subject to earthquake in accordance with NFPA 13. 15310-4 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S H. Make connections between underground and above - ground piping using an approved transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation. I. Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in foundation walls. J. Install test connections sized and located in accordance with NFPA 13 complete with shutoff valve. Test connections may also serve as drain pipes. K. Install pressure gage on the riser or feed main at or neareach test connection. Provide gage with a connection not less than 1/4 inch and having a soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and where they will not be subject to freezing. 3.03 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Welded Joints: AWS D10.9, Level AR -3. B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI 31.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Joint pipe, fittings, and valves as follows: 1. Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. 2. Align threads at point of assembly. 3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads. 4. Assemblejoint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. . 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads that are corroded or damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of a pipe shall not be used. C. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. D. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings. E. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends. 3.04 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. General: Install fire protection specialty valves, fittings, and specialties in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, NFPA 13 and authority having jurisdiction. B. Gate Valves: Install supervised -open gate valves so located to control all sources of water supply except fire department connections. Where there is more than one control valve, provide permanently marked identification signs indicating the portion of the system controlled by each valve. Refer to Division -15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for valve tags and signs. C. Install check valves in each water supply connection. D. Alarm Check Valves: Install valves in the vertical position, in proper direction of flow including the bypass check valve. Install valve trim in accordance with the valve manufacturer's appropriate trim diagrams, Test valve for proper operation. 3.05 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS A. Use proper tools to prevent damage during installations. B. Where heads are subject to damage, such as in storage rooms, mechanical rooms, custodian rooms, gymnasiums, shower and locker rooms, etc., install approved type protective metal basket head guards. C. In all reprovable or modular patterned ceilings, install all sprinkler heads centered on the AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15310-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STf" AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S modular ceiling panels. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler piping systems in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Replace piping system components that do not pass the test procedures specified, and retest repaired portion of the system. 3.07 CORROSION PROTECTION A. All below ground metallic fittings, valves, flanges, bolts, etc., installed under this Section of the Specifications, shall be protected against corrosion. B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Earthwork for Mechanical Systems ". 3.06 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The Contractor shall review the fire sprinkler design and coordinate the shop drawings, identified as "Working Plans ", with the Mechanical Engineer and other parts of the work, prior to submission to Architect for review. B. Architect will review for concept only. Contractor /Installer and mechanical shall review for possible conflict with other portions of the work. 3.09 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. All new systems including yard piping shall be hydrostatically tested at not less than 200 psi pressure for 2 hours, or at 50 psi in excess of the maximum pressure, when the maximum pressure to be maintained in the system is in excess of 150 psi. END OF SECTION 15310-6 AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15411 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes potable cold water, hot water, and circulation hot water piping, fittings, and specialties within the building to a point of 5 feet outside the building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section. 1. Division 15 section "Water Distribution System" for water service piping (which connects the "Water Distribution Piping" to wells and public utilities). 2. Section 02215: Structural Excavation and Backfill. 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for materials and methods for sealing pipe penetrations through basement walls and fire and smoke barriers. 4. Division 15 Section "Valves." 5. Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages' for thermometers and pressure gages. 6. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identification of piping systems. 7. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Pumps" for pressure booster systems, circulators, circulation pumps, motors, and accessories. 8. Division -15 Section "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements." B. Separate sections of Division 15 specify Basic Piping Materials and Methods, Hangers, and Supports, Expansion Compensation, piping system identification materials and requirements, general duty valves, pipe insulation, fire protection piping, and plumbing equipment. ' 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Water Distribution Pipe: A pipe within the building or on the premises that conveys water from the water service pipe or meter to the points of usage. ' B. Water Service Pipe: The pipe from the water main or other source of potable water supply to the water distributing system of the building served. C. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are nominal pipe size (NIPS). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. 1. Product data for each piping specialty and valve specified. 2. Test reports specified in Part 3 of this Section. 3. Maintenance data for each piping specialty and valve specified for inclusion in Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and Division 15 Section - "Basic Mechanical Requirements." 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following codes: 1. ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bearthe appropriate ASME label. 2. Comply with applicable portions of Codes and Regulations in use by Authorities having jurisdiction. (See Division 15 Section "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements "). IWATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 15411 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S�N AND TRAINING FACILITY CO T #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide factory - applied plastic end -caps on each length of pipe and tube, except for concrete, corrugated metal, hub - and - spigot, clay pipe. Maintain endcaps through shipping, storage and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored pipes and tubes. Elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of the floor. C. Protect flanges, fittings and specialties, from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping. D. Store CPVC, and PVC pipe and fittings where protected from direct sunlight. E. Store pipe in a manner to prevent sagging and bending. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the size and location of concrete equipment pads. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into pad. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate the installation of pipe sleeves for foundation wall penetrations. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Maintenance Stock: Furnish one valve key for each key- operated wall hydrant, hose Bibb, fixture supply, or faucet installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer Uniformity: Conform to the requirements specified in Division 15 section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Strainers: a. Josam Co. b. Metraflex Co. c. Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co. d. Spirax Sarco, Inc. 1) Balance Cocks: (a) Hammond Valve Corp. (b) Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc. (c) Walworth (d) Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. 2) Hose Bibbs: (a) Lee Brass Co. (b) Nibco,Inc. (c) Watts Regulator Co. (d) Woodford Mfg. Co. 3) Wall Hydrants: (a) Josam Co. (b) Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co. (c) Wade Div., Tyler Pipe (d) Woodford Mfg. Co. (e) Zurn Industries Inc., Hydromechanics Div. 4) Backflow Preventers: (a) Cla -Val Co. (b) Febco (c) Hersey Products, Inc. 15411-2 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 1 1 A. Pipe and Tube: Refer to Part 3, Article "Application, General," for identification of systems where the below materials are used. B. Copper Tube: (Within Building) ASTM B88, Type L Water Tube, drawn temper. C. Copper Tube: (Underground) ASTM B88, Type K Water Tube, annealed temper. D. Polyvinyl chloride pipe (distilled water system only) Schedule 80 PVC pipe as manufactured by R & G Sloane, suitable for distilled water service. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 15411 -3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S (d) Watts Regulator Co. (e) Zurn Industries Inc. Wilkins Regulators Div. 5) Pressure - Regulating Valves'. (a) Cash (A.W.) Valve Mfg. Corp. (b) Cla -Val Co. (c) Spence Engineering Co., Inc. ' (d) Watts Regulator Co. (e) Zurn Industries, Inc., Wilkins Regulator Div. 6) Relief Valves: (a) Cash (A. W.) Valve Mfg. Corp. (b) Watts Regulator Co. (c) Zurn Industries, Inc. Wilkins Regulator Divs. 7) Water Hammer Arresters: ' (a) Amtrol, Inc. (b) Ancon, Inc. (c) Josam Co. ' (d) Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. (e) Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co. (f) Wade Div., Tyler Pipe (g) Watts Regulator Co. (h) Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 8) Mechanical Couplings and Fittings for Grooved -End Steel Pipe: (a) Grinnell Corp. ' (b) Gustin -Bacon Div., Tyler Pipe (c) Stockham Valves & Fittings, Inc. ' 9) (d) Victaulic Co. of America Mechanical Couplings and Fittings for Grooved -End Copper Tube'. (a) Victaulic Co. of America 10) Compression Fittings for PB Plastic Pipe: (a) Brass -Craft Sub. of Masco Corp. 11) Vacuum Breakers for Hose Connections: (a) Cash (A.W.) Valve Mfg. Corp. (b) Conbraco Industries, Inc. (c) Watts Regulator Co. 12) Mechanical Sleeve Seals: 13) (a) Thundedine Corp. Pipe Escutcheons: (a) Chicago Specialty Mfg. Co. (b) Sanitary-Dash Mfg. Co. ' (c) Grinnell 14) Dielectric Waterway Fittings: (a) Epco Sales. Inc. I' (b) Victaulic Company of America 15) Dielectric Unions: (a) Eclipse, Inc. ' (b) Perfection Corp. (c) Watts Regulator Co. 2.02 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 1 A. Pipe and Tube: Refer to Part 3, Article "Application, General," for identification of systems where the below materials are used. B. Copper Tube: (Within Building) ASTM B88, Type L Water Tube, drawn temper. C. Copper Tube: (Underground) ASTM B88, Type K Water Tube, annealed temper. D. Polyvinyl chloride pipe (distilled water system only) Schedule 80 PVC pipe as manufactured by R & G Sloane, suitable for distilled water service. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 15411 -3 _. _ _. .. .. ..,....,.,_ r.IIY OF NLWPUKI BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CO *T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.03 FITTINGS A. Wrought Copper Solder -Joint Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined patter. B. Wrought Copper and Bronze Grooved -End Fittings: ASTM B75 Tube and ASTM B584 Bronze Castings. C. Unions: ASME 816.39, malleable iron, Class 150, hexagonal stock, with ball- and - socket joints, metal -to -metal bronze seating surfaces, female threaded ends. Threads shall conform to ASME B1.20.1. D. Dielectric Unions: Threaded, solder, or grooved -end connections as required to suit application; constructed to isolate dissimilar metals, prevent galvanic action, and prevent corrosion. E. Dielectric Unions: Flexible Connectors: Stainless -steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze wire reinforced protective jacket; minimum 150 psig working pressure, maximum 250 degree F operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded -end connections to match equipment connected and shall be 12" long and capable of 314 -inch misalignment. Sweat ends are not acceptable. F. Socked weld PVC fittings: Schedule 80 PVC as manufactured by R & G Sloane Co. 2.04 JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B32, 95 -5 Tin- Antimony. B. Brazing Filler Metal&. AWS A5.8, BCUP Series C. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and design temperatures and pressure. 2.05 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES A. General -duty valves (i.e., gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves) are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves" Special duty valves are specified below by their generic name; refer to Part 3 Article "Valve Application" for specific uses and applications for each valve specified. B. Shut -off valves in PVC Pipe: Ball type valve with union ends rated for 150 PSI W.P. and suitable for distilled water service. 2.06 SPECIAL DUTY VALVES A. Balance Cocks: 400 PSI WOG, 2 piece, ball valve, handle, memory stop, with threaded -end connections conforming to ASME B1.20.1. B. Balance Cocks: 400 PSI WOG, 2 piece bronze, ball valve, handle, memory stop, with solder -end connections. 2.07 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Water Hammer Arresters: Bellows type, with stain less steel casing and bellows, pressure rated for 250 psi, tested and certified in accordance with PDI Standard WH -201 shall be of the following sizes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings: 1. Self - closing valves, lavatories, sinks, etc. 2. Supply or header pipe size W.H.A. No. 1/2" 5005 3/4" 5005 1" 5010 1 Flushometer, automatic and solenoid valves: Supply or header pipe size W.H.A. No. 15411-4 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3826, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3/4" 5010 1" 5010 1 1/4" 5030 1 1/2" 5040 2' 5050 B. Basket Strainers: Cast -iron body, 125 psi flanges, bolted -type or yoke -type coverwith removable noncorrosive perforated strainer basket having 1/8 -inch perforations and lift -out ' handle. C. Y -Type Strainers: Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, with ends matching piping system materials. Screens shall be Type 304 stainless steel, with 3164" perforations at 233 per square inch. Strainers in copper lined to have bronze bodies. 1. Provide strainers with 125 psi working pressure rating for low pressure applications, and 250 psi pressure rating for high pressure application. 2. Threaded ends, 2" and Smaller: Cast -iron body, or bronze body, screwed screen ' retainer with centered blowdown fitted with pipe plug. 3. Threaded Ends, 2 -112" and Larger: Cast -iron body or bronze body bolted screen retainer with off -center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. , 4. Flanged Ends, 2 -1/2" and Larger: Cast -iron body or bronze body, bolted screen retainer with off - center blowdown fitted with pipe plug. D. Hose connections: Hose connections shall have garden hose threaded outlets conforming to ASIA B 1.20.7. E. Hose Bibbs: Bronze body with chrome- or nickel - plated finish, with renewable composition ' disc, wheel handle, 1/2- or 3/4- inch solder inlet, hose outlet. F. Recessed Wall Hydrants: Cast - bronze box and door, with chrome - plated face, tee handle key, vacuum breaker, hinged locking cover, 3/4 -inch inlet, and hose outlet. Bronze casing ' shall be length to suit wall thickness. G. Vacuum Breakers: Hose connection vacuum breakers shall conform to ASSE Standard 1011, with finish to match hose connection. ' H. Backflow Preventers: Reduced - pressure - principle assembly consisting of shutoff valves on inlet and outlet and strainer on inlet. Assemblies shall include test cocks and pressure - differential relief valve located between 2 positive seating check valves and comply ' with requirements of ASSE Standard 1013. Assemblies shall have approval of Health Department having jurisdiction. ' I. Pressure - Regulating Valves: Single- seated, direct- operated type, having bronze body with integral strainer and complying with requirements of ASSE Standard 1003. Select proper size for maximum flow rate and inlet and outlet pressures indicated. . J. Relief Valves: Sizes for relief valves shall be in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes for indicated capacity of the appliance for which Installed. 1. Combined Pressure- Temperature Relief Valves: Bronze body, test lever, thermostat, complying with ANSI Z21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge capacity. Temperature relief valves shall be factory set at 210 degree F, and pressure relief at 150 psi. K. Escutcheons: Chrome - plated, stamped steel, hinged, split -ring escutcheon, with set screw. Inside diameter shall closely fit pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation. L. Sleeves: 1. Sheet -Metal Sleeves: 10 gage, galvanized sheet metal, round tube closed with welded ' longitudinal joint. 2. Steel Sleeves: Schedule 40 galvanized, welded steel pipe, ASTM A53, Grade A. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 15411 -5 CIIY OF NEWPORT BEAJH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CO T #3626 , PLAN #0- 5187 -S M. Mechanical Sleeve Se *Modular mechanical type, consistin Interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine rough -in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment with water connections to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes, and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris for both inside and outside of piping and fittings before assembly. 3.03 PIPE APPLICATIONS A. Install Type L, drawn copper tube with wrought copper fittings and solder joints for pipe sizes 4 inches and smaller, above ground, within building. B. Install Type K. annealed temper copper tube for pipe sizes 2 inches and smaller, with minimum numberof joints, below ground. C. Water piping in sizes 2 -1/2 to 6 inches maybe Type L drawn copper tube with roll - grooved ends and mechanical couplings, above ground within building. 3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into consideration pipe sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. B. Use fittings for all changes in direction and branch connections. C. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted unless expressly indicated. D. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. E. Conceal all piping installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Provide spaceto permit insulation applications, with 1 -inch clearance outside the insulation. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. G. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying full insulation and servicing of valves. H. Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, 314 -inch ball valve, and short 3/4 -inch threaded nipple and cap. I. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inches shall be galvanized steel pipe: pipe sleeves 6 inches and larger shall be galvanized steel sheet metal. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls with sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. K. Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass though fire -rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire -rated integrity. Refer to Division 7 for special sealers and materials. 15411 -6 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.05 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Hanger, support, and anchor devices conforming to MSS SP -69 are specified in Division 15 Section "Supports and Anchors" Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports. B. Pipe Attachments: Install the following. 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. 2. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, and spring hangers, MSS Type 41 with Type 49, for individual horizontal runs 20 feet and longer. 3. Pipe roll, complete MSS Type 44 for multiple horizontal runs, 20 feet or longer, support on a trapeze. 4. Spring hangers to support vertical runs. C. Install hangers for horizontal piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: ■ Nom. Pipe Size - Steel Pipe Size - Copper Tube Max. Min. Rod Diameter - Inches Inches Span- Feet Inches Up to 314 7 5 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 1 1/4 7 7 318 1 1/2 9 8 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 2 1/2 11 9 3/8 3 12 10 112 3 112 13 11 112 4 14 12 5/8 (1/2 for copper) 5 16 13 5/8 (12 for copoer) 6 17 14 314 (5/8 for copper) ' 8 19 16 10 22 18 7/8 (3/4 for copper) 7/8 (3/4 for copper) 12 23 19 7/8 (3/4 for copper) D. Support vertical steel pipe and copper tube at each floor. 3.06 PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Soldered Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Soldering Manual." B. Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS 'Brazing Manual." 1. CAUTION: Remove stems, seats, and packing of valves and accessible internal parts of piping specialties before soldering and brazing. ' 2. Fill the tubing and fittings during soldering and brazing with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide) to prevent formation of scale. 3. Heat joints to proper and uniform temperature. ' C. Threaded Joints: Conform to ASME 131.20.1, tapered pipe threaded for field -cut threads. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. 2. Align threads at point of assembly. 3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where dry seal threading is specified). ' 4. Assembly joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 15411 - 7 _. ­ 11 .0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST TION AND TRAINING FACILITY , CCWCT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5167 -S pipe is being Ad. a. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with corroded or damaged threads. If a weld ' opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used. D. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. ' Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and 'uniformly with a torque wrench. E. Grooved -End Joints. Prepare pipe and tubing and install in accordance with manufacturer's , installation instructions. F. Install all PVC socket weld joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and use cleaner and solvent as recommended by pipe manufacturer. 3.07 SERVICE ENTRANCE A. Extend water distribution piping to connect to water service piping, of s¢e and in location indicated for service entrance to building. Water service piping is specified in separate section of (Division 2) (Division 15). B. For trenching and backfill see Section 02215 "Structural Excavation and Backfill ". C. Install sleeve and mechanical sleeve seal at penetrations through foundation wail for watertight installation. ' D. Install Shutoff valve at service entrance inside building; complete with strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve. 3.08 VALVE APPLICATIONS ' A. General -Duty Valve Applications: The Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: , 1. Shut -off duty: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves. 2. Throttling duty: Use globe and ball valves. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF VALVES ' A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections, and elsewhere as indicated. For sectional valves 2 inches and smaller, use gate valves; for sectional ' valves 2 -112 inches and larger, use gate or butterfly valves. B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves at inlet and outlet of each plumbing equipment item and elsewhere as indicated. 1. At plumbing equipment: 2" and smaller use gate or ball valves. 2. At plumbing equipment: 2 -1/2" and large use gate or butterfly valves. 3. For plumbing fixtures see fixture trim. , 4. All other locations, use gate valves. C. Drain Valves: Install drain valves on each plumbing equipment item, located to drain equipment completelyfor service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and elsewhereas required to drain distribution piping system completely. For drain valves use 3/4" hose end drain valve. D. Check Valves: Install swing check valves on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as ' indicated. E. Balance Cocks: Install in each hot water recirculating loop, discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated. F. Hose Bibbs: Install on exposed piping where indicated. Provide vacuum breaker. G. Wall Hydrants: Install where indicated. Provide vacuum breaker. 1VP1 INSTALLATION PIPING SPECIALTIES WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) B. Test water distribution piping as follows'. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' A. Install backflow Preventers at each connection to mechanical equipment and systems and in compliance with the plumbing code and authority having jurisdiction. Install air cap fitting ' and pipe relief outlet drain without valves to nearest floor drain. Identify all piping ' downstream of backllow preventers as "industrial water ". B. Install pressure - regulating valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and balance cock ' bypass. Install pressure gage on valve outlet. ' 3.11 INSTALLATION OF PIPING WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Provide an air chamber at each valved water outlet or fixture supply for fixtures with manual closing valves. Airchamber shall be 18 inches long and one pipe size larger than supply to outlet. For a battery of fixtures, one air chamber 30 inches long and the full size of the header, but not less than 1 inch may be installed in lieu of individual'air chambers. ' Precision Plumbing Products, JMJ "System Rated" arrestors are acceptable in lieu of air chambers. B. Install water hammer arrestors on supply line to fixtures with self - closing, automatic or ' Flush ometer valves. Arrestors shall be as close as possible to individual fixtures and on the end of the header for a battery of fixtures. Arrestors shall be installed in the wall or furring, whenever possible, behind an access plate large enough to permit removal of the arrestor. Sizes as shown on the drawings or as specified hereinafter. Sizes and model numbers are J. R. Smith; equivalent arrestors by Josam, Wade or Zurn are acceptable. 3.12 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping Runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by plumbing code. B. Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection; provide drain valve on drain connection. For connections 2 -1/2 inches and larger, use ' flanges instead of unions. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Inspect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation water distribution piping system until it has been inspected and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. During the progress of the installation, notify the plumbing official having jurisdiction at least 24 hours priorto the time such inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing official. a. Rough -In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before concealed or closed in after system is roughed in and prior to setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to observe the tests specified below and to ensure compliance with the requirements of the plumbing code. ' 1) Reinspections: Whenever the plumbing official finds that the piping system will not pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections and arrange for reinspection by the plumbing official. 2) Reports: Prepare inspection reports signed by the plumbing official. B. Test water distribution piping as follows'. 1. Test for leaks and defects all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with a diagram of the portion of the system tested. ' 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed all new, altered, extended, or replaced water distribution piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose all such work for testing that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. ' 3. Cap and subject the piping system to a static water pressure of 50 psig above the WATER DISTRIIi�fl�t ggGSSUrz,6�g�gffigding the pressure rating of the piping system 15411 -9 Krvw ut6IGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ;"ION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' C�gCT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S materials. Isola he test source and allow to stand for 4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. ' 4. Repair all leaks and defects with new materials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 5. Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective action. , 3.14 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge all new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have , been altered, extended, or repaired prior to use, 2. Use the purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction or, in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, the procedure ' described in either AWWA C651, or AWWA C652, or as described below: a. Flush the piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at the points of outlet. b. Fill the system or part thereof with a water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) the system or part thereof and allow to stand for 24 hours. c. Drain the system or part thereof of the previous solution and refill with a ' water /chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million of chlorine and isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. d. Following the allowed standing time, flush the system with clean, potable water ' until chlorine does not remain in the water coming from the system. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the authority having jurisdiction. Repeat the procedure if the biological examination made by the authority shows evidence of contamination. B. Prepare reports for all purging and disinfecting activities. 3.15 COMMISSIONING , A. Fill the system. Check compression tanks, where used, to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is completely full of water. B. Before operating the system, perform these steps: 1. Close drain valve, hydrants, and hose bibbs. a. Open valves to full open position. 1) Remove and clean strainers. 2) Check pumps for proper direction of rotation. Correct improper wiring. 3) Lubricate pump motors and bearings. , END OF SECTION 15411-10 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING (INSIDE BUILDING) 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40D4513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH. 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15414 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sanitary sewerage system piping and appurtenances from a point 5 feet outside the building to the point of disposal. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 15 Section "Earthwork for Mechanical Systems" for excavation and backfill required for sanitary sewerage system piping and structures. 2. Division 3 Section "Concrete Work" for cast -in -place concrete manholes. 3. Division 15 Section "Drainage and Vent Systems" for building sanitary drains. 4. Division 15 Section "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements ". 5. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for drainage piping specialties. C. Shop drawings for precast concrete sanitary manholes, including frames and covers. D. Shop drawings for cast -in -place concrete or field- erected masonry sanitary manholes, including frames and covers. E. Record drawings showing pipe sizes and manholes, locations, and elevations. F. Coordination profile drawings showing sanitary sewerage system piping in elevation. Draw profiles at a horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet and vertical scale of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet. Indicate pipe and underground structures. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing sewerage system piping. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coded Compliancy: Comply with requirements of Uniform Plumbing Code, Health Department, and Authorities having jurisdiction. B. Utility Compliance: Comply with local utility regulations and standards pertaining to sanitary sewerage systems. C. Environmental Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of local environmental agency regulations pertaining to sanitary sewerage systems. D. Permits: Obtain all required permits in name of Owner. See Division 15 "Supplementary Mechanical Requirements ". 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Verify that storm sewerage system piping may be installed in compliance with original design and referenced standards. 1. Locate existing sanitary sewerage system piping and structures that are to be abandoned and closed. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate connection to public sewer with utility company. B. Coordinate with interior building sanitary drainage piping. SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 15414-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 • C. Coordinate with other utility work PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST" AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cleanouts: a. Ancon, Inc. b. Josam Co. c. Smith (Jay R.) Mfg. Co. d. Wade Div.; Tyler Pipe. e. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. Underground Warning Tapes: a. Allen Systems, Inc.; Reef Industries, Inc. b. Brady (W.H.) Co.; Signmark Div. c. Calpico. Inc. d. Carlton industries, Inc. e. EMED Co., Inc. Salon Name Plate Co. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: Provide pipe and pipe fitting materials compatible with each other. Where more than one type of materials or products is indicated, selection is Installer's option. B. Hub less Cast -Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: CISPI 301, gray cast iron, for coupling joints. 1. Heavy Duty Couplings: Cast iron joint connection couplings. Coupling body to conform to ASTM A-48 or ASTM -74 with ASTM C -564 neoprene sealing gasket. Manufacturers: "Best" or "MG ". C. PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D3034, SDR 35, for solvent cement or elastomeric gasket joints. 1. Solvent Cement ASTM D2564 Gaskets: ASTM F477, elastomeric seal. D. Couplings: Rubber or elastomeric compression gasket, made to match pipe inside diameter or hub, and adjoining pipe outside diameter. 1. Gaskets: ASTM C425, rubber for vitrified clay pipe; ASTM C443, rubber for concrete pipe; ASTM C564, rubber for cast -iron soil pipe; and ASTM F477, elastomeric seal for plastic pipe. Gaskets for dissimilar or other pipe materials shall be compatible with pipe materials being jointed. 2.03 CLEANOUTS A. General: Provide cast -iron ferrule and countersunk brass cleanout plug, with round cast -iron access frame and heavy -duty, secured, sconated cast -iron cover. 2.04 MANHOLES A. Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478 precast reinforced concrete, of depth indicated with provision for rubber gasket joints. 1. Base Section: 6 -inch minimum thickness for floor slab and 4 -inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section, and having a separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 2. Riser Sections: 4 -inch minimum thickness; 48 -inch diameter, and lengths to provide depth indicated. 3. Top Section: Eccentric cone type, unless concentric cone or flat - slab -top type is indicated. Top of cone to match grade rings. 4. Grade Rings: Provide 2 or 3 reinforced concrete rings, of 6 to 9 inches total thickness and match 24 -inch diameter frame and cover. 15414-2 5. Gaskets: ASTM C 443, rubber. SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM ICITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 F CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 p 6. Steps: Cast into base, riser, and top sections sidewall at 12- to 16 -inch intervals. 7. Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, resilient, of size required, for each pipe connecting to I base section. 8. Channel and Bench: Concrete. B. Manhole Frames and Covers: ASTM A 536, Grade 60- 40 -18, heavy-duty, ductile iron, 24 -inch inside diameter by 7- to 9 -inch riser with 4 -inch minimum width flange, and 26- inch - diareter cover, indented top design, with lettering "SANITARY SEWER" cast into cover. 2.05 IDENTIFICATION A. Metallic -Lined Plastic Underground Warning Tapes: Polyethylene plastic tape with metallic core, 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick, solid green in color with continuously printed caption in black letters "CAUTION- SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW." PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 PIPE INSPECTION A. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site. 3.02 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR BURIED SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEMS A. Grade trench bottom to provide smooth, firm, stable, and rock -free foundation, throughout ' the length of the pipe. B. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes are to be laid, and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated level. C. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe. Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. Dig bell holes at each pipe joint to relieve the bells of all loads and to ensure continuous hearing ' of the pipe barrel on the foundation. D. See Division 15 Section "Excavation for Mechanical Systems ". 3.03 PIPE APPLICATIONS FOR UNDERGROUND SANITARY SEWERS A. Pipe Sizes 15 inches and Smaller: PVC gasket joint sewer pipe and fittings. B. Pipe Sizes 1 -1/2 to 10 Inches: Hub less cast -iron soil pipe and fittings. ' 3.04 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans and details) indicate the general ' location and arrangement of the underground sanitary sewerage system piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Install the piping as indicated, to the extent practical. B. Install piping beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. C. Use fittings for branch connections, except where direct tap into existing sewer or manhole is indicated. D. Use proper size increasers and couplings, where different size or material of pipes and fittings are connected. Reduction of the size of piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of 2 percent, except where indicated otherwise. 1. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. ' F. Tunneling: Install pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, by SANITARYWVMR95 Lam, or a combination of both. 15414-3 .nviv unuur ivu. 4UU4513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE J&ION AND TRAINING FACILITY C CT #3626 ,PLAN #8- 5187 -5 3.05 PIPE JOINT CONSTRU ON AND INSTALLATION A. Join and install hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings, with "Best" or "MG" cast -iron 1 couplings with neoprene gaskets. Stainless steel couplings not acceptable below grade. B. Join and install PVC pipe as follows: , 1. Pipe and gasketed fittings, joining with elastomeric seals in accordance with ASTM D3312. 2. Installation in accordance with ASTM D2321. 3. Join different types of pipe with standard manufactured couplings and fittings intended for that purpose. 3.06 MANHOLES A. General: Install manholes complete with accessories as indicated. Form continuous concrete or split pipe section channels and benches between inlets and outlet. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finish surface where manholes occur in pavements. Elsewhere, set tops 3 inches above finish surface, unless otherwise indicated. B. Place precast concrete manhole sections as indicated, and install in accordance with ASTM C 891. , C. Provide rubber joint gasket complying with ASTM C 443 at joints of sections. D. Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints of sections. , 3.07 CLEANOUTS A. Install cleanouts and extension from sewer pipe to cleanout at grade as indicated. Set cleanout frame and cover in concrete block 18 by 18 by 12 inches deep, except where location is in concrete paving. Set top of cleanout 1 inch above surrounding earth grade or flush with grade when installing in paving. B. Provide as shown on plans or as required by UPC. 3.08 TAP CONNECTIONS A. Make connections to existing piping and underground structures so that finished work will , conform as nearly as practicable to the requirements specified for new work. B. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye fitting plus , 6 -inch overlap, with not less than 6 inches of 3000 psi 28 -day compressive - strength concrete. C. Protect existing piping and structures to prevent concrete or debris from entering while ' making tap connections. Remove debris, concrete, or other extraneous material that may accumulate. 3.09 CLOSING ABANDONED SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM , A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping that is indicated to remain in place. Provide sufficiently strong closures to withstand hydrostatic or earth ' pressure that may result after ends of abandoned utilities have been closed. B. Close open ends of concrete or masonry utilities with not less than 8 -inch -thick brick masonry bulkheads. C. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Wood plugs are not acceptable. D. Abandoned Structures: Remove structure and close open ends of the remaining piping, or ' remove top of structure down to not less than 3 feet below final grade; fill structure with stone, rubble, gravel, or compacted dirt, to within 1 foot of top of structure remaining and fill concrete. ' 15414-4 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEAC• R RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-5187-S 3.10 INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFICATION ' A. Install continuous plastic underground warning tape during back - filling of trench for underground sanitary sewer piping. Locate 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly over piping. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform testing of completed piping in accordance with local authorities having jurisdiction. ' B. Cleaning: Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipe at end of day or wheneverwork stops. D. Flush piping between manholes, if required by local authority, to remove collected debris. E. Interior Inspection: Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. 1. Make inspections after pipe between manholes and manhole locations has been installed and approximately 2 feet of backfill is in place, and again at completion of project. 2. If inspection indicates poor alignment, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration or other defects correct such defects, and reinspect. END OF SECTION SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 15414-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA�AND TRAINING FACILITY • MARCH, 20D6 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-5181P 15420 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes building sanitary and storm drainage and vent piping systems, including drains and drainage specialties. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Section 02215 "Structural Excavation and BacMill ", for trenching and backfilting materials and methods for underground piping installations. 2. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification," for labeling and identification of drainage and vent piping. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Building Drain: That part of the lowest piping of a drainage system which receives the discharge from soil, waste, and other drainage pipes inside the walls of the building and conveys it to the building sewer. B. Building Sewer: That part of the piping within a public or private premises which conveys sewage, rain water or other liquid wastes to a point of disposal. C. Drainage System: Includes all the piping within a public or private premises which conveys sewage, rain water or other liquid wastes to a point of disposal. It does not include the mains of public sewer systems or a private or public sewage treatment or disposal plant. D. Vent System: A pipe or pipes installed to provide a flow of air to or from a drainage system, or to provide a circulation of air within such system to protect trap seals from siphonage and backpressure. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for the following products: 1. Drainage piping specialties 2. Trench drains 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following: 1. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC): Current edition in use by authority having jurisdiction. 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the installation of roof drains, flashing, and roof penetrations. B. Coordinate flashing materials installation of roofing, waterproofing, and adjoining substrate work. C. Coordinate the installation of drains in poured -in -place concrete slabs, to include proper drain elevations, installation of flashing, and slope of slab to drains. D. Coordinate with installation of sanitary and storm sewer system as necessary to interface building drains with drainage piping system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide drainage and vent systems from one of the following: DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS 15420-1 0 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -8 1. Drainage Piping Specialties, including backwater valves, expansion joints, drains, trap primers, and vandal -proof vent caps: a. Ancon Inc. b. Josam Mfg. Co. c. Smith (Jay R. ) Mfg. Co. d. Tyler Pipe; Subs. of Tyler Corp. e. Zurn Industries Inc, Hydromechanics Div. 2. Freeze -proof vent caps: a. F. J. Moore Mfg. Co. 3. Non - Metallic Trench Drains: a. ACO Drain Inc. b. Wuazite Corp. 2.02 ABOVE GROUND DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: Select from the following options: 1. Pipe Sizes Larger than 2 ": Cast -iron soil pipe. Conform to ASTM A74, for service weight, hub- and - spigot soil pipe and fittings, with clamps and compression gasket joints conforming to ASTM C564. 2. Pipe Sizes Larger than 2 ": Hub less cast -iron soil pipe. Conform to CISPI Standard 301, Service weight, cast -iron soil pipe and fittings, with neoprene gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310. 3. Type "DWV" hard drawn copper waste, vents and end fittings. ASTM B32 for pipe, and cast bronze drainage pattern fittings with solderedjoints. DO NOT SPECIFY THIS ANY MORE, B. All waste and vent piping occurring in demountable or minimum thickness partitions shall be type DWV copper from finish floor through roof. 2.03 UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and fittings shall have heavy coating of coal tar varnish or asphaltum on both inside and outside surfaces. B. General: For pipe and fittings below grade and/or below finish floor of floors on grade select from the following options: 1. Pipe Sizes 15" and Smaller: Cast -iron soil pipe. Conform to ASTM A74, for standard weight hub and spigot soil pipe and fittings, with clamps and neoprene gasket, conforming to ASTM C564, 2. Pipe Sizes 16" and Smaller. Hubless cast iron soil pipe, conform to CISPI Standard 301, service weight; with "Best" or "MG" cast iron joint connection couplings. Coupling body shall conform to ASTM A-48 or ASTM A -74 with neoprene gasket conforming to ASTM C -564. 2.04 ACID WASTE - ABOVE AND BELOW GROUND A. Waste Pipeand Fittings: Polypropylene flame retardant pipe and fittings: Conform to ASTM D635 and UL test method subject 94. Pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 40 wall thickness. B. Pipe and Fittings shall be of same manufacturer. Joints made by means of heat fusion per manufacturer's instructions. Provide minimum 25 year manufacturer guarantee. C. Manufacturer: R & G Sloane "Fuseal ". 2.05 ACID WASTE - ABOVE AND BELOW GROUND A. Waste Pipe and Fittings: Polypropylene flame retardant pipe and fittings: Conform to ASTM D635 and UL test method subject 94. Pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 40 wall thickness. S. Pipe and Fittings shall be of same manufacturer. Joints made by means of heat fusion per manufacturer's instructions. Provide minimum 25 year manufacturer guarantee. C. Manufacturer: R & G Sloane "Fuseal ". 15420-2 DRAI NAG E AND VENT SYSTEMS SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 Ah 2.06 DRAINAGE PIPE SPECI ES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 0, MARCH, 2006 A. Trap Primers: Bronze body valve with automatic vacuum breaker, with 112 inch connections matching piping system. Complying with ASSE 1018. B. Expansion Joints: Cast -iron body with adjustable bronze sleeve, bronze bolts with wing nuts. C. Cleanout Plugs: Cast - bronze or brass, threads complying with ANSI B2.1, countersunk head. 2.07 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts on cast iron soil pipe, iron body with ABS plugs screwed into caulking ferrules. Cleanouts on steel pipe, ABS plugs. Cleanouts on vitrified clay pipe, vitrified clay pipe. Where cleanouts occur in finished interior surfaces, smooth polished chromium plated. Exposed parts of floor cleanouts in finished rooms, non -slip polished nickel bronze. Floor cleanouts adjustable type. Where cleanouts occur in carpeted floor areas, the cover shall be elevated so as to be flush with finished carpeted areas. B. Floor Cleanouts: Cast -iron body and frame, with cleanout plug and adjustable round top as follows: 1. Floor level type in rooms with concrete floor: Smith #4021, Josam 58330 -2, or Zum Z142D -25 with cast iron top. C. Wall Cleanouts: Cast -iron body adaptable to pipe with ABS plastic plug; stainless steel cover including screws. 1. Wall type for cast iron pipes: Smith #4532, Josam 587904, or Zurn Z- 1445 -1. 2. Wall type for steel pipes: Smith 44472, Josam 58890 -4, or Zum 1460 -8. D. Flashing Flanges: Cast -iron watertight stack or wall sleeve with membrane flashing ring. Provide underdeck clamp and sleeve length as required. E. Vent Flashing Sleeves: Cast -iron caulking type roof coupling for cast -iron stacks, cast-iron threaded type roof coupling for steel stacks, and cast - bronze stack flashing sleeve for copper tubing. F. Vandal -Proof Vent Caps: Cast -iron body full size of vent pipe, with caulked base connection for cast -iron pipes, threaded base for steel pipes. 2.08 FLOOR DRAINS A. Floor drains are specified in Section 15440 "Plumbing Fixtures ". 2.09 ROOF DRAINS A, Roof drains are specified in Section 15440 "Plumbing Fixtures." 2.10 CLAY TRAPS AND INTERCEPTORS A. Clay traps and interceptors are specified in Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures. PART - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify all dimensions by field dimensions. Verify that all drainage and vent piping and specialties may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Verify existing grades, inverts, utilities, obstacles, and topographical conditions prior to installations. C. Examine rough -in requirements for plumbing fixtures and other equipment having drain connections to verifyactual locations of piping connections priorto installation. DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS 15420-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B-51 87-S D. Examine walls, floors, roof, and plumbing chases for suitable conditions where piping and specialties are to be installed. E. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION FOUNDATION FOR UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS ' A. Grade trench bottoms to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation, free from rock, throughout the length of the pipe. B. Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at the surface upon which pipes are to be laid and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to indicated invert elevation. C. Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of pipe for 90- degrees (bottom 114 of the circumference). Fill unevenness with tamped sand backfill. At each pipe joint dig bell hales to relieve the bell of the pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on the foundation. 3.03 PIPE APPLICATIONS -ABOVE GROUND, WITHIN BUILDING A. General: Select from following options: 1. Install Copper tube with cast bronze fittings for 3 inch and smaller, drainage and vent pipe. 2. Install hub -and spigot, service weight, cast -iron soil pipe with compression gasketjoints for larger than 2 inches drainage and vent pipe. 3. Install Hubless, service weight, cast -iron soil pipe and fittings for larger than 2 inch drainage and vent pipe. B. Install acid waste pipe and fittings at fixtures receiving acid waste. ' 3.04 PIPE APPLICATIONS - BELOW GROUND, WITHIN BUILDING A. General: Select from the following options: ' 1. Install hub - and - spigot, service heavy weight, cast -iron, soil pipe and fittings with gasketed joints for 15 inch and smaller drainage pipe. 2. Install 1lubless, service weight, cast -iron, soil pipe and "Best" or "MG" cast iron couplings with neoprene gaskets. Stainless steel couplings not acceptable below grade. 3.05 PIPE AND TUBE JOINT CONSTRUCTION ' A. Copper Tubing: Solder joints in accordance with the procedures specified in AWS "Soldering Manual," B. Cast -Iron Soil Pipe: Make lead and oakum caulkedjoints, compression joints, and hubess joints in accordance with the recommendations in the CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook, Chapter IV. C. Install couplings per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.06 INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of the piping systems. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account many design considerations. Solar as practical, install piping as indicated. I B. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. C. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated. D. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping to permit proper insulation applications. 1 15420-4 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAT AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 E. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. F. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. G. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6 inch and larger shall be sheet metal. H. Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings and floors, maintain the fire rated integrity. I. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45 degree wyes, half -wyes, or long sweep quarter, sixth, eight, or sixteenth bends. Sanitary tees or short quarter bends may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where the change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical, except use long -turn tees where two fixtures are installed back to back and have a common drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. No change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees shall be made. Where different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are connected, use proper size, standard increasers and reducers. Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction of flow is prohibited. Install underground building drains to conform with the plumbing code, and in accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual. Lay underground building drains beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. K. Install building drain pitched down at minimum slope of 1r4 inch per foot (2 percent) for piping 3 inch and smaller, and 118 inch per foot (1 percent) for piping 4 inch and larger. L. Extend building drain to connect to sewer piping, of size and in location indicated for service entrance to building. Sewer piping is specified in a separate section of Division 15. M. Install sleeve and mechanical sleeve through foundation wall for watertight installation. 3.07 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Hanger, supports, and anchors devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports: B. Install the following pipe attachments: 1. Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length. C. Install hangers at the following intervals 1. MAX HORIZ MAX VERT 2. SPACING SPACING 3. PIPE MATERIAL IN FEET IN FEET 4. Cast -Iron Pipe 5 15 5. Copper Tubing— 1 -114 in. and smaller 6 10 6. Copper Tubing— 1 -12 in. and larger 10 10 3.08 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SPECIALTIES A. Install backwater valves insanitary building drain piping as indicated, and as required by the plumbing code. For interior installation, provide cleanout coverflush to floor centered over backwatervalve cover and of adequate size to remove valve coverfor service. DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS 15420-5 REM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Install expansion joints on vertical risers as indicated, and as required by the plumbing code. C. Above Ground Cleanouts: Install in above ground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and: 1. As required by plumbing code. 2. At each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. At minimum intervals of 50' for piping 4" and smaller and 100' for larger piping. 4. At base of each vertical soil or waste stack. D. Cleanouts Covers: Install floor and wall cleanout covers for concealed piping. E. Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing through roof, secure over stack flashing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. F. Frost -Proof Vent Caps: Install frost-proof vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. Maintain 1 inch clearance between vent pipe and roof substrate. 3.09 INSTALLATION OF TRAP PRIMERS A. Install trap primers with piping pitched towards drain trap, minimum of 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent). Adjust trap primer for proper flow. Provide trap primer for all floor drains and floor sinks. Multiple outlet primers are acceptable. 3.10 CONNECTIONS A. Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by the plumbing code. B. Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation drainage and vent piping system until it has been inspected and approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. During the progress of the installation, notify the plumbing official having jurisdiction, at least 24 hours pr'iorto the time such inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in the presence of the plumbing official. a. Rough -In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before concealed or closed -in after system is roughed -in, and prior to setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to observe the tests specified below and to insure compliance with the requirements of the plumbing code. 3. Reinspections: Whenever the piping system fails to pass the test or inspection, make the required corrections, and arrange for reinspected by the plumbing official. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports, signed by the plumbing official. Piping System Test: Test drainage and vent system in accordance with the procedures of the authority having jurisdiction, or in the absence of a published procedure, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects all new drainage and vent piping systems and parts of existing systems, which have been altered, extended or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with a diagram of the portion of the system tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed all new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose all such work for testing, that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 15420-6 DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS ... .... .. �,.... -.. ..,,vu, .'VuYU 10 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -5187 3. Rough Plumbing Procedure, Except for outside leadend perforated or open jointed drain tile, test the piping of plumbing drainage and venting systems upon completion of the rough piping installation. Tightly close all openings in the piping system, and fill with water to the point of overflow, but not less than 10 feet head of water. Water level shall not drop during the period from 15 minutes before the inspection starts, through completion of the inspection. Inspect all joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After the plumbing fixtures have been set and their traps filled with water, their connections shall be tested and proved gas and water - tight. Plug the stack openings on the roof and building drain where it leaves the building, and introduce air into the system equal to a pressure of 1" water column. Use a "U" tube or manometer inserted in the trap of a water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure shall remain constant without the introduction of additional air throughout the period of inspection. Inspect all plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair all leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for all tests and required corrective action. 3.12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Clean drain strainers, domes, and traps. Remove dirt and debris. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with dirt and debris, and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or wheneverwork stops. END OF SECTION DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS 15420-7 i CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA 14EIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES C� RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. This section specifies plumbing fixtures and trim. The types of fixtures specified include the following: 1. Lavatories (including wheelchair type) 2. Service Sinks 3. Water Closets 4. Urinals 5. Mop Basins 6. Electric Water Coolers (including wheelchair type) 7. Faucets 8. Flush Valves 9. Fixture Supports (including wheelchair type) 10. Toilet Seats 11. Fittings, Trim, and Accessories 12. Floor Drains 13. Roof Drains 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Separate grab bars and toilet accessories not in integral part of plumbing fixtures and are specified in Division 10. B. Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment, Water Heaters, water conditioners, and other plumbing equipment are specified in other Sections of Division 15. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit Product Data and installation instructions for each fixture, faucet, specialties, accessories, and trim specified; clearly indicate rated capacities of selected models of water coolers, and water heaters. B. Shop Drawings: Submit rough -in drawings. Detail dimensions, rough -in requirements, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components and anchorages. Coordinate requirements with Architectural Woodwork shop drawings specified in Division 6 for fixtures installed in countertops and cabinets. Furnish templates for use in woodwork shop. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements and wiring diagrams for power supply to units. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and field installed portions. D. Maintenance Data: Include data in Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 and Section 15010. E. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Submit certification of compliance with specified ANSI, UL, and ASHRAE Standards. 2. Submit certification of compliance with performance verification requirements specified in this Section. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards. 1. ASH RAE Standard 18: "Method of Testing for Rating Drinking Water Coolers with Self - Contained Mechanical Refrigeration System." 2. ARI Standard 1010: "Drinking- Fountains and Self- Contained Mechanically - Refrigerated Drinking -Water Coolers" 3. California Building Code 2001, Title 24, Part 2 for Accessibility Requirements. PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440-1 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B•5187 -S a. AccessiblejWmbing fixtures for adults; dimensio n�11 comply with the requirem f CCR, T -24, Section 1115. B. b. Heights a07bcation of fixtures shall be according to CC R, T -24, Chapter 11 -B and Table 1115B -1. c. Fixture Controls shall comply with CC R, T -24 section 1118 B. d. UL Standard 399. "Drinking -Water Coolers" 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store fixtures where environmental conditions are uniformly maintained within the manufacturer's recommended temperatures to prevent damage. B. Store fixtures and trim in the manufacturer's original shipping containers. Do not stack containers or store in such a manner that may cause damage tD the fixture or trim. 1.06 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule rough -in installations with the installation of other building components. 1.07 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Stock: Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbing fixtures and trim to Ownerwith receipt in a quantity of one device for each 1D fixtures. B. Repair Kits: Furnish faucet repair kits complete with all necessary washers, springs, pins, retainer packings, O- rings, sleeves, and seats in a quantity of 1 kit for each 40 faucets. PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer uniformity shall be as specified in Section 15010: "Basic Mechanical Requirements" under "Product Options." B. The following specification mentions manufacturers to establish a standard quality. The fixture units specified on the fixture schedule on plumbing drawings are the OCFA standards. Any substitution will require the approval from Orange County Fire Administration. The following fixtures and accessories are acceptable after obtaining OCAF approval, if used throughout: 1. Lavatories, Service Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Mop Basins, sinks: a. American Standard b. Crane Co. c. Kohler Co. d. Stainless Steel Sinks: 1) Elkay Mfg. Co. 2) Just Mfg. Co. e. Faucets: 1) Chicago Faucet Co. 2) American Standard 3) Crane Co. f. Flush Valves: 1) Sloan Valve Co. 2) Zurn g. Water Closet Seats: 1) Beneke Corp 2) Church Products 3) Olsonite h. Fixture Supports: 1) Josam Mfg. Co. 2) Zum Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 3) Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co- i. Drains: 15440 - 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES I 1 I i 1 j CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1) Josam Mfg. Co. 2) Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Co. 3) Zurn 2.02 FIXTURES A. Plumbing fixture trim and exposed supplies and wastes are to be brass with polished chromium plated finish unless otherwise specified. Provide individual lose key or screwdriver stops for all fixture supplies. Separately trap all wastes. Furnish chrome plated wall escutcheons for all exposed supplies and trap arms. Locate stops below fixtures or countertops. All fixtures for use by the disabled shall have exposed hot water pipe and tailpiece and trap insulated with 1 /2" rubber foam insulation. B. All plumbing fixture faucets submitted for review shall have identification label or certification showing compliance with California Title 24, Part 5, Article 1, "Energy Conservation Standards "; Article 1, T20 -1406; Article 2, T20 -1525 and Article 4, 1604, and 1606. ' C. Fixtures shall be as scheduled in Part 3 of this Section. 2.03 FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Lavatory Supports: Adjustable cast iron, with thin concealed arms and sleeves, and complete with escutcheons and mounting fasteners. B. Water Closet Supports: Adjustable, factory painted, cast iron face plate, support base, and appropriate type waste fitting having face plate gasket; zinc plated steel fixture studs and fasteners; coated and threaded adjustable wall coupling with neoprene closet outlet gasket; and chrome plated fixture cap nuts and fiber fixture washers. Provide an appropriate model to suit deep or shallow rough -in, siphon jet or blow -out water closet, and type of sanitary piping system to which it is connected. C. Wheelchair Water Closet Supports: Adjustable, factory painted, cast iron face plate, support base, and appropriate type waste fitting having face plate gasket: zinc plated steel fixture studs and fasteners; coated and threaded adjustable wall coupling with neoprene closet outlet gasket; and chrome plated fixture cap nuts and fiber fixture washers. Units shall have elevated mounting heights of wheelchair fixtures, siphon jet or blow -out water closet, and type of sanitary piping system to which it is connected. 2.04 ESCUTCHEONS A. Select one of the two options below: 1. Chrome - plated cast brass with set screw. 2. Chrome - plated sheet steel with friction clips. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. Verify that all plumbing fixtures may be installed in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. B. Examine rough -in for potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. C. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, rough -in drawings, and pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, and the referenced standards. PLUM §tNGC-9ffbN' W the installation requirements of California Building Code "CBC" Section 11040 - 3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 • SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STJW AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S and Section 11186 for accessible plumbing fixtures. C. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to supports or building structure. Secure supplies behind or within wall construction to provide rigid installation. D. Securely attach wall hung fixtures to a 3/8 inch x 6 inch wide steel plate. Steel plate to extend at least one stud beyond first and last mounting point. Drill and tap plate at time of Installation of fixture or fixture hanger. Support fixture hanger with 112" diameter threaded studs, jamb nuts, C. P. Acorn nuts and completely free of wall by means of a second set of jamb nuts. Weld plate to each metal stud crossed by means of a continuous vertical fillet weld and same size as stud thickness. Secure plate to each wood stud crossed by securely bolting to each stud crossed with two 1/2 -inch steel bolts, 4 -inch center with 118 -inch maximum x 1 -V2 inch steel backup plates. Notch studs to set plate flush with surface. E. Set mop basins in a leveling bed of cement grout. F. Install a stop valve in an accessible location in the water connection to each fixture. G. Install chrome plated brass escutcheons at each wall, floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and with cabinets and millwork. H. Seal fixtures to walls and floors using silicone sealant as specified in Section 07900. Match sealant color to fixture color. 1. Provide abrasive washers under all single drilling deck mounted trim. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS A. Install floor drains in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in locations indicated. B. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained, or as indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. C. Set drain elevation depressed below finished slab elevation as listed below to provide proper slope to drain: D. DEPRESSION IN INCHES RADIUS OF AREA DRAINED - FEET 1. 5 2. 10 3. 15 4. 1 -1/4 20 5. 1 -1/2 25 E. Trap all drains connected to the sanitary sewer. F. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes, where penetrated. G. Position drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TRAP PRIMERS A. Install trap primers with piping pitched towards drain trap, minimum of 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent). Adjust trap primer for proper flow. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ROOF DRAINS A. Install roof drains at low points of roof areas, in accordance with the roof membrane manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between roof drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes, where penetrated. C. Position roof drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain. 15440 -4 PLUMBING FIXTURES I PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440-5 R CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning units, then retest. 6. Inspect each installed unit for damage. Replace damaged fixtures. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, faucets, shower valves, and flush valves to provide proper flow and stream. B. Replace washers or leaking or dripping faucets and stops. C. Clean fixtures, trim, and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean fixtures, trim, and strainers using manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials. 3.09 PROTECTION ' A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures, water coolers, and trim. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless expressly approved in writing by Owner. ' 3.10 ROUGH -IN SCHEDULE A. See plumbing schedule for fixture rough -in sizes. 3.11 MOUNTING HEIGHTS SCHEDULE A. FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT 1. Lavatory or Sink See Architectural /PLumbing Drawings. 2. Wheelchair Lavatories 3. Water Closet " 4. Accessible Water Closet " ' 5. Standard Urinals 6. Accessible Urinals " 7. Wheelchair Water Cooler " 3.12 ROUGH FOR -IN FIXTURES A. Rough -in for all fixtures and /or equipment shown on any drawings, including the architectural I' drawings, which forms a part of the contract documents. This shall include all fixtures and equipment shown and/or noted as N.I.C. (not in contract) or as U.O.S. (furnished under another section of the specification). Stub out all piping to the exact location of the fixtures and set symmetrical with the fixture. Stub out for fixture supply pipes with drop ear fittings ' secured to stud or backing plate. Stub out two pipe diameter and terminate with pipe cap. When liens are indicated as capped or plugged at floor level, plug flush with the finished floor. tEND OF SECTION I PLUMBING FIXTURES 15440-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAT�ND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 SECTION 15458 WATER HEATERS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 . MARCH, 2006 A. Extent of water heaterwork required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division -15 sections for water piping, specialties, pumps, fuel piping, and breechings which are required external to water heaters for installation; not work of this section. B. Refer to other Division -15 sections for field installed automatic temperature controls required in conjunction with water heaters; not work of this section. C. Electrical Work: Refer to Division -15 section "Electrical Requirements of Mechanical Work" for requirements. D. Refer to Division -16 sections for other electrical wiring including motor starters, disconnects, wires /cables, raceways, and other required electrical devices; not work of this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data including rated capacities and efficiencies of selected model clearly indicated; operating weights; furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start -up instructions. B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for electrical power supply wiring to water heaters. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring required for final installation of water heaters and controls. Differentiate between portions that are to be field - installed. C. Warranties: Submit certificates for all heaters requiring extended warranties. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of water heaters of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Codes and Standards: 1. UL Compliance: Construct water heaters in accordance with the following UL standards: a. UL 174, "Household Electric Storage -Tank Water Heaters ". b. UL 1453, "Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters ". 2. California Code of Regulations (CCR): All water heater models submitted for review shall have identification label on certification showing compliance with CCR Title 24, "Energy Conservation Standards ". 3. NEC Compliance: Install electric water heaters in accordance with requirements of NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code ". 4. NFPA Compliance: Install gas -fired water heaters in accordance with requirements of NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code ". 5. AGA (and NSF) Labels: Provide water heaters which are listed and labeled by American Gas Association and (National Sanitation Foundation.) 6. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide water heaters with Performance Efficiencies not less than prescribed in ASHRAE 90A, "Energy Conservation in New Building Design ". WATER HEATERS 15458-1 0 • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDING A. Handle water heaters and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Do not install damaged water heaters or components; remove from site and replace with new. B. Store water heaters and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage. C. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading water heaters, and moving units to final location for installation. 1.06 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace /repair, within warranty period, water heaters with inadequate or defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required, provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from Date of Substantial Completion. PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 COMMERCIAL GAS -FIRED WATER HEATERS A. General: Provide commercial gas -fired water heaters of sizes and capacities as indicated on schedule. Provide certification of design by AGA under Volume III tests for commercial water heaters for delivery of 180 degree F (982 degree C) water. B. Heater: Construct for working pressure of 150 PSI; boiler type hand hole cleanout; magnesium anode rod; 3/4" tapping for relief valve; glass lining on internal surfaces exposed to water. C. Safety Controls: Equip with automatic gas shutoff device to shut off entire gas supply in event of excessive temperature in tank; and pilot safety shutoff. D. Draft Hood: Equip with AGA certified draft hood. E. Jacket: Insulate tank with vermin -proof glass fiber insulation. Provide outer steel jacket with baked enamel finish over bonderized undercoating. F. Accessories: Provide brass drain valve; 3/4" pressure and temperature relief valve; and radiant floor shield. G. Controls: Provide gas pressure regulator; pilot gas regulator; thermostat; and temperature limit control. H. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide commercial gas -fired water heaters of one of the following: 1. PVI Industries, Inc. 2. Rheem Water Heater Div; City Investing Co. 3. A. O. Smith Corp. - Consumer Products Div. 2.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. General: Provide commercial electric water heaters of s¢es,.capacities, and electrical characteristics as indicated. B. Heater: Working pressure of 150 PSI, magnesium anode rod; glass lining on internal surfaces exposed to water. C. Heating Elements: Heavy -duty, medium watt density, with incoloy sheath, thermostat stepped through magnetic contactors. 1 15458.2 WATER HEATERS ... .. ✓��,JIV VI \VVr IV V. YVVV' 10 OAN r A ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8 -51 D. Safety Controls: Do ole, manual reset, high limit; probe electric low eater cutoff; both factory wired. E. Jacket: Equip with full size control compartments with front panel opening. Insulate tank with vermin -proof glass fiber insulation. Provide outer steel jacket with bonderized undercoat and baked enamel finish. F. Accessories: Provide brass drain valve; 314" temperature and pressure relief valve; ASME tank, construction for 125 PSI working pressure, and 4" x 6" hand hole cleanout. G. Controls: Adjustable immersion thermostat, power circuit fusing; pilot light. H. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide commercial electric water heaters of one of the following: 1. Rheem Water Heater Div; City Investing Co. 2. A. O. Smith Corp. - Consumer Products Div. 3. PVI Industries, Inc. 2.03 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS (COMMERCIAL) A. General: Provide commercial electric water recovery or booster heater with integral storage, of sizes, capacities and electrical characteristics as indicated. A. O. Smith "Dura- Power" Model DSE or equal. B. Heater5torage Tank: ASME tank construction - 125 psi working pressure (65 through 120 gallons), 150 psi working pressure (5 through 50 gallons). Interior coated with glass specifically developed for water heater use. Cabinet to have bonderized undercoat with baked enamel finish, insulated with high density fiberglass insulation exceeding ASH RAE 9OA- 1980); magnesium anode rod. C. Provide heavy -duty medium -waft density immersion heaters with incoloy sheathing and pre -wired leads. Voltage phase and capacity as indicated. D. Provide hinged control compartment to house 120 V control circuit transformer, transformer fusing (one per element), magnetic contactor(s), immersion style thermostat(s), element fusing per N.E.C. and flanged heater elements. E. Safety Controls: equip with high - temperature cut -off for each element, high- and low - pressure switches, factory wired. F. Accessories, Provide brass drain valve, ASME temperature and pressure relief valve. G. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide commercial electric water heaters of one of the following: 1. O. Smith Corp. - Consumer Products Division 2. Rheem Water Heater Division, City Investing Company 3. PVI Industries, Inc. 2.04 GAS -FIRED WATER HEATERS (COMMERCIAL) A. General: Provide gas -fired water heaters of sizes and capacities as indicated on schedule. B. Tank constructed in accordance with ASME Code Section IV, stamped with the appropriate symbol, and hydrostatically tested at 190 psi minimum. Tank equipped with a removable modular energy package mounted on a flange with a minimum diameter of 23 ". Tank access gained by the removal of this energy package with ordinary hand tools. Tank shall be equipped with removable rear module - access cover with a minimum diameter of 23 ". Tank may be of modular design where more than one tank module is required to meet the total gallon capacity. Provide strata - baffle to divert the incoming cold water to allow 80% of tank storage to be effective at a useable temperature of + 5 degree F from the set point of the operating thennostats. All fittings will be of type K heavy copper. C. Provide minimum of two operating thermostats. These operating controls set at 120 degree F for the lower and 130 degree F for the upper with a maximum ckculating water WATER HEATERS 15458 - 3 4513 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S temperature in the plumbing system not to exceed 130 degree F. Provide an ASME temperature and pressure relief valve set at not more than 125 psi and 210 degree F. Provide in the cold section of the tank as factory standard equipment, a thermal expansion control valve set to relieve pressures exceeding 100 psi. D. Tank insulated with heavy density fiberglass insulation, jacketed with segmented panels of ' 22 gauge steel with factory baked enamel finish. Each panel shall be interlocked, easily removable for field replacement should damage occur. Heat loss of the insulated tank shall not exceed 14 but/hr per square foot of tank surface area an ambient temperature of 65 degree F. Jacket heat loss must not exceed ASHRAE 90 Standards. Entire water heater shall rest on heavy duty skids for ease of movement. E. Tank shall be completely lined with polyshield polymeric lining. Tank warranty shall be ten (10) years from date of substantial completion and one (1) year service policy. F. Burner shall be forced draft power type to create an overfire pressure in all heating surfaces. The burner shall have a cast aluminum housing and be certified by Underwriters Laboratories. G. The entire water heater shall meet UL requirements, shall fit properly in the space provided and shall conform to drawing specifications. The complete installation shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local codes and installation drawings. H. Gas fired module guaranteed to produce a fuel -to -water operating efficiency of 83% minimum. This efficiency shall be certified by a nationally recognized certification agency when tested to ANSI Z.21.10.3 standards. Start up shall be performed by a factory authorized craftsman. Start up performance data, verifying the 83% shall be supplied to the Owner. With 140 degree F stored water, a minimum nomograph reading of 9 -112% CO2 with a maximum net stack temperature of 300 degree F will be required. The complete combustion chamber shall be 100% submerged in water and shall be completely lined with copper. All fire tubes shall be of pure copper. I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements provide water heaters of one of the following: 1. PVI Industries, Inc. 2. A. 0. Smith J. EXECUTION 2.06 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which water heaters are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 2.06 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A. General: Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support: Place units on concrete pads, orient so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access. C. Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions. Connect recirculating water line to unit with shutoff valve, check valve, and union. Extend relief valve discharge to closet floor drain, or as indicated. D. Gages: Provide thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of water heaters, in accordance with Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section "Meters and Gages." E. Gas -Fired Water Heaters: Connect gas supply to gas line with drip let, tee, gas cock, and union; full size of unit inlet connection. Locate piping so as not to interfere with service of PP9 unit. 15458-4 WATER HEATERS yac -uyrn connection. Provide flue of minimum s¢e as flue outlet on heater. Comply with gas utility requi ents. Electric Water Heat 1. Electrical Wiring. nstall electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory - mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to ' Electrical Installer. a. Verify that electrical wiring installation is an accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 sectigns. Do not proceed with water heater start -up until wiring installation is acceptable to water heater Installer. 2.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Start -Up: Start -up, test, and adjust gas -fired water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start -up instructions, and utility company's requirements. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burner for maximum efficiency. B. Start-Up: Start -up, test, and adjust electric water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start -up instructions. Check and calibrate controls. END OF SECTION WATER HEATERS 15458-5 10 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 15459 INTERCEPTORS (SAND AND GREASE) PART1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extent of interceptors work is indicated on drawings and provisions of this section, including schedules and equipment lists associated with either drawings or this section. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division 15 sections for drainage piping which is required external to ' interceptors; not work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of interceptors of ' types and capacities required. B. Codes and Standards: ' 1. Conform to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected models indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and start -up instructions, ' B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of assembly of all components. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of equipment. Include "trouble- shooting" maintenance guides. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Handle interceptors carefully to prevent damage, and/or breaking. Do not install damaged or broken interceptors; replace with new. t PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering interceptors which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited, to the following: 1. Nottingham 2.02 SAND AND GREASE INTERCEPTORS A. General: Provide sand and grease interceptor of size and capacity as indicated. Construction: Prefabricated one piece reinforced concrete construction, three compartment, with cast iron fittings. 1. Concrete Portland Cement Type II, minimum compressive strength 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforcing bar intermediate grade ASTM A615. 3. Reinforcing welded wire mesh ASTM A185. 4. Precast unit coated outside with Hunts process black No. 120 ASTM C -309, Type IV - ASTM D -41 -FHA requirements. 5. Manholes: Traffic grade construction. PART3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINE INTERCEPTORS (SAND AND GREASE) 15459-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST� AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B-61 87-S A. Examine areas and conditions under which interceptors are to be installed, and substrate which will support interceptors. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF INTERCEPTORS A. General: Install interceptors as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, and in compliance with applicable codes. B. Place interceptor on natural soil or approved compacted fill. C. Provide butyl rope mastic or cement mortar ground water seal. D. Set with top of interceptor flush with pavement. E. Piping: Connect inlet, outlet and vent piping to interceptors. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect interceptors during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with construction materials and debris, and to prevent damage from construction debris and traffic. END OF SECTION 15459-2 INTERCEPTORS (SANDAND GREASE) 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -5 SECTION 15481 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS PART - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Extent of compressed air systems work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division -16 sections for the following work; not work of this section: 1. Power supply wiring from power source connection on compressed air equipment. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory - installed, by manufacturer. 2. Interlocking wiring between electrical- operated compressed air equipment units; and between compressed air equipment and field - installed controls devices. 1 Interlock wiring specified as factory - installed is work of this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions of compressed air system materials and products. B. Wiring Diagrams: Provide manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply and interlock wiring to compressed air equipment. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for compressed air systems materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, record drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. ASME: Compliance: Fabricate and install compressed air piping system in accordance with ASME 831.9 "Building Services Piping'. ' 2. ASME Compliance: Provide compressed air receivers, and compressed air safety valves in accordance with ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", provide ASME Code Symbol Stamp. 3. CAGI Compliance: Provide compressed air auxiliary piping equipment in accordance with CAGI Standards (Compressed Air and Gas Institute). ' PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory - fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in compressed air systems. Where more than ' one type of materials or products is indicated, selection is Installer's option. 2.02 BASIC IDENTIFICATION A. General: Provide identification complying with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Mechanical Identification ", in accordance with the following listing: ' 1. Compressed Air Piping Above Ground: Plastic pipe markers. 2. Compressed Air Valves: Plastic valve tags. '' COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 15481 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY 0 CON Tf #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.03 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS A. General: Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Pipes and Pipe Fittings ", in accordance with the following listing: 1. Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40; malleable -iron threaded fittings, Class 150. 2. Pipe Size 2 -1/2" and Larger: Black steel pipe; Schedule 40, malleable -iron threaded fittings, Class 150. 2.04 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General: Provide piping specialties complying with Division -15 Section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods ", in accordance with the following listing: 1. Pipe escutcheons. 2. Dielectric unions. 3. Pipe sleeves. 4. Sleeve seals. 2.06 BASIC SUPPORT AND ANCHORS A. General: Provide supports and anchors complying with Division -15 Section "Supports and Anchors ". B. Extension split pipe clamp, hinged or 2 -bolt for pipe support from any substrate. 2.06 BASIC VALVES A. General: Provide valves complying with Division -15 Section "Valves,', in accordance with the following listing: 1. Shutoff Valves: a. Gate valves. b. Ball valves. 2.07 BASIC METERS AND GAGES A. General: Provide meters and gages complying with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Meters and Gages ", in accordance with the following listing: 1. Pressure gages and fittings. 2.08 BASIC VIBRATION CONTROL A. General: Provide vibration control products. 1. Aircompressors: a. Fabricate equipment base and spring isolator. 2.09 RECIPROCATING AIR COMPRESSORS A. General: Provide factory - assembled and tested packaged air compressors as indicated, of capacities and having electrical characteristics as scheduled. B. Type: Provide oil -free, 2- state, air - cooled, continuous duty, piston -type motor -driven compressors. C. Features: Equip with sheet steel enclosures, lined with acoustic material protected by perforated sheet steel. Provide combined high discharge air temperature and low lubrication oil pressure switch; inlet and outlet air silencers; submerged geartype oil pump and oil fitters; and fined cylinder head cover. D. Panels: Provide single or 2- compartment electrical control panels of appropriate NEMA types, and of power characteristics indicated. Mount devices on front of panel, or extend devices through panel openings, including circuit breaker operators, selector switches, and gages. Permanently identifyeach switch, control relay, circuit breaker and other components, inside or outside panel. 15481-2 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS R - CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S E. Air Compressor Controls: Provide automatic compressor control station with load control and protection functions; provide dual voltage type. Electrically separate lower voltage control and protection circuits from higher voltage motor contgctors. Equip with lamps to indicate safe operating conditions and alarm situations. Provide with circuit breakers, ammeters, and hour meters. F. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide air compressors of one of the following: 1. Allis - Chalmers Corp. 2. Gardner - Denver; Cooper Air Compressor Div. 3. Ingersoll -Rand Co. 2.10 AIR COMPRESSOR ' A. Pneumotive Air Power Products Model EP- 313- S80 -AC- 460/60/3 "ON less" piston air compressor 15.2 CFM at 20 psi continuous duty. Unit mounted on an 80 gal ASME certified horizontal air receiver. Unit to be complete with Contractor8019 unloader kit, Contractor8254 isolator kit, C88072 inlet muffler, CALIFORNIA75560 pressure gauge, #18012 auto tank drain. ASME safety valve and Contractor8080 pressure switch. 2.11 COMPRESSED AIR ACCESSORIES ' A. Compressed Air Receivers: Provide, ASME stamped, cylindrical galvanized steel compressed air receivers, with safety (pressure relief) valves, in sizes, working pressures and temperatures indicated; equip with drain connection. B. Intercoolers and Aftercoolers: Provide air - cooled, fixed- intercoolers and aftercoolers. Equip with copper tubes brazed into copper heaters, rated at 250 psi and leak- tested at 350 psi ' minimum air pressure. C. Air Line Separators: Provide conical shaped centrifugal air line separators in sizes and capacities indicated, used for removing water droplets from compressed air. Equip with water - removal trap and drain. Size units for maximum pressure drop through units of 3 psi from air inlet to outlet. D. Air Line Regulator: Provide spring- opened and pressure - closed air line regulators in sizes t and ratings indicated. Equip with poppet valve and hand - operated adjusting screw for setting required pressures. E. Vibration Isolators: Provide fabricated equipment base and spring isolators, properly sized for weight loading. F. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering compressed air accessories which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Beltran Associates, Inc. 2. Gardner - Denver; Cooper Air Compressor Div. ' 3. Henry Valve Co. 4. Kahn & Co. 5. King Engineering Corp. 6. Mueller Co. 7. Parker- Hannifin Corp. 8. Spence Engineering Co., Inc. 9. Superior Pneumatic and Mfg. Inc. ' PART 3 EXECUTION - 3.01 INSPECTION ' A. Examine areas and conditions under which compressed air systems and equipment is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. ' COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 15481 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAND TRAINING FACILITY CON #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION A. General: Install mechanical identification in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Mechanical Identification ". B. Installation of Compressed Air Piping: 1. General: Install compressed air piping in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Pipes and Pipe Fittings ". 2. Install piping with 118" per foot (1 %) downward slope in direction of air flow. 1 Install eccentric reducers where pipe is reduced in sizes in direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer flush. C. Connect branch piping to mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main, each branch, and each low point in piping system. D. Provide each equipment drop with ball valve and cap pipe for future connection to equipment. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General: Install piping specialties in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Piping Specialties ". 3.04 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORT AND ANCHOR A. General: Install supports and anchor in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Supports and Anchors ". B. Spacing: Do not exceed 10' -0" spacing between pipe hangers for any size pipe. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. General: Install valves in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Valves ". 3.06 INSTALLATION OF GAGES A. General: Install gages in accordance with Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Meters and Gages 3.07 INSTALLATION OF AIR COMPRESSORS A. General: Install air compressors in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support: Install units on 4 "high reinforced concrete pad, 4" larger on each side than compressor base. Cast anchor bolt inserts into pad. C. Mount units on vibration isolators which have been anchored to substrate, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory- mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. E. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start -up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. 3.08 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Connect compressed air piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. B. Repair or replace compressed air piping as required to eliminate leaks, and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance. 15481C4 Cap (seal) ends of piping where not connected to mechanical egidOMWESSED AIR SYSTEMS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH. 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 3.09 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning, Flushing, and Inspecting: Clean, flush, and inspect compressed air systems in accordance with requirements of Division -15 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods section "Pipes and Pipe Fittings ". END OF SECTION COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 15481-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATI�ND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B -5187 SECTION 15488 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 • MARCH, 2006 A. This Section includes distribution piping systems for natural gas and manufactured gas within the building and extending from the point of delivery to the building to the connections with gas utilization devices. Piping materials and equipment specified in this Section include: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties; 2. Special duty valves. B. This Section does not apply to LP -gas piping; industrial gas applications using such gases as acetylene and acetylenic compounds, hydrogen, ammonia, carbon monoxide, oxygen and nitrogen; gas piping, meters, gas pressure regulators and other appurtenances used by the serving gas supplier in distribution of gas. C. Natural gas yard piping is not included in this section. D. Gas pressures for systems specified in this section are limited to 5 psig, unless otherwise specified. E. Products not furnished under this Section include gas meters which will be provided by the utility company, to the site, ready for installation. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS: A. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 15 Section "Natural Gas Yard Piping" for fuel gas service piping which is underground, outside the building, and connecting the "Gas Distribution Piping" to public utilities (or connecting groups of buildings on the same site). 2. Section 02215 "Structural Excavation and Backfill" for trenching and backfilling for installation of gas piping. 3. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labeling and identification of gas piping systems. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Pipe sizes used in this Specification are Nominal Pipe Size (NPS). B. Gas Distribution Piping: A pipe within the building which conveys gas from the point of delivery to the points of usage. C. Gas Yard Piping: That portion of gas distribution system which is underground. D. Gas Service Piping: The pipe from the gas main or other source of supply including the meter, regulating valve, or service valve to the gas distribution system andlor gas yard piping system being served. E. Point of Delivery is the outlet of the service meter assembly, or the outlet of the service regulator (service shutoff valve when no meter is provided). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each gas piping specialty and special duty valves. Include rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation instructions. B. Maintenance data for gas specialties and special duty valves, for inclusion in operating and maintenance manual specified in Division 1 and Division -15 Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements" C. Test reports specified in Part 3. Submit for inclusion in operating and maintenance manual. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488-1 9 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Installation Qualifications: Installation and replacement of gas piping, gas utilization equipment or accessories, and repair and servicing of equipment shall be performed only by a qualified installer. The term qualified is defined as experienced in such work (experienced shall mean having a minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this project), familiar with precautions required, and has complied with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Upon request, submit evidence of such qualifications to the Architect. B. Qualifications for Welding Processes and Operators: Comply with the requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, "Welding and Brazing Qualification." C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the requirements of the following codes: 1. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code, for gas piping materials and components, gas piping installations, and inspection, testing, and purging of gas piping systems. 2. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Notification of Interruption of Service: Except in the case of an emergency, notify all affected users when the gas supply is to be turned off. B. Work Interruptions: When interruptions in work occurwhile repairs or alterations are being made to an existing piping system, leave the system in safe condition. C. Coordinate the installation of pipe sleeves for wall penetrations. 1.07 UTILITY CHARGES A. Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Ownerwhen and where to apply for gas services. Ownershall pay for all charges for costs of installation of gas meter and services thereto. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Valve wrenches: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, 2 valve wrenches for each type of gas valve installed, requiring same. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gas piping system products from one of the following: 1. Gas service cocks: Semi -steel 175 pound with tapered bronze plug and bolted yoke. Furnish one operating wrench for each valve a. Powell Fig. 2200 & 2201 b. Nordstrom Fig. 142 & 143 c. Walworth Fig. 1796 & 1797F d. Homestead Fig. 611 & 612 e. Gas valves at equipment: All bronze, flathead screwed gas cocks. f. Powell Fig. 947 g. Crane Fig. 270 h. Healey Fig, 20F i. Walworth Fig. 591 2.02 PIPE AND TUBING MATERIALS A. General: Refer to Part 3, Article "PIPE APPLICATIONS' for identification of systems where the below specified pipe and fitting materials are used. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120, Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe, beveled ends. 2.03 FITTINGS A. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded 15488 - 2 joints. Threads shall conform to ANSI B 1.20.1. NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATOND TRAINING FACILITY . MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -518 1. Joint compound or tape suitable for gas being handled. B. Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234, seamless or welded, for weldedjoints. C. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connection and facing: 1. Material Group: 1.1 2. End Connections: Butt Welding. 3. Facings: Raised face. 2.04 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 150, black malleable iron; female pattern; brass to iron seat; ground joint. B. Dielectric Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 250; malleable iron and cast bronze; with threaded or soldered end connections suitable for pipe to be joined; designed to isolate galvanic and stray current corrosion. C. Protective Coating: When piping will be in contact with material or atmosphere exerting a corrosive action, pipe and fittings shall be factory- coated with polyethylene tape, having the following properties: 1. overall thickness, 20 mils; 2. synthetic adhesive; 3. water vapor transmission rate, gallons per 100 square inch, 0.10 or less; 4. water absorption, percent; 0.02 or less. 5. Prime pipe and fittings with a compatible primer prior to application of tape. 2.05 VALVES A. Gas Cocks 2 inch and Smaller: 150 psi WOG, bronze body, straightaway pattern, square head, threaded ends. B. Gas Cocks 2 -10" Inch and Larger: MSS SP -78; 175 psi, lubricated plug type, semi -steel body, single gland, wrench operated, flanged ends. C. Ball Valves: Rated for 400 psi WOG pressure, two piece construction, with bronze body conforming to ASTM B62, Standard (or regular) post, chrome plated brass ball, replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats and seals, blowout proof stem, and vinyl covered steel handle; with threaded ends. D. Solenoid Valves: aluminum body, 120 volts AC, 60 Hz, Class B continuous duty molded coil NEMA 4 coil enclosure; electrically openedlelectrically closed; dual coils; normally closed; UL and FM approved and labeled. E. Gas Line Pressure Regulators: Single stage, steeljacketed, corrosion- resistant gas pressure regulators; with atmospheric vent, elevation compensator, with threaded ends for 2 inch and smaller, flanged ends for 2 -1/2 inch and larger; for inlet and outlet gas pressures, specific gravity, and volume flow indicated. F. Check valves for laboratory gas lines: Circle Seal Products Company No. 259- 6-4PP, or approved equal, special low pressure check valve for installation in gas lines. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Precautions: Before turning off the gas to the premises, or section of piping, turn off all equipment valves. Perform a leakage test as specified in "FIELD QUALITY CONTROL" below, to determine that all equipment is turned off in the piping section to be affected. B. Conform with the requirements in NFPA 54, for the prevention of accidental ignition. NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488-3 ! 0 PRIM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 102 PIPE APPLICATIONS A. Install steel pipe above ground with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller, and with weldedjoints for 2 -1/2" inch and larger. 3.03 PIPING iNSTALLATIONS A. General: Conform to the requirements of NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. Design locations and arrangements of ' piping. Take into consideration pipe sizing, flow direction, slope of pipe, expansion, and other design considerations. So far as practical, install piping as indicated. C. Concealed Locations:, Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in an air -fight ' conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless black steel with weldedjoints. Vent conduit to the outside and terminate with a screened vent cap. 1. Above - Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible above - ceiling spaces (subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction), whether or not such spaces are used as a plenum. Valves shall not be located in such spaces. 2. Piping in Partitions: Concealed piping shall not be located in solid partitions. 3. Prohibited Locations: do not install gas piping in or through a circulating air duct, ' clothes chute, chimney or gas vent, ventilating duct, dumb waiter or elevator shaft D. Install pipe sleeve seals at foundation penetrations. E. Seal pipe penetrations of fire barriers using fire barrier penetration sealers acceptable to State Fire Marshal. F. Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections. ' 1. Weldolets may be used in lieu of tees for branch connections two sizes or more smaller than main. 2. Mitered elbows or tees not permitted. G. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted, unless expressly indicated. H. Install piping free of sags or bends and with ample space between piping. I. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below ' grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. J. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel ' removal. K. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit servicing of valves. L. Install gas piping at a uniform grade of 114 inch in 15 feet, upward to risers, and from the risers to the meter, or service regulator when meter is not provided, or the equipment. M. Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with the level side ' down. N. Connect branch outlet pipes from the top or sides of horizontal lines, not from the bottom. ' O. Hanger, supports, and anchors are specified in Division 15 Section "SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS." Conform to the table below for maximum spacing of supports: 1. MIN. ROD 2. SPACING SIZE (NPS) IN SIZE IN a. FEET INCHES 3. 5 3/8 4. 3/4 to 1 -1/4 6 3/8 5. 1 -1/2 to 3 (horizontal) 12 1/2 ' 15488 -4 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FIRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA� AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8-51 6. 3 -112 to S all sizes every floor 7. (vertical) level P. Install unions in pipes 2 inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connections each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. Q. Install dielectric unions where piping of dissimilar metals are joined. R. Install flanges on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2 -10 inch and larger connections. S. Install strainers on the supply side of each control valve, pressure reducing valve, pressure regulating valve, solenoid valve, and elsewhere as indicated. T. Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Install expansion loops and joints as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division -15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." 3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Welded Joints: Comply with the requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI 61.20.1 tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows: 1. Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. Refer to NFPA 54, for guide for number and length of threads for field threading steel pipe. 2. Align threads at point of assembly. 1 Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads. 4. Assemblejoint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded, or damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used. C. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer. 3.05 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. General: The drawings indicate valve types, locations, and arrangements. B. Shut -off duty: Use gas cocks specified in Part 2 above. 3.06 VALVE INSTALLATIONS A. Install valves in accessible locations, protected from physical damage. Tag valves with a metal tag attached with a metal chain indicating the piping systems supplied. B. Install a gas cock upstream of each gas pressure regulator. Where two gas pressure regulators are installed in series in a single gas line, a manual valve is not required at the second regulator. C. Install ball valves in all locations required for quick emergency shut off. D. Install pressure relief or pressure limiting devices so they can be readily operated to determine if the valve is free; so they can be tested to determine the pressure at which they will operate; and examined for leakage when in the closed position. E. Install low pressure gas check in primary gas supply line to each laboratory room. Valve to be installed immediately downstream of manual emergency shut off valve. NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS 15488 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 3.07 TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install gas cocks upstream and within 6 feet of gas appliance. Install a union or flanged connection downstream from the gas cock to permit removal of controls. B. Sediment Traps: Install a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged oP capped as close to the inlet of the gas appliance as practical. Drip leg shall be a minimum of 3 pipe diameters in length. 3.08 ELECTRICAL BONDING AND GROUNDING A. Install above ground portions of gas piping systems, upstream from equipment shutoff valves electrically continuous and bonded to a grounding electrode in accordance with NFPA 70 - "National Electrical Code." B. Do not use gas piping as a grounding electrode. C. Conform to NFPA 70 - "National Electrical Code," for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated control devices. 3.09 FIELD QUALITYCONTROL A. Piping Tests: Inspect, test, and purge natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA 54, and local utility requirements. B. Prepare test reports and submit. END OF SECTION 15488-6 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATIMND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -5187 SECTION 15576 DOUBLE WALL GAS VENTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 • MARCH, 2006 A. This Section specifies double wall metal vents and accessories for gas -fired appliances. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data including materials, dimensions, weights, and accessories. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codas and Standards: 1. NFPA: Comply with NFPA 211 "Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances." 2. Uniform Mechanical Code (U.M.C.) Chapter 9. "Venting of Appliances." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DOUBLE WALL METAL VENTS A. Type B Gas Vents: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Type B double wall gas vents of one of the following: a. American Metal Products Co.; Div of Masco Corp. b. General Products Co., Inc. c. Hart & Cooley Mfg. Co. d. Selkirk Metalbestos B. Description: Double wall gas vents, UL listed for Type B, consisting of an inner pipe of sheet aluminum, and outer pipe of galvanized sheet steel, with the following minimum thicknesses. 1. Inner Pipe Outer Pipe 2. Round, up to 6" 0.012" 28 gage 3. Round, 7" to 18" 0.014" 28 gage 4. Round, 20" to 24" 0.018" 26 gage 5. Oval, up to 4" 0.012" 28 gage 6. Oval, 5" to 6" 0.014" 28 gage C. Accessories: UL- labeled tees, elbows, increasers, draft hood connectors, metal cap with bird barrier, adjustable roof flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, fire stop spacers, fasteners, fabricated of similar materials and designs as vent pipe straight sections. 2.02 ALL STEEL, POSITIVE PRESSURE, DOUBLE WALL VENTS A. Manufacturer's: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide all steel, positive pressure double wall vents of one of the following. 1. Selkirk Metalbestos 2. Van Packer 3. Stacks, Inc., Div of Air Management, Inc. 4. General Products Co., Inc. B. Construction: 1" minimum airspace between walls; inner jackets of Type 316 stainless steel, 0.035" thick; outer jacket of aluminum coated steel of the following thickness: 1. Size 10" to 24 ": 0.025" thick 2. Size 28" to 48 ": 0.034" thick C. Accessories: UL- labeled tees, elbows, increasers, insulated exit cone, adjustable roof flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, fire stop spacers, and fasteners fabricated of similar materials and designs as vent pipe straight sections, drain bucket or DOUBLE WltfslnT&W1d661,T0justable length and /orvariable length fittings. 15576-1 1 • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY 1 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF DOUBLE WALL CONNECTORS, BREECHINGS, AND VENTS 1 A. Install Type B gas vents in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and UL listing. Maintain minimum clearances from combustibles specified in UL listing. B. Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support the weight of the vent and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances. C. Terminate vents with U.L. listed vent cap in accordance with U.M.C. Chapter 9. 1 3.02 INSTALLATION OF POSITIVE PRESSURE DOUBLE WALL VENTS A. Install all steel, positive pressure, double wall gas vents in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and UL listing. Maintain minimum clearances from combustibles specified in UL listing. B. Seal joints between sections of positive pressure vents in accordance with manufacturer's installation Instructions, and using sealants recommended by manufacturer. C. Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support the weight of the vent and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances. D. Terminate vent with insulated exit cone, in accordance with U.M.C. Chapter 9. Install drain section or drain bucket in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe drain to floor sink. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Clean breechings internally during installation, to remove dust and debris. Clean external surfaces. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Temporary Closure: At ends of breechings and chimneys which are not completed or connected to equipment, provide, temporary closure which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until installation are completed. 1 END OF SECTION 1 11 1 1 71 1 1 15576 -2 DOUBLE WALL GAS VENTS ui i Y Ur NC1NI'ORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAN AND TRAINING FACILITY . MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8-5W 15752 ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes package rooftop heating and cooling units. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 15 1. Section "Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Work." 2. Section "Natural Gas Systems" 3. Section "Ductwork" 4. Section "Air Cleaning" 5. Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" B. Division 16 1. Section "Electrical Connections for Equipment" 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacites at scheduled conditions of selected model clearly indicated, dimensions, required clearances, weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start -up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: 1. . Submit shop drawings detailing the manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring for rooftop heating and cooling units. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory - installed and portions to be field - installed. 2. Submit shop drawings detailing the mounting, securing, and flashing of the roof curb to the roof structure. 3. Submit shop drawings detailing method of securing rooftop unit to roof curb to meet seismic restraint requirement. 4. If an equal unit is being proposed to be used in lieu of the base specified unit, the contractorshall coordinate all differences as hereinafter described and note such differences on the shop drawings and incorporate all changes (if any) required by the structural and electrical engineers to accommodate the equal unit. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and pats list for each rooftop unit, including "trouble- shooting" maintenance guide, servicing guide and preventative maintenance schedule land procedures. Include this data in maintenance manual in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Gas -Fired furnace section construction shall be in accordance with AGA safety standards. Furnace section shall bear the AGA label. 2. Testing and rating of rooftop units of 135, 000 Btu/hr capacity or over shall be in accordance with ARI 360 "Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air - Conditioning Equipment ". 3. Testing and rating of rooftop units under 135,000 Btu /hr capacities shall be in accordance with ARI 210 "Standard for Unitary Air - Conditioning Equipment ", and provide Certified Rating Seal. Sound testing and rating of units shall be in accordance with ARI 270 "Standard for Sound Rating of Outdoor Unitary Equipment ". Units shall bear Certified Rating Seal. 4. Refrigerating system construction of rooftop units shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ". 5. Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER) or (SEER) of rooftop units shall be equal to or greater ROOFTOP HEA14M AW"OtO MTA-M - California Code of Regulations" (CCR) or as schedull %2 - i RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.13 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARC 11, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S S. Rooftop units shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL requirements. 7. Rooftop units shall comply with ASHRAE 62 -89. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle rooftop units and components carefully to prevent damage. Replace damaged rooftop units or components with new. B. Store rooftop units and components in clean dry place, off the ground and protect from weather, water, and physical damage. C, Rig rooftop units to complywith manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading rooftop units, and moving them to final location. ' 1.06 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Coordinate installation of roof mounting curb with roof structure. B. Coordinate roof - opening locations for mechanical and electrical connections. 1.07 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Warranty on Compressor (and Heat Exchanger): Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace /repair, within warranty period, compressors (and heat exchangers) with inadequate and defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required; provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation. 1. Warranty Period: 4 years extension from date of basic 1 -year warranty - See Division 1. 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each rooftop heating and cooling unit: 1. One set of matched fan belts for each belt- driven fan. 2. One set filters for each unit. See Section "Air Cleaning." PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOFTOP UNITS (GENERAL) A. General Description: Units shall be factory - assembled and tested, designed for roof or slab installation, and consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, (heat exchanger) (heating coil) (electric heat) condenser and evaporator fans, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers. B. Units as manufactured by Carrier Air Conditioning; Div. of Carrier Corporation, were used for the basis of design, and their capacities, weights and electrical characteristics are scheduled on the drawings. Equal manufacturers as hereinafter specified may be used; however, any differences between the base unit and the equal unit, such as weight, electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, etc., shall be coordinated by the contractor, and any differences which affect the building structural framing or electrical requirements shall be incorporated into the project at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.02 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT A. Unit shall be of the single - package type, combination air -to -air cooling and gas -fired heating. Unit shall be AGA certified and meet requirements of CCR Title 24. B. Unit shall be ERR or SEER rated in accordance with ARI Standard 210 -81 and Califomia Administrative Title 24. 15782-2 ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAT AND TRAINING FACILITY • MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 C. Compressor(s) - The unit shall contain (one or two) as scheduled, welded, fully hermetic compressor(s) with suitable vibration isolators and crankcase heater and shall have a 5 -year warranty. D. Coils shall be constructed of aluminum (copper) fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. Evaporator coils shall have a minimum 2" thick fitter upstream of the coil. 1" filters are not acceptable. Condenser coils shall be equipped with screen protection grille. E. Fans and motors - The evaporator air fan shall be of the forward - curved centrifugal type, direct -drive multi-speed or adjustable belt- driven as shown on the equipment schedule. Condenser fan motor shall have ball bearings. Sleeve type bearings are not acceptable. Condenser air fan shall be of the propeller type, directly driven and discharging upward. F. Heat exchanger shall be tubular in design and constructed of corrosion - resistant aluminized steel. Heat exchanger shall carry a 5 -year non - prorated warranty. G. Safety controls - Cooling section shall be protected by low pressurestat, high pressure switch, compressor motor overloads, crankcase heaters, freezestat and lockout circuit that prevents compressor short cycling as a result of a rapid change in thermostat setting by automatically preventing compressor restart for at least 5 minutes. H. Heating controls shall consist of a redundant gas valve, intermittent pilot ignition system, limit switches, centrifugal switch, and rollout switch. 1. Roof Curb (Downshot) shall be of an approved manufacturer as indicated in section 15241 and shall include an insulated panel under compressor section to prevent condensation forming on the bottom. Dimensions shall be provided to allow for each duct location and connection to roof curb prior to unit placement. Roof curb shall be a minimum of 14 in. high, except otherwise noted on drawings. Curb design shall comply with National Roofing Contractors Association requirements. 2. Prefabricated Isolation Curbs: Unit manufacturer shall furnish spring isolation curbs specifically deigned for the air conditioning units. Isolation curb isolators must be pre- approved OSHPD. Pre - approval number must be included with the submittal. Numbers must be included with the submittal. Numbers subject to approval will not constitute pre - approval. Springs must be a minimum of 2" deflection with seismic restraint. Curb shall have access doors for easy inspection and adjustment of each spring without dismantling any portion of the unit or curb assembly. Isolation curb must include a vandal- proof, galvanized steel counted lashing skirt to assure long -term air and water seal integrity. Exposed rubber skirt seals are not acceptable. Curb and flashing shall be fully welded. Field assembled and bolted construction not acceptable. Seismic attached (hold -down) clips with certified calculations by a registered California structural engineer shall be furnished with the isolation curb. Installation prior to submittal approval by mechanical engineer shall be subject to removal without any cost or obligation to the Owner. The contractor shall not install any unit without written approval. 3. Economizer control (Downshot) shalt include return air (R.A.) and outdoor air filter and hood, and fully modulating electric control system with O.A. thermostat and mixed air thermostat. Economizer control shall be capable of introducing up to 100% outdoor air. The control changeover from mechanical cooling to economizer operation shall be fully automatic through an adjustable outdoor air changeover thermostat. Economizer shall be integrated type capable of simultaneous compressor and economizer operation for maximum benefit of outdoor air. Provide economizer control for all units unless specifically indicated otherwise. Economizer shall incorporate a full sized barometric relief that has the same face area as the outside air inlet. The relief shall be sized to relieve up to 100% relief air. Units scheduled with power exhaust shall have a modulating centrifugal blower. Power exhaust shall not operate at same time that the compressor(s) is/are running. 4. Thermostat assembly shall provide staged heating and cooling, manual and automatic changeover and fan control. 2.03 MANUFACTURERS ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS 15782 -3 • 1 • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide rooftop units as manufactured by Carrier Corporation or an equal unit of one of the following manufacturers: END OF SECTION 1 15782-4 ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS 1. Trane 2. Lennox B. All electrical data shall be based on 115oF ambient', 95c, F data is not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which rooftop units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install rooftop units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support: Install and secure roof curb to roof structure, in accordance with National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations and ship drawings. Install and secure rooftop units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing. 1. Provide substructure as required to set curbs plumb and level. C. Electrical Connections: Refer to Section "Electrical Connections for Equipment" for final connections to equipment and installation of loose shipped electrica ( components. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Start -Up Services: 1. Provide the services of a factory - authorized service representative to start -up rooftop units, in accordance with manufacturer's written start -up instructions. Test controls and ' demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Operating and Maintenance Training: ' 1. Provide services of manufacturer's service representative to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of rooftop units. Training shall include start -up and shutdown, servicing and preventative maintenance schedule and procedures, and trouble shooting procedures plus procedures for obtaining repair parts and technical assistance. Review operating and maintenance data contained in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division One. END OF SECTION 1 15782-4 ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA�AND TRAINING FACILITY • MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 SECTION 15784 SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Split DX cooling only and heat pump system with indoor split DX fan coil and outdoor cooling /condensing unit. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Related sections include but is not limited to the following: 1. Division 15 a. Section - Basic Mechanical Requirements b. Section - Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Work c. Section - Refrigerant Piping and Specialties d. Section - Temperature Control Systems required in conjunction with split cooling system e. Section - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing 2. Division - 16: a. Section - Electrical Connections for Equipment 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected model clearly indicated, dimensions, required clearances, weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start -up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings detailing the manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring for rooftop cooling /condensing and DX fan coil units. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory - installed and portions to be field - installed. 2. Submit shop drawings detailing the mounting, securing, and flashing of the outdoor unit to redwood sleepers and sleepers to the roof structure. Indicate coordinating requirements with roof membrane system. . C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each split cooling system, including "trouble- shooting" maintenance guide, servicing guide and preventative maintenance schedule and procedures. include this data in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1,04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Refrigerating system construction of split cooling system shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ". 2. Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio (SEER) of split cooling system shall be equal to or greater than prescribed by Title 24 California Administrative Code "Building Energy Efficiency Standards ". 3. Split cooling system shall be designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL requirements. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle split cooling system and components carefully to prevent damage. Replace damaged rooftop units or components with new. B. Store split cooling system and components in clean dry place, off the ground, and protect from weather, water, and physical damage. SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 15784-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Rig outdoor units to comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading outdoor units, and moving them to final location. ' 1.06 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Coordinate installation of outdoor unit redwood sleepers with roof structure. B. Coordinate roof opening locations for mechanical and electrical connections. 1.07 SPECIAL WARRANTY A. Warranty on Compressor: Provide written warranty, agreeing to replacefrepair, including all parts and labor within warranty period, compressors with inadequate and defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform a required provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. B. Warranty period shall be for a period of one year from the agreed start of the District's beneficial use. C. Extended warranty period. Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace components parts only, for an additional four (4) years for all hermetically sealed ' compressors. 1.08 MAINTENANCE ' A. Extra Materials: Furnish to District, with receipt, the following spare parts for each split cooling system: 1. One set new filters for each unit set. f PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPLIT COOLING SYSTEM (GENERAL) ' A. Split cooling only and heat pump system shall be factory assembled and tested, consist of an indoor, wall mounted direct expansion fan coil unit and an outdoor roof mounted, air cooled unit with a hermetic compressor, an air cooled coil, up -blast propeller type blow- through condenser fans, accumulator, holding refrigerant charge, and control box. ' 2.02 INDOOR UNIT A. General: Indoor, direct- expansion, wall- mounted or ceiling- mounted fan coil. Unit shall be complete with coil, fan, fan motor, piping connectors, electrical controls, microprocessor control system, integral temperature sensing, and a holding charge of R -22 refrigerant. Unit shall be furnished with integral wall- mounting or ceiling- mounting bracket. B. Unit Cabinet: Cabinet discharge and inlet grilles shall be attractively styled, high - impact polystyrene. C. Fan: Shall be tangential blower type with air intake at the upper front face of the unit and discharge at the bottom front. Automatic motor -driven horizontal air sweep shall be provided standard. ' D. Coil: Shall be copper tube with aluminum fins and galvanized steel tube sheets. Fins will be bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion. A drip pan under the coil shall have a drain connection for hose attachment to remove condensate. E. Motors: Shall be permanently lubricated with inherent overload protection. Fan motors shall be multi - speed. F. Controls: Shall consist of a microprocessor -based control system which shall control space temperature, determine optimum fan speed, and run self diagnostics. The unit shall have: 1. An automatic restart after power failure at the same operating conditions as at failure. 2. A timer function to provide a minimum 15 -hour timer cycle for system on or off. 3. Temperature- sensing controls and a high discharge temperature shut down. 15784-2 SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA[f AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 4. Wired control or wireless infrared control to enter set points and operating controls (required accessory). 5. Filter status indication after 250 hours of indoor fan operation. 6. Test mode button to run self- diagnostics and aid in troubleshooting. G. Filters: Unit shall have filter track with factory - supplied cleanable filter. 2.03 OUTDOORUNIT A. General: Factory assembled, single piece, air - cooled outdoor unit. Contained within the unit enclosure shall be all factory wiring, piping, controls, compressor, and holding charge of R -22 refrigerant. B. Unit Cabinet: 1. Unit cabinet shall be constructed of galvanized steel, bonderized and coated with a baked enamel finish. 2. Unit access panels shall be removable with minimal screws and shall provide full access to the compressor, fan, and control components. 3. Compressor compartment shall be isolated and have an acoustic lining to assure quiet operation, C. Fans: 1. Condenser fans shall be direct -drive propeller type, discharging air horizontally, blowing air through the condenser coil. 2. Condenser fan motors shall be totally enclosed, single phase motors with class B insulation and permanently lubricated ball bearings. Motor shall be protected by internal thermal overload protection. 3. Shaft shall have inherent corrosion resistance. 4. Fan blades shall be corrosion resistant and shall be statically and dynamically balanced. 5. Condenser fan openings shall be equipped with PVC grille cover and screen protection grille. D. Compressor: 1. Compressor shall be fully hermetic reciprocating or scroll type. 2. Compressor shall be equipped with oil system, operating oil charge, and motor. Internal overloads shall protect the compressorfrom over temperature and current. Scroll compressors shall also have high discharge gas temperature protection. 3. Motor shall be NEMA rated class F, suitable for operation in a refrigerant atmosphere. 4. Reciprocating compressors shall be equipped with crankcase heaters to minimize liquid refrigeration accumulation in compressor during shut down and to prevent refrigerant dilution of oil. 5. Compressor assembly shall be installed on rubber vibration isolators and shall have internal spring isolation. E. Condenser Coit. Shall be constructed of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to internally enhanced, seamless copper tubes which are cleaned, dehydrated, and sealed. F. Refrigeration Components. Refrigerant circuit components shall include external liquid line service valve with service port, suction line service valve with service gage connection port, service port connections on compressor suction and discharge lines with Schrader -type fittings, 4 -way valve on heat pumps, accumulator, fitter drier, pressure relief, and a holding charge of refrigerant. G. Controls and Safeties: Operating controls and safeties shall be factory selected, assembled, and tested. The minimum control function shall include: 1. Controls: a. Time delay restart to prevent compressorshort cycling. b. Automatic restart on power failure. c. Three -pole contactors on 3 -phase units. d. Safety lockout. SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 15784-3 0 ! . RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S e. High and low pressure switches. f. Automatic fan motor protection. g. Start capacitor and relay only on single -phase units. h. When heat pump units are matched with high wall and ceiling suspended units, defrost control shall be based on demand determined by the outdoor air temperature and the coil temperature. 2. Safeties: a. High temperature protection. b. System diagnostics. c. Compressor motor current and temperature overload protection. d. High pressure relief. e. Condenser fan failure protection. H. Electrical Requirements: 1. Unit electrical power shall be a single point connection. 2. Unit control voltage to the indoor fan coil shall be 24V. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which split cooling system is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install split cooling system in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. B. Support: Install and secure redwood sleepers to roof structure, in accordance with National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations and shop drawings. C. Electrical Connections: Refer to Division -16 Electrical Connections for Equipment for final connections to equipment and installation of loose shipped electrical components. 3.03 DEMONSTRATION A. Start-Up Services: B. Provide the services of a qualified service representative to start -up split cooling system in accordance with manufacturer's written start -up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. END OF SECTION 1 15784-4 SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA *AND TRAINING FACILITY 10 MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B -51 SECTION 15870 POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Types of power and gravity ventilators specified in this section include the following: 1. Power ventilators. a. Centrifugal roof ventilators, b. In -Line roof ventilators. 2. Ceiling ventilators. a. Centrifugal ceiling exhausters. 3. Gravity ventilators. a. Hooded gravity ventilators. 4. Prefabricated roof curbs. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to Division -15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing of power and gravity ventilators; not work of this section. B. Refer to Division -15 Section "Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment ". C. Refer to Division 16 sections for the following work; not included in work of this section: 1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on ventilators. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory- installed, by manufacturer. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for power and gravity ventilators, including specifications, capacity ratings, dimensions, weights, materials, accessories furnished, and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly -type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, construction details, methods of assembly of components, and field connection details. C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to power ventilators. Submit manufacturer's ladder -type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory- installed and portions to be field installed. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of power and gravity ventilator, accessory, and control. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: 1. AMCA Compliance: Provide power ventilators, which have been tested and rated in accordance with AMCA standards, and bearAMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2. UL Compliance: Provide power ventilators, which are designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with UL 705 "Power Ventilators ". 3. NEMA Compliance: Provide motors and electrical accessories complying with NEMA Standards. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER VENTILATORS A. General. Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated power ventilator units ofr�{t type �and ,�size indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements and as POWER Ati �VAVI�� V VfftVb llation. 15870 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 ,PLAN #6- 5187 -S 2.02 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS (EXHAUST) A. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators: Provide centrifugal roof type, curb mounted, power ventilators of type, size, and capacity as scheduled, and as specified herein. B. Type: Centrifugal fan, direct or belt driven as scheduled. Provide aluminum, or fiberglass weatherproof housings as scheduled. Provide square base to suit roof curb. C. Motors: Provide permanent split- capacitor type motor for direct driven fans; capacitor - start, induction -run type motor for belt driven fans. D. Electrical: Provide factory -wired non - fusible type disconnect switch at motor in fan housing. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide thermal overload protection in fan motor. Provide conduit chase within unit for electrical connection. ' E. Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 112" mesh 16 -ga aluminum or brass wire. F. Dampers: Provide gravity - actuated louvered dampers in curb bases unless noted to provide motorized louvered dampers with linkage in curb base. G. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements provide centrifugal roof ventilators of one of the following: 1. Cook Co., Loren. 2. Greenheck Fan Corp. 3. Penn Ventilator Go., Inc. 4. Carnes Co., Div. of Wehr Corp. 2.03 CEILING VENTILATORS A. Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, designed for in ceiling or above ceiling mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. B. Provide AMCA Certified Seal. C. Above Ceiling (In -Line) Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, with bottom access panel. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable for service. Provide integral back draft damperfan discha rge. D. Ceiling Type: Same as inline type with exception of an attached exhaust ceiling grille to the bottom of the cabinet (exhaust air) opening. E. Motor: Provide permanent split- capacitor motor, permanently lubricated, with grounded cord and plug. F. Electrical: provide junction box for electrical connection on housing, and receptacle for motor plug -in. G. Furnish remote fan speed control, solid state, capable of controlling fan speed from full speed to approximately half speed. H. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roofjack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. I. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters of one of the following: 1. Cook Co., Loren. 2. Carnes Co. 3. Penn VentilatorCo., Inc. 2.04 GRAVITY VENTILATORS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide standard prefabricated gravity ventilator units of type and size Indicated, modified as necessary to comply with requirements, and as required for complete installation. 15870-2 POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS Fl RE STAJ& AND TRAINING FACILITY • MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B -51 B. Hooded Gravity Ventilators: Provide gravity ventilators, hooded type, curb mounted, of size, type and capacity as scheduled, and as specified herein. C. Type: Stationary, natural draft type. Provide weatherproof housings to match power ventilators in materials and finish. Provide square or rectangular base to suit roof curb. D. Bird Screens: Provide removable bird screens, 1/2" mesh, 16 -ga aluminum or brass wire. E. Dampers: Provide gravity - actuated louvered dampers in curb bases. F. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Cook Co., Loren. 2. Greenheck Fan Corp. 3. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. 4. Carnes Co., Div. of Wehr Corp. 2.05 PREFABRICATED ROOF CURBS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard shop - fabricated units, modified if necessary to comply with requirements, B.. Fabricate structural framing for units of structural quality, aluminum formed to profiles indicated or, if not indicated, to manufacturer's standard profiles for coordination with roofing, insulation and deck construction. Include 45- degree cant strips and deck flanges with offsets to accommodate roof insulation. Weld corners and seams to form watertight units. C. Reinforce continuous runs of over T -0" length by inserting welded stiffeners of heavy gage with flanges as required to provide sufficient rigidity and strength to withstand maximum lateral forces in addition to superimposed vertical loads. D. Sloping Roof Decks: For deck slopes of 114" per foot and more, fabricate support units to form level top edge. E. Gage and Height: Fabricate units of metal gage and to height above roof surface as indicated. Where gage or height are not indicated, fabricate units of 14-ga metal, and nominal height of 14 ". F. Provide treated wood nailer, not less than 1 -518" thick and of width indicated, but not less than width of support wall assembly. Anchor nailer securely to top of metal frame unit. G. Provide lumber pressure treated with water -borne preservatives for "above ground" use, complying with AWPB LP -2. H. Insulate units inside structural support wall with rigid glass fiber insulation board of approximately 3 -I1b. density and 1 -112" minimum thickness, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Provide support liners where shown. J. Use perforated metal for support liners, with approximately 1000, 3132" diameter holes per sq. ft., to provide sound absorbing surfaces. K. Provide sound insulation insert for curbs so indicated. Construct of 1" thick rigid fiberglass panels secured in galvanized steel framework, with rounded edges to minimize airflow resistance. L. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements provide prefabricated roof curbs of the same manufacturer as ventilator. PART3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS 15870 - RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY '3.07_ INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -5 A. General: Except as otherwise indicated or specified, install power ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and recognized industry practices to insure that products serve the intended function. B. Coordinate ventilatorwork with work of roofing, walls and ceilings, as necessary for proper interfacing. C. Ductwork: Refer to Division -15 Section "Metal Ductwork." Connect ducts to ventilators in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. D. Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. 11 I I i I� i , 11 0 E. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory - mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. 1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 Sections. Verify proper rotation direction of fan wheels. Do not proceed with equipment start -up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer. F. Remove shipping bolts and temporary supports within ventilators. Adjust dampers for free operation. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of unit at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning: Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.05 SPARE PARTS A. General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt driven power ventilator. END OF SECTION L15870-4 POWER ANO GRAVITY VENTILATORS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA *AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B -51 SECTION 15891 METAL DUCTWORK PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 0 MARCH, 2006 A. Rectangular and round metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system from minus 2" to plus 5" water gage. B. Kitchen exhaust system ductwork. C. Section does not include laboratory exhaust system ductwork. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division -15 sections for exterior insulation of metal ductwork; not work of this section. B. Refer to other Division -15 sections for ductwork accessories; not work of this section. C. Refer to other Division -15 sections for fans and air handling units; not work of this section. D. Refer to other Division -15 sections for testing, adjusting and balancing of metal ductwork systems; not work of this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for metal ductwork materials and products. B. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed metal ductwork and ductwork products, in accordance with requirements of Division 1. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for metal ductwork materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Qualifications. Firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with metal ductwork systems similar to that required for project. B. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Standards: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible" for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 2. ASHRAE Standards: Comply withASHRAE Handbook, Equipment Volume, Chapter 1 "Duct Construction ", for fabrication and installation of metal ductwork. 3. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" and NFPA 90B "Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ". C. Field Reference Manual: Have available for reference at project field office, copy of SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible ". 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protection: Protect shop - fabricated and factory- fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling. Prevent end damage and prevent din and moisture from entering ducts and fittings. B. Storage: Where possible, store ductwork inside and protect from weather. Where necessary to store outside, store above grade and enclose with waterproof wrapping. PART2 - PRODUCTS g€Q'%LQWfflWARK MATERIALS 15391-1 0 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. B. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from'galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A527, lock forming quality, with G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A525; and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of types and sizes indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment. B. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 18- degree change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45- degree laterals and 45- degree elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90- degree branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. C. Duct Liner: Fibrous glass, complying with Thermal Insulation Manufacturer's Association (TIMA) AHC -101; of thickness indicated. 1 inch thick; 2" thick above roofline, unless indicated otherwise. D. Duct Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916 "Specifications for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation", E. Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Article S2.11. F, Duct Sealant: Non - hardening, non - migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabricationlinstallation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. G. Duct Cement. Non - hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. H. Ductwork Support Materials; Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot - dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. Flexible ducts: Spiral -Round spring steel with 1" thick continuous flexible fiberglass sheath, flameproof vinyl jacket, complying with UL 181, with factory installed metal collar connectors, maximum length 8 feet. J. Under slab Ducts: For ductwork placed in concrete slabs, or under slabs on grade, fabricate ductwork of one of the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate ductwork in 4, 8, 10 or 12 -ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. Preassemble work in shop to greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field assembly of systems. Disassemble systems only to extent necessary for shipping and handling. Match -mark sections for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shop fabricate ductwork of gages and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards ". 15891-2 METAL DUCTWORK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 40D4513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATI NO TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #36326, PLAN #B -518 C. Fabricate duct fittings to match adjoining ducts, and to comply with duct requirements as applicable to fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate elbows with center -line radius equal to associated duct width; and fabricate to include turning vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. Limit angular tapers to 30 degrees for contracting tapers and 20 degrees for expanding tapers. D. Fabricate ductwork with accessories installed during fabrication to the greatest extent possible. Refer to Division -15 section "Ductwork Accessories" for accessory. requirements. E. Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. 2.04 FACTORY- FABRICATED LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK A. General: At Installer's option, provide factory- fabricated duct and fittings, in lieu of shop - fabricated duct and fittings. B. Material: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ASTM A517, lock forming quality, with ASTM A525, G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. C. Gage: 28 -gage minimum for round and oval ducts and fittings, 4" through 24" diameter. D. Elbows: One -piece construction for 90 degrees and 45 degree elbows 14" and smaller. Provide multiple gore construction for larger diameters with standing seam circumferential joint. E. Divided Flow Fittings: 90- degree tees, constructed with saddle tap spot welded and bonded to duct fitting body. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide factory - fabricated ductwork of one of the following or equal: 1. Semco Mfg., Inc. 2. United Sheet Metal Div., United McGill Corp. 2.05 KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCTS A. Fabricate kitchen exhaust ducts and supports, of 16 -ga minimum galvanized steel where concealed, and of 18 -ga minimum stainless steel where exposed. For duct construction, comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards ", and NFPA 96 "Removal of Smoke and Grease -Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment." B. Fabricate dishwasher exhaust ducts and supports, of 16 -ga minimum galvanized steel where concealed, and of 18 -ga minimum stainless steel where exposed. C. Galvanized ducts shall have interior coated with 8 to 10 mil thickness of epoxy coating. PART - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which metal ductwork is to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK A. General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air -tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under; 1% for systems rated over 3 ") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 118" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type, which will hold ducts true -to- shape, and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. METAL DUCTWORK 15691-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACIL ITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop- fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. C. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Locate runs as indicated by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 112" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. D. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. ' E. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1 -112 ". Fasten to duct and substrate. 1. Where ducts pass through fire -rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire stopping between duct and substrate. F. Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. G. Installation: Install metal ductwork in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINERS A. General: Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 8' -0" extended length. . B. Installation: Install in accordance with Section III of SMACNA's, "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible ". C, Bends in flexible ducts shall have a radius of not less 1.5 times the internal diameters. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF KITCHEN EXHAUST DUCTS A. General: Fabricate joints and seams with continuous welds for watertight construction. Provide for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2000 degrees F (1093 degrees C) temperature range. Install without dips or traps, which may collect residues, except where traps have continuous or automatic residue removal. Provide access openings at each change in direction, located on sides of duct 1 -112" minimum from bottom, and fitted with grease -tight covers of same material as duct. 3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Connect metal ductwork to equipment as indicated; provide flexible connection for each ductwork connection to equipment mounted on vibration isolators, and /or equipment containing rotating machinery. Provide access doors as indicated. 1 15891-4 METAL DUCTWORK m uc.�roN br<UUI- NU. 4UU4513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #0-51afi • 3.07 ADJUSTING ANDCLEA1W A. Clean ductwork internally, unit by unit as it is installed, of dust and debris. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances, which might causecorrosive deterioration of metal or, where ductwork is to be painted, might interfere with painting or cause paint deterioration. B. Temporary closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering which will prevent entrance of dust and debris until time connections are to be completed. C. Balancing: Refer to Division -15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing' for air distribution balancing of metal ductwork; not work of this section. Seal any leaks in ductwork that become apparent in balancing process. END OF SECTION METAL DUCTWORK 15891 -5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 51 87 -S SECTION 15459 INTERCEPTORS (SAND AND GREASE) " PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extent of interceptors work is indicated on drawings and provisions of this section, including schedules and equipment lists associated with either drawings or this section. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division 15 sections for drainage piping which is required external to interceptors; not work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of interceptors of types and capacities required. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Conform to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. ' 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities of selected models indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation and start -up instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of assembly of all components. C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for each type of equipment. Include "trouble- shooting" maintenance guides. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in in Division 1. maintenance manual; accordance with requirements of 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle interceptors carefully to prevent damage, and /or breaking. Do not install damaged or broken interceptors; replace with new. PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufactu rers offering interceptors which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited, to the following: 1. Nottingham ' 2.02 SAND AND GREASE INTERCEPTORS A. General: Provide sand and grease interceptor of s¢e and capacity as indicated. B. Construction: Prefabricated one piece reinforced concrete construction, three compartment, with cast iron fittings. 1. Concrete Portland Cement Type 11, minimum compressive strength 3000 psi at 28 days. 2. Reinforcing bar intermediate grade ASTM A615. 3. Reinforcing welded wire mesh ASTM A185. 4. Precast unit coated outside with Hunts process black No. 120 ASTM C -309, Type IV - ASTM D -41 -FHA requirements. 5. Manholes: Traffic grade construction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINE INTERCEPTORS (SAND AND GREASE) 15459-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ST &N AND TRAINING FACILITY CON T #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Examine areas and conditions under which interceptors are to be instated, and substrate which will support interceptors. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF INTERCEPTORS A. General install interceptors as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, and in compliance with applicable codes. B. Place interceptor on natural soil or approved compacted fill. C. Provide butyl rope mastic or cement rnortar ground water seal. D. Set with top of interceptor flush with pavement. E. Piping: Connect inlet, outlet and vent piping to interceptors. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect interceptors during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with construction materials and debris, and to prevent damage from construction debris and traffic. END OF SECTION 15459-2 INTERCEPTORS (SAND AND GREASE) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 1* Is DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5181 -5 SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Types of ductwork accessories required for project include the following: 1. Dampers a. Low pressure manual dampers. ' b. Control dampers. c. Counterbalanced refief dampers. 2. Fire and smoke dampers. ' 3. Turning vanes. 4. Duct hardware. 5. Duct access doors. 6. Flexible connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to other Division -15 sections for testing, adjusting, and balancing of ductwork ' accessories, not included in work of this section. B. Division -15 Section "Metal Ductwork ". C. Division -15 Section "Control Systems ". D. Division -15 Section "Mechanical Identification ". ' 1,03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each type of ductwork accessory, including dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction; and installation instructions. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible ". 2. Industry Standards: Comply with ASH RAE recommendations pertaining to construction of ductwork accessories, except as otherwise indicated. 3. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with UL Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers ". ' 4. Fire dampers shall bear California State Fire Marshal Listing Number. 5. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems ", pertaining to installation of ductwork accessories. ' PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 DAMPERS ' A. Low Pressure Manual Dampers: Provide dampers of single blade type of multiblade type, constructed in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction. Standards ". "Jiffy" type dampers are not acceptable. ' 2.02 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. General: Provide backdraft dampers of types and saes indicated. Construct casings of 0.090- thickness aluminum with mitered corners. B. Blades, 0.025" formed aluminum with extruded vinyl edge seals. Bearings, Zytel. Linkage 118" x 1l8" aluminum tie bars concealed in frame. ' DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15910 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Counterbalance: Zinc plated bar on blades (except top blade). Adjustable for final setting. Mill finish. D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dampers of one of the following: 1. Ruskin Manufacturing Co. 2. Air Balance Co. 3. Pottorff Company, Inc. E. Control Dampers: Refer to Division -15 section "Control Systems" for control dampers; not work of this section. F. Counterbalanced Relief Dampers: Provide dampers with parallel blades, counterbalanced and factory -set to relieve at indicated static pressure. Construct blades of 16 -ga aluminum, provide 1/2" diameter ball bearings, 1/2" diameter steel axles spaced on 9" centers. Construct frame of 2" x 1/2" x 1/8" steel channel for face areas 25 sq. It and under; 4" x 1 -1/2" x 16 -ga channel for face areas over 25 sq. ft Provide galvanized steel finish on frame with aluminum touch -up. G. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dampers of one of the following: 1. Air Balance, Inc. 2. Ruskin Mfg. Co. 3. Pottorff Company, Inc. 2.03 FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. California State Fire Marshal approved, designed and constructed in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL Standard 555 and bear stamp showing compliance. B. Fire Dampers: Provide fire dampers, of types and sizes indicated. Construct casings of 11 -ga galvanized steel. Provide fusible link rated at 160 to 165 degrees F (71 to 74 degrees C) (unless otherwise indicated.) Provide damperwith positive lock in closed position, and with the following additional features. 1. Damper Blade Assembly: Curtain type. C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire'and smoke dampers of one of the following: 1. Air Balance, Inc. 2. Ruskin Mfg. Co. 3. Pottorff Company, Inc. 2.04 TURNING VANES A. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Provide turning vanes constructed of 1 -1l2" wide curved blades set at 3/4" o.c., supported with bars perpendicular to blades set at 2" o.c., and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ductwork. B. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Provide acoustic turning vanes constructed of airfoil shaped aluminum extrusion with perforated faces and fiberglass fill. C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide turning vanes of one of the following: 1. Aero Dynen Co. 2. Airsan Corp. 3. Anemostat Products Div.; Dynamics Corp. of America. 4. Barber - Colman Co. 5. Duro Dyne Corp. 6. Environmental Elements Corp.; Subs, Koppers Co., Inc. 7. Hart & Cooley Mfg. Co. 8. Register & Grille Mfg. Co., Inc. 9. Souther, Inc. 15910-2 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 4k DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT 113626, PLAN #B- 5167 -S 2.05 DUCT HARDWARE A. General: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on project, ' for the following: 1. Test Holes: Provide in ductwork at fan inlet and outlet, and elsewhere as indicated, duct test holes, consisting of slot and cover, for instrument tests. ' 2. Quadrant Locks: Provide for each damper, quadrant lock device on one end of shaft; and end bearing plate on other end for damper lengths over 12 ". Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for externally insulated ductwork. 3. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct hardware of one ' of the following: a. Ventfabrics, Inc. b. Young Regulator Co. ' 2.06 DUCT ACCESS DOORS: A. General: Provide duct access doors where required. ' B. Construction: Construct of same or greater gage as ductwork served, provide insulated doors for insulated ductwork. Provide flush frames for uninsulated ductwork, extended frames for externally insulated duct. Provide one size hinged, other side with one ' handle -type latch for doors 12" high and smaller, 2 handle -type latches for larger doors. C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide duct access doors of one of the following: ' 1. Air Balance Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Corp. 3. Register & Grille Mfg. Co., Inc. 4. Ruskin Mfg. Co. ' 5. Ventifabrics, Inc. 6. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Air Systems Div. ' 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration- isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene- coated flameproof fabric crimped ' into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment. Make airtight joint. Provide adequate joint flexibility to allow for thermal, axial, transverse and torsional movement, and also capable of absorbing vibration of connected equipment. ' B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flexible connections of one of the following: 1. American/Elgen Co.; Energy Div. ' 2. Duro Dyne Corp. 3. Flexaust (The) Co. 4. Ventfabrics, Inc- PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION ' A. Examine areas and conditions under which ductwork accessories will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in ' accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function. ' DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES 15910 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY CO TRACT #3626 . PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Install turning vanes in square or rectangular 90- degree elbows in supply and exhaust air systems, and elsewhere as indicated. C. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. D. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of ductwork accessories properly with other work. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate install ductwork accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leak proof performance. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjusting: Adjust ductwork accessories for proper settings, install fusible links in fire dampers and adjust for proper action. 1. Label access doors in accordance with Division -15 section "Mechanical Identification ". 2. Final positioning of manual dampers is specdied in Division -15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing ". B. Cleaning: Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. 3.05 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish extra fusible links to Owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature range; obtain receipt. END OF SECTION 15910-4 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH • 4 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 41626, PLAN #B-51 87-S SECTION 15932 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Types of outlets and inlets required for project include the following: 1. Linear slot diffusers and returns. 2. Ceiling air diffusers, rectangular, square, round. ' 3. Wall registers and grilles. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Refer to other Division -15 sections for ductwork and duct accessories required in conjunction with air outlets and inlets; not work of this section. B. Refer to other Division -15 sections for balancing of air outlets and inlets; not work of this ' section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for air wtlets and inlets including the following: 1. Schedule of air outlets and inlets indicating drawing designation, room location, number ' fumished, model number, size, and accessories furnished. 2. Data sheet for each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished; indicating construction, finish, and mounting details. 3. Performance data for each type of air outlet and inlet furnished, including aspiration ' ability, temperature and velocity traverses; throw and drop; and noise criteria ratings. Indicate selections on data. 4. ADC certification. ' B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly -type shop drawing for each type of air outlet and inlet, indicating materials and methods of assembly of components. ' C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data, including cleaning instructions for finishes, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manuals; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. ' 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver air outlets and inlets wrapped in factory - fabricated fiberboard type containers. Identifyon outside of container type of outlet or inlet and location to be installed. Avoid ' crushing or bending and prevent dirt and debris from entering and settling in devices. B. Store air outlets and inlets in original cartons and protect from weatherand construction work traffic. Where possible, store indoors, when necessary to store outdoors, store above grade ' and enclose with waterproof wrapping. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. ADC Compliance: Test and rate air outlets and inlets in certified laboratories under requirements of ADC 1062 "Certification, Rating, and Test Manual." ' 2. ADC Seal: Provide air outlets and inlets bearing ADC Certified Rating Seal. 3. NFPA Compliance: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems ". AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15932-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400* MARCH, 2006 PART - PRODUCTS 2.01 CHUNG AIR DIFFUSERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH , SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CO RACT #3626, PLAN #8.5187 -S A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard ceiling air diffusers where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated; constructed of materials and components as indicated, and as required for complete installation. B. Performance: Provide ceiling air diffusers that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity traverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's current data. C. Ceiling Compatibility: Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling systems, and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with accurate fit and adequate support. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types of ceiling systems, which will contain each type of ceiling air diffuser 2.02 MANUFACTURER A. Subject to compliance with requirement diffusers of one of the following: 1. Air Factors 2. Anemostat Products Div.; Dynamics Corp. of America 3. Kreuger Mfg. Co. B. Manufacturers and model numbers are listed and /or scheduled to set a standard of quality. Equivalent manufacturers and models accepted by Architect/Engineer may be used. Equivalents must be submitted for review. 1. Equivalents: Other manufacturers offering a similar product which is in accordance with the design criteria indicated may be submitted upon architects written acceptance prior to bidding. The cost to conduct all tests as may be directed by the architect to demonstrate that the equivalent product can achieve the criteria indicated, including all travel costs, shall be born by the submitting contractor. 2.03 LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSER AND RETURN A. General: Provide acoustical ceiling air distribution system. Consisting of ceiling slot air diffusers, base frames, air chambers and entry collars. B. Air Distribution Base Frames: 1. Linear air diffusers base frames shall mechanically lock into the grid system. The base frames shall be extruded aluminum sections with minimum wall thickness of 1/16" or factory enameled 20 -gauge steel. Length shall be 48" unless otherwise noted or required. 2. Provide air distribution base frame with full supply air pattern control air weir gates. When used for return air, these air weir gates act as a return airflow control damper. Close air weir gates where return is not necessary. 3. Base frame shall present a substantially uniform appearance through the air slot when used as supply, returns or fully closed. All interior portions of the throat, including the vertical stems of the extrusions, shall be painted flat black to prevent unsightly visual deviations. Paint all exposed surfaces baked white enamel. Base frame shall be compatible with type of ceiling where linear slot diffuser is installed. 4. Base frame shall be provided with spacer channels located on the ceiling module. The spacer channel shall act as the support means for the adjustable full pattern control air weir gates, which are provided throughout the entire length of the base frame. 5. The noise criteria of the air distribution base frame shall be expressed in sound power levels (decibels 10 -12 watts) and shall not exceed noise criteria of 30 decibels in any octave bank (2 through 8) with a room attenuation of 8 decibels. All data shall be based on tests performed in a laboratory certified by the air distribution council and shall be in accordance with ADC Test Code 1062 -R4. 6. Where noted on drawings or as required, blank -off airtight backside of supply air linear slot where duct connection is not made. 15932-2 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 0 * DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Supply or Return Air Chambers: 1. Supply or Return air plenum chambers shall be designed, tested, and fabricated by the same manufacturer that furnishes the base frames. Shop fabricated air chambers not acceptable. Provide with damper at inlet to plenum, which is accessible through face of linear diffuser for adjustment. 2. Provide adjustable air spread vanes that are accessible through the base frame slot for field adjustment of the spread of the air stream. This will be accomplished without the removal of acoustical tile. 3. Provide a round neck air entry collar sized for maximum average air entry velocity of 750 FPM. A volume damper shall be installed at connection to plenum, which is accessible through face of diffuser for adjustment 4. Construct supply air chamber from not less than 26 gauge galvanized steel and will be lined with one -half inch density thermal acoustical insulating. All surfaces visible through the slot will be painted flat black. 5. Provide spring clip keepers to securely attach the chamber to the base frame when in operation. These spring clips permit releasing of the air chamber for easy relocation. 6. The supply air chamber shall have been tested as composite assembly with the linear base frame for air distribution and noise level performance. The tests shall be conducted in accordance with ADC Test Code 1062 -R4. 7. For return air plenums above the ceiling, install Air Factors Model B -10, 15,20 -CCW "RAH" plenum hood on all linear return air bars. D. Manufacturer: Air Factors Model B -15, 20 -EE and B -15, 20 -CEP linear air bar diffuser. 2.04 CEILING RETURN AND EXHAUST GRILLES AND REGISTERS A. (All constant air volume systems unless otherwise noted.) ' B. Registers shall be provided with opposed blade dampers. 1. Concealed Spline - Anemostat GC5 or GC50. 2. Glued on Acoustile - Anemostat GC5 or GC50. ' 3. Plaster or drywall - Anemostat GC5 or GC50. 4. 24" x 24" T-bar - Anemostat GC5L or GC50L 5. Note: For 24" x 48" T -bar ceilings, coordinate with ceiling installerfor auxiliary tees as required to provide 24" x 24" space. 2.05 SIDEWALL SUPPLY AND RETURN REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. Supply register - Anemostat TAL Series. ' B. Return register - Anemostat Rotocore RC3250. C. Return grille - Anemostat Rotocore RC325. ' 2.06 TRANSFER GRILLES . A. Ceiling -Same as return grilles. ' 2.07 CEILING DIFFUSERS (SUPPLY) A. (Constant air volume systems unless otherwise noted.) 1. Concealed Spline - Anemostat RMD -S 2. Glued on Acoustile - Anemostat RMD -S 3. Plaster or Drywall - Anemostat RMD -S 4. 24" x 24" T -Bar - Anemostat RMD -FP ' 5. Note: For 24" x 48" T-bar ceilings, coordinate with ceiling Installer for auxiliary tees as required to create 24" x 24" space. 2.08 MODULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS ' A. (All V.A.V. systems unless otherwise noted.) ' AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15932-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 400 3 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE TION AND TRAINING FACILITY ' C RACT #3626 . PLAN #B- 5187-S B. Air Factors Model TBW- 20 -24" x 24" and TBW- 20 -24" x 48" and shall have a frame style to interface with the ceiling grid system being used. C. Manufactured from extruded 6063 -T5 aluminum with a minimum wall thickness of .0625 inches. Provided with Lambert (TM) nested air pattern control weirs, and an integral deflection rail allowing for one- to four -way direction air flow producing uniform ceiling effect. D. The air motion in the occupancy zone at maximum cubic feet per minute shall not exceed 50 feet per minute. Inner panel of matching acoustical tile shall provide an airtight joint. E. Supply, Return and Exhaust Chambers: TSAC- 2424 -LK. 1. Designed and fabricated by the manufacturer of the base frames. Field fabricated chambers will not be accepted. Chamber to be supplied with spring clips to attach to the base frame. Constructed from not less than 26 gauge galvanized steel and lined with 1/2" high- density thermal insulation. All surfaces visible through the air slot painted flat black. 2. Chamber shall be supplied with a factory installed round entry collar for flex duct connection. Collar shall be sized for maximum average air entry velocity of 750 fpm. Chamber must be tested as a composite assembly with the base frame for air distribution and noise level performance by a certified testing laboratory. If used with side inlet, furnish and install vertical pressure equalizing baffle. 2.09 MODULAR CEILING RETURN A. (All V.A.V. systems unless otherwise noted.) B. Air Factors Model BW- 2424- 10 -RG -LK high volume return diffuser. C. Base frame from extruded 6065 -T5 aluminum with a minimum wall thickness of .0625 inches. Frame shall have fixed weirs creating a continuous one -inch closed slot. Provide opposite blade volume damper. D. Inner panel shall be acrylic plastic egg create with 1/2" x 1/2" x 1/2" cell openings. Nominal size 20" x 20 ". 2.10 SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST CONNECTIONS TO METAL LINEAR CEILING A. Air Factors sheet metal air boot (eight -slot_ for connecting to back of metal linear ceiling with slot openings (with labyrinths, as applicable) for supply, return, and exhaust. Air boot shall lock onto back of ceiling system. 2.11 CIRCULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS A. Anemostat Model C -27 circular diffuser with adjustable inner cone for heating /cooling mode complete with motor operator and linkage as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which air outlets and inlets are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in accordance with recognized industry practices to insure that products serve intended function. B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to interface installation of air outlets and inlets with other work. C. Coordinate ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction "Reflected Ceiling Plans ". Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of acoustical ceiling module. 15932-4 AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH * 0 DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5167 -S D. Supply outlets to provide the required air throw and spread with no apparent drafts or excessive air movement within space being supplied. Contractor to provide necessary accessories to accomplish satisfactory air distribution. E. Provide felt, cork or rubber gasket between finish surface and frame to prevent vibration and assure tight fit Contractor shall be responsible for the correct location of ductwork and outlets. ' F. For filter panel type outlets the manufacturer shall coordinate his design with the ceiling suspension system being used. The Contractor and manufacturer shall conform sizes of ' outlets to properly fit in ceiling systems, between concrete or masonry components, between architectural items before fabrication. G. When installing removable core type outlets, secure to frame with screws. H. Secure outlets to ceiling suspension systems as required by Division of the State Architect. END OF SECTION L] ■ 1 ' AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 15932-5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S N AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 20D6 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 S SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section specifies the requirements and procedures for total mechanical systems testing, adjusting, and balancing. Requirements include measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results. B. Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: 1. Supply air systems, all pressure ranges; including variable volume; 2. Return air systems; 3. Exhaust air systems, 4. Hydronic systems. C. Test systems for proper sound and vibration levels. D. This Section does not include: 1. Testing boilers and pressure vessels for compliance with safety codes; 2. Specifications for materials for patching mechanical systems; 3. Specifications for materials and installation of adjusting and balancing devices. If devices must be added to achieve proper. adjusting and balancing, refer to the respective system sections for materials and installation requirements. 4. Requirements and procedures for piping and ductwork systems leakage tests. 1.02 RELATED SECTION A. General requirements for testing agencies are specified in the Division -1 Section Quality Control Services. B. Other Division -15 Sections specify balancing devices and their installation, and materials and installations of mechanical systems. C. Individual Division -15 system sections specify leak testing requirements and procedures. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Systems testing, adjusting, and balancing is the process of checking and adjusting all the building environmental systems to produce the design objectives. It includes: 1. The balance of air and water distribution; 2. Adjustment of total system to provide design quantities; 3. Electrical measurement; 4. Verification of performance of all equipment and automatic controls; 5. Sound and vibration measurement. B. Test: To determine quantitative performance of equipment. C. Adjust: To regulate the specified fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment (e.g., reduce fan speed, throttling). D. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system (submains, branches, and terminals) according to specified design quantities. E. Procedure: Standardization approach and execution of sequence of work operations to yield reproducible results. F. Report forms: Test data sheets arranged for collecting test data in logical order for submission and review. These data should also form the permanent record to be used as the basis for required future testing, adjusting, and balancing. G. Terminal: The point where the controlled fluid enters or leaves the distribution system. TESTING, AlA&5TdW- ;6* "l?hY6NgMN0ter terminals, supply outlets on air terminals, return outIdWOl RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-511 87-S ' water terminals, and exhaust or return inlets on air terminals such as registers, grilles, diffusers, louvers, and hoods. H. Main: Duct or pipe containing the system's major or entire fluid flow. I. Submain: Duct or pipe containing part of the systems' capacity and serving two or more branch mains. ' J. Branch main: Duct or pipe serving two or more terminals. K. Branch: Duct or pipe serving a single terminal. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Agency Data: 1. Submit proof that the proposed testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meets the qualifications specified below. B. Engineer and Technicians Data: 1. Submit proof that the Test and Balance Engineer assigned to supervise the procedures, ' and the technicians proposed to perform the procedures meet the qualifications specified below. C. Procedures and Agenda: Submit a synopsis of the testing, adjusting, and balancing ' procedures and agenda proposed to be used for this project. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance and opzrating data that include how to test, adjust, and balance the building systems. Include this information in maintenance data specified in ' Division 1 and Section 15010. E. Sample Forms: Submit sample forms, if other than those standard forms prepared by the AABC are proposed. ' F. Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the system have been installed; are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to ' establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: 1. Draft reports: Upon completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, prepare draft reports on the approved forms. Draft reports may be hand written, but must be complete, factual, accurate, and legible. Organize and format draft reports. Submit 2 complete sets of draft reports. Only 1 complete set of draft reports will be returned. ' 2. Final Report: Upon verification and approval of draft reports, prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final reports. 3. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. Bind report forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three -ring binders. Provide binding edge labels with the project identification and a title description of the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed divisions, separated by divider tabs: a. General Information and Summary b. Air Systems ' c. Hydronic Systems d. Temperature Control Systems e. Special Systems f. Sound and Vibration Systems 4. Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data: '15990-2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #8- 5187 -S a. General Information and Summary: Inside cover sheet to identify testing, adjusting, and balancing agency, Contractor, Owner, Architect, Engineer, and Project. Include addresses, and contact names and telephone numbers. Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name address, telephone number, and signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Include in this division a listing of the instrumentations used for the procedures along with the proof of calibration. b. The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms containing as a minimum, the information indicated on the standard report forms prepared by the AABC and NEBB, for each respective item and system. Prepare a schematic diagram for each item of equipment and system to accompany each respective report form. G. Calibration Reports: Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been calibrated to tolerances specified in the referenced standards, within a period of six months priorto starting the project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agency Qualifications: 1. Employ the services of an independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meeting the qualifications specified below, to be the single source of responsibility to test, adjust, and balance the building mechanical systems identified above, to produce the design objectives. Services shall include checking installations for conformity to design, measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results. 2. An independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency certified by Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this project, and having at least one Professional Engineer registered in the State in which the services are to be performed, certified by AABC as a Test and Balance Engineer. B. Codes and Standards: 1. AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance ". 2. ASHRAE: latest edition of ASHRAE Handbook, Standards for "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing'. C. Pre - Balancing Conference: Prior to beginning of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, schedule and conduct a conference with the Architect/Engineer and representatives of installers of the mechanical systems. The objective of the conference is final coordination and verification of system operation and readiness for testing, adjusting, and balancing. Agency must have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in the type of air and hydronic balancing required by this project and must have an office located in the Southern California area. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Systems Operation: Systems shall be fully operational prior to beginning procedures. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic steam and refrigerant systems. B. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg. F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg. F. dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED.) TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 15990-3 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES FOR AIR SYSTEM BALANCING A. Before operating the system, perform these steps: 1. Obtain design drawings and specifications and become thoroughly acquainted with the design intent. 2. Obtain copies of approved shop drawings of ail air handling equipment, outlets (supply, return, and exhaust and temperature control diagrams. 3. Compare design to installed equipment and field installations. 4. Walk the system from the system air handling equipment to terminal units to determine variation of installation from design. 5. Check filters for cleanliness. 6. Check dampers (both volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans. 7. Prepare report test sheets for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended procedures for testing. Prepare a summation of required outlet volumes to permit a crosscheck with required fan volumes. 8. Determine best locations in main and branch ductwork for most'accurateduct traverses. 9. Place outlet dampers in the full open position. 10. Prepare schematic diagrams of system "as- built" ductwork and piping layouts to facilitate reporting. 11. Lubricate all motors and bearings. 12. Check fan belt tension. 13. Check fan rotation. 3.02 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEM BALANCING A. Before operating the system perform these steps: 1. Open valves to full open positron. Close coil bypass valves. 2. Remove and clean all strainers. 3. Examine hydronic systems and determine if water has been treated and cleaned. 4. Check pump rotation. 5. Clean and set automatic fill valves for required system pressure. 6. Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is completely full of water. 7. Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and operating freely (Automatic type) or to bleed air completely (manual type). 8. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. 9. Check operation of automatic bypass valves. 10. Check and set operating temperatures of chillers to design requirements. 11. Lubricate ail motors and bearings. ' 3.03 MEASUREMENTS A. Provide all required instrumentation to obtain proper measurements, calibrated to the tolerances specified in the referenced standards. Instruments shall be properly maintained and protected against damage. B. Provide instruments meeting the specifications of the referenced standards. C. Use only those instruments which have the maximum field measuring accuracy and are best suited to the function being measured. D. Apply instrument as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Use instruments with minimum scale and maximum subdivisions and with scale ranges proper for the value being measured. 15990-4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP N0, 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B - 5187 -S F. When averaging values, take a sufficient quantity of readings which will result in a repeatability error of less than 5 percent When measuring a single point, repeat readings until 2 consecutive identical values are obtained. G. Take all reading with the eye at the level of the indicated value to prevent parallax. H. Use pulsation dampeners where necessary to eliminate error involved in estimating average of rapidly fluctuation readings. ' I. Take measurements in the system where best suited to the task. 3.04 PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING , A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. , B. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. C. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. D. Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. E. Seal insulation to re- establish integrity of the vapor barrier. ' F. Mark equipment settings, including dampercontrol positions, valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. ' G. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. ' 3.05 TESTING FOR SOUND AND VIBRATION A. Test and adjust mechanical systems for sound and vibration in accordance with the detailed instructions of the referenced standards, and /or as directed by the Architect. , 3.06 RECORD AND REPORT DATA A. Record all data obtained during testing, adjusting, and balancing in accordance with, and on ' the forms recommended by the referenced standards, and as approved on the sample report forms. B. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced. 3.07 DEMONSTRA71ON A. Training: ' 1. Tram the Owner's maintenance personnel on troubleshooting procedures and testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. Review with the Owner's personnel, the information contained in the Operating and Maintenance Data specified in Division 1 , and Section 15010. 2. Schedule training with Owner through the Architect /Engineer with at least 7 days prior notice. ' END OF SECTION TESTING, ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING 15990 -5 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 ' SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAMP AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 16010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all labor, materials, transportation equipment, and services , and services necessary for general electrical requirements where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. 1. Examine all other sections for work related to those sections and required to be included as work under this section. 2. The specifications and drawings are intended to cover a complete installation of systems. The omission of expressed reference to any item of labor or materials for the proper execution of the work in accordance with present practice of the trade shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such additional labor and materials. 3. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all features of the building drawings and site drawings that may affect the executidn of work. No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. B. Related Work: 1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, travel, tools and appliances required to furnish and insiall all electrical work shown on the Contract Drawing and herein specified in the Sections of Division 16 complete and operable but not limited to the following: a. All construction temporary power and lighting and power for testing equipment and systems through final acceptance of test. b. Power company primary service underground from the property line to an on -site power company pad mount transformer with secondary service to the main service switchboard (MSA). A 120/ 208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire c. Complete lighting and power system(s) including branch circuits, fixtures, outlets, lamps, switches, controllers, and auxiliary equipment. 2. Complete distribution system(s) including switchboards, panelboards, transformers, feeders, and auxiliary equipment. 3. Complete system of exterior (vandal resistant) lighting and control. . 4. Complete Grounding System. 5. Complete Music and Paging System(s) a. Music and paging systems including speaker back boxes, cabinets, backboards, grounding and A/C power provisions. 6. Complete Intercom System(s) a. Telephone system, including service raceways, cabinets, backboards, grounding, and ac power provisions. b. Television antenna and coaxial cable distribution system. 7. Distribution for emergency power system including but not limited to a diesel engine generator, central battery inverter, lighting panelboards, transformers, feeders and auxiliary equipment. and branded circuit wiring. 8. Power and conduit system including backboards, pullboxes, wiring devices, junction boxes, plaster pines, cover plates, grounding, etc. for the following as applicable. a. Telephone System b. Television antenna and coaxial cable distribution. c. Music and Paging Systems. d. Security. e. CATV f. Public address system. 9. Control wiring and devices for equipment specified in Sections of Division 16 and other Technical Sections, except where specifically indicated or noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings or in the Specifications. 10. Complete and Operable Fire Alarm System. Provided under separate permit. 13ENERALELFCTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 11. Connection and testing of electrical equipment and controls specified in Division 16 and other technical sections, except where specifically indicated or noted elsewhere on the Contract Drawing or in the Specifications. 12. Applicable excavating, trenching and backfilling. 1.02 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Furnishing all electrical or partially electrically devices related uniquely to mechanical equipment and only as specified in the Mechanical Division 15. B. Furnishing and installing of all motors. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. B. Earthwork as specified on the Civil Drawings and referenced standards. C. Plumbing and Mechanical in DIVISION 15. 1.04 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS A. Required: Comply with the latest, as applicable and effective, during the progress of Contracted Work. 1. Latest City of Newport Beach Electrical, Fire and Building Codes and UBC Supplement. 2. California State Administrative Code, Title 24, State Building Standard. 3. (CAL /OSHA) California State Occupational Safety and Health Act. 4. California State Fire Marshal Standards. 5. City of Newport Beach Department of Water and Power. 6. U.L. - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 7. NEC - National Electric Code. 8. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials. 9. Current publications of the National Fire Protection Association. 10. National and American Standards Association. S. General Compliance As Applicable 1. Drawings and specification requirements shall govern where they exceed Code requirements. 2. Where requirements between governing Codes and Regulations vary, the more restrictive provision shall apply. 3. Nothing contained in Contract Documents shall be construed as authority or permission to disregard or violate legal requirements. 1.05 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Permits and Inspections: 1. Apply and pay for all required electrical work (construction and installation) prescribed by legally constituted public authorities. 2. Arrange and pay for all required inspections or examinations and shall deliver "certifications' of such inspections to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the electrical work. Obtain approved plans from the Newport Beach City Department of Building and Safety. B. Site Inspections: 1. Carefully examine the job -site and existing facilities and compare the Contract Drawings for work coordination. 2. By act of submitting bid, it will be deemed the Contractor has made required inspections and has accepted such job -site conditions and has made allowances thereof in the preparation of "Bid" figures. No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. C. Verification of Dimensions: All dimensions (scaled, figured or noted) are approximate, given 16010-2 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S for estimating purposes. Before proceeding with work Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc. and shallassume full responsibility for proper fitting in and attachment of all materials and equipment to other equipment and to the structure. D. Examination of the Contract Drawings: 1. Carefully study Contract Drawings and Specifications to verify if any work as laid out or indicated is contrary to or in conflict with applicable Codes and Standards. Report to the Engineer such data prior to submittal of Bid(s). 2. The Engineer will then instruct the Contractor on how to proceed. 3. By the act of submitting a "Bid" or "Proposal" Contractor is deemed to have made such study and has accepted all job -site conditions. No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain this information. E. Substitutions: 1. Items, articles or products named on the Contract Drawings and in the Specifications are intended to establish a standard of quality and required functional performance. 2. If the Contractor desires to propose a substitution or alternate, submit a complete list with detailed specifications and manufacturer's data which differ from those specified within thirty -five (35) days after award of Contract for approval or rejection by the Engineer. 3. If such submittals are not approved, use specified materials and equipment throughout the Electrical Work. F. Interpretations: 1. Make all requests for interpretations of the Contract Drawings and /or Specifications to the Contractor through the Engineer. 2. Manufacturer's or Supplier's requests for interpretations will be referred to the Con tractor. G. Submittals: Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01330 of the General Requirements and as hereinafter specified. 1. Prepare, review and coordinate schedule of submittals, determining necessary lead -time for preparation, submitting, checking, and ordering and delivering materials and equipment to the job -site for timely arrival and conformance with the overall Construction schedule. 2. All submittals will be checked for general compliance with Specifications only. Contractor will be responsible for deviations from the Drawings or Specifications and for errors or omissions of any sort in the Submittals. 3. Shop drawings shall be submitted in completed groups of materials (i.e., all lighting fixtures or all switchgear, etc.). The Contractor shall add and sign the following paragraph on all equipment and materials submitted, for review. a. "It is hereby certified that the (equipment) (material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into the project; is in compliance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications and can be installed in the allocated spaces ". b. Failure to add the above written statement for compliance will result in return of submittals to be reviewed. 4. All required submittals on electrical items and equipment shall include complete catalog information such as construction ratings, insulation systems, including manufacturer's certification that items or equipment meet or exceed U.L. and Trade Standards, and the Specifications. 5. Equipment Floor Plans: Submit after approval of material and /or equipment is secured. Prepare for each electrical equipment room drawn to 1/4" = 2" = 1' -0" scale. Layout drawing shall be to exact scale. 6. Materials list of items and equipment proposed to be provided for the work of this Division 16 and shall include the following as applicable: a. Service and distribution switchgear. b. Motor control centers. c. Central battery inverter.Diesel enginegenerator system. GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-3 plates. m. Cabinets for signal and telephone systems, special terminals and cabinets. n. Vibration isolators, including lateral and vertical seismic restraints. o. All fabricated equipment. p. Clock and program system. q. Time cocks, contactors, control switches, etc. including wiring diagrams and sequence of operation. H. Special Submissions: 1. Test Reports For The Following: a. Ground fault devices. b. MeggerReadings: Ground system, motors, feeders and switchgear. c. Voltage Readings: Distribution, service and motors. d. Fire alarm system. 2. Maintenance service and operating manuals for all equipment. 3. Items as outlined in other Sections. I. "No Exceptions Taken ": Be responsible for equipment ordered and /or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Engineer bearing the ENGINEER'S stamp of "No Exceptions Taken ". Corrections or modifications to equipment as noted on shop drawings shall be performed or equipment removed from the job site at request of Engineer without additional compensation. J. Disapprovals: Any article or equipment supplied by the Contractor disapproved by the Engineer as not conforming to the Specifications or not of proper quality or grade or suitability shall be deleted and suitable article or equipment be provided in lieu thereof in conformance with the Specifications at no added cost to the Owner. K. Terminology: Generally speaking throughout this Division 16 of the Specifications when the words "or equal" or other words of similar intent and meaning are used implying judgment or decision is to be exercised, it is understood that it is the judgment, discretion, or decision of the Engineer to which reference is made. L. Modification of Contract Drawings: In each case where proposed substitute material or equipment will require changes to the design of the Project as indicated on the drawings, for proper installation or operation, appropriate proposed revision drawings prepared and signed by a licensed architect or engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer. Make such drawings sufficiently complete for the proper installation and operation of the proposed substitute materials or equipment, and for construction by all of the involved trades of the proposed revisions. The cost of the drawings and the proposed revised construction shall be borne by the Contractor. M. Record Drawings: Provide in strict accordance with applicable provisions of Division 1 in the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications concerning accurate locations of raceways, cable runs, outlets and equipment. 16010 -4 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4.13 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FI RE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 6187 -S d. Lighting panelboards and controls. e. Dry type transformers. f. Conduits. g. Conductors. h. Electrical equipment layout at "1/4" = 1' -0" scale indicating exact dimensions of equipment, clearances, housekeeping pads. I. Disconnect switches, pull boxes and fuses. j. Lighting fixtures. k. Fire alarm and detection system. 1. Control devices, standard and special receptacles, switches and finish device plates. m. Cabinets for signal and telephone systems, special terminals and cabinets. n. Vibration isolators, including lateral and vertical seismic restraints. o. All fabricated equipment. p. Clock and program system. q. Time cocks, contactors, control switches, etc. including wiring diagrams and sequence of operation. H. Special Submissions: 1. Test Reports For The Following: a. Ground fault devices. b. MeggerReadings: Ground system, motors, feeders and switchgear. c. Voltage Readings: Distribution, service and motors. d. Fire alarm system. 2. Maintenance service and operating manuals for all equipment. 3. Items as outlined in other Sections. I. "No Exceptions Taken ": Be responsible for equipment ordered and /or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Engineer bearing the ENGINEER'S stamp of "No Exceptions Taken ". Corrections or modifications to equipment as noted on shop drawings shall be performed or equipment removed from the job site at request of Engineer without additional compensation. J. Disapprovals: Any article or equipment supplied by the Contractor disapproved by the Engineer as not conforming to the Specifications or not of proper quality or grade or suitability shall be deleted and suitable article or equipment be provided in lieu thereof in conformance with the Specifications at no added cost to the Owner. K. Terminology: Generally speaking throughout this Division 16 of the Specifications when the words "or equal" or other words of similar intent and meaning are used implying judgment or decision is to be exercised, it is understood that it is the judgment, discretion, or decision of the Engineer to which reference is made. L. Modification of Contract Drawings: In each case where proposed substitute material or equipment will require changes to the design of the Project as indicated on the drawings, for proper installation or operation, appropriate proposed revision drawings prepared and signed by a licensed architect or engineer shall be furnished by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer. Make such drawings sufficiently complete for the proper installation and operation of the proposed substitute materials or equipment, and for construction by all of the involved trades of the proposed revisions. The cost of the drawings and the proposed revised construction shall be borne by the Contractor. M. Record Drawings: Provide in strict accordance with applicable provisions of Division 1 in the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications concerning accurate locations of raceways, cable runs, outlets and equipment. 16010 -4 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RfVSIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA "OAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S N. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Prior to final acceptance of Contracted Work by the Owner, furnish 4 bound copies of operation and maintenance manuals for each electrical equipment, as required in this Section. The contents shall include description of equipment, ' names of manufacturers, parts lists, model numbers, maintenance schedules, location of nearest facility for replacement parts or service, wiring and connection diagrams, internal schematic drawings, and other electrical/mechanical data necessary for operation and maintenance. ' 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: ' 1. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture. 2. Supply all equipment and accessories new, free from defects and listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. or bearing its label. Special or custom equipment must ' bearthe label of laboratory recognized by the City of Newport Beach Department of Building and Safety. 3. Supply all equipment and accessories in compliance with the applicable standards ' listed in Article 1.05 of this Section and with all applicable National, State and Local codes. 4. All items of a given type shall be the product of the same manufacturer. ' B. Labor: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and completely familiar with specifications, requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of Electrical Division 16. ' C. Superintendence: Provide an experienced Superintendent to be in charge of erection and /or installation of electrical work together with journeymen helpers to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust, operate and test the work involved to provide a neat, workmanlike and ' operable installation. 1.07 LOCATION A. The location of apparatus and equipment indicated on the Contract Drawings are approximate only and shall be changed to meet the Architectural and Structural conditions as required. ' B. Any change in work which has not been installed shall be made by the Contractor without additional compensation, except changes which are caused by Architectural changes which increase or decrease the size of apparatus or materials specified or indicated on the ' drawings. The Contractor shall submit a detailed breakdown cost estimate of, or credit for, such changes and shall proceed only upon the written authority of the Engineer. C. All apparatus and equipment shall be furnished and installed in a manner and in locations ' avoiding all obstructions, preserving headroom, and keeping openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials that may be necessary in order to accomplish this. F F D. The drawings are essentially diagrammatic to the extent that many offsets, bends, special fittings, and exact locations are not indicated. The Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Drawings and premises in order to determine the best methods, exact location, routes, and building obstructions, etc., and shall install all apparatus and equipment in the available location. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Conform to provisions of Division 1 of the General Requirements. GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4013 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. The Contractor shall do all drilling, cutting and patching of the general construction work existing or new, rough finish and trim, which may be required for the installation of electrical equipment. All patching shall be of the same materials, workmanship and finish as the original work, and shall accurately match all surrounding work. C. All cutting and patching shall be as approved by the Engineer. 1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall protect all work, material and equipment from damage from any cause whatsoever, and shall provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the Work. Contractor shall provide for the safety and good condition,of all work until final acceptance of the work by the Owner, and replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance. B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for the protection and correction of the work of all trades from smears, splashes, stain or damages that might occurin the progress of the work. 1.10 WORK COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall so order electrical work that progress will harmonize with that of other trades so that all work may proceed as expeditiously as possible. B. So far as possible, the work has been indicated on the Contract Drawings in such positions as to suit and accommodate the work of the other trades, but the work as indicated is largely diagrammatic, and the correct finish position of all equipment and materials cannot always be indicated. Therefore, the Contractor is hereby made directly responsible for the correct placing of electrical work and the proper location and connection of electrical work in relation to the work of other trades. 1.11 JOB SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the condition of the premises on which the work is performed and for the safety of all persons and property on the site during performance of the Contract. These requirements shall not be limited to normal working hours, but shall apply continuously. B. The Contractor shall conform to all governing safety regulations. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials, items and equipment furnished under this Contract shall be new, recently manufactured and available locally. B. All materials shall comply with applicable legal requirements and standards hereinbefore specified in this Section 16010. C. The label of listing by UL shall appear on all materials and equipment for which standards have been established by that agency. D. Where local or other authorities having jurisdiction have established label or approval requirements, furnish all materials and equipment with either the required labels affixed or the necessary written approval. E. Examine the Drawings and Specifications and determine the work to be performed by the electrical and other trades. Provide the type and quantity of electrical materials and equipment necessary to complete this work and all systems in proper operation, tested and ready for use. F. Provide and install all incidental items not indicated on the Drawings nor mentioned in the Specifications that belong to the work described or are required for complete systems. 16010 -6 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R*SIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITY SERVICES A. Every effort has been made to determine as accurately as possible the requirements of the electrical, and telephone and CATV services. However, before submitting bid, the Contractor shall verify the locations shown on the plans and shall include suff icient funds for material, labor and utility fees for installation of an approved utility service. B. Before any work is performed on these facilities, verify all electrical, civil, architectural and structural, dimensional and other requirements related to these facilities with the serving utility companies. C. Should any major changes to the work indicated be necessary to complete the power and telephone systems, notify the Engineer at once and cease all work affected until approval for required modifications has been obtained from the Engineer. 3.02 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES A. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the work so as to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference with structural conditions. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placement and coordination of electrical work in relation to the work of other trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations of access panels. B. Locations shown on architectural plans and elevations shall take precedence over electrical plan locations, but where a major conflict is evident, notify the Engineer for instructions. C. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangement are necessary due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc., and work directly connected to same are installed and no extra materials are required. D. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct location of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing in of connections. E. Lighting fixtures and equipment disconnects in mechanical spaces and elevator machine rooms and pits are shown in their approximate locations only. Do no install outlets, switches, equipment disconnects or fixtures until mechanical piping and ductwork are installed; then lights shall be installed in locations best suited for equipment arrangement or as directed by the Engineer. Verify exact locations of elevator equipment disconnects, switches, receptacles and fixtures in elevator machine room and pits with the elevator equipment installer before rough in. F. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc., with the drawings to see that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable codes. G. Should any changes to the work indicated on the Drawings or described in the Specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Engineer immediately and cease work for all parts of the Contract Work which are affected until approval for any required modifications to the construction has been obtained from the Engineer. H. Be responsible for any cooperative work which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such changes shall be under the direction of the Engineer and shall be made to their satisfaction. I. Perform all work with competent and skilled personnel. Conform to provisions of Subsection GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-7 0 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1.078 of this Section. J. All work, including aesthetic as well as electrical and mechanical aspects of the work, shall be of the highest quality consistent with the best practices of the trade. K. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, any work which, in the opinion of the Engineerdoes not complywith these requirements. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Specifications, do all excavating necessary for the proper installation of the electrical work in accordance with Earthwork sections. B. Locations of Openings. Obtain approval for all chases, shafts and openings required for the installation of the electrical work. Cutting or drilling in any structural member is prohibited without written approval of the Engineer. Furnish access panels as required. C. Finish Around Sleeves: Rough edges shall be finished smooth. Space between conduit and sleeves where conduit passes through exterior walls shall be sealed to permit movement of conduit but prevent entrance of water. Space between conduit and sleeves where conduit passes through fire rated interior walls and slabs shall be sealed with approved materials to provide a fire barrier conforming to the requirements of the governing authorities having jurisdiction, use Dow Corning 3 -6548 RTV silicone foam or equal by General Electric if so approved by the applicable and /or authorities having jurisdiction of the job site. D. Wherever conduit extends through roof, furnish and install flashings in accordance with the Engineer's directions. E. Be responsible for all cutting and patching which may be required for the proper installation of the electrical work. Work shall be performed by the trade originally installing same and paid for under this Section of the work. F. Protect all work, materials and equipment from damage from any cause whatever and provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. Storage outdoors shall be weather protected and shall include space heaters to prevent condensation. Provide for the safety and good condition of all work until final acceptance of the work by the Engineer and replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance at no added cost to the Owner. G. Conduit and Equipment to be Installed: Clean thoroughly to remove plaster, spattered paint, cement and dirt on both exterior and interior. H. Conduit and Equipment to be Painted: Clean all conduit exposed to view in completed structure by removing plaster and dirt. Remove grease, oil and similar material from conduit and equipment by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents in preparation for paint. I. All Items With Factory Finish: Remove cement, plaster, grease and oil, and leave all surfaces, including cracks and corners, clean and polished. Touch up any scratched or bare spots to match finish. Factory finish may be approved as prime coat by the Engineer (see "Painting" Section 09900). J. Site Cleaning: Remove from site all packing cartons, scrap materials and other rubbish relating to electrical installation. K. Electrical equipment and materials exposed to public and in finished areas shall be finish - painted after installation to coordinate with surrounding walls. Surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned for receiving painting. Paint color coordination shall be as directed by the Engineer. Paint shall be identical to that on adjacent surf aces to insure proper matching of quality and color with surrounding areas. 3.04 EXCAVATION, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All excavating, trenching and backfilling required for the work of this Division shall conform the applicable requirements of Earthwork sections in the Project Specifications. All 16010 -8 excavating and backfilling connected with electrical w( 8�[ AYffQlOtlf�Rt��0��00.11kZ80l9CtdS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH An RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B-51 87-S ' maintaining all protective measures for the electrical work excavation required by the governing authorities having jurisdiction shall be performed as a part of the work of this Division. B. At a time in advance of the work, verify all openings indicated on the Drawings. Should the work of this division require it, furnish new instructino as to requirements for these openings, subject to the Engineer's approval. All cuffing, patching and reinforcement of the building ' subject to the Structural Engineer's approval shall be performed under the Section of the Specifications under which the work was originally performed, but the cost shall be the obligation of the Contractor. ' 3.05 TESTS A. Conduct resistance to ground tests by qualified personnel to measure resistance to ground at all grounding electrodes. Make tests before slabs of affected areas are poured in order ' that corrective measures, if requested, may be taken. Submit to the.Engineera report showing the results of these measurements. If the resistances exceed values specified elsewhere, perform all corrective measures as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost ' to Owner. B. Prior to energizing any motors, measure the service voltage for phase balance and report immediately to the Engineer if unbalance exceeds 1 % from means. C. Measure the three -phase voltage at no load and at maximum load conditions and submit to the Engineer a report showing the results of these measurements. ' D. Upon completion of the work and adjustment of all equipment, conduct an operating test for approval at such time as the Engineer directs. Conduct the test in the presence of an authorized representative of the State. Demonstrate all systems and equipment to operate in accordance with all requirements of the Contract documents and to be free from all electrical and mechanical defects. Provide all systems free from short circuits and grounds and show an insulation resistance between phase conductors and ground not less than the requirements of the governing electric code. Test all circuits for proper neutral connections. ' E. Complete all tests prior to final inspection of project, including corrective work based on the results of the tests. F. Perform special tests on systems and equipment as specified herein in other sections of this division, using personnel qualified to perform such tests. G. Measure voltage on secondary side of all transformers with full load connected and adjust taps to provide rated secondary voltage. H. Submit to the Engineera report showing test voltage of L -N on the secondaries of all transformers. ' 3.06 PROTECTION A. Besides the provisions of Subsection 1.10 of this Section comply with the following: ' 1. Protect all finish parts of the materials and equipment against damage during the progress of the work and until final completion and acceptance. Cover all materials and equipment in storage and during construction in such a mannerthat no finished surfaces will be damaged or marred. Keep all moving parts clean, dry and lubricated. ' 3.07 PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS A. Required: Should the Owner require that any portion of the systems or equipment be operated prior to the final scheduled dates for completion and acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall consent. Such operation shall be under the direct supervision of, and at the expense of the Contractor, and shall not be construed as an acceptance of any of the work ' by the Owner. 'GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-9 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO, 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.08 GLEANING UP A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 1 of the General Requirements and the following as applicable. B. Upon completion of the work and at various times during the progress of the work, remove from the building all surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from the work of this division and leave the involved portions of the job -site in a neat, clean and acceptable conditions. C. Thoroughy clean all switchgear, apparatus, exposed conduit, metal work and accessories for the work of this Division of cement, plaster and other deleterious materials; remove all grease and oil spots with cleaning solvent; carefully wipe all surfaces and scrape ail cracks and corners clean. D. Thoroughtg polish all chromium and all plated work. Remove all dirt and stains from lighting fixtures. E. Leave the entire installation in a neat, clean and usable condition. 3.09 COMPLETION A. The work will not be reviewed for final acceptance until operating and maintenance data, manufacturer's literature, panel directories and nameplates specified herein have been approved and properly posted or installed and final cleaning of equipment and premises has been completed. B. When the installation is complete and all adjustments have been made, operate the systems for a period of one week, during which time demonstrate to the Engineerthat the systems are completed and operating in conformance with the Specifications. 3.10 GUARANTEE A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 1 of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS of these Specifications. B. Required: Except as may be specified under other sections in the Specifications, guarantee all equipment furnished under the specifications for a period of one year from date of acceptance against defective workmanship and material, and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without cost to the Owner. C. Standard warranty of manufacturer shall apply for replacement of parts after expiration of the above period. Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owneror his service agency as directed. Furnish to the Engineer printed manufacturer's warranties complete with material included and expiration dates, upon completion of project. 3.11 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Required: Submitto the Engineer, complete and at one time, priorto acceptance of the installation, 10 copies of manufacturer's instructions for operation and maintenance of electrical equipment, including replacement parts lists. Each set to be bound in an indexed looss -leaf ring binder with permanent cover and permanent identification on back. 3.12 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Required: Conform to the provisions of Subsection 1.6 subparagraph M of this Section and as noted hereinafter as applicable. B. Provide and maintain in good order at the field office a complete set of electrical contract prints. All changes to the contract shall be clearly recorded on this set of prints and initialed by the Contractor on a weekly basis. At the end of the project transfer all changes, using same symbols, to one set of Mylar transparencies. Obtain Mylar transparencies from the Engineer at Contractor's cost. 16010 -10 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 11 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAB AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. Accurately indicate and dimension all underground conduit runs and conduit stub -outs and all pullboxes from building walls on all Record Drawings. D. Upon completion of the work and as a prerequisite to issuance of certificate for final payment, deliver one complete set of final prints of the mylars and the mylar originals themselves. E. Initial and identify name and telephone numberof installing Contractor on all sheets as being a correct and accurate record of the installation. This also includes, but is not limited to, fire alarm and control systems. 3.13 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURES A. The Inspector will submit observation reports periodically during the construction phase detailing Contract deficiencies. The Contractor is responsible for making all corrections immediatelyto avoid delaying other trades. Final acceptances of the project will not be made until all items have been corrected. 3.14 FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Prior to Final Acceptance of operating electrical systems Contractor shall do the following, as applicable: 1. Provide materials of the type and quality specified and as necessary for proper operation, tested and ready for use. 2. Deliver to the Engineer the "as- built" transparency and set of prints as "Record Drawings ". 3. Furnish the required operating and maintenance data /manuals. 4. Clean -up of the project pertaining to this Division of the work, as hereinbefore noted in Subsection 3.08 of this Division. 5. After installation has been completed and adjustments made, operate the system for a period of one week, during which time, demonstrate to the Owner that all systems are complete and operating in conformance with Contract documents. 6. Conduct all tests required and as specified in Sections of this Division and submit test reports and corrective actions taken. 7. Submission of all warranties and guarantees. B. Fine; Acceptanceof Electrical Work Shall Be Contingent On The Following: 1. Contractor replacing defective materials and workmanship. 2. Upon completion of work and adjustments made, Contractor shall conduct an operating test for each system for approval at such time as Engineer directs. Conduct test in presence of authorized representative of the Engineer demonstrate that systems and equipment do operate in accordance with requirements of the Contract documents and are free from electrical and mechanical defects. 3. Contractor shall provide the necessary training programs and instructions to the Owner's representative. 4. Submit copies of manufacturer's instructions and maintenance of electrical equipment including replacement parts lists. Each set shall include one set of shop drawings of equipment installed. END OF SECTION GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-11 1 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH FIRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #13- 5187 -S SECTION 16110 CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for conduits and raceways where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall complywith the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements, 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Layout drawings of exposed raceways in public spaces. These will be reviewed by the Engineer for aesthetics purposes only. 1. Submit product data sheets for all conduits and raceways. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS A. Steel Material: Galvanized raceways underground and in wet, damp or corrosive atmosphere with 40 mil PVC coating. 3. All Conduit Shall Be Metallic Unless Otherwise Indicated or Noted: Metallic conduit incorporated in the work shall comply with applicable divisions of the National and American Standards Association publications. 1. Rigid Steel Conduit: full weight pipe, galvanized, threaded. 2. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Lightweight steel pipe, galvanized, threaded. 3. Aluminum Conduit: Full weight pipe, threaded. 4.. Electro- Metallic Tubing (EMT): Thin wall pipe, galvanized, threadless. 5. Flexible Metal Conduit: Continuous single strip, aluminum or galvanized steel. 6. Polyvinyl Chloride Jacketed Conduit (PVC): Provide only where noted: a. Self- extinguishing, NEMA TC -2, for 90 deg C rated cable and NEMA TC -6 for communication wiring only shall be flame retardant and not support combustion. b. Concrete encased and direct burial: Schedule 40. c. Buried locations subject to heavy vehicular traffic: Schedule 80. d. Elbows: PVC coated galvanized rigid steel for direct burial. C. Wireways: Complete with all fittings and accessories. Size as noted, baked enamel finish inside and outside, approved for support at minimum 10 feet on centers. 1. Interior Use: Hinged cover and base, minimum thickness 16 gauge galvanized steel. 2. Exterior Use: Hinged cover and base, minimum No. 14 gauge galvanized steel, weatherproof and gasketed. D. Surface Metal Raceways: Complete with all fittings and accessories. Size as noted, baked enamel finish inside and out: 1. Snap -on covers, minimum No. 20 gauge galvanized steel. 2. Wiremold Co., Walker Parkersburg Textron, Power -Strut or equal. E. Raceway Fittings: 1. Rigid Steel and Intermediate Metal Conduits: Non- split, threaded, steel or malleable iron. Zinc die cast not permitted. 2. Rigid Aiuminum Conduit: Non - split, threaded, copper free aluminum alloy or hot dipped galvanized. 3. Electro -Metallic Tubing: Set screw type except waterproof compression type for outdoor installation. 4. Flexible Metallic Conduit: Angle wedge type with insulated throat. 5. Bushings: Metallic insulated type. CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 16110-1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 6. Weatherproof or Dustight Installations: Liquid -tight with sealing ring and insulated throat. 7. Hazardous Locations: Cast, copper -free aluminum, threaded covers. 8. Provide raceways complete with boxes, fittings and accessories. F. Sleeves: 1. Exterior Non- Membrane Waterproofed Walls or Interior Load Bearing Walls: Galvanized cast iron, galvanized steel or wrought iron with continuously welded center ' flange. 2. Exterior Non - Membrane Waterproof Roofs: Galvanized cast iron, flashing flange and clamping ring. Josam 26440 Series or equal. 3. Exterior Membrane Waterproof Walls, Floors and Roofs: Galvanized cast iron, flashing flange and clamping ring, equal to Josam 26400 Series or O.Z. type WSK or FSK. 4. Interior Membrane Waterproof Floors: Galvanized cast iron, flashing flange and clamping ring. Extend two inches above floor with pipe nipples. Clamp to flashing. ' Josam 26420 Series or O.Z. type WSL or FSK or equal. 5. Extend flashing 10 inches around edge of raceway. Flashing subject to review. G. Seals: 1. Raceways in Waterproof Sleeves: O.Z. Type WSK through wall seal. 2. Raceways in Non - Watertight Sleeves: Sealing compound. 3. Thruwall Cable Seals: O.Z. Type WSCS, ' 4. Hazardous Areas, Cold Rooms Conductor Water Stops: Equal to Crouse -Hinds or Appleton type EYS, ESU, EYM, EYOM or SFM with matching sealing cement and fiber filler. ' H. Expansion Fittings: 1. Exposed and In Furred Spaces: Flexible conduit with external bonding jumper strip. 2. In Slab: O.Z. Type AX or Appleton type XJ or XJF with ground continuity. I. Cables in Raceways Through Sleeves: O.Z. type KSC compound or type C series terminators. ' J. Fire Sealants - UL Listed: Chase Foam, CTC PR -855 or equal fire resistant foam sealant. 2.02 BOXES A. Outlet Boxes, except as otherwise required by construction, devices or wiring, as follows: ' I Stamped or Welded Steel, 4- Inches, Square or Octagon For Lighting Fixtures: 1 -1/2 inch deep above ceiling, 3 inch deep in slab, and 2 -1.8 inch deep in wall. 2. In Wall For Receptacles and Switches: 4 inches square or octagon by 1 -1/2 inch deep ' with raised covers and fixture studs where required. Through- the -wall type not permitted. 3. In Wall For Telephone or Data: 4- inches square or octagon by 2 -1 /8 inch deep with ' raised covers and fixture studs where required. Through- the -wall type not permitted. 4. Galvanized Cast -Iron or Aluminum With Threaded Hubs: 4 inch ground, 2 -inch deep on ceiling, and 4 -inch square, 2 -inch deep on wall. 5. Boxes For Outdoors and Damp Locations: Weatherproof, cast metal. ' 6. In Hazardous Locations: Cast, copper -free aluminum. 7. Boxes Without Fixture or Device: Provide with blank cover. ' 8. Offset back -to -back outlets with minimum six -inch separation except in "Acoustic partitions" where back -to -back outlets are not allowed. 9. Boxes in "Acoustic Partitions" shall be provided as detailed on architectural drawing sheet. B. Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Code size and gauge in accordance with voltage parameters. ' 2. 3. Covers: Screw -on, except as noted. With insulated supports for cables, 4. Locations: As indicated, where required and accessible. ' 16110 -2 CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGI ITS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 5. Outdoors and Damp Locations: Galvanized cast iron or aluminum with threaded hubs and gaskets. 6. Provide barriers or separate boxes between wiring energized from different systems and emergency and normal wiring. C. Manholes and Handholes: 1. Precast concrete. 2. Reinforcement for H -20 bridge loading. 3. Water slopped joints. 4. Cast -iron rings and covers, except as noted on schedule. 5. Covers shall be permanently identified as to the name of the Project or City Facility. 6. Inside dimensions as required by NEC 370 size by the Contractor. 7. Complete with inserts, galvanized cable racks, insulated galvanized ladders, dry sumps, galvanized pulling irons, grounding, etc. necessaryfor complete and operational system. 8. Conduit entry as scheduled. 9. Install per manufacturer's instructions. 10. Manufactured by: Associated Concrete Products, Inc., Brooks Products, Inc., or equal. D. Floor Boxes: Unless otherwise noted, galvanized cast iron with stainless steel covers and flanges, suitable for conduit and devices indicated. Harvey Hubbell, Dualevel Series or equal 1. See Wiring Devices in Section 16140 for special outlet boxes. 2. For additions to existing areas, match existing.] PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS A. Procedure: 1. All conduit joints shall be cut square, threaded, reamed smooth and drawn up tight. Bends or offsets shall be made with standard conduit ells, field bends made with an approved bender or hickey, or hub -type conduit fittings. Numberof bends per run shall conform to Code limitations. 2. Paint male threads of field threaded conduit with homogenized blend of colloidal copper and rust and corrosion inhibitor pipe compound, Thomas and Betts Kopr - Shield or equal. Butt conduit ends. 3. Conduits shall be secured to all boxes with locknuts and bushings in such mannerthat each system shall be electrically continuous throughout. 4. Conduits shall be securely fastened in place on maximum 4 foot intervals; and within 12" of every outlet box, hangers, supports, or fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and at end of each straight run terminating at a box or cabinet. 5. Furnish and install pullboxes where required by Code and where necessary in the raceway system to facilitate conductor installation. In general, conduit runs of more than 100 ft., or with more than three right -angle bends, shall have a pullbox installed at a convenient intermediate location. Support boxes independently of raceways, walls and partitions. Boxes shall have removable screw covers and shall be accessible. B. Raceways shall be run concealed, except as noted. C. Raceways shall not be buried in waffle floors. D. Supports Shall Be As Follows: 1. Ceiling trapeze, strap hangers, or wall brackets. 2. U -bolt or pipe straps at each grating level of riser raceways. 3. Raceways shall be secured to support with pipe straps or U- bolts. 4. Spacing shall be a maximum 10 foot on centers for metallic conduit and wireways. 5. Supports Shall Be Mounted To Structure With: a. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry. b. Expansion shields or inserts on concrete and brick. c. Machine screws on metal. CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 16110-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SON ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE AND TRAINING FACILITY Provided for raceways and wire passing through slots, sleeves or openings in fire CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S d. Wood screws on wood. partitioned areas. Add fire barriers tight to conductors from Transformer Vault. e. Nails, rawl plugs or wood plugs shall not be permitted. E. Exposed raceways and raceways in hung ceilings shall be run parallel with or at right angles ' to walls. F. Clearance From Water, Steam or Other Piping: Minimum three inches separation from hot water pipes, except one inch from pipe cover at crossings. ' G. Keep raceways clear of motor foundations and underside of boilers. , H. Raceways for hung ceiling shall be run in hung ceilings. I. Run raceways in walls vertically. J. Maintain grounding continuity of interrupted metallic raceways with ground conductor, and in Provide expansion fittings and flexible connections across all joints or floated floors. flexible conduit for feeders and motor terminal connections. Q. Rigid 1. 1. Include equipment grounding conductor in exposed, damp or wet locations. K. Empty Raceways Over 10 -feet Long: Provide with fish or pull wire, galvanized steel or nylon thickness. ro pe. L. Raceways Located Underground, Beyond Building: 1. Minimum 24- inches top cover, 30- inches in areas subject to heavy vehicular traffic. 3. 2. Slope away from building. ' 3. Building entry and preceding manhole: 4. a. Plug empty raceways. b. Seal cables in raceways with terminators: ' c. Similar to O.Z. type CRC Series. ' 4. Manhole Entries: Through end bells perpendicular to entering wall. CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS 5. Anchor raceways to prevent movement. 6. After Installation: Pass stiff bristle, mandrel (85 percent of raceway diameter) and plug. 7. Placement: Over well- tamped trench bottom and on concrete blocks, five feet on centers. Provide non - metallic spacers. 8. Joints: Minimum six inches apart and staggered. ' 9. Provide watertight joints. M. Raceways Located Underground, Under Building: ' 1. Use steel conduit for bends. 2. Transition from PVC to steel must occur underground. 3. Separate pull boxes/handholes for normal and emergency circuits. ' 4. Concrete encasement to be continuous with floor. N. Fire Sealants: 1. Fire -rated approved type sealant equivalent to the rating of the barrier being penetrated 2. Provided for raceways and wire passing through slots, sleeves or openings in fire ' partitioned areas. Add fire barriers tight to conductors from Transformer Vault. 3. Seal all unused penetrations. ' O. Cable Fireproofing: Fireproof exposed 600v class cables exposed in manholes. P. Vibration and Noise Control: 1. Provide liquid - tight, flexible conduit connections to all vibrating and rotating equipment. ' Minimum length shall not be less than 24 inches. 2. Provide expansion fittings and flexible connections across all joints or floated floors. ' Q. Rigid 1. Steel Conduit: In slabs (see 3.01.C), maximum outside diameter not to exceed 1/3 of the slab thickness. 2. Direct Buried Conduit: Provide 40 mil PVC coated conduit. 3. Under Building: Concrete encase. 4. Not permitted in terrazzo floor finish. 5. Minimum one -inch cover in concrete fill. ' 16110 -4 CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS U. Plastic Conduit: (PVC) ' 1, Permitted Use: Only where noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Cut ends square, ream smooth, wipe clean apply approved solvent weld cement and quarter turn as drawing uptight to shoulder. Seal joints watertight. ' 3. Convert to steel conduit through adaptors when entering building and for risers. 4. Clearance from hot water and steam lines: Three feet minimum. S. Provide ground wire with power wiring and increase size if required. 6. Under roads, roadways and parking areas. outside the outside walls of the building, , concrete encase underground. 7. General Interior Use: Not permitted. V. Outlet Boxes: 1. Set square and true with building finish and secure to building structure by adjustable strap irons. 2. Verify outlet locations in finished spaces with Drawings of interior details and finishes. 3. Provide barriers between switches connected to different phases for voltages exceeding 150 volts to ground. W. Panel, Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Location: Clear of other work. Conceal junction and pull boxes in finished spaces and maintain accessibility. 2. Support from building structure, independent of conduit. Provide floor to ceiling channels for mounting on drywall and lightweight construction. 3. Outlet boxes for fixtures recessed in hung ceilingi accessible through opening created by removal of fixture. Secure to black iron ceiling support. 4. Motor Terminal Boxes: Coordinate with motor branch circuit conduit and wiring. 5. Paint Life Safety system outlet, pull and junction boxes red color. 3.02 TESTS A. Continuity: CONDUITSI4NDTRAt&5j,Atpgce of feeder conduits from service to point of final distribution using 1 ,b110 -5 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #13- 5187 -S R. Intermediate Metal Conduit: 1. Same as Rigid Steel and a. Do not use in hazardous locations or direct burial. b. Do not use for cables installed by Utility Company. S. EMT: (Electro- Metallic Tubing) ' 1. Install generally for interior. 2. Not permitted under raised floors. 3. Permitted in slabs (see 3.01.C) provided: a. Maximum outside diameter not greater than 1/3 slab thickness. ' b. Located in center third. c. Provide with equipment grounding conductor, adjust conduit size as required. d. Use only compression fittings and couplings. , e. There is an accessible ceiling below. T. Flexible Metallic Conduit: 1. For short motor or vibrating equipment connections where rigid conduit is impracticable. , 2. From Outlet Box to Recessed Lighting Fixture: Minimum four feet, maximum six -feet length. 3. For Final Connection to Motor Terminal Box, Transformers and Other Vibrating ' Equipment: With polyvinyl sheathing and ground conductor. Minimum length: 18 inches with minimum 50 percent slack. Connect ground conductor to enclosure or raceway at each end. 4. For expansion joint crossings, cross at right angles and anchor ends. , 5. Provide liquid tight flexible conduit with separate insulated stranded copper equipment ground conductor for connections in area exposed to weather, damp locations and connections to transformers enclosures regardless of location. Use for all connections to kitchen and other appliances. U. Plastic Conduit: (PVC) ' 1, Permitted Use: Only where noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Cut ends square, ream smooth, wipe clean apply approved solvent weld cement and quarter turn as drawing uptight to shoulder. Seal joints watertight. ' 3. Convert to steel conduit through adaptors when entering building and for risers. 4. Clearance from hot water and steam lines: Three feet minimum. S. Provide ground wire with power wiring and increase size if required. 6. Under roads, roadways and parking areas. outside the outside walls of the building, , concrete encase underground. 7. General Interior Use: Not permitted. V. Outlet Boxes: 1. Set square and true with building finish and secure to building structure by adjustable strap irons. 2. Verify outlet locations in finished spaces with Drawings of interior details and finishes. 3. Provide barriers between switches connected to different phases for voltages exceeding 150 volts to ground. W. Panel, Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Location: Clear of other work. Conceal junction and pull boxes in finished spaces and maintain accessibility. 2. Support from building structure, independent of conduit. Provide floor to ceiling channels for mounting on drywall and lightweight construction. 3. Outlet boxes for fixtures recessed in hung ceilingi accessible through opening created by removal of fixture. Secure to black iron ceiling support. 4. Motor Terminal Boxes: Coordinate with motor branch circuit conduit and wiring. 5. Paint Life Safety system outlet, pull and junction boxes red color. 3.02 TESTS A. Continuity: CONDUITSI4NDTRAt&5j,Atpgce of feeder conduits from service to point of final distribution using 1 ,b110 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES. JON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S conductor return. 2. Maximum: 25 ohms resistance. END OF SECTION 16110-6 CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS • ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH M DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 I SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 16114 CABLE TRAYS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for conduits and raceways where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: ' 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for cable trays where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein including the following: ' 1. Cable Tray System: Complete with all required fittings, supports and accessories. 2. System Components: Free of burrs and sharp projections. 3. Fittings and Accessories: Consistent with minimum load carrying capacity of tangent - sections. ' B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not ' necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In accordance with the National Electric Code. ' 1.04 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Provide manufacturer's catalog cuts of the following: ' 1. Tray 2. Supports 3. Accessories 4. Load and deflection tables. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ' A. B -Line Systems B. Husky /Burndy ' C. Thomas and Betts D. P -W Industries ' 2.02 MATERIALS A. A. Cable Trays: ' 1. Wire Mesh Solid Bottom Type: Electroplated welded wire mesh. Two longitudinal side members connected by solid bottom. 2. Solid Bottom Type: Electroplated welded wire mesh. 3. Construction: a. 6063 -T6 extruded aluminum. Minimum thickness: 1) Longitudinal side members: .105 inch. 2) Bottom: .080 inch. b. Dimensions: 12 ft long sections x 46 in. deep, width as indicated on Drawings. 4, Accessories: To match tray, including: a. Bends: 30, 45, 60, 90 degree horizontal, inside and outside vertical as required. CABLE TRAYS b. Reducers, horizontal crosses and tees. 16114-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2(106 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 . PLAN #B- 5187 -S c. Splice Connectors, Plates and Extensions: 1) Maximum resistance across any splice connection: 50 microohmsmicro ohms. Provide bonding jumpers. 2) Fittings: Same load- carrying capacity as straight sections. d. Miscellaneous Attachments: As required. 5. Grounding: Provide continuous ground from section to section bnd from cable tray to building ground in accordance with Grounding section of Specifications. 6. Loading: 50 pounds per linear ft., uniformly distributed. 7. Safety Factor: 1.65 based on guaranteed minimum yield strength or 2.0 based on ultimate or buckling strength of material. 8. Span Deflection: 1/100. 'PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Arrange to permit accessible lay -in of cable over entire length of tray assembly using cantilever supports except trapeze hangers where cantilever supports are not practicable. ' B. Support trays directly to ceiling slabs in accordance with Specification Section 16112 "Raceways ". C. Installation shall be coordinated with other trades and shall maintain cable installation ' access space around trays as follows: 1. Top and Bottom: 6 in. clear. 2. Sides: 6 in. clear. D. Penetrations through fire wallsfirewalls shall be made via tray -to -box connectors and sealed by Contractor following installation of all cables. Firestop assembly shall be UL listed and shali have approved fire rating equal to the wall being penetrated. See Section 16112 "Raceways" of the Specifications. E. Clearance From Water, Steam or Other Piping: Minimum 12 in. separation from parallel runs of steam and hot water pipes, except 3 in. from pipe cover at crossings. Cable installation access space clearance may be part of the piping clearance. F. Allow for building expansion at expansion joints by discontinuing the cable tray for crossing the joint and providing bonding jumpers between sections. END OF SECTION 16114-2 CABLE TRAYS • ! CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16133 CABINETS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for cabinets where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Type: Cabinets shall be flush or surface mounted type as indicated on the Contract Drawing, as per Cade and U.L. Standard 50. B. Cabinet Construction: Sizes as indicated, constructed of code gauge sheet steel with hinged lockable doors, common keyed with pan elboards. Equip cabinets with 3/4" fire retardant treated plywood backboards, terminal blocks for connection; index card holders and cards mounted behind heavy plastic on inside of cabinet doors. C. Finish: Cabinets shall be chemically cleaned and the fronts shall be finished as specified in Section 16426 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS. D. Controls: As indicated on the Contract Drawings. E. Identification: Provide an exterior of cabinet doors engraved plastic nameplate identifying the cabinet as designated on the Contract Drawing. Lettering shall be white on black finish and shall be minimum 3116 inch high. Affix nameplates to cabinet doors with a minimum of two escutcheon pins or screws. 2.02 FUSE CABINETS A. Required: Cabinets for spare fuses shall be "SFC" as manufactured by Bussman Manufacturing Co. with portable shelving to accommodate quantity and size of fuses to be stored therein. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Required: To be locatedwhere indicated on the Contract Drawing and installed as per manufacturer's instruction. Securely fasten to structural members or Unistrut support in vertical and plumb position and at heights indicated. B. Nameplates: Conform to provisions noted in 2.01E above and applicable provisions of Section 16141 - NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS. END OF SECTION CABINETS 16133-1 ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH � RIOESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES ' PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for wiring devices where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Required Shop Drawings for the Following: 1. Timeswitches 2. Occupancy sensors ' 3. Surface metal raceways with devices 4. Special outlet boxes PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All wiring devices shall be specification grade, UL listed and labeled, conform to NEMA standards and meet the requirements of Federal specifications. 2.02 BOXES A. Types: 1. Provide galvanized steel knockout type outlet boxes with suitable plaster rings of similar material, for interior concealed wiring in dry, non - hazardous (classified) locations. 2. Provide case metal boxes for floor outlets, and where installed in walls direct contact with the earth. Floor outlet boxes shall be Steel City Series 600, 640, 840, with P-60 or P -64 plates or equal, as required. 3. Provide weatherproof cast metal outlet boxes for surface wiring, or in wet or damp ' locations, or where indicated on the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Boxes shall be Crouse -Hinds FS, FD, GRF, GS, or VXF series. 4. Provide sheet steel type with screw cover for pull and junction boxes over 100 cubic inches, in dry non - hazardous (classified) locations. B. Sizes: In accordance with Code for the number and size of conductors, but not less than indicated on the drawings nor less than 4 inch square trade size, except for cast metal type, or multi -gang masonry type embedded in concrete or masonry walls. C. Accessories: 1. Plaster rings, fixture studs, covers, plates, dividers, etc., as required. ' 2. Weatherproof covers, plates, and other accessories in wet or damp locations. See Section 16140. 3. Service Fittings: Pedestal type power fittings for floor boxes shall be equal to Steel ' City Cat. No. SFH -40 -RG telephone and intercommunication fittings shall be Steel City Cat. No. SFL -30 where amphenol connectors are to be installed, or Steel City Cat. No. SFL -10 where such connectors are not to be installed, unless otherwise specified. 2.03 SWITCHES A. All switches shall be specification grade and meet Federal Spec. W- S -896E. B. Provide screw type; push -in type connections not acceptable. C. Switches shall be self - grounding, color coded, silent or quiet type, and rated 120 -277 Volts FA WIRING DC R ampere rating, totally enclosed, where installed in AC systems Bakelite or 16140-1 C. Provide the following: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, provide telephone, TV, and communication outlet plates with a bushed hole. D. Provide engraved or etched plates for all lock switches, pilot switches, switches from which the equipment or circuit controlled cannot be readily seen, three or more switches under a common plate and for switches as indicated. E. Stainless steel plates, type 302 non- magnetic with beveled edges, 0.040" thick with satin finish. Leviton 8400D -40 series or approved equal. F. Galvanized steel plates shall be square or rectangular and hot dipped galvanized or standardized beveled edges and 0.040" thick. G. Provide weatherproof receptacles with spring - loaded, corrosion resistant covers with gasket for mounting on outdoor type or flush wall boxes. Leviton 6196 -V or approved equal. H. Provide plates equipped with close fitting openings for the exact device to be used. Provide plates for telephone outlets equipped with bushed openings. High impact thermoplastic or nylon Synthetic plates shall be smooth finish as manufactured by Pass & Seymour, Sierra, Leviton, or approved equal. I. Provide brass covers for floor receptacles with duplex flap opening flush with floor. J. Provide brass covers for data and communications floor outlets with 2 -118 x 1 inch combination threaded opening. K. Engraved plates and covers for equipment and controls, motors, for switches out of sight of the equipment controlled, for receptacles rated other than 125 volts, and for ganged switches 16140 -2 1 WIRING DEVICES RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S , composition base with "T rating for AC loads, standard toggle handle, side wired only and binding screw terminals with screwdriver slot. ' D. Where pilot lights are specified for switches, they shall be the neon type 1125 W. mounted under the same plate as the switch. Lighted toggles are not acceptable. E. Momentary contact switches shall be three - position toggle, 20 Ampere rating at 120 Volts ' AC. F. Single pole switches shall be equal to Bryant 1121 -I; two pole switches Bryant 1122 -I; three way switches Bryant 1123 -1, four way switches Bryant 1124 -1. ' G. Approved manufacturers are Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, and General Electric. 2.04 PLATES AND COVERS A. Required: For all switches, receptacles, junction boxes, telephone and other outlets. B. Finishes of Plates and Devices: ' , Location Plate Device General interior finished areas White White Interior finished areas over Black Black wood panels ' On exterior with spring loaded Corrosion resistant Brown cover In equipment rooms or other Galvanized Brown ' generally unfinished areas Janitor and utility rooms Stainless steel Gray Toilet rooms White White ' C. Provide the following: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, provide telephone, TV, and communication outlet plates with a bushed hole. D. Provide engraved or etched plates for all lock switches, pilot switches, switches from which the equipment or circuit controlled cannot be readily seen, three or more switches under a common plate and for switches as indicated. E. Stainless steel plates, type 302 non- magnetic with beveled edges, 0.040" thick with satin finish. Leviton 8400D -40 series or approved equal. F. Galvanized steel plates shall be square or rectangular and hot dipped galvanized or standardized beveled edges and 0.040" thick. G. Provide weatherproof receptacles with spring - loaded, corrosion resistant covers with gasket for mounting on outdoor type or flush wall boxes. Leviton 6196 -V or approved equal. H. Provide plates equipped with close fitting openings for the exact device to be used. Provide plates for telephone outlets equipped with bushed openings. High impact thermoplastic or nylon Synthetic plates shall be smooth finish as manufactured by Pass & Seymour, Sierra, Leviton, or approved equal. I. Provide brass covers for floor receptacles with duplex flap opening flush with floor. J. Provide brass covers for data and communications floor outlets with 2 -118 x 1 inch combination threaded opening. K. Engraved plates and covers for equipment and controls, motors, for switches out of sight of the equipment controlled, for receptacles rated other than 125 volts, and for ganged switches 16140 -2 1 WIRING DEVICES ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA6 AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 87-S ' (except no more than two switches controlling lights in the same room). Engraving shall provide positive identification acceptable to the Engineer. 2.05 RECEPTACLES A. Types: 1. All receptacles shall be specification grade and meet Federal Spec. WC 596 E. 2. Provide screw terminal type receptacles. Push -in type connections are not acceptable. 3. Straight blade 125 volt, 15 and 20 ampere duplex type shall be equal to Bryant 5262 -1 or 5263 -I; single type shall be Bryant 5261 -1 or 5361 -1 or equal by P & S, Leviton or Hubbell. ' 4. S 5. 5461 -I. 6. traight blade 250 volt, 15 and 20 ampere duplex type shall be equal to Bryant 5662 -1 or 5462 -1; single type shall be Bryant 5661 -1 or 5461 -1 or equal by P & S, Leviton or ' Hubbell. 7. 5461 -I. 8. Combination duplex receptacles, straight blade 1251250 volt, 15 and 20 amperes, shall ' be equal to Bryant 5292 -1 or 5492 -I. or equal by P & S, Leviton or Hubbell. 9. Clock hanger receptacles shall be Bryant 2828 -GS or equal or equal by P & S, Leviton or Hubbell. ' 10. Special outlets of other types shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 11. Receptacles connected to emergency power circuits shall be red. 2.06 CONTROLS A. Required: For all equipment furnished in this and other divisions, as required by Code, and as indicated on the Contract Drawings and in the specifications. All devices shall be listed by U.L. or another approved testing laboratory. B. " B. Types: 1. Circuit Breakers: Thermal- magnetic with interrupting and trip ratings as indicated on the drawings. Equip each breaker with a device for individual padlocking. Circuit ' breakers shall meet Federal Specifications W- C -375B. 2. Enclosed Safety Switches: Shall be externally operable, heavy duty "tease- proof', fusible and nonfusible with number of poles and ratings as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Provide suitable rejection type fuseholders for Class R fuses. Switches shall meet Federal Spec. W- S -865C. Switches shall be as manufactured by Square D Co. or equal. 3. Fuses: All fuses shall meet U. L. Standard 198. Provide a label within each fuse enclosure indicating fuse replacement type and ratings. Provide one complete set of each type and rating of fuses and limiters, as spares. Fuses shall be one of the following types: ' a. Current - limiting Class L; Bussman KRP -C or KTU. b. Current- limiting Class J; Bussman JKS or JHC. c. Dual element Class RK -1; Bussman KTS -R or KTN -R. ' d. Dual element Class RK -5; Bussman FRS -R or FRN -R. e. Low Peak dual element Class RK -5; Bussman LPS -R or LPN -R. f. LPN -R. g. For secondary protection of control transformers rated 500 V.A. and 50 4volts, or ' less; Bussman FNO fuses with HPS -D or HPL -B fuseholder or equal. h. Fuses for direct - current circuits shall be identified for the use. i. Other required fuses, if not specified, shall be standard nonrenewable type; Bussman FRN or FRS for circuits where available fault current is 10,000 amperes or less. 4. Terminal connection blocks shall be provided in switch and circuit breaker enclosures ' in which grounded (neutral) conductors are installed. 5. Magnetic Motor Starters: Shall be across -the -line start type with overload and low voltage protection; Square D. Co. Class 8536. Combination starters shall be fusible or WIRING DEVICffnfusible disconnect switch type; Square D. Co. Class 8538, or motor circuit PrIA Or 3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S type (instantaneous trip only); Square D. Co. Class 8539. Reversing starters shall be Square D. Co. Class 8736 or 8739 or equal. Ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Equip each circuit breaker with a device for individual padlocking. 6. Manual Motor Starters: Pushbutton type with overloads; Square D. Co. Class 2510 Type M. Toggle type with overloads; Square D. Co. Class 2510 Type F. Toggle type without overloads; Square D. Co. Class 2510 Type K or equal. Each device shall have provision for padlocking. 7. General Purpose Contactors: Shall be ASCO 1000 Series or equal with number of poles and ratings as indicated on the drawings. Provide suitable hinged door enclosures. 8. Lighting Contactors: Electrically operated, mechanically held, with coil clearing contacts; ASCO Remote Control (RC) Switches or equal with number of poles and ratings as indicated on the Drawings. Provide suitable hinged door enclosures. 9. Pushbutton and Other Control Devices: Shall be Square D Co. Class 9001 Type K or equal, in suitable enclosures with legend plates. 10. Pilot Lights: Shall be Square D. Co, Class 9001 Type K. transformer type or equal. Shall have push -to -test feature where installed in switchboards or motor control centers. 11. Control Relays: Shall be Square D. Co. Class 8501 Types D, H, or L. or equal. Install relays in suitable enclosures. 12. Time Switches: Provide types with minimum 8 -hour spring driven automatic rewind reserve power. For control of mechanical systems or equipment provide 7 -day dial type with features permitting daily control or omission; Paragon 7000 Series. For direct control of lighting circuits provide astronomic dial type with day - omitting device, Paragon 4200 Series. For control of mechanically held lighting contactors provide astronomic type with day omitting device and momentary contact single pole double -throw switching; Paragon 47216 -OSZ or equal. Number of poles and voltages for time switches shall be as indicated on the Drawings. 13. Emergency Control Switches: Shall be ASCO equal to #124 Series break -glass devices for mechanical or data processing rooms or similar applications. 14. Three - Position Selector Switches: Shall be equal to Bryant 4922 -1 for maintained contact type; Bryant 4921 -1 for momentary contact type. 15. Manual Timers: Spring -wound timers shall be equal to M.R. Rhoades Inc. "Mark- Time" 125 V. 20 A. 16. Identification: Identify all control and disconnecting devices by engraved laminated plastic nameplates designating the equipment controlled, except where device plates are engraved. a. Motors and other equipment shall be suitably and durably identified to correspond to the control or discon necting device. Nameplate lettering shall be white on black finish and 1/8 inch high minimum. b. Marking shall be as indicated on the drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Nameplates shall be affixed with a minimum of two escutcheon pins or screws. 2.07 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor boxes shall be fully adjustable flush -floor type, Hubbell B -2506. Provide SF -3925 brass fitting and carpet flange for power, and for telephone /data. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Each class of device shall be furnished by one manufacturer for the total project. Mixing of devices by different suppliers will not be permitted. 3.02 BOX INSTALLATION A. Install boxes where indicated on the Contract Drawings and coordinate locations with structural and architectural features for proper insta0ation. Boxes shall be accessible. 16140-4 WIRING DEVICES ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY 0 MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S B. Install boxes for wall mounted local switches at 45 inches feet to center above floor or standing surface unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The maximum height in handicapped areas shall be 40 inches. C. Install boxes for wall mounted receptacles, signal and communication outlets at 185 inches to center above floor or standing surface except where located above counter tops, or used for clock outlets, or as otherwise indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. D. Install boxes for wall mounted fixtures, speakers, cameras, etc., at 7 feet to center above floor or standing surface, or as otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings or directed by the Engineer. ' E. Install boxes for wall mounted thermostats at 5 feet to center above floors or standing surface, or as otherwise indicated on the Contract Drawings or directed by the Engineer. F. Junction and pull boxes shall only be installed where indicated on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. G. Boxes shall be securely supported. Boxes for flush outlets shall be mounted on bar hangers or brackets with the front edge of the box or plaster ring flush with combustible finish surfaces and not more than 1/4 inch behind non - combustible finish surfaces. Do not use nails for direct support of boxes. Do not use extension boxes (rings) for installation of flush outlets. Flush boxes used for support lighting fixtures or other equipment shall be securely fastened to two structural support members unless embedded in masonry or concrete. Do not use powder - driven fastening devices unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 3.03 RECEPTACLE AND SNAP SWITCH INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install receptacles and switches square, level, secu re, and connected to a single set of ' circuit conductors at each outlet. Plaster ears of receptacles and switches installed in flush boxes shall be seated against the finish surface. 2. Install closely adjacent snap switches in a single multi -gang type box, unless otherwise ' directed by the Engineer. 3. Install permanent barriers between switches where the voltage between switches exceed 300 volts. 4. Connect all devices by wrapping conductor around binding screw terminals. ' 5. Provide GFCI type receptacles in toilet, kitchen counters and for all outdoor locations where required by code. ' 3.04 OUTLET PLATES AND COVER INSTALLATIONS A. General: 1. Install square, level and secure. Plates installed at flush outlets shall be seated against ' the finish. 2. Properly identify plates and covers as required and noted in Subsections 2.4 D and K of this Section as applicable. 3. Provide jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. ' 4. Properly align and plumb all devices and plates. Fit plates flat against walls and tights against surfaces of devices without strain on the plate. 5. Code sized ( #12 minimum) bonding jumper shall connect grounded outlet box to receptacle grounding terminal on all flush mounted units. 3.05 MISCELLANEOUS ' A. Install switches, convenience and telephone outlets vertically in all locations unless otherwise indicated. B. Install convenience and telephone outlets horizontally where noted on Drawings, elevations, ' millwork, or notations. Locate grounding prong to the left when facing the outlets. C. Where convenience outlets are mounted vertically, locate ground prong at bottom. WIRING DEVICES 16140 -5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S END OF SECTION 16140-6 WIRING DEVICES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R�E$IGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA Am AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 16141 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for nameplates and warning signs where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein including the following: 1. Nameplates and warning signs permanently installed on all electrical equipment and devices including, but not limited to, the following items: ' a. Enclosures for transformers, switchboards, motor control, panels, pullboxes, cabinets and motors. b. Enclosures for all separately enclosed devices including, but not limited to, ' disconnect switches, circuit breakers, contactors, time switches control stations and relays, fire alarm panels and lighting control panel. c. Wall switches not within sight of outlet controlled. d. Special systems such as, but not limited to, telephone, fire alarm, warning and signal systems. Identification shall be at each equipment rack, terminal cabinet, control panel, ann unciator and pullbox. e. Devices mounted within and part of equipment including circuit breakers, switches, control devices, control transformers, relays, indication devices and instruments. B. Related Work: ' 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS ' 2.01 NAMEPLATE DESIGNATIONS SHALL CLEARLY STATE A. Manufacturer's nameplate including equipment design rating of current, voltage, KVA, HP, bus bracing rating or as applicable. ' B. Equipment nameplates designating system usage and purpose, system nominal voltage, equipment rating in KVA, amperes, HP and RPM as applicable. Designation data per drawings or to be supplied with Shop Drawings approval. C. Panelboard nameplates showing panel designation, voltage, phase and source, 2.02 MANUFACTURERS DEVICE NAMEPLATES eA. Device usage, purpose, or circuit number, manufacturer and electrical characteristic ratings including the following: ' 1. Circuit Breakers: Voltage, continuous current, maximum interrupting current and trip current. 2. Switches: Voltage, continuous current, horsepower or maximum current switching. If fused, include nameplate stating, "Fuses must be replaced with current limiting type of ' identical characteristics ". 3. Contactors: Voltage, continuous current, horsepower or interrupting current, and whether "mechanically held" or "electrically held ". 4. Motors: Rated voltage, full load amperes, frequency, phases, speed, horsepower, code letter rating, time rating, type of winding, class and temperature. 5. Controllers: Voltage, current, horsepower and trip setting of motor running overcurrent protection. 2.03 MATERIALS A. For Nameplates: Three layer laminated plastic or micarta with engraved white letters over ' black background. B. For Emergency Equipment: Use engraved white letters over red background. NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS 16141 -1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTAANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT 03626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S C. For Warning Signs: Minimum 18 gauge steel with red lettering on white porcelain enamel finish. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 MOUNTING A. Nameplates shall be mounted by self- tapping, threaded screws and bolts, or by rivets. Adhesive types are not acceptable. 3.02 MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHTS ON NAMEPLATES (AS APPLICABLE) A. Panelboards, Switchboards and Motor Control Centers and Special Systems Enclosures: 114 inch identifies equipment designation; 1/8 inch identifies voltage rating and source. B. Individual Circuit Breakers, Switches, and Motor Starters in Panelboards, Switchboards, and Motor Control Centers: 3/16 inch identifies circuit and load served, including location. C. Individual Circuit Breakers, Enclosed Switches, and Motor Starters: 3/16 inch identify load served. D. Transformers: 3/16 inches identify equipment designation; 1/8 inch identifies primary and secondary voltages, primary source and secondary load. Include location of primary source or secondary load if remote from transformer. 3.03 WARNINGSIGNS A. Warning signs shall be permanently mounted with cadmium plated steel screws or nickel - plated brass bolts. B. Warning signs to read "DANGER - HIGH VOLTAGE ", with letters 1 -1/2 inch high, 3/16 -inch stroke minimum. C. Provide warning sign on all doors or immediately next to door for equipment rooms or closets containing equipment energized above 150 volts to ground. END OF SECTION 16141-2 NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS I t CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH � f ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 16170 SWITCHES: DISCONNECT AND SAFETY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for disconnect and safety switches where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Conform to applicable provisions of Subsection 1.07 of Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements. ' B. Conform to applicable Codes and NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards and Federal Specification W -S -865. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 1 - General Requirements and Subsection 1.06 G of Section 16010. ' PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Approved Manufacturers: General Electric, ITE- Siemens and Square -D. ' B. Disconnect Switches: Provide with devices enabling the switch to be locked in the open or closed positions. C. Manual Motor Switches: Tumbler type rated 3HP, 208 Volts three phase or single phase with or without overload heaters as required to protect equipment served. D. Externally Operable Safety Switches: To have quick -make, quick -break mechanism, capable of switching 10 times switch rafing, with cover interlock to prevent opening with switch in ON positron and defeat mechanism for maintenance. E. Switches: Shall be type HD unless otherwise indicated. Provide NEMA 1 enclosures for interior locations and NEMA 3R enclosures for exterior or wet locations. Provide with number of poles, ampacity, voltage and HP rating, fusible or nonfusible as indicated. ' F. Fusible Switches: Equip them with rejection cfips for UL Class R fuses. Switches having a dual rating when used with dual element fuses shall have a rating so indicated. G. 600 Amperes or Less Fuses: UL Class RKI with a minimum interrupting rating of 200,000 Amperes, Bussmann "Low -Peak Type" or equal. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Locations: Install switches, disconnects and safety where indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Fastenings: Securely fasten switches to structural members or unistrut support as directed by the manufacturer. C. Manual Motor Starters: Install flush mounted for switching motors 3HP and smaller in finished areas. SWITCHES: DISCONNECTAND SAFETY 16170-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S D. Manual Motor Starters: Install surface mounted in equipment rooms and non - finished areas. Where installed above inaccessible ceilings provide access panels. END OF SECTION 16170-2 SWITCHES: DISCONNECT AND SAFETY CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH � RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' SECTION 16415 TRANSFER SWITCH PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTAL ' A. The submittal shall include prototype test certification and specification sheets showing all standard and optional accessories to be supplied, schematic wiring diagrams, dimension drawings, and interconnection diagrams identifying by terminal number, each required interconnection between the generator set and the transfer switch if it is included elsewhere in these specifications. 1.02 TESTING ' A. To assure that the equipment has been designed and built to the highest reliability and quaRy standards, the manufacturer and /or local representative shall be responsible for three separate tests: design prototype tests, final production tests, and site tests: ' B. Design Prototype Tests: Components of the emergency system such as the engine /generator set, transfer switch, and accessories shall not be subjected to prototype tests since the tests are potentially damaging. Rather, similar design prototypes and ' preproduction models, which will not be sold, shall have been used for the following tests. 1.03 PRODUCTION TESTS ' A. Final Production Tests: Each transfer switch shall be tested under load with all guards in place. Tests shall include: 1. The complete automatic transfer switch shall be tested to ensure proper operation of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation and to ensure that ' the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency, and time delay settings are in compliance with the specification requirements. 2. The complete automatic transfer switch shall be subjected to a dielectric strength test per NEMA Standard ICS 1- 109.05. 3. The control panel shall meet or exceed the voltage surge withstand capability in accordance with ANSI C37.90a -2978 and the impulse withstand voltage test in ' accordance with NEMA Standard ICS 1 -109. B. Upon request, arrangements to either witness this test will be made, or a certified test record will be sent prior to shipment. ' 1.04 SITE TESTS A. Site Tests: The manufacturer's local representative shall perform an installation check, ' start -up, and 2 hour building load test. The engineer, regular operators, and the maintenance staff shall be notified of the time and dale of the site test. 1.05 WARRANTY &MAINTENANCE ' A. A one -year warranty for the automatic transfer switch shall be included to guaranteed against defective material and workmanship in accordance with the manufacturer's published warranty from date of start -up. Optional warranties shall be available upon request. B. The automatic transfer switch manufacturer and its distributor shall maintain a 24 -hour parts and service organization. This organization shall be regularly engaged in a maintenance contract program to perform preventive maintenance and service on equipment similar to ' that specified. A service agreement shall be available and shall include system operation under simulated operating conditions, adjustment to the generator, transfer switch, and switchgear controls as required, and certification in the Owner's maintenance log of repairs ' made and proper functioning of all systems. 1.06 CODES AND STANDARDS ' TRAN$1FEFT681t9V'f(,glshall conform to the requirements of: 16415-1 i • RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 1. UL 1008 -- Standard for Automatic Transfer Switches 2. NFPA 70 -- National Electrical Code, including use in emergency and standby systems in accordance with Articles 517, 700 3, NFPA 99-- Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities 4, NFPA 110 -- Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems 5. IEEE Standard 446 -- Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems (Orange Book) 6. IEEE Standard 241 -- Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings (Gray Book) 7. NEMA Standard IC10 (formerly ICS 2 -447) Automatic Transfer Switches 8. UL 508 —Standard for industrial Control Equipment 9. EN61000 -4 -5 Surge Immunity Class 4 (voltage sensing and programmable inputs only) 10. EN61000 -4 -4 Fast Transient Immunity Severity Level 4 11. IEC Specifications for EMI /EMC Immunity as follows: a. CISPR 1 Radiated Emissions b. IEC 1000 -4 -2, Electrostatic Discharge c. IEC 1000 -4 -3, Radiated Electromagnetic Fields d. IEC 1000 -4 -4, Electrical Fast Transient (Bursts) e. IEC 1000 -4 -5, Surge Voltage f. IEC 1000 -4 -6, Conducted RF Disturbances g. IEC 1000 -4 -8, Magnetic Fields h. IEC 1000 -4 -11, Voltage Variations and Interruptions 1.07 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Automatic transfer switches not intended for continuous duty or repetitive load transfer switching are not acceptable. B. The automatic transfer switch shall be rated in amperes for total system transfer including control of motors, electric- discharge lamps, electric heating, and tungsten - filament lamp load. Switches rated 400 amperes and below shall be suitable for 100% tungsten - filament lamp load. Switches rated above 400 amperes shall be suitable for 30% tungsten - filament load. C. The automatic transfer switch shall berated to withstand the rms symmetrical short circuit current available at the automatic transfer switch terminals, with the type of overcurrent protection shown on the plans. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. The automatic transfer switch shall be a Kohler model KCT- ACV"600S. B. The transfer switch shall have the following characteristics: 1. 600 amp current rating 2. 4 Pole 3. 4 wire, 3 phase 4. 208 Volt -60Hz 5. Switched Neutral 6. The withstand and closing ratings with a current- limiting fuse shall be 200,000 Amps. C. The withstand and closing ratings with any overcurrent protective device shall be 50,000 Amps. D. The ATS shall be furnished in a NEMA 313 enclosure. E. The switch shall be a 600 -volt class. 16415 -2 TRANSFER SWITCH CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH � R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 2.02 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. All main contacts shall be of silver composition. The main contacts shall be protected by arcing contacts in sizes 400 amperes and above. The main contacts shall be of the blow -on ' configuration and of segmented construction in ratings 600 amperes and above. B. All contacts, coils, springs, and control elements shall be conveniently removable from the front of the transfer switch without major disassembly or disconnection of power conductors. C. The contact transfer time shall not exceed one -sixth of a second. D. All moveable parts of the operating mechanism shall remain in positive mechanical contact ' with the main contacts during the transfer operation without the use of separate mechanical interlocks. E. All contacts, coils, springs, and control elerents shall be conveniently removable from the ' front of the transfer switch without major disassembly or disconnection of power conductors. 2.03 TRANSFER SWITCH CONTROL SYSTEM A. The control module shall direct the operation of the transfer switch. The module's sensing and logic shall be a built -in microprocessor -based system for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and inherent digital communications capability. The control settings shall be stored in nonvolatile EEPROM. The module shall contain an integral battery- backed ' programmable clock and calendar. The control module shall have a keyed disconnect plug to enable the control module to be disconnected from the transfer mechanism for routine maintenance. ' B. The control module shall be mounted separately from the transfer mechanism unit for safety and ease of maintenance. Interfacing relays shall be industrial control grade plug -in type with dust cover. ' C. The control module shall include a user interface keypad with tactile feedback pushbuttons and light- emitting diode status indication. These features shall be user accessible when the enclosure door is closed: 1. Keypad pushbuttons: a. Start /end system test b. Set /end exercise c. End time delay d. Lamp testiservice reset 2. Light- emitting diode status indicators: ' a. Contactor Position: Normal, Off, Emergency b. Source Available: Normal, Emergency c. Service required: immediate, maintenance d. Not in automatic mode ' e. Four stage time delay remaining f. Exercise: load, no load, seUdisabled g. Test load, no load h. Load control active: peak shave, load shed, pre /post4ransfer signal i. in -phase monitor active D. Outputs: 1. Generator engine start gold flashed contact rated 2 amps @ 30 VOC 1250VAC. 2. Pre - transfer load control, one normally open contact rated 10 amps @ 30 VDC /250 VAC E. One Programmable output, factory -set to load bank control rated 2 amps @ 30 VDCI250 ' VAC. tTRANSFER SWITCH 1 16415-3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 2.04 OPERATION A. All phases of normal and all phases of emergency shall be monitored for over and under voltage and single phase of normal and emergency for over- and under - frequency. In addition, the controller shall use anti - single phasing protection that detects regeneratve voltage (using the phase angle of the source) to determine a failed source condition. 2.05 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY SETTING A. Undervoltage pick -up set at 90% of nominal voltage, adjustable 85 %- 100% of nominal voltage. B. Undervoltage dropout set at 90% of pickup voltage, adjustable 75% - 98% of pickup voltage. C. Overvoltage dropout set at 110% of nominal voltage, adjustable 105% - 135% of nominal voltage. D. Overvoltage pick -up set at 95% of dropout voltage, adjustable 85% - 100% of nominal voltage. E. Voltage dropout time set at 0.5 seconds adjustable 0.1 — 9.9 seconds. F. Voltage accuracy: 2 %. G. Under frequency pick -up set at 90% of nominal frequency, adjustable 85% - 95% of nominal frequency. H. Under frequency dropout set at 99% of pick -up frequency, adjustable 95% - 99% of pick -up frequency. I. Over frequency dropout set at 101 % of pick -up frequency, adjustable 101 % - 105% of nominal frequency. J. Over frequency pick -up set at 110% of nominal frequency, adjustable 105% - 120% of nominal frequency. K. Frequency accuracy: 1% 2.06 TIME DELAYS A. Time delay for engine start to delay initiation of transfer for momentary source outages: Range 0 -6 seconds. Factory set at 3 seconds. B. Time delay for transfer to standby: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 1 second. C. Time delay for transfer back to normal: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 15 minutes. D. Time delay for engine cool down: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 0 minutes. E. Failure to acquire standby source: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 1 minute. F. Pre- transfer to normal signal: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 3 second. G. Pre - transfer to standby signal: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 3 second. H. Post - transfer to normal signal: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 0 minute. I. Post- transfer to standby signal: Range 0 -60 minutes. Factory set at 0 minute. 2.07 Userterminals shall be available to connect a normally open contactthat, when closed, signals the control module to start and transfer load to the engine - generator. Opening these contacts shall initiate a retransfer and engine cool down sequence. The load shall be transferred to an available utility source immediately if the generator source should fail. 2.08 The following features shall be built into the control module logic. These features shall be enabled at the factory or in the field. 16415-4 TRANSFER SWITCH 1 I I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R *ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S A. Phase rotation sensing programmable ABC or CBA. B. In -phase monitoring shall continuously monitor the contactor transfer times, source voltage, frequency and phase angle to provide a self- adjusting, zero crossing contactor transfer signal. A flashing LED on the user interface panel shall indicate active in -phase monitoring. C. Plant Exerciser: Programmable seven -day or fourteen -day exerciser with user selectable load or no -load operation. An LED, on the user interface, shall indicate the type of exercise (load or no load). The time remaining on the exercise shall be indicated. The exercise time may be reset at any time with a single keystroke. The engine shall be allowed to run when the exercise period is terminated. The exerciser maybe disabled for maintenance purposes. An amber LED shall flash on the user interface if the exerciser has been disabled. D. The exerciser shall have the capability of being programmed, using up to twenty -one (21) event for a calendar mode. E. The controller shall have provisions for disconnecting a load bank (during exercise) if there is a loss of normal power. 2.09 MONITORING, PROGRAMMING AND COMMUNCATIONS: A. Modbus@) link: 1. Industry standard ModbusO RTU communication shall be available with network and setup connections. 2. A Modbua@ master will be able to monitor controller data. 3. A ModbusS master will be able to alter parameters. 4. The Modbus@) master must be capable of starting and stopping the generator. 5. The manufacturer shall provide a Modbus@ communications protocol manual to facilitate communications with a Modbus@ master by a third party developer. 6. The Modbus@ network shalt communicate to the controller using a twisted pair of wire. 2.10 Personal Computer Set -up /monitoring Software A. The controller must have the capabilityto communicate to a personal computer (IBM or compatible) running Windows 9X or Windows NT through an RS -232 communication format (in addition to the Modbus@ connection). B. The software shall be Windows® based. C. The programming capability shall be password protected. D. It shall be possible to start the generator and transfer the loads to the generator. E. Event monitoring shall be accessible using either a personal computer with the personal computer software or Modbus@ link to view the following: 1. Historical data (total and resettable) 2. Days in operation 3. Hours in standby 4. Hours not in preferred 5. Switch transfers 6. Failure to transfer 7. Transfers due to loss of preferred 8. Start up date 9. Last maintenance date 10. Switch transfer count since last maintenance Transfer switch information 1. ATS serial number 2. Controller serial number 3. Contactor serial number 4. Load description 5. Location 6. Branch TRANSFER SWITCH 16415-5 • • REM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -5 7. Network connection ID 8. Baud rate 9. Parity bit G. System events (time and date stamped) of the last 100 events which include all failures of the sources, transfer switch and all functions of the controller and contactor: 1. Line to line voltage. 2. System frequency 3. Time delay active 4. Time delay remaining 5. System status 6. Source available 7. Contactor position 8. Exerciser schedule, mode and time remaining on active exercise. 9. Programmable features may be viewed, selected or adjusted as follows: a. System voltage b. System frequency c. Single /three -phase operation d. Open /closed - transition operation e. ABC or CBA phase rotation f. In -phase monitor g. Commit /no commit transfer mode h. User defined password H. Programmable inputs shall be defined using either a personal computer with the personal computer software or Modbu sO link: 1. End time delay input 2. Inhibit transfer 3. Low external battery fault 4. Peak shave /area protection input 5. Remote common fault 6. Remote test 2.11 Programmable outputs shall be defined using either a personal computer with the personal computer software or Modbus® link: A. Auxiliary switch fault B. Common fault C. Contactor positron D. Exercise active E. Failure to acquire standby source F. Failure to transfer fault G. Generator engine start H. Load bank control I. Los of phase fault J. Low backup battery K. No in automatic mode L. Non - emergency transfer M. Over and undervoltage faults N. Over and under frequency faults O. Peak shave /area protection active ' 16415 - 6 TRANSFER SWITCH CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513'" SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' P. Phase rotation error Q. ModbusS- controlled relay outputs ' R. Source available S. Test active ' END OF SECTION ' TRANSFER SWITCH 16415-7 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16426 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for the service and distribution switchboard where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable provisions of Sub - Section 1.7 of Section 16010. B. Conform to applicable Codes and NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to applicable provisions of Section 01330 of Division 1 - General Requirements and of Sub- Section 1.06G of Section 16010. B. Shop Drawings shall show and contain the following information: 1. Plans showing top and bottom of switchboards. 2. Front, rear and side elevations of switchboards. 3. Schematic Wiring Diagrams showing the following: a. One -line diagram with each circuit numbered. b. Schedule showing circuit number, description and rating of protective device(s). c. Complete short circuit with standabilityof bus. 4. 2" - V -0" scale drawings of electrical rooms or areas overall dimensions for equipment layout including space available for conduits and protective devices. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, A. Each switchboard shall be U.L. listed deadfront, deadrear, completely self - supporting, with the required number of vertical sections bolted together to form one floorstanding switchboard. Construction shall be NEMA Class II with line and load and main bus connections accessible from the front. Provide switchboards of 1000 amperes or greater rating with line and load insulated bus bars. Overcurrent protective devices shall be grouped inconvertible type construction. Vertical sections shall have full height bussing and where space for future devices is indicated on the Drawings all the necessary mounting hardware shall be furnished. Switchboards shall include all protective devices and other equipment indicated on the Contract Drawings with the necessary interconnections, instrumentation, and control wiring. Bus shall be copper with plated joints, or tin plated aluminum. Bus bars shall be mounted on supports of high impact - resistant, non - tracking insulating material, and braced to withstand the maximum available fault current as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Other ratings shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Series- connected or "integrated equipment" short circuit ratings shall not be applied in lieu of, or to comply with, short circuit and interrupting capacity ratings indicated on the Drawings, unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Switchboards shall be as manufactured by Square D. Co., Power Style Class 2700. B. Service and distribution sections shall contain circuit breakers, fusible switches, and combination motor starters, with shunt trips, motor operators, ground fault protection, and other accessories, as indicated on the Drawings, as well as provisions for utility metering in accordance with the serving electric utility requirements. Each disconnecting means shall be provided with a means for individual padlocking. Switches shall be heavy -duty, SERVICE /N415 borse power rated through 500 HP. Switches rated gW6 - 1 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40040 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 600 amperes shall be bolted pressure contact type. Ratings of disconnecting means and overcurrent protective devices shall be as indicated on the Drawings. C. Finish: Interior finish shall be a gray lacquer or enamel; exterior finish shall be a gray ' baked -on enamel or lacquer. Apply all finish coatings over a rust - inhibiting metal primer. D. Identification: Each switchboard shall have an engraved laminated plastic nameplate identifying the switchboard as designated and located on the Contract Drawings, and indicating voltage, phase, and number of system conductors. For example, "Switchboard MS 277/48oV. 30 4W. Lettering shall be white on black finish and 2, inch high minimum. Nameplates shall be affixed by a minimum of two escutcheon pins or screws. Each device on the switchboard shall be provided with an engraved plastic nameplate as specified in Section 16141, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.D1 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Switchboard(s) shall be securely bolted to the flooring or structure. Final attachment means shall be in compliance with the seismic requirements of governing authority. Shop Drawings indicating the bolt down requirements shall be provided by the manufacturer along with all necessary calculations and shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings of the switchboard equipment. Refer to other Sections of the Specifications related to seismic requirements. B. Switchboard(s) shall be installed on a level floor, with shims provided where necessary to attain both horizontal and vertical "plumb" conditions. C. Switchboard(s) equipment shall be protected during construction in such a manner to prevent plaster, paint, dust, etc. from defacing the finish of equipment. Prior to final acceptance of the equipment, the interior of the equipment shall be cleaned of all foreign ' materials and debris. Any blemishes or defects on the exterior of the equipment shall be repaired by painting the equipment with paint supplied by the manufacturer of the equipment to match the factory finishes. ' D. No operating handles in any switchboard shall be located above 6 -folat 6- inches above finish floor. Code clearances on all sides of the switchboard equipment shall be maintained. E. Switchboards shall be mechanically grounded to the grounding system. F. Furnish ammeters, voltmeters, current and potential transformers, test blocks, control switches, fuses and circuit breakers, and other devices as indicated on the Drawings. Meters shall be switchboard type semi -flush mounted, with phase selector switches. The height of all devices shall comply with Code and utility company requirements with the switchboard installed on a 2 -inch high concrete pad. ' G. For solidly grounded "wye" services of more than 150 volts to ground, but not exceeding 600 volts phase to phase, provide ground fault protection of equipment for each service disconnecting means for services rated 1000 amperes or more, without a single main disconnecting means. Provide ground fault protection of equipment for other systems as indicated on the Drawings. H. Ground fault sensors shall be zero sequence type unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. Trip settings shall be as indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. I. Protection: Keep switchboards covered during construction operations. Clean interior and exterior after all connections are completed. Factory connections shall be checked and re- torqued tight as required. Damage shall be field or factory repaired to a condition acceptable to the Engineer at no added cost to the Owner. J. Operational Test of the ground fault protection system using the primary current injection method shall be performed by qualified personnel with suitable testing /recording equipment in the presence of the Engineer. Provide the Engineerwith a "Certified Test Report" including test parameters. 16426-2 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD i • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3.02 ACCEPTANCE TESTING OF SWITCHGEAR AND SWITCHBOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: 1. Inspect for physical damage. 2. Compare equipment nameplate information with latest single line diagram and report discrepancies. 3. Inspect for proper alignment, anchorage and grounding. 4. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints by calibrated torque wrench method. Refer to manufacturer's instruction for proper foot pound levels. 5. Key interlock systems shall be physically tested to insure proper function. a. Closure attempt shall be made on locked open devices. Opening attempt shall be made on locked closed devices. b. Key exchange shall be made with devices operated in off - normal positions. 6. All doors, panels and sections shall be inspected for paint, dents, scratches. END OF SECTION SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD 16426 -3 F 1 l_1 11 I CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAG AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16450 GROUNDING SYSTEM PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION RESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH. 2006 A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for the grounding system where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Ground the electrical service system neutral at service entrance equipment to metallic water service and to concrete encased grounding electrodes. B. Ground each separately-derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded metallic water pipe. C. Provide telephone and data system grounding conductor at main terminals of respective system bonded to service entrance grounding electrode. D. Bond together system neutrals, service equipment enclosures, exposed non - current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, metallic plumbing systems and concrete encased electrode. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: Soft -drawn stranded copper. B, Buried or Concealed Joints: Exothermic welded, inspected and approved the Los Angeles City Building Department before concealment. C. System grounding conductors shall be a minimum of #3 AWG unless otherwise indicated, and shall be continuous without joints or splices. D. Bolted Connections: Everdur hardware, bolts, and lock washers or equal. E. Welded Connections: Either Erico Cadweld Process or Continental Industries Thermoweld Process or equal. F. Compression Connections: Thomas & Betts Series 5300 fittings or equal. Use manufacturer's specific instructions and tools for each connection. G. Ground Rods: Copperweld Steel Company or equal. Provide 3/4 inch copperclad steel driven ground rods, 10 feet long, UL listed, in each manhole and where indicated on Contract Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Grounding and Bonding: Provide in accordance with all requirements of NEC and other applicable codes, Contract Drawings and the following descriptions. 'Comply with the codes as a minimum requirement with specifications where they are more stringent. Ground each electrical service to cold water systems and provide supplemental grounding as follows: 1. Structural Steel Electrode: Bond the structural steel frame of the building or structure to the point of ground at service equipment with a continuous bonding conductor equal in sire to the grounding electrode conductor, but not smaller than No. 4 AWG. or GROUNDING SYSTEM 16450-1 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #6- 5187 -S 2. Concrete - Encased Electrode: Provide three minimum No. 4 horizontal reinforcing bars in and nearthe bottom of the building or structure footing, each with a minimum continuous (unspliced) length of 20 feet. Install a continuous bonding conductor equal in size to the grounding electrode conductors, but not smaller than No. 4 A.W. G., bonded to each reinforcing bar by means of corrosion - resistant clamps or welding, to the point of ground at service equipment. The bonding conductor shall be installed in schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit from a point within the footing continuous to the service equipment. Two (2) A single size 310 bare copper conductor with a minimum continuous length of 20 feet may be used in lieu of the three No. 4 reinforcing bars. B. Separate Buildings or Structures: When two or more buildings or structures are supplied from a common source or service, the grounding system in each building or structure shall have a grounding electrode connected to the metal enclosure of the building or structure disconnecting means and to the AC system grounded circuit conductor on the supply of the building or structure disconnecting means. C. Separately Derived Systems: Shall be bonded and grounded in accordance with Code. D. Customer- Station Transformer: Shall be bonded and grounded in accordance with the requirements of the serving electric utility. E. Nonmetallic Raceways: A Code -sized green, or green with yellow stripe insulated conductor shall be installed with the circuit conductors, for equipment grounding. Ground conductor shall be installed in raceways with branch circuit wiring where indicated on the Contract Drawings, F. Communication, Sound, and Signal Systems: Metal raceways and enclosures shall be grounded as directed by the Engineer. G. The interior metallic cold water pipe system shall be bonded to the main grounding electrode by a conductor sized in accordance with Code, but not smaller than No. 8 A.W.G. H. Telephone service main backboard or cabinet shall be grounded in accordance with requirements of the telephone serving facility. I. All grounding and bonding conductors shall be installed with sufficient slack to avoid breaking due to settlement and movement of conductors at attached points. J. Flexible Conduit: Where equipment grounding or bonding conductors are required they shall be installed inside the conduit except bonding conductors may be installed exterior of the conduit if not over 3 feet maximum length, not smaller than No. 8 A.W.G., and if secured to the conduit at 6 inch. Flexible conduit not to be used as a ground path. Include code size green conductors in all flexible conduit. K. Transformers and other isolated neutrals shall be grounded from the neutral bushing or connector to grounding electrodes, building steel or metallic code water pipe system. L. All conduit stub -ups shall be grounded and where multiple stub -ups are made within an equipment enclosure such as a switchboard, they shall be equipped with grounding bushings and bonded together to the enclosure, and the enclosure ground bus with code sized copper conductors. M. Metallic conduits, wireways, metal enclosures of busways, electrical equipment housing and all non - current carrying metallic parts shall be grounded. The metallic conduit system shall be used for equipment and enclosure grounding but not as a system ground conductor. 3.02 MEASUREMENT OF RESISTANCE TO GROUND A. All Systems: Measure by the "direct" method or the "Fall of Potential' method. The "direct' method, or two terminal test, includes a Megger Earth Testerwith terminals connected to the electrode under test and to an all metallic water pipe system. The following limitations apply to this method: 1. The water pipe system must be extensive enough to have a negligible resistance. 16450 -2 GROUNDING SYSTEM ' CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH R ESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STA'WAND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 2. The water pipe system must be metallic throughout, without any insulating couplings or flanges. 3. The earth electrode under test must be far enough away from the water pipe system to be outside its sphere of influence. Rule of thumb: Distance from the earth - electrode system to the water pipe system should be about 10 times the radius of the electrode or grid to obtain a measurement within an accuracy of p 10 %. 4. Submit test report of the main building grounding electrode's resistance to ground to the Engineer. END OF SECTION r1 0 I I rl I I I GROUNDING SYSTEM 16450-3 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #8- 5187 -S SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for panelboards where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable provisions of Subsection 1.02 of Section 16010. B. Conform to the applicable provisions of Subsection 1.06 of Section 16010 related to legal requirements and standards including NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards and Federal Specifications. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cabinets to House Panelboards: Cabinets shall be formed of galvanized metal, chemically cleaned, and all breaks in galvanizing shall be painted with metallic aluminum paint. Minimum size: 20 inches wide by 5 -3/4 inches deep. Trims and doors shall be chemically cleaned. Provide ANSI synthetic alkalyd factory enamel finish on the exterior and interior of panels. Provide for circuit directory behind door with glass or heavy plastic protection. Cabinets shall be flush or surface mounted type as indicated with screw cover, hinged doors with flush lock keyed to operate from one key. Cabinets greater than three feet shall have three trim bolts on each side. B. Identification: Each panelboard shall have an exterior engraved laminated plastic nameplate identifying the panelboard as designated on the Drawings and indicating voltage, phases, and number of system conductors. For example: C. "Panel A 120/208277/480V,. 3Pho, 4W ". Lettering shall be white on black finish and 3116 inch high minimum. Nameplates shall be affixed with a minimum of two escutcheon pins or screws. Each circuit breaker shall have a permanent metal or plastic numberto identify each circuit. A circuit schedule card and holder shall be mounted on the inside of the door and covered with plastic. D. Protective Devices: 1. Protective devices, main, branch or sub -feed shall be thermal- magnetic circuit breakers, bolt-on type ampacities as scheduled on Drawings. Provide single handle, common trip for two and three -pole units. Handle ties are not acceptable. 2. Protective devices for exterior receptacle circuits shall be provided with ground fault circuit interrupter. Square D "Quick Guard" or approved equal. E. Electrical Equipment Adjacent to Panelboards: Where scheduled provide a separate cabinet with screw cover and hinged door with flush lock keyed alike with panelboard. A single cabinet maybe used when a barriered compartment under separate lockable door and cover is provided. F. Finish: As specified for service switchboards in Section 16426 service and distribution switchboards. 2.02 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A. EEnadch distribution panelboard shall be a deadfront, deadrear, U. L. listed, circuit breaker type PANELBOARIJS "plywith Federal Specification W- P -115a. Construction shall be NEMA Class Ir,470 1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S Electrical ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Series -connected or "integrated equipment" short circuit ratings shall not be applied in lieu of, or to comply with, short circuit and interrupting capacity ratings indicated on the Drawings unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Provide fronts with flush cylinder tumbler locks, trim clamps, and concealed hinges. Double doors or doors over 48 inches high shall have 3 point latching. Provide 2 keys for each panelboard. Furnish panelboards with main lugs or main circuit breakers and all other circuit breakers as indicated on the drawings. Each circuit breaker shall be provided with a means for individual padlocking. Distribution panelboards shall be Square D. Co. I -line type or equal. 2.03 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS A. Each lighting and appliance panelboard shall be a U.L. listed circuit breaker type and meet Federal Spec. W- P115a. Electrical ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Series connected or "integrated equipment' ratings shall not be applied in lieu of or to comply with short circuit and interrupting ratings indicated on the Drawings, unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Provide fronts with flush cylinder tumbler locks, trim clamps, and concealed hinges. Provide two keys for each panelboard. Furnish panelboards with main lugs or main circuit breakers and all circuit breakers as indicated on the Drawings. B. Each circuit breaker shall be provided with a means for individual padlocking. Lighting and appliance panelboards shall be Square D. Co. Type NQOB for 120/240 or 2D8/120 volt systems. , and Type NEHB for 480/277 volt systems. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS A. Install equipment square, level and seaire to the building structure by bolting. B. Align top of adjacent panelboards unless specifically noted otherwise. Install panelboards over 29 inches high to mount highest protective device handle a maximum of 6-6" or 5 -6" for panelboards up to 29 inches high, except where adjacent to taller panelboards. C. Flush enclosures shall be installed with the front edge flush with combustible finish surfaces and not more than 1/4 inch behind noncombustible finish surfaces, and shall be secured to framing or blocking except where embedded in masonry or concrete. ' D. Provide weatherproof gaskets on trims and doors of panelboards located in mechanical areas. 3.02 OTHER APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a typewritten circuit directory for each branch circuit. Obtain OCFA facility room numbers and use in final directory. ' B. Provide a schematic diagram and sequence of operation for control devices installed under separate door adjacent to panelboards. C. Install nameplates in accordance with provisions noted in Section 16141 - NAMEPLATES AND WARNING SIGNS. D. Equip each circuit breaker for electrical discharge lamps with a locking device unless circuit will be switched at panelboard. Equip each circuit breaker for night -light circuits, fire alarm, tsecurity and control circuits with a locking device. E. Provide filler plates for all unused spaces. F. Stub five 314 -inch empty conduits from each flush mounted panelboard into accessible ceiling space and cap for future use. END OF SECTION 164711-1 PANELBOARDS 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for lighting fixtures where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 1 of the General Requirements and of Subsection 1.061 of Section 16010, B. Conform to the following as applicable: 1. Ballast catalog indicating lamp wattage, input watts, sound rating, power factor and type of ballast. 2. Photocell data indicating switching capacity, means of adjusting the lighting pickup level and enclosure. 3. Regarding pole- mounted fixtures provide complete data on the pole material, finish, handpole anchoring and fixture attachment and support method for interior fixtures weighing over fifty pounds. 4. Substitutions for specified fixtures, etc. shall be based upon quality of specified fixture construction, light distribution, appearance and maintenance. 5. Provide pictures or cuts of all lighting fixtures with photometric data and isofootcandle curves. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable provisions of Subsection 1.07 in Section 16010. B. Work of this Section shall comply with applicable legal requirements and standards specified in Subsection 1.06 in Section 16010 and the following: 1. ANSI C82.1 Specifications for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts a. ANSI C84.4 Specifications for High - Intensity - Discharge Lamp Ballasts b. (Multiple Supply Type). 2. ASHRAEIIES 90.1 High Efficiency Electrical Lighting Systems. 3. Standards of the Certified Ballast Manufacturer's Association. C. Demonstrations: 1. Exterior lighting system operation shall be demonstrated during the hours of darkness to indicate that fixtures are properly focussed, photocell operation is correct, and that fixture switching functions as intended. Similar requirements shall apply to interior lighting. Through demonstration, the Contractor shall also verify that panel schedules properly indicate the lighting outlets connected to each circuit. 2. Lighting demonstration shall occurwithin 2 weeks priorto project acceptance. 1.04 CLEANING PROCEDURES A. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 1 of the General Requirements. B. Clean fixture lenses, diffusers and reflectors just priorto time specified for required demonstrations noted above in 1.03C. C. Clean damaged finish of fixture trim, including poles and support brackets prior to required refinishing. D. Before installation of louvers, diffusers or lenses clean reflector surfaces and lamps of all LIGHTING 09 Mi0 Allures of accumulated dust, dirt, grease, piaster, paint, etc. 16500 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 a CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE S19WON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTING SYSTEMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ASHRAElIES 90.1 -1989 Standards for High Efficiency Electrical Lighting Systems. B. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary for complete and proper ' installation. C. Where both catalog numbers and narrative descriptions are indicated, the narrative description requirements shall take precedence and prevail. ' D. All fixtures of one type shall be one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. E. Fixture types shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings. However, if the fixture type is not shown, the bid shall be based on installing fixtures specified in similar areas. F. Recessed fixtures in suspended ceilings shall be free of light leaks below ceiling and shall have adequate ventilation and clearance. G. Fixtures in exterior locations, wash -down areas, wet or moist locations shall bear UL label for installation in wet or moist areas or locations. ' H. All exposed metal parts of exterior lighting fixtures shall be stainless steel or anodized aluminum with specified finish over. Screws and fastening shall be stainless steel. I. Complete units and all electrical components for H.I.D., fluorescent, incandescent and ' special fixtures shall bearthe Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., IBEW and Electrical Testing Laboratory labels. 2.02 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES A. Fluorescent Fixture Housing formed for rigidity shall be 20 gauge minimum. Fluorescent fixture housing unformed and unreinforced shall be fabricated from 18 gauge minimum. All joints shall be machine welded to provide a rigid unit not subject to twisting or racking. ' Housing shall be factory finished after fabrication with baked -on enamel or equivalent. Fluorescent sockets shall be heavy duty twist type. Wiring channel shall be free of projections or rough edges and completely smooth. ' B. All latches shall be positive acting, over center, spring actuated type constructed of steel or cast aluminum. Latches constructed of plastic, sheet metal or pot metal will not be acceptable. Latches shall position diffuser tight to housing to prevent light leak. All latches shall be guaranteed for 500 cycles of operation without failure or wear out. Latches shall give positive lock -in or include safety chain to prevent failing of louvers, diffusers or lenses during seismic shock. ' C. Where acrylic plastic is specified, it shall be 100% raw virgin acrylic plastic meeting the ASTM Specification for methacrylate molding compound. The raw material used must be of the quality to exceed IES- SPI -NEMA specifications with a minimum requirement of 2000 hours of exposure in a Fade -O -Meter and not exceeding three units of yellowing. No polystyrene shall be used. 2.03 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES A. Recessed incandescent fixtures shall have a 4 "junction box permanently attached to the fixture so that it is accessible when the fixture trim or reflector is removed. Fixture shall bear UL label of approval for the wattage indicated and shall be approved for through wiring for ' number of conductors shown on drawings. Connection between fixture and pullbox shall be of sufficient length so that when the fixture is dropped, the junction box is readily accessible. Support fixture to main ceiling runners at each corner. Recessed incandescent fixtures shall have thermal protection per regulatory requirements. 16500 -2 LIGHTING FIXTURES 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BRIM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT 93626, PLAN #0-5187-S B. Recessed fixtures in ceilings shall be provided with the proper trim and mounting hardware compatible with the ceiling system being Installed. Contractor shall verify ceiling system prior to shop drawing submittals. C. All pendant stem - mounted fixtures shall be supplied with swivel hangers. Fixtures shall have special stem lengths to give the mounting height as directed. Stem shall be one - piece, minimum 0.109" thickness without coupling, and shall be finished the same color as the canopy, unless noted otherwise. The Contractor shall check all lock nuts and setscrews to rigidly secure the socket to the stem, and the stem to the outlet box. All fixtures shall be plumb and vertical. Include a secondary support cable through each stem and base plate to the supporting structure to prevent falling during seismic shock. D. Chains for suspending lighting fixtures shall be constructed of prime coated galvanized steel, or specified fine welded links and shall be capable of supporting 300% of the fixture weights. 2.04 LAMPS A. General: Lamp shall be new and of wattage size and type indicated or as required for the particular fixture and or ballast installed. For high pressure sodium lamps, provide "color corrected" version of wattages specified where available. B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Incandescent: General Electric, Sylvania, North American Phillips, or equal. 2. Fluorescent: General Electric, Sylvania, North American Phillips, or equal. 3. Metal Halide: General Electric, Sylvania, North American Phillips, or equal. 4. High - pressure Sodium: General Electric, Sylvania, North American Phillips, or equal. 5. Mercury Vapor: General Electric, Sylvania,- North American Phillips, or equal. C. Lamps shall be new and of wattage and type indicated or as required for the particular fixture and /or ballast installed. D. Incandescent lamps of the "A" or "PS" type of general use shall be 2,500 hours, long life type where used in utility rooms and exterior locations. E. Incandescent lamps shall be rated 125 to 130 volts and shall not be used on circuits with a voltage greater than 120 volts. F. Fluorescent lamps shall be "Octron XPS Ecologic T8 32 watt Energy Saving" type, 34 watt cool white, rapid start. Maximum length -48". GTE-Sylvania "Super Saver" or approved equal. G. Provide clear UV filtering sleeves with end caps for fluorescent lamps in stack lighting fixtures. H. Lamps shall be compatible with and as recommended by ballast manufacturer's printed literature. 2.05 BALLASTS A. General: 1. Ballast shall conform to ANSI and UL Standards for light output, reliable starting, radio interference and dielectric rating and shall be UL listed. Ballasts for use in exterior lighting fixtures shall produce reliable starting of the lamps at -20 degrees F at 90 percent of nominal line voltage. 2. Ballasts shall have a 2 -year guarantee from date of acceptance of completed installation. 3. Provide high power factor ballasts for high intensity discharge (HID) fixtures, UL labeled and designed for operation with the specific lamp recommended by the fixture manufacturer. Ballast shall allow maximum of +5% lamp wattage change with a line variant of p 10% voltage. B. For Fluorescent Fixtures: 1. Provide fluorescent fixtures with electronic, low power, programmed start, univeral LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500 -3 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES I AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S voltage high power factor electromagnetic ballasts, energy saving type, Class "P" thermal protection with lowest sound rating available. Ballasts shall be ETL approved, CBM certified, UL listed. Sylvania Quicklronic Prostart PSX ballast. 2. Provide ballasts certified by electrical testing laboratories. ' 3. Provide fluorescent ballasts with "A" sound rated. Where an "A" rating is not available, use the next highest rating. The noise level, 2 -feet from the installed fixture, shall not exceed 30 decibels. C. Metal Halide: Provide high power factor, normal ambient, constant wattage ballasts for the various voltages and wattages as specified in the Luminaire Schedule shown on the Contract Drawings. Ballasts to limit lamp wattage variation to 5 percent for a line voltage change of 10 percent. Line current during starting and during lamp warm -up time not to exceed normal operation current. Ballasts to have separate capacitor protection. D. High- Pressure Sodium: Provide high - pressure sodium ballast of the constant wattage type for operation at voltage shown. E. Mercury Vapor: Provide high power factor, normal ambient, constant wattage ballasts for the various voltages and wattages as specified in the Luminaire Schedule shown on the Contract Drawings. Ballasts to limit lamp wattage variation to a 5 percent for a line voltage change of 10 percent. Line current during starting and during lamp warm -up time not to exceed normal operation current. Ballasts to have separate capacitor protection. ' F. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Fluorescent: General Electric, Universal, Advance, or equal. 2. Metal Halide: General Electric, Sylvania, Advance, or equal. 3. High - Pressure Sodium: General Electric, Sylvania, Advance, or equal. 2.06 LIGHTING CONTROLS (AS APPLICABLE) A. General: Provide a time switch, photocell, lighting control system performing all functions shown. B. Time Switch: Provide a time switch with a 7 -day dial astronomic dial and day omitting ' device, prewired wxternally operated ON/ AUTO/ OFF bypass switches for each circuit shown, contact configuration and rating for circuits shown, NEMA 1 enclosure, wired for use with photocell specified. 1 C. Photocells: 1. Provide automatic ON /OFF switching photo control device, completely self - contained in the die -cast aluminum housing, not affected by moisture, vibration, or temperature changes; ON at dusk and OFF at dawn; time delay feature to prevent false switching; and field adjustable to control operating levels. 2. Approved Manufacturers: 1 a. Tork; b. Aragon; c. Or equal. 2.07 FOUNDATIONS A. Install required numberand type of reinforced concrete pole bases as indicated on the Contract Drawings. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES (LUMINARIES) A. General: 1. Install fixtures in a manner recommended by the fixture manufacturer and accepted by the Engineer. 2. Furnish and install all additional ceiling bracing, hanger supports, and other structural reinforcements to the building and to concrete pole bases required to properly and safely mount luminaires, all acceptable to the ' 16500 -4 LIGHTING FIXTURES 0 • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S 3. Be responsible for handling the luminaires, installing plumb and level, and keeping luminaires clean. 4. Where luminaires are wall mounted and a mounting height is indicated in the Luminaire Schedule or on the Contract Drawings; the height is from the bottom of the luminaire to finished floor or finished grade, whichever is applicable. 5. Where luminaires are pendant- mounted and a mounting height is indicated in the Luminaire Schedule or on the Contract Drawings, the height is from the bottom of the luminaire to finished floor. 6. Provide each luminaire outlet box with a galvanized luminaire stud to fit the luminaire selected. Provide pendant- mounted luminaires with swivel type hangers and canopies as approved by the Engineer. Finish hangers and canopies to match luminaires, unless otherwise noted. Space single -stem hangers on continuous -row fluorescent luminaires nominally 48" apart. Use twin stem hangers on single luminaires. 7. After construction of total project is completed, remove all labels and other markings, wash dirty luminaires inside and out with a nonabrasive mild soap or cleaner. Clean luminaire plastic lenses with antistatic cleaners only. Touch up all painted surfaces of luminaires with high -grade exterior enamel, and poles with paint supplied by manufacturer. B. Finished Areas: 1. Locate luminaires whereshownon the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans, 2. Install all luminaires straight and true with reference to adjacent walls and where mounted on tiled ceilings; locate luminaires symmetrically with the tile pattern as shown on the Drawings. In all cases, locate centerlines of luminaires either on centerline of tile or on joint between adjacent tile runs as best suits luminaire spacing shown. 3. Provide surface - mounted luminaires, not accepted for installation on combustible low- density cellulose fiberboard, with accepted spacers to mount luminaires 1 -1/2- inches from the ceiling surface. 4. Provide flush and recessed luminaires installed in ceilings with junction boxes located at least 1 -foot from luminaires. Provide wiring from junction box to luminaire of temperature rating as required by the luminaire in not less than 4 -feet, but no more than 6 -feet of flexible steel conduit. In concealed locations, install junction boxes to be accessible by removing luminaire. 5. Install all recessed luminaires tight with the finished surface so that no spill light will show between the ceilings and the sealing rings, and furnish plaster frames when required by ceiling construction. 6. Provide each fluorescent recessed luminaire with two safety chains or two No. 12 soft - annealed galvanized steel wire of length needed to secure luminaire to building structure independent of ceiling structure. Tensile strength of chain or wires and fastening to structure shall be adequate to support weight of luminaire. Fasten a chain or wires to each end of luminaire. 7. All fixtures installed in gypsum board ceilings or plaster soffits shall be provided with metal frames. Fixtures in concrete shall be steel housing with bitumastic paint finish. Fixtures shall be compatible with type of ceiling. 8. Exterior fixtures requiring exposed exterior boxes shall be mounted on approved cast boxes equipped with suitable gaskets. 9. Support recessed fluorescent fixtures to building structure independently of ceiling system with steel wires 12 AWG at diagonal corners of each fixture. Wires to have 1/4 inch slack. 10. All adjustable lighting fixtures shall be aimed (during non - daylight hours) and set to the satisfaction of, and in the presence of, the Architect and Engineer. C. Unfinished Areas: 1. Install all luminaires straight and true with reference to adjacent walls and structural members. Locate luminaires symmetrically in the pattern shown on the Contract Drawings, LIGHTING FIXTURES 16500-5 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S ' 2. Coordinate luminaire locations with other utility systems (e.g., Plumbing, HVAC). Relocate luminaires to avoid conflict with these other systems and to avoid blockage of luminaire light output ' 3.02 STEMS A. Required: 1. Each 4 foot and each 8 foot individually mounted fixture shall be supported by two ' stems. For fixtures mounted in continuous rows (where individual fixtures are mounted on common mounting channels or otherwise rigidly fastened together), install one stem for each 4 foot lamp length or two for each 8 foot lamp length. 2. Stems shall be evenly spaced and not more than 50" apart. Before the ceiling mounted stem supports are installed, the exact stem spacing shall be determined from the Engineer. 3. Stem hung fixtures shall be provided with ball swivels (located at the canopies) and rockers (at the fixtures) allowing minimum 45 degree swing from the vertical. Stems shall be of 3/8" ID minimum pipe and shall be finished to match ,the lighting fixture. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF LAMPS A. Replace all lamps used during construction operations with new lamps prior to acceptance of the project. ' B. After installation clean all lamps. 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS A. Provide all metal shims, spacers and /or mounting bolts or devices, where necessary, in order to permit surface mounted fixtures to be pulled tight to ceiling supports or backing without causing ceiling tiles to be raised out of place. ' B. Fluorescent lighting fixtures which are to be mounted in continuous rows of two or more fixtures, shall be designed with at least two bolts or other interlocking devices, as approved by the Engineer, at each connection to provide for positive and true alignment of the fixtures. C. Louvers, diffusers or lenses shall not be installed in lighting fixtures until such time as all glazing has been completed and all construction work involving plastering, grinding, sanding, painting, etc., and final clean -up sweeping and dusting have been completed by the Contractor as noted in Subsection 1.4 of this Section. D. Reflector surfaces and lamps in all lighting fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned of accumulated dust, dirt, plaster, paint, etc., before the installation of the louvers, diffusers or ' lenses. ' E. After completion of this portion of the work, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean andlor repair any damage to the finished building caused by this work, to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer at no added cost to the Owner. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF BALLASTS ' A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Utilize all ballast mounting holes to fasten the ballast securely within the luminaire. B. After the installation is completed, remove and replace any ballasts which arejudged by the iEngineer to be excessively noisy. 3.06 LIGHTING CONTROL A. Photo -Time Control: Install photo control as shown on Drawings. END OF SECTION 16500 -6 LIGHTING FIXTURES 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16622 GENERATOR SET PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTAL 9 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 MARCH, 2006 A. The submittal shall include prototype test certification and specification sheets showing all standard and optional accessories to be supplied, schematic wiring diagrams, dimension drawings, and interconnection diagrams identifying by terminal number, each required interconnection between the generator set, the transfer switch, and the remote annunciator panel if it is included elsewhere in these specifications. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. The generator set shall conform to the requirements of the following codes and standards: 1. CSA C22.2, No. 14 — M91 Industrial Control Equipment. 2. EN50082 -2, Electromagnetic Compatibility— Generic Immunity Requirements, Part 2: Industrial. 3. EN55011, Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Interference Characteristicsof Industrial, Scientific and Medical Equipment. 4. IEC8528 part 4. Control Systems for Generator Sets. 5. IEC Std 801.2, 801.3, and 801.5 for susceptibility, conducted, and radiated electromagnetic emissions. 6. IEEE446 — Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Commercial and Industrial Applications. 7. Mil Std 461 D -1993. Military Standard, Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics. 8. Mil Std 462D- 1993. Military Standard, Measurement of Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics. 9. NFPA70— National Electrical Code. Equipment shall be suitable for use in systems in compliance to Article 700, 701, and 702. 10. NFPA99— Essential Electrical Systems for Health Care Facilities. 11. NFPA110 — Emergency and Standby Power Systems. The generator set shall meet all requirements for Level 1 systems. Level /prototype tests required by this standard shall have been performed on a complete and functional unit, component level type tests will not substitute for this requirement. 12. UL2200. The genset shall be listed to UL2200 or submit to an independent third party certification process to verify compliance as installed 1.03 TESTING A. To assure that the equipment has been designed and built to the highest reliability and quality standards, the manufacturer and/or local representative shall be responsible for three separate tests: design prototype tests, final production tests, and site tests. 1. Design Prototype Tests: Components of the emergency system such as the engineigenerator set, transfer switch, and accessories shall not be subjected to prototype tests since the tests are potentially damaging. Rather, similar design prototypes and preproduction models, which will not be sold, shall have been used for the following tests. a. Maximum power (kW). b. Maximum motor starting (kVA) at 35% instantaneous voltage dip. c. Alternator temperature rise by embedded thermocouple and /or by resistance method per NEMA MG1 -22.40 and 16.40. d. Governor speed regulation under steady state and transient conditions. e. Voltage regulation and generator transient response. f. Fuel consumption at 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full load. g. Harmonic analysis, voltagewaveform deviation, and telephone influence factor. In. Three -phase short circuit tests. i. Alternator cooling air flow. GENERATOR SET 16622-1 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE SON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-5`1 87-S Torsional analysis to verify that the generator set is free of harmful torsional stresses. k. Endurance testing. I. The generator set will be tested at the local manufactures distributor, and ' witnessed by the electrical engineer, and local fire department personnel. 72 -hour notice required. 2 hour load bank test. 15 min @ 25% load, 15min. @50% load, 15 min. @75% load, and 1 hr and 15 min. @ full load 2. Production Tests: Final Production Tests: Each generator set shall be tested under varying loads with guards and exhaust system in place. Tests shall include: a. Single -step load pickup. b. Transient and steady —state governing. c. Safety shutdown device testing. d. Voltage regulation. e. Rated Power @ 0.8 PF I. Maximum Power. g. Upon request, arrangements to either witness this test will be made, or a certified test record will be sent prior to shipment. 3. Site Tests: Site Tests: An installation check, start -up, and 2 HOUR building load test shall be performed by the manufacturer's local representative. The engineer, regular operators, and the maintenance staff shall be notified of the time and date of the site test. The tests shall include: a. Fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze shall be checked for conformity to the manufacturer's recommendations, under the environmental conditions present and expected. b. Accessories that normally function while the set is standing by shall be checked prior to cranking the engine. These shall include: block heaters, battery charger, generator strip heaters, remote annunciator, etc. c. Start -up under test mode to check for exhaust leaks, path of exhaust gases outside the building, cooling air flow, movement during starting and stopping, vibration during running, normal and emergency line -to -line voltage and frequency, ' and phase rotation. d. Automatic start -up by means of simulated power outage to test remote - automatic starting, transfer of the load, and automatic shutdown. Prior to this test, all ' transfer switch timers shall be adjusted for proper system coordination. Engine coolant temperature, oil pressure, and battery charge level along with generator voltage, amperes, and frequency shall be monitored throughout the test. An external load bank shall be connected to the system if sufficient building load is unavailable to load the generator to the nameplate kW rating. 1.04 WARRANTY &MAINTENANCE ' A. A one -year warranty for the generator set shall be included to guarantee against defective material and workmanship in accordance with the manufacturer's published warranty from date of start -up. Optional warranties shall be available upon request B. The generator set manufacturer and its distributor shall maintain a 24 -hour parts and service organization. This organization shall be regularly engaged in a maintenance contract program to perform preventive maintenance and service on equipment similar to that specified. A service agreement shall be available and shall include system operation under simulated operating conditions, adjustment to the generator, transfer switch, and switchgear controls as required, and certification in the Owner's maintenance log of repairs made and proper functioning of all systems. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. The generator set shall be a Onan (single source) model 6CTAA8.3 -G3 SERIES with a DGFC- SERIES generator. It shall provide 200 kW, 250 kVA when operating at 120/208 16622-2 GENERATOR SET A, The alternator shall be salient -pole, brushless, 12 -lead reconnectable, self - ventilated of , drip -proof construction with amortisseur rotor windings and skewed stator for smooth voltage waveform. The insulation shall meet the NEMA standard (MG1 -22.40 and 16.40) for Class H and be insulated with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant per MIL 1- 24092. Temperature ' rise of the rotor and stator shall be limited to 130 °C. The excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a solid- state voltage regulator capable of maintaining voltage within +/- 2% at any constant load from 0% to 100% of rating. The regulator must be isolated to prevent tracking when connected to SCR loads, and provide individual , adjustments for voltage range, stability and volts - per -hertz operations; and be protected from the environment by conformal coating. B. The generator set shall meet the transient performance requirements of ISO 8528 -5, level ' G -2. C. The alternator excitation shall be of a permanent magnet exciter design. D. The generator shall be inherently capable of sustaining at least 250% of rated current for at least 10 seconds under a 3 -phase symmetrical short circuit without the addition of separate current support devices. E. The generator, having a single maintenance-free hearing, shall be directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semi - flexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel. 2.04 CONTROLLER A. Set - mounted controller capable of facing right, left, or rear, shall be vibration isolated on the generator enclosure. The controller shall be capable of being remote- mounted. The microprocessor control board shall be moisture proof and capable of operation from -40 °C to 85 °C. Relays will only be acceptable in high - current circuits. GENERATOR SET 16622- CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 ' CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B-51 97-S volts, .8 power factor. The generator set shall be capable of this rating while operating in an I ambient condition of 77 °F (59.2 °C) and 5000 feet above sea level. ' B. The generator set shall be capable of starting motor toads of 446 kVA inrush, with a maximum voltage dip of 35 %. C. Vibration isolators shall be provided between the engine- generator and heavy -duty steel base. 2.02 ENGINE A. The 504 cubic - inch - displacement engine shall deliver a minimum of 251 hp at a governed speed of 1800 rpm. The engine shall be equipped with the following: 1. An electronic isochronous governor capable of +0.25% steady -state frequency regulation. 2. 24 Volt positive engagement solenoid shift - starting motor. 3. 37- Ampere minimum automatic battery charging altematorwith solid -state voltage regulation. 4. Positive displacement, full pressure lubrication oil pump, cartridge oil filters, dipstick, and oil drain. 5. Dry -type replaceable air cleaner elements for normal applications. , 6. Engine- driven or electric fuel transfer pump capable of lifting fuel 3 feet, fuel filters, and electric, solenoid fuel shut -off valve. B. The turbocharged and after cooled engine shall be fueled with No. 2 diesel. C. The engine shall have a minimum of 6 cylinders, and be liquid - cooled by a unit - mounted radiator, blower fan, water pump, and thermostats. This system shall properly cool the engine with up to 0.5 inches H2O static pressure on the fan in an ambient temperature up to 122 F /50 C. D. The engine shall be EPA certified. , 2,03 GENERATOR A, The alternator shall be salient -pole, brushless, 12 -lead reconnectable, self - ventilated of , drip -proof construction with amortisseur rotor windings and skewed stator for smooth voltage waveform. The insulation shall meet the NEMA standard (MG1 -22.40 and 16.40) for Class H and be insulated with epoxy varnish to be fungus resistant per MIL 1- 24092. Temperature ' rise of the rotor and stator shall be limited to 130 °C. The excitation system shall be of brushless construction controlled by a solid- state voltage regulator capable of maintaining voltage within +/- 2% at any constant load from 0% to 100% of rating. The regulator must be isolated to prevent tracking when connected to SCR loads, and provide individual , adjustments for voltage range, stability and volts - per -hertz operations; and be protected from the environment by conformal coating. B. The generator set shall meet the transient performance requirements of ISO 8528 -5, level ' G -2. C. The alternator excitation shall be of a permanent magnet exciter design. D. The generator shall be inherently capable of sustaining at least 250% of rated current for at least 10 seconds under a 3 -phase symmetrical short circuit without the addition of separate current support devices. E. The generator, having a single maintenance-free hearing, shall be directly connected to the flywheel housing with a semi - flexible coupling between the rotor and the flywheel. 2.04 CONTROLLER A. Set - mounted controller capable of facing right, left, or rear, shall be vibration isolated on the generator enclosure. The controller shall be capable of being remote- mounted. The microprocessor control board shall be moisture proof and capable of operation from -40 °C to 85 °C. Relays will only be acceptable in high - current circuits. GENERATOR SET 16622- RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 o CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ' MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -8 B. Circuitry shall be of plug -in design for quick replacement. Controller shall be equipped to accept a plug -in device capable of allowing maintenance personnel to test controller performance without operating the engine. The controller shall include the following features: 1. Fused DC circuit. 2. Complete 2 -wire start/stop control, which shall operate on closure of a remote contact. ' 3. Speed sensing and a second independent starter motor disengagement systems shall protect against starter engagement with a moving flywheel. Battery charging alternator voltage will not be acceptable for this purpose. 4. The starting system shall be designed for restarting in the event of a false engine start, by permitting the engine to completely stop and then re- engage the starter. 5. Cranking cyder with 15- second ON and OFF cranking periods. 6. Overcrank protection designed to open the cranking circuit after 75 seconds if the engine fails to start. 7. Circuitry to shut down the eng ine when signal for high coolant temperature, low oil pressure, or overspeed is received. 8. Engine cool down timer factory set at 5 minutes to permit unloaded running of the standby set after transfer of the load to normal. 9. 3- position (Automatic-OFF -TEST) selector switch. In the TEST position, the engine shall start and run regardless of the position of the remote starting contacts. In the Automatic position, the engine shall start when contacts in the remote control circuit close and stop 5 minutes after those contacts open. In the OFF position, the engine shall not start even though the remote start contacts close. This position shall also provide for immediate shutdown in case of an emergency. Reset of any fault shall also be accomplished by putting the switch to the OFF position. 10. Alarm hornwith silencer switch per NFPA 110. C. Standard indicating lights to signal the following shall be included: 1. Not -in -Auto (flashing red) 2. Overcrank (red) 3. Emergency Stop (red) 4. High Engine Temperature (red) 5. Overspeed (red) 6. Low Oil Pressure (red) 7. Battery Charger Malfunction (red) B. 9. Low Battery Voltage (red) Low Fuel (red) 10. Auxiliary Prealarm (yellow) 11. Auxiliary Fault (red) ' 12. System Ready (green) D. Test button for indicating lights. E. Terminals shall be provided for each indicating light above, plus additional terminals for ' common fault and common prealann. 2.05 INSTRUMENT PANEL A. The instrument panel shall include the following: 1. Dual range voltmeter 3 112 -inch, +/_ 2% accuracy. 2. Dual range ammeter 3 112 -inch, +/- 2% accuracy. 3. Voltmeter- ammeter phase selector switch. 4. Lights to indicate high or low meter scale. 5. Direct reading pointer -type frequency meter 3 1/2 -inch, 0.5% accuracy, 45 to 65 Hz scale. ' 6. Panel- illuminating lights. 7. Battery charging voltmeter. 8. Coolant temperature gauge. 9. Oil pressure gauge. 10. Running -time meter. 16622 -4 11. Voltage - adjust rheostat GENERATOR SET 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -5 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Line circuit breaker of 600 amperes, 600 amps sensor, 600 volt rated, molded case type, generator mounted. B. Engine block heater: Thermostatically controlled and sized to maintain manufacturers recommended engine coolant temperature to meet the start -up requirements of NFPA -99 and NFPA -110, Level 1. C. A resettable line current sensing circuit breaker with inverse time versus current response shall be furnished which protects the generator from damage due to its own high current capability. This breaker shall not trip within the 10 seconds specified above to allow selective tripping of down -stream fuses or circuit breakers under a fault condition. This breaker shall not automatically reset, preventing restoration of voltage if maintenance is being performed. a field current - sensing breaker will not be acceptable. D. Sound housings shall be as follows: 1. All enclosures are to be constructed from G60 galvanized high strength, low alloy steel. 2. The enclosure shall be primed with BASF urethane and finish coated with BASF Super System paint. Enclosures will be finished in the manufacturer's standard color. 3. The enclosures must allow the generator set to operate at full load in an ambient of 40 0C with no additional derating of the electrical output. 4. The enclosures must meet all of the requirements of UL -2200. 5. Enclosures must be equipped with sufficient side and end doors to allow access for operation, inspection, and service of the unit and all options. Minimum requirements are two doors per side. When the generator set controller faces the rear of the generator set, an additional rear facing door is required. Access to the controller and main line circuit breaker must meet the requirements of the National Electric Code. 6. Doors must be hinged with stainless steel hinges and hardware and be removable. 7. Doors must be equipped with lockable latches. Locks must be keyed alike. 8. Enclosures must be mounted to the generator set skid. 9. The enclosure roof must be pitched to prevent accumulation of water. 10. A duct between the radiator and air outlet must be provided to prevent re- circulation of hot air. 11. The complete exhaust system shall be internal to the enclosure. Enclosures with roof mounted or externally exposed silencers are not acceptable. 12. The silencershall be an insulated critical silencerwith a tailpipe and rain cap. 13. All acoustical foam must be fixed to the mounting surface with pressure sensitive adhesive. In addition, all acoustical foam mounted a horizontal plane must be, mechanically fastened. The acoustical foam must have a protective film facing to act as a barrier for liquids. 14. The enclosures must include an exhaust scoop to direct the cooling air in a vertical direction. 15. The maximum average sound level shall not exceed 75 dba at 7 meters (23 feet). E. Battery rack, and battery cables, capable of holding the manufacturer's recommended batteries, shall be supplied. F. 12 -volt lead- antimony battery(ies) capable of delivering the manufacturer's recommended minimum cold- cranking Amps required at OoF, per SAE Standard J -537, shall be supplied. G. 10- Ampere automatic float and equalize battery charger with +/- 1% constant voltage regulation from no load to full load over +/ -10% AC input line variation, current limited during engine cranking and short circuit conditions, temperature compensated for ambient temperatures from -40oC to +60oC, 5% accurate voltmeter and ammeter, fused, reverse polarity and transient protected. This battery charger will be installed within the sound attenuated enclosure. H. Gas- proof, seamless, stainless steel, flexible exhaust bellows with threaded NPT connection. I. Air cleaner restriction indicator to indicate the need for maintenance of the air cleaners. GENERATOR SET 16622 ' RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 40045 ft CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRES ON AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626. PLAN #B- 5187 -S I I 1 S J. Remote annunciator panel enabling the generator status to be viewed remotely. This remote annunciator panel shall include a fourteen (14) relay dry contact box for connection to the controller terminal strip. The panel shall have the capability to be either flush mounted or surface mounted. K. Run Relay to provide a three -pole, double -throw relay with 10 amps at 250 VAC contacts for indicating that the generator is running. L. Generator prealarm senders. M. Generator rodent guards. N. Generator skid end caps. 2.07 DOUBLE WALL SECONDARY CONTAINMENT SUBBASE FUEL TANK A. A subbase fuel tank used in conjunction with a diesel powered generator set will contain 650 gallons of fuel to support the generator set. B. The subbase fuel system is listed under UL 142, subsection entitled Special Purpose Tanks EFVT category, and will bear their mark of UL Approval according to their particular classification. C. The above ground steel secondary containment rectangular tank for use as a subbase for diesel generators is manufactured and intended to be installed in accordance with the Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code —NFPA 30, the Standard for Installation and Use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines —NFPA 37, and Emergency and Standby Power Systems —NFPA 110. D. Construction: 1. Primary Tank a. It will be rectangular in shape and constructed in clamshell fashion to ensure maximum structural integrity and allow the use of a full throat fillet weld. 2. Steel Channel Support System a. Reinforced steel box channel for generator support, with a load rating of 5,000 lbs. per genset mounting hole location. Full height gussets at either end of channel and at genset mounting holes shall be utilized. 3, Exterior Finish a. The exterior coating has been tested to withstand continuous salt spray testing at 100% exposure for 244 hours to a 5% salt solution at 92 -97 F. The coating has been subjected to full exposure humidity testing to 100% humidity at 100 F for 24 hours. Tests are to be conducted in accordance with The American Standard Testing Methods Society. E. Venting: 1. Normal venting shall be sized in accordance with the American Petroleum Institute Standard No 2000, Venting Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks notless than 1 -114" (3 cm.) nominal inside diameter. A 1 -1/4" atmospheric mushroom cap shall be furnished and the installing Contractor shall pipe above the highest fill point as a minimum Emergency Venting 1. The emergency vent opening shall be sized to accommodate the total capacity of both normal and emergency venting and shall be not less than that derived from NFPA 30, table 2 -8, and based on the wetted surface area of the tank. The wetted area of the tank shall be calculated based on 100% of the primary tank. A zinc plated emergency pressure relief vent cap shall be furnished for the primary tank. The vent is spring - pressure operated: opening pressure is 0.5 1psig and full opening pressure is 2.5 psig. Limits are stamp marked on top of each vent. The emergency relief vent is sized to accommodate the total venting capacity of both normal and emergency vents. G. Fuel Filt 16622-6 GENERATOR SET .0 ! CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #8- 5187 -5 1. There shall be a 2" NPT opening within the primary tank with an 8" raised fill pipe and lockable manual fill cap. H. Fuel Level: 1. A direct reading, UL listed, magnetic fuel level gauge with a hermetically- sealed vacuum tested dial shall be provided to eliminate fogging. 2. Low Fuel Level Switch a. Consists of a 50 -watt float switch for remote or local annunciation of a (50% standard) low fuel level condition. END OF SECTION GENERATOR SET 16622-7 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH RFOSiGN GROUP NO. 4004513 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STAI9AND TRAINVNG FACILITY MARCH, 2006 CONTRACT #3626, PLAN #B- 5187 -S SECTION 16931 CONTACTORS, RELAYS AND TIMESWITCHES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION i A. Provide all labor materials and equipment necessary for Contractors, relays and time switches where shown on the contract drawings and specified herein. B. Related Work: 1. Work of this Section shall comply with the Contract Documents including, but not necessarily limited to, General Conditions and the General Requirements. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable provisions of Sub - Section 1.07 of Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements. B. Conform to applicable Codes and ASCO Bulletins. 1.03 SUBMITTALS ' A. Conform to applicable provisions of Division 1 - General Requirements and Sub - Section 1.06G of Section 16010. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.01 GENERAL A. Contactors: ' 1. For controlling individual branch circuits less than 25 amperes, provide ASCO Bulletin 917 relays with number of poles as indicated on the Drawings, and ASCO Bulletin 920 for 25 amperes and larger. 2. For contactors controlling bus sections, provide ASCO Bulletin 920 with ampere rating and number of poles as indicated on the Drawings. Install contactors on sound absorbing mounts. B. Time Switches: 1. For controlling mechanically held relays or contactors shall be single pole, double throw, with no overlapping contacts. Time switches shall be seven -day dial with skip -a-day feature. Time switches shall have manual bypass switches accessible without opening the time switch door. Tork, Paragon, Manufacturers. 2. Time switches controlling light circuits directly shall have 40 ampere ratings and number of poles indicated on plans. Time switches shall have astronomic dial and ' manual bypass for all circuits. Tork and /or Paragon Manufacturers. C. Photocells: Single pole, single throw contacts rated at 120 volts, 1500watts installed in a weatherproof and tamperproof aluminum housing with adjustable light level selector from 2 to ' 50 FC. Provide a five second delay. Tork "2100" and/or Paragon "201' Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION t 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Locations: Install where indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Mountings: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, contactors and relays for remote control of lighting circuits, etc., shall be mechanically held and mounted on shock mounts in bottom of panelboards, in enclosures adjacent to panelboards or in relay cabinets as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Mount all contactors on live rubber shock mounts. 3. Mount all contactors, relays and time switches in panelboard with separate doors or ' CONTACTORS, REMAl9 panelboards, as indicated on the Contract DrawlWl - 1 0 0 RRM DESIGN GROUP NO. 4004513 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH MARCH, 2006 SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING FACILITY CONTRACT #3626 , PLAN #B- 5187 -S 4. Mount photoelectric cells where not shadowed. END OF SECTION 16931-2 CONTACTORS, RELAYS AND TIMESWITCHES M41 oq ryas CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. 19 May 9, 2006 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, PE 949 - 644 -3328 or Idalton @city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: SANTA ANA HEIGHTS FIRE STATION AND TRAINING CENTER — CONTRACT NO. 3626 RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Approve the plans and specifications. 2. Affirm the categorical exemption from provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). 3. Approve a budget amendment appropriating $4,542,397 from the General Fund Capital Improvement Reserves to account 7456- C2320669 representing the General Fund contribution to the project. 4. Award Contract No. 3626 to Bernards Bros., Inc., for the Total Bid Price of $6,495,000, and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract. 5. Establish an amount of $650,000 to cover the cost of testing, unforeseen work and permits and an amount of $227,397 for construction management by GKK Works. 6. Direct the City Manager to ensure that the General Fund contribution to this Project is reimbursed by funds from the Santa Ana Heights redevelopment project area as soon as practicable. DISCUSSION: Since December 2000, the time that the Orange County Fire Authority's station off of Campus Drive at John Wayne Airport was destroyed by fire, the City and the County have endeavored to replace that station with a facility within Santa Ana Heights (SAH). By May 2001, the City and the County had agreed that the City would construct a temporary station off of Zenith Avenue near Bristol in SAH to serve the SAH community and the airport area. The SAH temporary fire station has been in place at that location since that time. Subject: Fire Station No. 7 and Trawl0lar — Award Contract No. 3626 May 9, 2006 Page 2 Concurrent with the operation of the temporary fire station, the City, the County, and the Orange County Development Agency have worked to plan a new permanent station for the area, with the City taking the lead on location and design. The SAH Project Advisory Committee (SAH PAC) has been involved in this discussion as well. A search of the City's website will show a number of SAH fire station - related agenda items that have brought the project through design and to the point of Bid Award. Bid Award. At 11:00 am on April 4, 2006, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for this project: The low Total Bid Price is 33% above the Architect's Estimate of $4,900,000. Attachment 1 is bid summary for this project. The low bidder, Bernards Bros., Inc., is a State - licensed general building contractor which pre - qualified with City staff last March to bid on the project. Bemards has successfully completed recent school, community center, multi -use park center and other publicly - financed projects for other public agencies. In March of 2005, City staff conducted a contractor pre - qualification process in accordance with established procedures set by the State Department of Industrial Relations. This effort assures that only experienced and qualified firms would be bidding against each other on this and three other City building projects. Staff advertised and invited experienced general building contractors to submit data concerning their firm's qualifications to the City. Staff then evaluated the data and granted prequalification to 20 firms, including Bernards. The contract provides for the demolition of existing homes, garages, and other structures from the site and the construction of an 11,027 square foot fire station (including a 1,200 sf Training Room available for community use when training is not occurring) with utility stubs for a future training tower, landscaping, and irrigation systems. Attachment 2 shows a map of the proposed location and the floor plan. Please note that, in earlier iterations of the design, there was a silo structure incorporated into the design. Discussions with the SAH Project Advisory Committee (PAC) led us to remove the silo design and change it to more simple, traditional roof. We did not do a new schematic on the new roof — in large part to save costs. The. contract requires that all work be completed within 265 consecutive working days. Assuming that the Notice to Proceed is issued on June 1st, work should be completed by June 1, 2007, except for working day extensions due to unforeseen work, labor and materials delays, inclement weather. Liquidated damages are $1500 per calendar day. RRM Design Group prepared plans, specifications and an estimate for the project. Bidder Total Bid Price Low Bernards Bros., Inc. $6,495,000 2 Erickson -Hall Construction Co. 6,543,000 3 DJM Construction Co., Inc. 6,W1,000 4 Woodcliff Corporation 6,978,000 The low Total Bid Price is 33% above the Architect's Estimate of $4,900,000. Attachment 1 is bid summary for this project. The low bidder, Bernards Bros., Inc., is a State - licensed general building contractor which pre - qualified with City staff last March to bid on the project. Bemards has successfully completed recent school, community center, multi -use park center and other publicly - financed projects for other public agencies. In March of 2005, City staff conducted a contractor pre - qualification process in accordance with established procedures set by the State Department of Industrial Relations. This effort assures that only experienced and qualified firms would be bidding against each other on this and three other City building projects. Staff advertised and invited experienced general building contractors to submit data concerning their firm's qualifications to the City. Staff then evaluated the data and granted prequalification to 20 firms, including Bernards. The contract provides for the demolition of existing homes, garages, and other structures from the site and the construction of an 11,027 square foot fire station (including a 1,200 sf Training Room available for community use when training is not occurring) with utility stubs for a future training tower, landscaping, and irrigation systems. Attachment 2 shows a map of the proposed location and the floor plan. Please note that, in earlier iterations of the design, there was a silo structure incorporated into the design. Discussions with the SAH Project Advisory Committee (PAC) led us to remove the silo design and change it to more simple, traditional roof. We did not do a new schematic on the new roof — in large part to save costs. The. contract requires that all work be completed within 265 consecutive working days. Assuming that the Notice to Proceed is issued on June 1st, work should be completed by June 1, 2007, except for working day extensions due to unforeseen work, labor and materials delays, inclement weather. Liquidated damages are $1500 per calendar day. RRM Design Group prepared plans, specifications and an estimate for the project. Subject: Fire Station No. 7 and TaW nter - Award Contract No. 3626 May 9, 2006 Page 3 Plans have been reviewed by the City's Building Department, the Irvine Ranch Water District and the Costa Mesa Sanitary District since the site is within their water and sewer service areas. Training Tower. This contract does not include the training tower proposed for the site. The tower, a prefabricated building, is expected to cost $740,000 to design, purchase and install. $350,000 of that amount will come from a grant from Santa Ana College for fire training facilities. The remaining funds will come from general funds set -aside for fire training purposes. The project itself is proposed within the FY 2006 -07 Capital Improvement Program that the Council will consider in May and June 2006. Upon completion of this contract work, the City will award a separate contract to construct the training tower. Geotechnical Services: Geotechnical services will be provided by outside consultants per the On -Call Professional Services Agreement approved by Council in June 2005. Construction Management Services: Council authorized the awarded a construction management agreement with GKK Works at the April 25 City Council meeting contingent upon awarding contracts for the Newport Coast Community Center and the Santa Ana Heights Fire Station. Funding Needed to Complete Project: On July 8, 2003, the City, the County of Orange, and the Orange County Development Agency (OCDA) entered into an agreement whereby the City would purchase land for a fire station in SAH and would design and construct the station using redevelopment funds from the Santa Ana Heights Redevelopment Agency (SAH RDA). This Agreement set aside $2.5 million to purchase the land and $1.6 million to construct the station. The actual land cost for the SAH Fire Station site was $4,181,000 ($1,681,000 more than the City- County-OCDA outlined in the Agreement). As shown in Table A, the construction costs for the station at $6,495,000, not including design, contingency and construction management fee, are significantly higher by $4,814,000 than anticipated in the Agreement. The total cost for this Project, including land purchase, is $11.93 million. All of these funds are reimbursable with RDA funds IF the City is successful in the transfer of some SAH RDA authority to the City. The SAH RDA has sufficient funding to cover the $11.93 million cost of this Project plus the other projects on the SAH Project Advisory Committee (PAC's) project list, even assuming a conservative projection of incoming tax increment over the next 10 years. Sources of Funds Funds Owed per Existing OCOA Payment for Land $ 2,500,000 City GF Supplemental Payment for Land Purchase $ 1,681,000 OCDA Payment for Facility Construction $ 1,600,000 Total Sources of Funds $ 5,781,000 Uses of Funds Purchase. of Site $ 4,181,000 Station and Training Center Design (RRM) $ 271,178 Property - Related Legal Services, Appraisals $ 85,500 Engineering, Plan Check, and Incidentals $ 17,000 Award of Construction Bid (Bamards) $ 6,495,000 Contingency at 10% S 650,000 Construction Management Fee $ 227,397 Total Uses of Funds S 11,927,075 Table A Funds Received per Existing Funds Owed per Existing Expenses Already Incurred Expenses Proposed Yet to be Reimbursedby Agreement Agreement RDA $ 2,500,000 S 1,600,000 $ 2,500,000 S 1,600,000 $ 4,181,000 $ 271,178 S 85,500 S 17,000 $ 6,495,000 $ 650,000 $ 227.397 S 4,554,678 $ 7,372,397 Amount Previously Budgeted by Council in Current 8 Previous CIPs $ 4,554,678 Remaining Amount Needed to Construct Project $ 7,372,397 Less Amount Remaining in C1P for FY 2005 -06 $ 2,830,000 Budget Amendment Required to Construct Project Reimbursement Request to be Sought from RDA ($11.9 MN less S2.5 MN) $ 4,542,397 $ 1,681,000 $ 271,178 $ 85,500 $ 17,000 $ 6,495,000 $ 650,000 $ 227,397 $ 9,427,075 S 9,427,075 • is 0 With a budget amendment, sufficient funding will be available in the following accounts to provide for these expenses: Description Account Amount Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Center 7456- C2320669 $2,830,000 General Fund — Capital Improvement Reserve 7456- C2320669 $4,542,397 Total $7,372,397 Environmental Review: This project is categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15332, Class 32, pertaining to urban infill development projects. A Notice of Exemption was filed with the County Clerk and posted on February 24, 2006, for thirty days. Prepared Lloyd D. Design Attachments: 1. Bid Summary 2. Location Map and Floor Plan 3. Budget Amendment Submitted by: %n G. Badum Works Director TITLE: 9aMa Ana HN9hb Fire Sbdon and Fire Tninfa9 Cenbr CONTRACT NO.: Cd626 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: $4,900,068.60 PROJECT MANAGER UWyd Datbn CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BID LOCATION: CTy Clerks Of m- CUy Ha6 DATE: 04 -AP,-06 TIME: 11:OOAM BY: CHECKED: DATE: a n x 3 m z -i x F1UeeroN6HAS6aieNC0lNecla1Fy 06U8 NTA Awl HEIGHTS FIRE STATION CS626IBI0 SUM 0.3828 Pa 1 0 0 E sES01r46e BERNARDS BRM. ERICKSON -HALL DJM CONSTRUCIMN WOODCUFF CORP. REM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY I UNIT AMOUNT UNIT I AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT 1 MWEiIbsOOn i LS 200.000.00 200,000.00 =.W0.00 200,000.60 W.000.00 50.000.00 2W.M.Ml 200.000.0 7W.W0.W 7W,0W.W 2 Can a Santa Ana Ffre SI n and TmInIm Facility 1 LS 4,700,000.00 4,70 ,0W.00 8,255,000. 6255.00.00 6,493,00.00 6,495,000.00 6,T41,0Wff4ITH 6278.0W.W 3 4 5 8 7 B 9 10 EE 4900000.00 LOW 6,495,000.00 2ND 8543000.00 3RD 8,978,000. a n x 3 m z -i x F1UeeroN6HAS6aieNC0lNecla1Fy 06U8 NTA Awl HEIGHTS FIRE STATION CS626IBI0 SUM 0.3828 Pa 1 0 0 0 0 /* U. P-W 5,JEms, ATTACHMENT 2 (1 of 21 fty of Newport Beacb BUDGET AMENDMENT 2005-06 EFFECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: Increase Revenue Estimates X Increase Expenditure Appropriations AND Transfer Budget Appropriations SOURCE: from existing budget appropriations from additional estimated revenues PX from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: NO. BA- 06BA -067 AMOUNT: Sa,sa2,397.00 Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance X Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance To increase expenditure appropriations for the Santa Ana Heights Fire Station by $4,542,397 from the General Fund Reserve for Capital Improvements. ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE Fund Account Description 010 3776 General Fund - Reserve for CIP REVENUE ESTIMATES (360 1) Fund /Division Account Description 9455 6000 SAH Fire StationfTransfer In EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Signed: Signed: Approval: Administrative Services Director Administrative Approval: City Manager Amount Debit Credit $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 LE 3° 06 Date Date Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Date Description Division Number 7456 SAH Fire Station Account Number C2320669 SAH Fire Station Division Number 9010 General Fund Account Number 9900 Transfer Out Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Signed: Signed: Approval: Administrative Services Director Administrative Approval: City Manager Amount Debit Credit $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 $4,542,397.00 LE 3° 06 Date Date Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Date